# Swedish translation for denemo. # Copyright (C) 2026 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the denemo package. # Daniel Nylander , 2026. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: denemo-2.6-rc2\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: denemo-devel@gnu.org\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2021-12-08 10:57+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2026-09-22 11:20+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander \n" "Language-Team: Swedish \n" "Language: sv\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" "X-Bugs: Report translation errors to the Language-Team address.\n" "X-Generator: Poedit 3.8\n" #. GtkFileFilter *filter; #: ../src/audio/fluid.c:217 msgid "Choose SoundFont File" msgstr "Välj SoundFont-fil" #. GTK_WINDOW(gtk_text_view_get_window(GTK_TEXT_VIEW(Denemo.script_view), GTK_TEXT_WINDOW_WIDGET)) #: ../src/audio/fluid.c:217 ../src/audio/playback.c:106 #: ../src/command/changenotehead.c:107 ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2958 #: ../src/core/utils.c:2563 ../src/core/utils.c:2690 ../src/core/utils.c:2785 #: ../src/core/utils.c:2893 ../src/export/file.c:179 ../src/export/file.c:966 #: ../src/export/file.c:1026 ../src/export/file.c:1264 #: ../src/export/print.c:752 ../src/printview/printview.c:1249 #: ../src/printview/svgview.c:751 ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:4937 #: ../src/source/sourceaudio.c:335 ../src/ui/clefdialog.c:140 #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:483 ../src/ui/keysigdialog.c:384 #: ../src/ui/playbackprops.c:57 ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:461 #: ../src/ui/scoreprops.c:140 ../src/ui/staffpropdialog.c:390 #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:192 ../src/ui/texteditors.c:205 #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:265 ../src/ui/texteditors.c:326 #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:583 ../src/ui/timedialog.c:236 #: ../src/ui/tomeasuredialog.c:48 ../src/ui/tupletdialog.c:16 msgid "_Cancel" msgstr "_Avbryt" #: ../src/audio/fluid.c:217 ../src/core/utils.c:2563 ../src/export/file.c:966 #: ../src/export/file.c:1028 ../src/source/sourceaudio.c:336 #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:327 msgid "_Open" msgstr "Ö_ppna" #: ../src/audio/midirecord.c:336 msgid "Cannot mix audio and MIDI recordings" msgstr "Det går inte att blanda ljud- och MIDI-inspelningar" #: ../src/audio/midirecord.c:342 msgid "Cannot mix MIDI recordings with imported MIDI - delete imported MIDI first" msgstr "Det går inte att blanda MIDI-inspelningar med importerad MIDI - ta bort importerad MIDI först" #: ../src/audio/pitchentry.c:1432 msgid "Set the musical temperament (tuning) to be used for playback." msgstr "Ställ in den musikaliska temperatur (stämning) som ska användas för uppspelning." #: ../src/audio/pitchentry.c:1525 msgid "Overlay Pitches" msgstr "Tonhöjdsöverlagring" #: ../src/audio/pitchentry.c:1535 ../src/core/entries.h:347 msgid "Clear Overlay" msgstr "Rensa överlagring" #: ../src/audio/pitchentry.c:1541 ../src/export/print.h:13 msgid "Continuous" msgstr "Kontinuerlig" #: ../src/audio/pitchentry.c:1550 msgid "Click Volume" msgstr "Klickvolym" #. spinners to select silence, threshold, smoothing #: ../src/audio/pitchentry.c:1586 msgid "Pitch Recognition Parameters" msgstr "Parametrar för tonhöjdsigenkänning" #: ../src/audio/pitchentry.c:1594 msgid "Silence" msgstr "Tystnad" #: ../src/audio/pitchentry.c:1604 msgid "Threshold" msgstr "Tröskel" #: ../src/audio/pitchentry.c:1614 msgid "Smoothing" msgstr "Utjämning" #: ../src/audio/pitchentry.c:1621 msgid "Onset" msgstr "Tonansats" #. spinners to constrain the note values #: ../src/audio/pitchentry.c:1633 msgid "Note validation criteria" msgstr "Kriterier för validering av noter" #: ../src/audio/pitchentry.c:1641 msgid "Lowest Pitch" msgstr "Lägsta tonhöjd" #: ../src/audio/pitchentry.c:1651 msgid "Highest Pitch" msgstr "Högsta tonhöjd" #: ../src/audio/pitchentry.c:1661 msgid "Greatest Interval" msgstr "Största intervall" #: ../src/audio/pitchentry.c:1673 msgid "Input handling" msgstr "Hantering av inmatning" #: ../src/audio/pitchentry.c:1680 msgid "Disable repeated notes" msgstr "Inaktivera upprepade noter" #: ../src/audio/pitchentry.c:1690 msgid "Delay" msgstr "Fördröjning" #: ../src/audio/pitchentry.c:1697 msgid "Frequency Measurement" msgstr "Frekvensmätning" #: ../src/audio/pitchentry.c:1702 msgid "Frequency smoothing" msgstr "Frekvensutjämning" #: ../src/audio/playback.c:106 msgid "Play range in seconds:" msgstr "Uppspelningsintervall i sekunder:" #. parent window #. FIXME I think there is a function to do this already. #. GTK_WINDOW(gtk_text_view_get_window(GTK_TEXT_VIEW(Denemo.script_view), GTK_TEXT_WINDOW_WIDGET)) #. parent window #: ../src/audio/playback.c:106 ../src/command/changenotehead.c:107 #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2356 ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2957 #: ../src/core/utils.c:2690 ../src/core/utils.c:2785 ../src/core/utils.c:2892 #: ../src/export/print.c:752 ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:4936 #: ../src/ui/clefdialog.c:140 ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:482 #: ../src/ui/keysigdialog.c:384 ../src/ui/playbackprops.c:57 #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:461 ../src/ui/scoreprops.c:140 #: ../src/ui/staffpropdialog.c:390 ../src/ui/texteditors.c:205 #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:583 ../src/ui/timedialog.c:236 #: ../src/ui/tomeasuredialog.c:48 ../src/ui/tupletdialog.c:16 msgid "_OK" msgstr "_OK" #. g_list_length (((DenemoStaff *) (gui->movement->thescore->data))->measures); #: ../src/audio/playback.c:117 msgid "Play from time" msgstr "Spela från tid" #: ../src/audio/playback.c:124 ../src/export/print.c:768 msgid "to" msgstr "till" #. * #. * Array of different Notehead types #. #: ../src/command/changenotehead.c:22 ../src/command/changenotehead.c:34 #: ../actions/denemo.scm:279 ../actions/denemo.scm:340 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/TextAnnotation.scm:18 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertHighlightedLyricSyllable.scm:11 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertStanzaNumber.scm:11 msgid "Normal" msgstr "Normal" #: ../src/command/changenotehead.c:22 ../src/command/changenotehead.c:36 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsCross.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl/ChooseNotehead.scm:13 msgid "Cross" msgstr "Kors" #: ../src/command/changenotehead.c:22 ../src/command/changenotehead.c:38 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsDiamond.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl/ChooseNotehead.scm:12 msgid "Diamond" msgstr "Romb" #: ../src/command/changenotehead.c:23 ../src/command/changenotehead.c:40 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsHarmonic.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl/ChooseNotehead.scm:9 msgid "Harmonic" msgstr "Flageolett" #: ../src/command/changenotehead.c:107 msgid "Change Notehead" msgstr "Ändra nothuvud" #: ../src/command/changenotehead.c:111 msgid "Select Notehead Type" msgstr "Välj typ av nothuvud" #: ../src/command/commandfuncs.c:463 #, c-format msgid "This movement is now number %d in the score" msgstr "Denna sats är nu nummer %d i partituret" #: ../src/command/commandfuncs.c:470 msgid "There is no previous movement to swap with" msgstr "Det finns ingen tidigare sats att byta ut mot" #. give info about removing matching context #: ../src/command/commandfuncs.c:490 ../src/command/staff.c:427 msgid "A context is set on this staff" msgstr "Ett sammanhang är inställt för detta notsystem" #: ../src/command/commandfuncs.c:490 msgid "You will need to alter the staff → properties → context of this and the previous staff; Proceed?" msgstr "Du behöver ändra Notsystem → Egenskaper → Sammanhang för detta och föregående notsystem; vill du fortsätta?" #: ../src/command/commandfuncs.c:510 msgid "Use Voice to Staff command first on all the voices attached to this staff, swap them individually then use Staff to Voice to finish." msgstr "Använd först kommandot Stämma till notsystem för alla stämmor som är kopplade till detta notsystem, byt dem en och en och använd sedan Notsystem till stämma för att avsluta." #: ../src/command/commandfuncs.c:518 msgid "There is no previous staff to swap with" msgstr "Det finns inget tidigare notsystem att byta med" #: ../src/command/commandfuncs.c:540 msgid "There is no voice below this one on this staff" msgstr "Det finns ingen stämma under denna i det här notsystemet" #: ../src/command/commandfuncs.c:549 msgid "There is no voice below this one to split from" msgstr "Det finns ingen stämma under den här att dela från" #: ../src/command/commandfuncs.c:576 msgid "There is no staff above to move this staff into" msgstr "Det finns inget notsystem ovanför att flytta detta notsystem till" #. is interactive #: ../src/command/commandfuncs.c:612 msgid "This is the first voice" msgstr "Detta är den första stämman" #. is interactive #: ../src/command/commandfuncs.c:658 msgid "This is the first staff" msgstr "Detta är det första notsystemet" #. is interactive #: ../src/command/commandfuncs.c:699 msgid "This is the last voice" msgstr "Detta är den sista stämman" #. is interactive #: ../src/command/commandfuncs.c:777 msgid "This is the last staff" msgstr "Detta är det sista notsystemet" #: ../src/command/commandfuncs.c:3073 msgid "INTERNAL ERROR: trying to auto save before score initialized - please report on bug tracker!" msgstr "INTERNT FEL: försökte spara automatiskt innan partituret initialiserades – rapportera i felhanteringssystemet!" #: ../src/command/fakechord.c:148 msgid "There is no object here to attach a fakechord to." msgstr "Det finns inget objekt här att fästa en ackordsymbol vid." #: ../src/command/fakechord.c:157 msgid "Chord Symbol Deletion" msgstr "Radering av ackordsymbol" #: ../src/command/fakechord.c:157 msgid "Delete all Chord Symbols from this staff?" msgstr "Ta bort alla ackordsymboler från detta notsystem?" #: ../src/command/fakechord.c:207 msgid "Insert/Edit Chord Symbol" msgstr "Infoga/redigera ackordsymbol" #: ../src/command/fakechord.c:207 msgid "" "Give Chord(s) in LilyPond Notation\n" "E.g. c:m7 aes:aug7\n" "(Separate chord changes with spaces)" msgstr "" "Ge ackord i LilyPond-notation\n" "T.ex. c:m7 aes:aug7\n" "(Separera ackordbyten med mellanslag)" #: ../src/command/figure.c:123 msgid "No current object to attach a figure to" msgstr "Inget aktuellt objekt att koppla en generalbassiffra till" #: ../src/command/keyresponses.c:32 msgid "Recursive key capture not possible!" msgstr "Rekursiv tangentinfångning är inte möjlig!" #. some menu items should be insensitive if the Scheme window is not visible #. if upbeat is present #: ../src/command/keyresponses.c:190 ../src/command/object.c:1660 #: ../src/command/object.c:2185 ../src/command/object.c:2460 #: ../src/core/entries.h:213 ../src/core/menusystem.c:804 #: ../src/core/view.c:3391 ../src/core/view.c:3486 #: ../src/printview/svgview.c:1269 ../src/source/proof.c:354 #: ../src/source/proof.c:439 ../src/source/source.c:280 ../src/ui/markup.c:685 #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:345 ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:106 #: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:155 ../actions/denemo.scm:1552 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/EndVolta.scm:4 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/EndVolta.scm:8 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/OpenNthTimeBar.scm:67 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/StartTrillSpan.scm:8 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/TextAnnotation.scm:27 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/ShortMeasure.scm:46 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/ShortMeasure.scm:50 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Upbeat.scm:59 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Upbeat.scm:63 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl/ArtificialHarmonic.scm:5 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/MultiMeasureRests.scm:98 msgid "Help" msgstr "Hjälp" #: ../src/command/keyresponses.c:190 ../src/core/menusystem.c:804 msgid "(use Fn12 to Repeat)" msgstr "(använd Fn12 för att upprepa)" #: ../src/command/keyresponses.c:303 msgid ", or " msgstr ", eller " #: ../src/command/keyresponses.c:304 #, c-format msgid "Prefix Key %s, waiting for key %sother to abort" msgstr "Prefixtangent %s, väntar på tangent %sen annan tangent för att avbryta" #: ../src/command/keyresponses.c:353 msgid "Fn12: Repeated Last Command" msgstr "Fn12: Upprepning av senaste kommandot" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:101 msgid "Different number of directives" msgstr "Olika antal direktiv" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:277 ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:285 msgid "You must put the cursor on a chord to attach LilyPond" msgstr "Du måste sätta markören på ett ackord för att fästa LilyPond" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:293 msgid "You must put the cursor on a note to attach LilyPond to the note" msgstr "Du måste sätta markören på en not för att koppla LilyPond till noten" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:346 msgid "Error in attach type" msgstr "Fel i kopplingstyp" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:359 ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:361 msgid "Attach LilyPond" msgstr "Fäst LilyPond" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:359 msgid "Give text to place before the note" msgstr "Ange text att placera före noten" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:360 msgid "Attach LilyPond to Note" msgstr "Bifoga LilyPond till not" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:360 msgid "Attach LilyPond to Chord" msgstr "Fäst LilyPond på ackordet" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:360 msgid "Give LilyPond text to postfix to note of chord" msgstr "Ange LilyPond-text att placera efter noten i ackordet" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:360 msgid "Give LilyPond text to postfix to chord" msgstr "Ange LilyPond-text att placera efter ackordet" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:361 ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:474 msgid "Give Display text if required" msgstr "Ange visningstext om så krävs" #. FIXME how is this supposed to be done? #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:471 ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:474 #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:990 msgid "Insert LilyPond" msgstr "Infoga LilyPond" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:471 msgid "Give LilyPond text to insert" msgstr "Ge LilyPond-text att infoga" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:1648 msgid "" "Repeat the command?\n" "(Hold Shift for advanced edit)" msgstr "" "Upprepa kommandot?\n" "(Håll ned Skift för avancerad redigering)" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:1701 msgid "Denemo Editor:Newline to update, Esc for Advanced Edit" msgstr "Denemo-redigerare: radbrytning för att uppdatera, Esc för avancerad redigering" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:1785 ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3241 msgid "Cannot delete via this mechanism, use appropriate Object Editor" msgstr "Kan inte raderas via denna mekanism, använd lämplig Objektredigerare" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:1876 #, c-format msgid "" "Command: %s.\n" "(%s)\n" "Left click to run the command or right click for further options" msgstr "" "Kommando: %s.\n" "(%s)\n" "Vänsterklicka för att köra kommandot eller högerklicka för ytterligare alternativ" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:1878 #, c-format msgid "This button was created for the Denemo Directive whose tag is %s. Usually you click on it to alter the setting made or perform the action it is labelled with" msgstr "Den här knappen skapades för Denemo-direktivet vars tagg är %s. Vanligtvis klickar du på den för att ändra inställningen som gjorts eller utföra åtgärden som den är märkt med" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2353 ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2563 msgid "Select Directive" msgstr "Välj direktiv" #. DeleteCurrentStaff #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2359 ../src/core/utils.c:2171 #: ../src/core/utils.c:2533 ../src/printview/printview.c:1781 #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1361 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/ReloadScore.scm:9 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/DenemoLink.scm:4 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SeekLocations.scm:107 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/DeleteCurrentVerse.scm:4 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/TypesetVersesAtEnd.scm:6 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DeleteCurrentStaff.scm:2 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DeleteFromCursorToEnd.scm:4 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DeleteMeasuresBeforeCursor.scm:4 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/BraceEnd.scm:15 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/ChordChartStaff.scm:126 #: ../actions/Simple.scm:9 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Avbryt" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2408 msgid "" "Select a directive attached to the chord\n" "Shift-click for Advanced Edit" msgstr "" "Välj ett direktiv som är kopplat till ackordet\n" "Skift-klicka för avancerad redigering" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2425 msgid "" "Select a directive attached to the note\n" "Shift-click for Advanced Edit" msgstr "" "Välj ett direktiv som är kopplat till noten\n" "Skift-klicka för avancerad redigering" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2457 msgid "Select a directive attached to the tuplet start object" msgstr "Välj ett direktiv som är kopplat till startobjektet för tupletten" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2458 msgid "Select a directive attached to the tuplet end object" msgstr "Välj ett direktiv som är kopplat till slutobjektet för tupletten" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2468 msgid "Select a directive attached to the stem control object" msgstr "Välj ett direktiv som är kopplat till objektet för styrning av notskaft" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2482 msgid "Select a directive attached to the clef change object" msgstr "Välj ett direktiv som är kopplat till klavbytesobjektet" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2495 msgid "Select a directive attached to the time signature object" msgstr "Välj ett direktiv som är kopplat till taktartsobjektet" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2508 msgid "Select a directive attached to the key change object" msgstr "Välj ett direktiv som är kopplat till tonartsbytesobjektet" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2529 ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2550 #, c-format msgid "" "Select a directive attached to the note \"%s\"\n" "Shift-click for Advanced Edit" msgstr "" "Välj ett direktiv som är kopplat till noten ”%s”\n" "Skift-klicka för avancerad redigering" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2561 #, c-format msgid "Select the directive %s on note \"%s\"?" msgstr "Välj direktivet %s på noten ”%s”?" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2625 msgid "Editing Object" msgstr "Redigering av objekt" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2625 ../src/core/entries.h:311 msgid "Run Object Editor" msgstr "Kör objektredigerare" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2625 ../src/command/object.c:1983 msgid "Add/alter object from menu" msgstr "Lägg till/ändra objekt från menyn" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2637 ../src/command/object.c:1801 msgid "No object here to edit" msgstr "Inget objekt här för att redigera" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2699 msgid "Edit Chord (cursor not on a note)" msgstr "Redigera ackord (markören inte på en not)" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2700 msgid "Edit Directives attached to chord" msgstr "Redigera direktiv kopplade till ackord" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2701 msgid "Look for Directives attached to nearest note?" msgstr "Leta efter direktiv som är kopplade till närmaste not?" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2701 msgid "Edit chord itself" msgstr "Redigera själva ackordet" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2747 msgid "Nothing to edit on this stem direction control object - use controls in Staffs → Voices menu" msgstr "Inget att redigera på detta objekt för notskaftsriktning – använd kontrollerna i menyn Notsystem → Stämmor" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2755 msgid "This marks the end of a tuplet (that is triplets etc) - it should come in the same measure as the tuplet start marker." msgstr "Detta markerar slutet på en tuplett (till exempel en triol) – det ska stå i samma takt som tuplettens startmarkör." #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2758 msgid "No method for editing this type of object" msgstr "Ingen metod för att redigera den här typen av objekt" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2892 #, c-format msgid "Could not get contents of %s" msgstr "Kunde inte hämta innehållet i %s" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2905 msgid "There is already an edit script for this tag" msgstr "Det finns redan ett redigeringsskript för den här taggen" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2905 ../src/core/menusystem.c:225 #: ../src/export/file.c:1397 msgid "Do you want to replace it?" msgstr "Vill du ersätta det?" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2915 msgid "Wrote edit script file to ~/.denemo/editscripts" msgstr "Skrev redigeringsskriptfil till ~/.denemo/editscripts" #. for reset #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2954 msgid "Low Level Denemo Directive Edit" msgstr "Redigera Denemo-direktiv på låg nivå" #. gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (dialog), _("Denemo Object Editor")); #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2962 msgid "Delete Directive" msgstr "Radera direktiv" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2963 msgid "Create Script" msgstr "Skapa skript" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3013 msgid " x:" msgstr " x:" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3020 msgid " y:" msgstr " y:" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3028 msgid "Postfix" msgstr "Postfix" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3029 msgid "Prefix" msgstr "Prefix" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3030 msgid "Display text" msgstr "Visningstext" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3031 msgid "Text Position" msgstr "Textposition" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3032 msgid "Graphic" msgstr "Grafik" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3033 msgid "Graphic Position" msgstr "Grafisk position" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3034 msgid "Tag" msgstr "Tagg" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3035 msgid "LilyPond Grob Name" msgstr "LilyPond-grobnamn" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3036 msgid "Scheme Data" msgstr "Scheme-data" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3037 msgid "MidiBytes" msgstr "MidiBytes" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3038 msgid "Override Mask" msgstr "Mask för åsidosättning" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3039 msgid "Horizontal Display Space" msgstr "Horisontellt visningsutrymme" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3044 msgid "Applies to all layouts/Inclusion criteria" msgstr "Gäller för alla layouter/Inklusionskriterier" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3046 msgid "This directive is honored by all layouts/Inclusion criteria. Use the Score/Movement/Staff/Voice/Object Editor to make it conditional on the Current Layout, the Default Layout or the Default Layout for the current part, or on an Inclusion criterion set in the Print View." msgstr "Detta direktiv gäller för alla layouter/inkluderingskriterier. Använd redigeraren för partitur, sats, notsystem, stämma eller objekt för att göra det beroende av aktuell layout, standardlayouten, standardlayouten för aktuell stämma eller ett inkluderingskriterium som angetts i utskriftsvyn." #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3057 msgid "Blocked by not having Inclusion Criterion: " msgstr "Blockeras av att det inte finns något kriterium för inkludering: " #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3063 msgid "Applies only to certain layouts or inclusion criteria, excluding the current ones." msgstr "Gäller endast för vissa layouter eller inklusionskriterier, exklusive de aktuella." #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3064 msgid "Applies only to certain layouts, including the current one." msgstr "Gäller endast för vissa layouter, inklusive den aktuella." #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3066 msgid "This directive is honored only by certain layouts or inclusion criteria. Use the Score/Movement/Staff/Voice/Object Editor to alter this behavior." msgstr "Detta direktiv gäller endast för vissa layouter eller inkluderingskriterier. Använd redigeraren för partitur, sats, notsystem, stämma eller objekt för att ändra detta beteende." #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3071 msgid "Excludes the current layout." msgstr "Utesluter den aktuella layouten." #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3071 msgid "Excludes the current layout or requires an Inclusion Criterion." msgstr "Utesluter den aktuella layouten eller kräver ett inkluderingskriterium." #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3073 msgid "Excludes certain layouts/Inclusion Criteria, but applies to the current one." msgstr "Utesluter vissa layouter/inkluderingskriterier, men gäller för den aktuella layouten." #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3074 msgid "Excludes certain layouts, but applies to the current one." msgstr "Utesluter vissa layouter, men gäller för den aktuella layouten." #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3076 msgid "This directive is disregarded by certain layouts or when certain Inclusion criteria are set. Use the Score/Movement/Staff/Voice/Object Editor to alter this behavior." msgstr "Detta direktiv ignoreras för vissa layouter eller när vissa inkluderingskriterier är angivna. Använd redigeraren för partitur, sats, notsystem, stämma eller objekt för att ändra detta beteende." #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3082 msgid "Locked Directive" msgstr "Låst direktiv" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3084 msgid "This directive is locked - usually to offer options other than just delete. If needed you can get rid of the directive by selecting it and using Edit->Cut." msgstr "Det här direktivet är låst - vanligtvis för att erbjuda andra alternativ än att bara radera. Om det behövs kan du bli av med direktivet genom att markera det och använda Redigera → Klipp ut." #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3091 msgid "Get Edit Script" msgstr "Hämta redigeringsskript" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3094 msgid "Put Edit Script" msgstr "Lägg in redigeringsskript" #. disabled until website can take uploading again #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3099 msgid "Upload Edit Script" msgstr "Ladda upp redigeringsskript" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3104 msgid "Show Current Script" msgstr "Visa aktuellt skript" #. Vibrato #. here ) to match the string paren open #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3272 ../src/command/object.c:1025 #: ../src/command/object.c:1118 ../src/export/print.c:671 #: ../src/export/print.c:703 ../src/ui/palettes.c:232 #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:63 ../src/ui/texteditors.c:248 #: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:30 #: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:42 #: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:346 #: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:371 #: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:399 #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:403 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Delete/DeleteDirective.scm:19 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ObjectAtCursor/EditLilyPondSyntax.scm:40 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ObjectAtCursor/MakeDirectiveConditional.scm:9 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Export/ExportScoreAsAudio.scm:16 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/NonPrintingStaffs.scm:56 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/DenemoLink.scm:7 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/SetMarkedMidiFromEnd.scm:11 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Palettes/CreateButtonForChordType.scm:16 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Palettes/CreateButtonForChordType.scm:17 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/TypesetOnlyClef.scm:25 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.scm:157 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MultiLineTextAnnotation.scm:181 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/DeleteCurrentVerse.scm:8 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/TypesetVersesAtEnd.scm:54 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/DisplayEffects/DisplayMeasureNumber.scm:7 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/DisplayEffects/ChooseMinimumStaffSpacing.scm:6 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/DuplicateOrMergeMovements.scm:35 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Playback/MuteStaffs.scm:22 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Playback/TransposeOnPlayback.scm:21 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/InsertSpaceBeforeMovement.scm:20 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/BlankPage.scm:27 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/Tongue.scm:31 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/Tongue.scm:32 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:28 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:128 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/AttachedText.scm:35 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/TextAbove.scm:23 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Vibrato.scm:2 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/MultiMeasureRests.scm:134 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ShiftDot.scm:9 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/AvoidSlurAccidentalCollision.scm:16 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/TupletPosition.scm:9 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/CheckScoreSkipping.scm:23 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Playback/TransposeScoreOnPlayback.scm:12 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/ScoreVersion.scm:40 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/SetBeamExceptions.scm:138 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/SetBeamExceptions.scm:179 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/SetBeamExceptions.scm:188 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DeleteCurrentStaff.scm:5 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DeleteFromCursorToEnd.scm:20 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DeleteMeasuresBeforeCursor.scm:16 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/AddInstrumentStaff.scm:16 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MIDI/CreateClickStaffForMidi.scm:90 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MIDI/LoadMidiTrack.scm:24 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/AssignInstrument.scm:17 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/ChordChartStaff.scm:130 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/ChordChartStaff.scm:143 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/SetStaffLines.scm:9 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/TransposeStaffPrint.scm:17 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/TransposeVoices.scm:21 msgid "Cancelled" msgstr "Avbruten" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3274 msgid "Use the ObjectMenu to modify this object - there are no directives here" msgstr "Använd objektmenyn för att modifiera detta objekt - det finns inga direktiv här" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3308 msgid "No directives here" msgstr "Inga direktiv här" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3313 msgid "No directive selected" msgstr "Inget direktiv valt" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3318 msgid "Directive Delete" msgstr "Ta bort direktiv" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3318 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete the directive?" msgstr "Är du säker på att du vill ta bort direktivet?" #. (TweakRelativeOffset tag (car amount) (cdr amount)) #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3321 ../src/core/menusystem.c:316 #: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:79 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/RehearsalMark.scm:25 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/RehearsalMark.scm:31 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/ShortMeasure.scm:49 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Upbeat.scm:62 msgid "Operation cancelled" msgstr "Åtgärden avbröts" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3346 msgid "" "Select a score or movement directive for advanced (low-level) edit.\n" "Note: these directives can be edited normally using Score/Movement Properties Editor from the Score or Movement menus." msgstr "" "Välj ett partitur- eller satsdirektiv för avancerad redigering på låg nivå.\n" "Observera: dessa direktiv kan redigeras på vanligt sätt i egenskapsredigeraren för partitur eller sats från menyerna Partitur eller Sats." #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3393 msgid "Select a score directive - use Shift for advanced edit" msgstr "Välj ett partiturdirektiv – använd Skift för avancerad redigering" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3400 msgid "Select a score header block directive - use Shift for advanced edit" msgstr "Välj ett direktiv för partiturets rubrikblock – använd Skift för avancerad redigering" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3408 msgid "Select a score paper block directive - use Shift for advanced edit" msgstr "Välj ett direktiv för partiturets pappersblock – använd Skift för avancerad redigering" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3417 msgid "Select a movement header block directive - use Shift for advanced edit" msgstr "Välj ett direktiv för satsens rubrikblock – använd Skift för avancerad redigering" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3425 msgid "Select a movement layout block directive - use Shift for advanced edit" msgstr "Välj ett direktiv för satsens layoutblock – använd Skift för avancerad redigering" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3433 msgid "Select a movement control directive - use Shift for advanced edit" msgstr "Välj ett direktiv för satskontroll – använd Skift för avancerad redigering" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3442 msgid "Select a clef directive - use Shift for advanced edit" msgstr "Välj ett klavdirektiv – använd Skift för avancerad redigering" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3451 msgid "Select a key signature directive - use Shift for advanced edit" msgstr "Välj ett direktiv för tonartsbeteckning – använd Skift för avancerad redigering" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3460 ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3469 #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3478 msgid "Select a time signature directive - use Shift for advanced edit" msgstr "Välj ett taktartsdirektiv – använd Skift för avancerad redigering" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3490 msgid "Select a staff directive - use Shift for advanced edit" msgstr "Välj ett notsystemdirektiv – använd Skift för avancerad redigering" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3501 msgid "Select a voice directive - use Shift for advanced edit" msgstr "Välj ett stämmodirektiv – använd Skift för avancerad redigering" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3644 msgid "ScoreDirectives" msgstr "Partiturdirektiv" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3645 msgid "Score Header Block Directives" msgstr "Direktiv för partiturets rubrikblock" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3646 msgid "Score Paper Block Directives" msgstr "Direktiv för partiturets pappersblock" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3647 ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3712 msgid "Movement Header Block Directives" msgstr "Direktiv för satsens rubrikblock" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3648 msgid "Layout Block Directives" msgstr "Direktiv för layoutblock" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3710 msgid "Layout Directives" msgstr "Layoutdirektiv" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3711 msgid "Movement Directives" msgstr "Satsens direktiv" #: ../src/command/lyric.c:223 msgid "" "The text of a verse can be typed or pasted here. Press Esc to return to editing notes.\n" "Separate syllables with space double hyphen space, -- , if they should have their own note(s).\n" "New lines and extra spaces have no special significance. Slurs on notes make them take only one syllable. Use the underscore _ for blank syllables." msgstr "" "Texten i en vers kan skrivas eller klistras in här. Tryck på Esc för att återgå till redigering av noter.\n" "Separera stavelser med mellanslag dubbelt bindestreck mellanslag, -- , om de ska ha egna noter.\n" "Nya rader och extra mellanslag har ingen särskild betydelse. Legatobågar mellan noter gör att de bara tar en stavelse. Använd understreck _ för tomma stavelser." #: ../src/command/lyric.c:525 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertStanzaNumber.scm:16 msgid "Stanza Number" msgstr "Strofnummer" #: ../src/command/lyric.c:525 msgid "Give text to appear before lyrics" msgstr "Ange text att visa före sångtexten" #: ../src/command/lyric.c:525 msgid "1. " msgstr "1. " #: ../src/command/lyric.c:550 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertStanzaNumber.xml.h:1 msgid "Insert Stanza Number" msgstr "Infoga strofnummer" #: ../src/command/lyric.c:550 msgid "Insert a stanza number using the LilyPond syntax" msgstr "Infoga ett strofnummer med hjälp av LilyPond-syntaxen" #: ../src/command/lyric.c:588 #, c-format msgid "Verse %d" msgstr "Vers %d" #: ../src/command/measure.c:258 msgid "removemeasures: received request to delete more measures than exist. Junking request." msgstr "removemeasures: mottog en begäran om att ta bort fler takter än vad som finns. Begäran ignoreras." #: ../src/command/object.c:108 #, c-format msgid "Mismatch (extra object) at Movement %d Staff %d Measure %d Object %d" msgstr "Avvikelse (extra objekt) vid sats %d, notsystem %d, takt %d, objekt %d" #: ../src/command/object.c:113 #, c-format msgid "Mismatch (missing object) at Movement %d Staff %d Measure %d Object %d" msgstr "Avvikelse (saknat objekt) vid sats %d, notsystem %d, takt %d, objekt %d" #: ../src/command/object.c:128 #, c-format msgid "%sat Movement %d Staff %d Measure %d Object %d" msgstr "%svid sats %d, notsystem %d, takt %d, objekt %d" #: ../src/command/object.c:135 #, c-format msgid "Mismatch Directive at Movement %d Staff %d Measure %d Object %d" msgstr "Avvikande direktiv vid sats %d, notsystem %d, takt %d, objekt %d" #: ../src/command/object.c:146 #, c-format msgid "Mismatch note at Movement %d Staff %d Measure %d Object %d" msgstr "Avvikande not vid sats %d, notsystem %d, takt %d, objekt %d" #: ../src/command/object.c:151 #, c-format msgid "Mismatch dynamic at Movement %d Staff %d Measure %d Object %d" msgstr "Avvikande dynamik vid sats %d, notsystem %d, takt %d, objekt %d" #: ../src/command/object.c:169 msgid "No figure" msgstr "Ingen generalbassiffra" #: ../src/command/object.c:174 #, c-format msgid "Mismatch chord symbol at Movement %d Staff %d Measure %d Object %d" msgstr "Avvikande ackordsymbol vid sats %d, notsystem %d, takt %d, objekt %d" #: ../src/command/object.c:178 #, c-format msgid "Mismatch chord Directive at Movement %d Staff %d Measure %d Object %d" msgstr "Avvikande ackorddirektiv vid sats %d, notsystem %d, takt %d, objekt %d" #: ../src/command/object.c:187 #, c-format msgid "Mismatch tuplet Directive at Movement %d Staff %d Measure %d Object %d" msgstr "Avvikande tuplettdirektiv vid sats %d, notsystem %d, takt %d, objekt %d" #: ../src/command/object.c:197 #, c-format msgid "Mismatch clef Directive at Movement %d Staff %d Measure %d Object %d" msgstr "Avvikande klavdirektiv vid sats %d, notsystem %d, takt %d, objekt %d" #: ../src/command/object.c:207 #, c-format msgid "Mismatch time signature Directive at Movement %d Staff %d Measure %d Object %d" msgstr "Avvikande taktartsdirektiv vid sats %d, notsystem %d, takt %d, objekt %d" #: ../src/command/object.c:218 #, c-format msgid "Mismatch key signature Directive at Movement %d Staff %d Measure %d Object %d" msgstr "Avvikande direktiv för tonartsbeteckning vid sats %d, notsystem %d, takt %d, objekt %d" #: ../src/command/object.c:225 #, c-format msgid "Mismatch Stem Control Directive at Movement %d Staff %d Measure %d Object %d" msgstr "Avvikande direktiv för styrning av notskaft vid sats %d, notsystem %d, takt %d, objekt %d" #: ../src/command/object.c:232 #, c-format msgid "Mismatch standalone Directive at Movement %d Staff %d Measure %d Object %d" msgstr "Avvikande fristående direktiv vid sats %d, notsystem %d, takt %d, objekt %d" #: ../src/command/object.c:241 #, c-format msgid "Mismatch objects at Movement %d Staff %d Measure %d Object %d" msgstr "Avvikande objekt vid sats %d, notsystem %d, takt %d, objekt %d" #: ../src/command/object.c:355 ../src/command/object.c:797 #: ../src/command/object.c:1668 ../src/command/object.c:2194 #: ../src/command/object.c:2471 msgid "No tooltip" msgstr "Inget verktygstips" #: ../src/command/object.c:366 #, c-format msgid "Directive for command: \"%s\"\n" msgstr "Direktiv för kommando: \"%s\"\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:368 #, c-format msgid "Directive tagged: \"%s\"\n" msgstr "Direktiv med taggen: \"%s\"\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:373 ../src/command/object.c:815 #, c-format msgid "Menu location for this command: \"%s\"\n" msgstr "Menyplats för detta kommando: \"%s\"\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:379 #, c-format msgid "" "The help for the command that created this directive is:\n" "\"%s\"\n" msgstr "" "Hjälptexten för kommandot som skapade detta direktiv är:\n" "\"%s\"\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:385 #, c-format msgid "LilyPond inserted in prefix to this object is \"%s\"\n" msgstr "LilyPond infogat som prefix till detta objekt är ”%s”\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:391 #, c-format msgid "LilyPond inserted in postfix to this object is \"%s\"\n" msgstr "LilyPond infogat som postfix till detta objekt är ”%s”\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:395 msgid "" "THIS DIRECTIVE IS IGNORED FOR SOME LAYOUTS\n" "" msgstr "" "DETTA DIREKTIV IGNORERAS FÖR VISSA LAYOUTER\n" "" #: ../src/command/object.c:397 msgid "" "THIS DIRECTIVE ONLY FOR SOME LAYOUTS\n" "" msgstr "" "DETTA DIREKTIV ENDAST FÖR VISSA LAYOUTER\n" "" #: ../src/command/object.c:413 #, c-format msgid "The LilyPond syntax generated is: \"%s\"\n" msgstr "Den genererade LilyPond-syntaxen är: ”%s”\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:415 #, c-format msgid "This object does not affect the music typesetting, (no LilyPond syntax is generated)\n" msgstr "Detta objekt påverkar inte musiksättningen (ingen LilyPond-syntax genereras)\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:461 msgid "Preceding measures are empty" msgstr "Föregående takter är tomma" #: ../src/command/object.c:478 msgid "Subsequent measures are empty" msgstr "Efterföljande takter är tomma" #: ../src/command/object.c:532 msgid "Denemo Object Inspector" msgstr "Denemos objektinspektör" #: ../src/command/object.c:561 msgid "Inspect next note in chord" msgstr "Inspektera nästa ton i ackordet" #: ../src/command/object.c:561 msgid "Inspect the note" msgstr "Inspektera noten" #: ../src/command/object.c:574 msgid "Alternate note at cursor" msgstr "Växla not vid markören" #: ../src/command/object.c:584 msgid "Run the Object Editor" msgstr "Kör objektredigeraren" #: ../src/command/object.c:591 ../src/command/object.c:1679 #: ../src/command/object.c:2204 ../src/command/object.c:2500 msgid "Create Button for Clone" msgstr "Skapa knapp för kloning" #: ../src/command/object.c:596 msgid "The cursor is in the appending position after " msgstr "Markören är i tilläggsläget efter " #: ../src/command/object.c:596 msgid "The cursor is on " msgstr "Markören är på " #: ../src/command/object.c:607 msgid "chord" msgstr "ackord" #: ../src/command/object.c:608 msgid "a chord.\n" msgstr "ett ackord.\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:612 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ToggleCheckChords.scm:103 msgid "note" msgstr "not" #: ../src/command/object.c:613 msgid "a one-note chord.\n" msgstr "ett entonigt ackord.\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:616 msgid "" "A slur starts from here.\n" "There should be a matching end slur later.\n" msgstr "" "En legatobåge börjar här.\n" "Det ska finnas ett motsvarande slut på legatobågen längre fram.\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:618 msgid "" "A slur ends here\n" "There should be a matching start slur earlier.\n" msgstr "" "En legatobåge slutar här\n" "Det ska finnas en motsvarande början på legatobågen tidigare.\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:620 msgid "" "This is tied to the following note or chord.\n" "The following note or chord should have the same pitch\n" msgstr "" "Denna not eller detta ackord har en bindebåge till nästa not eller ackord.\n" "Nästa not eller ackord ska ha samma tonhöjd\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:622 msgid "This note begins a crescendo. Use the Right Click → Dynamics menu to control this.\n" msgstr "Den här noten inleder ett crescendo. Använd menyn Högerklicka → Dynamik för att styra detta.\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:624 msgid "This note ends a crescendo. Use the Right Click → Dynamics menu to control this.\n" msgstr "Den här tonen avslutar ett crescendo. Använd menyn Högerklicka → Dynamik för att styra detta.\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:626 msgid "This note begins a diminuendo. Use the Right Click → Dynamics menu to control this.\n" msgstr "Den här noten börjar ett diminuendo. Använd menyn Högerklicka → Dynamik för att styra detta.\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:628 msgid "This note ends a diminuendo. Use the Right Click → Dynamics menu to control this.\n" msgstr "Denna not avslutar ett diminuendo. Använd menyn Högerklicka → Dynamik för att styra detta.\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:631 msgid "This is an acciaccatura note\n" msgstr "Detta är en acciaccatura-not\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:634 msgid "This is an appoggiatura note\n" msgstr "Detta är en appoggiatura-not\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:636 msgid "This note denotes a rhythm - use a MIDI keyboard to add pitches by playing.\n" msgstr "Den här noten anger en rytm - använd ett MIDI-keyboard för att lägga till toner genom att spela.\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:638 #, c-format msgid "A Chord Symbol \"%s\" is attached to this note.\n" msgstr "En ackordsymbol \"%s\" är kopplad till denna not.\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:641 #, c-format msgid "A Bass Figure \"%s\" is attached to this note.\n" msgstr "En generalbassiffra ”%s” är kopplad till denna not.\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:649 #, c-format msgid "Within the chord the cursor is on the note %s \n" msgstr "Inom ackordet är markören på noten %s \n" #: ../src/command/object.c:652 msgid "Attached to this note:" msgstr "Kopplat till denna not:" #: ../src/command/object.c:657 msgid "This rhythm has extra notes added to it, delete them and use the foot-pedal or Alt key to enter chords with the MIDI controller.\n" msgstr "Den här rytmen har extra noter, ta bort dem och använd fotpedalen eller Alt-tangenten för att skriva in ackord med MIDI-controllern.\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:662 msgid "rest" msgstr "paus" #: ../src/command/object.c:663 msgid "a rest.\n" msgstr "en paus.\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:665 msgid "This rest has a slur start on it, use the Right Click → Slurs menu to remove it\n" msgstr "Denna paus har början på en legatobåge, använd högerklick → legatobågar-menyn för att ta bort den\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:667 msgid "This rest has a slur end on it, use the Right Click → Slurs menu to remove it\n" msgstr "Denna paus har slutet på en legatobåge, använd högerklick → legatobågar-menyn för att ta bort den\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:669 msgid "This rest has a tie starting on it, use the Right Click → Tied Note to remove it\n" msgstr "Denna paus har början på en bindebåge, använd högerklick → Överbunden not för att ta bort den\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:673 msgid "This rest will not print, just act as a spacer.\n" msgstr "Denna paus kommer inte att skrivas ut, utan bara fungera som ett mellanrum.\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:675 msgid "This rest has the grace attribute set: these objects are usually inserted automatically to match real grace notes in other parts, this helps the music typesetter place the grace note correctly in the Print View.\n" msgstr "Denna paus har attributet för förslagston inställt: sådana objekt infogas vanligtvis automatiskt för att motsvara riktiga förslagsnoter i andra stämmor. Det hjälper notsättningsprogrammet att placera förslagsnoten korrekt i utskriftsvyn.\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:680 ../src/command/object.c:1867 msgid "Attached to the chord:" msgstr "Kopplad till ackordet:" #: ../src/command/object.c:688 #, c-format msgid "This %s starts %d 𝅘𝅥 's into the measure and lasts %d 𝅘𝅥 's.\n" msgstr "Detta objekt (%s) börjar %d 𝅘𝅥 in i takten och varar %d 𝅘𝅥.\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:690 #, c-format msgid "This %s starts %d 𝅘𝅥 's into the measure and lasts %d/%d 𝅘𝅥 's.\n" msgstr "Detta objekt (%s) börjar %d 𝅘𝅥 in i takten och varar %d/%d 𝅘𝅥.\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:695 #, c-format msgid "This %s starts %d/%d 𝅘𝅥 's into the measure and lasts %d 𝅘𝅥 's.\n" msgstr "Detta objekt (%s) börjar %d/%d 𝅘𝅥 in i takten och varar %d 𝅘𝅥.\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:697 #, c-format msgid "This %s starts %d/%d 𝅘𝅥 's into the measure and lasts %d/%d 𝅘𝅥 's.\n" msgstr "Detta objekt (%s) börjar %d/%d 𝅘𝅥 in i takten och varar %d/%d 𝅘𝅥.\n" #. type = _("start tuplet marker"); #: ../src/command/object.c:706 #, c-format msgid "" " a Start Tuplet object\n" "Meaning %d notes will take the time of %d notes\n" "until an End Tuplet object.\n" "See the Notes/Rests → Tuplets for control over how tuplets print\n" msgstr "" " ett objekt för tuplettens början\n" "Det innebär att %d noter tar samma tid som %d noter\n" "fram till ett objekt för tuplettens slut.\n" "Se Noter/pauser → Tupletter för att styra hur tupletter skrivs ut\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:709 msgid "Attached to the Start Tuplet:" msgstr "Kopplat till tuplettens början:" #. type = _("end tuplet marker"); #: ../src/command/object.c:719 #, c-format msgid "" "an End Tuplet object\n" "Note: the Start Tuplet must be in the same measure.\n" msgstr "" "ett objekt för tuplettens slut\n" "Observera: tuplettens början måste finnas i samma takt.\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:722 msgid "Attached to the End Tuplet:" msgstr "Kopplat till tuplettens slut:" #. type = _("clef change object"); #: ../src/command/object.c:732 #, c-format msgid "a Clef Change object.\n" msgstr "ett klavbytesobjekt.\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:735 msgid "Attached to the Clef Change:" msgstr "Kopplat till klavbytet:" #: ../src/command/object.c:739 msgid "This clef change is non-printing, it just affects the display.\n" msgstr "Detta klavbyte skrivs inte ut, utan påverkar bara visningen.\n" #. type = _("time signature change object"); #: ../src/command/object.c:748 #, c-format msgid "a Time Signature Change object.\n" msgstr "ett taktartsbytesobjekt.\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:751 msgid "Attached to the Time Signature Change:" msgstr "Kopplat till taktartsbytet:" #: ../src/command/object.c:756 #, c-format msgid "" "A Time Signature Change should be the first object in a measure\n" "unless you are trying to do something unusual" msgstr "" "Ett taktartsbyte bör vara det första objektet i en takt\n" "om du inte försöker göra något ovanligt" #. type = _("key signature change object"); #: ../src/command/object.c:764 #, c-format msgid "a Key Signature Change object.\n" msgstr "ett objekt för byte av tonartsbeteckning.\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:767 msgid "Attached to the Key Signature Change:" msgstr "Kopplat till bytet av tonartsbeteckning:" #. type = _("stem direction change object"); #: ../src/command/object.c:777 #, c-format msgid "a Stem Direction Control Object. The notes after the cursor %s" msgstr "ett objekt för styrning av notskaftsriktning. Noterna efter markören %s" #: ../src/command/object.c:777 msgid "will have stems downwards." msgstr "kommer att ha notskaft nedåt." #: ../src/command/object.c:777 msgid "will have stems upwards." msgstr "kommer att ha notskaft uppåt." #: ../src/command/object.c:777 msgid "will have stems up or down as needed." msgstr "kommer att ha notskaft upp eller ner efter behov." #: ../src/command/object.c:780 msgid "" "\n" "Attached to the Stemming Change:" msgstr "" "\n" "Kopplat till ändringen av notskaftsriktning:" #: ../src/command/object.c:800 #, c-format msgid "a Denemo Directive: %s\n" msgstr "ett Denemo-direktiv: %s\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:802 #, c-format msgid "a Denemo Directive tagged: %s\n" msgstr "ett Denemo-direktiv taggat: %s\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:807 #, c-format msgid "" "\n" "The help for the command that created this directive is\n" "\"%s\"" msgstr "" "\n" "Hjälptexten för kommandot som skapade detta direktiv är\n" "\"%s\"" #: ../src/command/object.c:811 #, c-format msgid "%s" msgstr "%s" #: ../src/command/object.c:811 msgid "" "\n" "Not for some layouts\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Inte för vissa layouter\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:811 msgid "" "\n" "Only for some Layout(s)\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Endast för viss(a) layout(er)\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:828 #, c-format msgid "The LilyPond text inserted is %s%s\n" msgstr "LilyPond-text som infogats är %s%s\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:833 #, c-format msgid "This object does not affect the printed output (no LilyPond syntax is generated for the typesetter)\n" msgstr "Detta objekt påverkar inte den utskrivna produkten (ingen LilyPond-syntax genereras för sättaren)\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:836 msgid "" "THIS DIRECTIVE IS CONDITIONAL ON THE LAYOUT\n" "" msgstr "" "DETTA DIREKTIV ÄR VILLKORAT AV LAYOUTEN\n" "" #: ../src/command/object.c:839 msgid "" "This Directive is at the end of the music\n" "You may need a closing double bar line -\n" "see Directives → Markings → Inserting Barlines" msgstr "" "Detta direktiv är i slutet av musiken\n" "Du kan behöva ett avslutande dubbelt taktstreck -\n" "se Direktiv → Markeringar → Infoga taktstreck" #: ../src/command/object.c:844 msgid "The cursor is on an unknown object type. Please report how this happened!" msgstr "Markören befinner sig på en okänd objekttyp. Rapportera hur detta hände!" #: ../src/command/object.c:855 #, c-format msgid "Playback timing: %d minutes %1.2f seconds" msgstr "Uppspelningstid: %d minuter %1.2f sekunder" #: ../src/command/object.c:861 msgid "Warning " msgstr "Varning " #: ../src/command/object.c:1017 #, c-format msgid "Clone %s" msgstr "Klona %s" #: ../src/command/object.c:1018 ../src/ui/texteditors.c:56 msgid "Palette Button Creation" msgstr "Skapande av palettknappar" #: ../src/command/object.c:1018 ../src/ui/texteditors.c:56 msgid "Give a (unique) name for the button" msgstr "Ange ett (unikt) namn för knappen" #: ../src/command/object.c:1021 ../actions/palettes.xml.h:96 msgid "Creates a cloned Denemo Directive" msgstr "Skapar ett klonat Denemo-direktiv" #: ../src/command/object.c:1022 ../src/ui/texteditors.c:60 msgid "Could not create a button of that name in that palette" msgstr "Det gick inte att skapa en knapp med det namnet i den paletten" #: ../src/command/object.c:1049 msgid "The Scheme Window is now open, but you must dismiss the Score Properties Editor to access it." msgstr "Scheme-fönstret är nu öppet, men du måste stänga egenskapsredigeraren för partitur för att komma åt det." #: ../src/command/object.c:1098 msgid "Duplicate Directive" msgstr "Duplicera direktiv" #: ../src/command/object.c:1098 msgid "Give name identifying purpose of this duplicate " msgstr "Ange namn som identifierar syftet med denna kopia " #: ../src/command/object.c:1098 msgid "Transposed Version" msgstr "Transponerad version" #: ../src/command/object.c:1103 msgid "Duplicate: " msgstr "Kopia: " #: ../src/command/object.c:1108 msgid "The duplicate directive will appear after the directive cloned, so it will override the original. Use the Conditional button to choose which directive is active for an omission criterion or for specific layouts." msgstr "Det duplicerade direktivet visas efter det klonade direktivet, så det kommer att åsidosätta originalet. Använd knappen Villkorlig för att välja vilket direktiv som ska vara aktivt för ett utelämnandekriterium eller för specifika layouter." #: ../src/command/object.c:1256 msgid "To add or remove built-in attributes right click on the object in the display window" msgstr "För att lägga till eller ta bort inbyggda attribut högerklicka på objektet i visningsfönstret" #: ../src/command/object.c:1381 msgid "You have custom score layout(s). Making this directive conditional will not affect them until you Reload Score-wide Settings in the Score Layout view." msgstr "Du har en eller flera anpassade partiturlayouter. Om du gör detta direktiv villkorligt påverkas de först när du väljer Läs in partiturövergripande inställningar på nytt i vyn Partiturlayout." #: ../src/command/object.c:1397 ../src/command/object.c:1419 msgid "Omission Criterion: " msgstr "Kriterium för utelämnande: " #: ../src/command/object.c:1397 ../src/command/object.c:1419 msgid " is set on this Directive" msgstr " är inställt på detta direktiv" #: ../src/command/object.c:1398 ../src/command/object.c:1420 msgid "Remove: " msgstr "Ta bort: " #: ../src/command/object.c:1398 ../src/command/object.c:1420 msgid " from this Directive" msgstr " från detta direktiv" #: ../src/command/object.c:1431 ../src/command/object.c:1624 #: ../src/command/object.c:2173 msgid "Conditional" msgstr "Villkorlig" #: ../src/command/object.c:1519 ../src/command/object.c:2139 #: ../src/command/object.c:2416 msgid "Run the Edit Script for " msgstr "Kör redigeringsskriptet för " #: ../src/command/object.c:1528 ../src/command/object.c:2148 #: ../src/command/object.c:2425 msgid "Execute command: " msgstr "Kör kommandot: " #. gtk_widget_override_color (inner_box, GTK_STATE_FLAG_NORMAL, &color); #: ../src/command/object.c:1569 ../src/command/object.c:2160 #: ../src/command/object.c:2444 ../src/command/scorelayout.c:513 #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:553 ../src/core/entries.h:408 #: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:34 #: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:109 #: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:155 ../actions/denemo.scm:164 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:38 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:45 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:62 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:69 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:87 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:94 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:291 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:298 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:317 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:324 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:341 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:348 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:365 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:372 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/DenemoLink.scm:4 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/NoBarline.scm:6 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/EndVolta.scm:4 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/EndVolta.scm:6 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FreeCoda.scm:6 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FreeFermata.scm:6 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FreeSegno.scm:6 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/RehearsalMark.scm:8 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/StartTrillSpan.scm:8 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/Caesura.scm:6 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MultiLineTextAnnotation.scm:75 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/ShortMeasure.scm:46 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/ShortMeasure.scm:55 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Upbeat.scm:59 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Upbeat.scm:68 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/AppendPostscript.scm:16 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:15 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/BlankPage.scm:17 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/CrescendoTextSpanner.scm:5 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/DecrescendoTextSpanner.scm:5 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:18 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/OrnamentWithAccidentals.scm:50 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/ToggleCustomOrnament.scm:29 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DynamicMarkings/DeleteDynamic.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Glissando.scm:5 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Spanning/TextSpanStart.scm:5 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Vibrato.scm:6 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl/ArtificialHarmonic.scm:5 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ParenthesizeNote.scm:8 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tremolo.scm:9 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/Epilog/CriticalCommentary.scm:8 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/GraphicTitlePage.scm:17 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/SimpleChapter.scm:67 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/SingleDigitTimeSig.scm:5 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Ta bort" #: ../src/command/object.c:1614 ../src/command/object.c:2167 msgid "Next ➡" msgstr "Nästa ➡" #: ../src/command/object.c:1645 ../src/core/entries.h:263 msgid "Copy" msgstr "Kopiera" #: ../src/command/object.c:1672 ../src/command/object.c:2198 #: ../src/command/object.c:2484 msgid "Create Button for Command" msgstr "Skapa knapp för kommando" #: ../src/command/object.c:1673 ../src/command/object.c:2485 msgid "Make a palette button for running the command that created this attribute." msgstr "Skapa en palettknapp för att köra kommandot som skapade detta attribut." #: ../src/command/object.c:1680 msgid "Make a palette button for installing this attribute elsewhere." msgstr "Skapa en palettknapp för att installera detta attribut någon annanstans." #: ../src/command/object.c:1685 ../src/command/object.c:2210 #: ../src/command/object.c:2512 ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:36 #: ../actions/denemo.scm:156 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:42 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:47 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:66 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:71 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:91 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:96 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:295 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:300 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:321 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:326 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:345 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:350 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:369 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:374 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/Directives/InsertChordDirective.scm:14 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/InsertStandaloneDirective.scm:8 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/EndVolta.scm:4 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/RehearsalMark.scm:10 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/TextAnnotation.scm:27 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/ShortMeasure.scm:46 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/ShortMeasure.scm:57 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Upbeat.scm:59 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Upbeat.scm:70 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/AppendPostscript.scm:17 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:16 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/InsertNoteDirective.scm:14 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/CrescendoTextSpanner.scm:5 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/DecrescendoTextSpanner.scm:5 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:19 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/ToggleCustomOrnament.scm:29 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Glissando.scm:6 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Spanning/TextSpanStart.scm:5 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/Shape/TieShape.scm:7 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/Epilog/CriticalCommentary.scm:7 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/GraphicTitlePage.scm:18 msgid "Advanced" msgstr "Avancerat" #: ../src/command/object.c:1686 msgid "Examine/Edit this directive at a low-level" msgstr "Granska/revidera detta direktiv på låg nivå" #: ../src/command/object.c:1697 msgid "Built-in Chord Attributes" msgstr "Inbyggda ackordattribut" #: ../src/command/object.c:1717 msgid "Remove slur start" msgstr "Ta bort legatobågens början" #: ../src/command/object.c:1723 msgid "Remove slur end" msgstr "Ta bort legatobågens slut" #: ../src/command/object.c:1729 msgid "Remove tie" msgstr "Ta bort bindebågen" #: ../src/command/object.c:1735 msgid "Remove Start cresc. marking" msgstr "Ta bort markeringen för början av crescendo" #: ../src/command/object.c:1741 msgid "Remove End cresc. marking" msgstr "Ta bort markeringen för slutet av crescendo" #: ../src/command/object.c:1747 msgid "Remove Start dim. marking" msgstr "Ta bort markeringen för början av diminuendo" #: ../src/command/object.c:1753 msgid "Remove End dim. marking" msgstr "Ta bort markeringen för slutet av diminuendo" #: ../src/command/object.c:1760 msgid "Un-grace the note" msgstr "Gör om förslagsnoten till en vanlig not" #: ../src/command/object.c:1825 msgid "Denemo Object Editor" msgstr "Denemos objektredigerare" #: ../src/command/object.c:1830 ../src/command/object.c:2556 #: ../src/command/object.c:2773 msgid "Close" msgstr "Stäng" #: ../src/command/object.c:1838 msgid "⬅ Previous Object" msgstr "⬅ Föregående objekt" #: ../src/command/object.c:1845 msgid "Next note in chord" msgstr "Nästa ton i ackordet" #: ../src/command/object.c:1849 msgid "Alternate note" msgstr "Växla not" #: ../src/command/object.c:1853 msgid "Next Object ➡" msgstr "Nästa objekt ➡" #: ../src/command/object.c:1867 msgid "Attached to the rest:" msgstr "Kopplat till pausen:" #. only one note #: ../src/command/object.c:1888 msgid "Edit the note" msgstr "Redigera noten" #: ../src/command/object.c:1915 #, c-format msgid "Attached to Note %s" msgstr "Bifogat till not %s" #: ../src/command/object.c:1933 #, c-format msgid "Nothing attached to Note %s" msgstr "Inget kopplat till noten %s" #: ../src/command/object.c:1949 msgid "Assign Pitch to Rhythm" msgstr "Tilldela tonhöjd till rytm" #: ../src/command/object.c:1962 msgid "Edit Chord Symbol" msgstr "Redigera ackordsymbol" #: ../src/command/object.c:1969 msgid "Edit Bass Figure" msgstr "Redigera generalbassiffra" #. type = _("start tuplet marker"); #: ../src/command/object.c:1994 msgid "Alter Tuplet Type" msgstr "Ändra tuplettyp" #: ../src/command/object.c:1999 msgid "Attached to the tuplet start:" msgstr "Kopplat till tuplettens början:" #: ../src/command/object.c:2018 msgid "Attached to the tuplet end:" msgstr "Kopplat till tuplettens slut:" #: ../src/command/object.c:2039 msgid "Attached to the clef change object:" msgstr "Kopplat till klavbytesobjektet:" #: ../src/command/object.c:2052 msgid "Transform to printing clef" msgstr "Gör klaven synlig i utskriften" #: ../src/command/object.c:2065 msgid "Attached to the time signature change object:" msgstr "Kopplat till taktartsbytesobjektet:" #: ../src/command/object.c:2085 msgid "Attached to the key signature change object:" msgstr "Kopplat till objektet för byte av tonartsbeteckning:" #: ../src/command/object.c:2106 msgid "Attached to the stemming change object:" msgstr "Kopplat till objektet för ändring av notskaftsriktning:" #: ../src/command/object.c:2129 msgid "Standalone Denemo Directive:" msgstr "Fristående Denemo-direktiv:" #: ../src/command/object.c:2199 msgid "Make a palette button for running the command that created/inserted this object." msgstr "Skapa en palettknapp för att köra kommandot som skapade/insatte det här objektet." #: ../src/command/object.c:2205 msgid "Make a palette button for inserting a clone of this object elsewhere." msgstr "Skapa en palettknapp för att infoga en klon av detta objekt någon annanstans." #: ../src/command/object.c:2340 msgid "Score " msgstr "Partitur " #: ../src/command/object.c:2342 msgid "Movement " msgstr "Sats " #: ../src/command/object.c:2344 msgid "Score Header " msgstr "Partiturrubrik " #: ../src/command/object.c:2346 msgid "Paper " msgstr "Papper " #: ../src/command/object.c:2348 msgid "Movement Header " msgstr "Satsrubrik " #: ../src/command/object.c:2350 msgid "Movement Layout " msgstr "Satsens layout " #: ../src/command/object.c:2352 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ChangeStencil.scm:11 msgid "Key Signature" msgstr "Tonartsbeteckning" #: ../src/command/object.c:2354 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ChangeStencil.scm:13 msgid "Time Signature" msgstr "Taktart" #: ../src/command/object.c:2356 ../src/command/scorelayout.c:729 #: ../src/core/entries.h:291 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ChangeStencil.scm:7 msgid "Clef" msgstr "Klav" #: ../src/command/object.c:2358 ../src/core/entries.h:373 msgid "Staff" msgstr "Notsystem" #: ../src/command/object.c:2360 ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1591 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/AccidentalStyle.scm:9 msgid "Voice" msgstr "Stämma" #: ../src/command/object.c:2364 ../src/core/entries.h:367 msgid "Directives" msgstr "Direktiv" #: ../src/command/object.c:2390 #, c-format msgid "%sDenemo %s Directive tagged: %s %c%s%c" msgstr "%sDenemo-direktiv av typ %s med taggen: %s %c%s%c" #: ../src/command/object.c:2390 ../src/command/object.c:2392 msgid "(Conditional) " msgstr "(Villkorligt) " #: ../src/command/object.c:2392 #, c-format msgid "%sDenemo %s Directive: %s %c%s%c" msgstr "%sDenemo-direktiv av typ %s: %s %c%s%c" #: ../src/command/object.c:2473 msgid "Create Duplicate" msgstr "Skapa duplikat" #: ../src/command/object.c:2474 msgid "Duplicate this directive with a new name. Usually only makes sense when the two directives are conditional - different inclusion criteria or different layouts." msgstr "Duplicera detta direktiv med ett nytt namn. Vanligtvis är det bara meningsfullt när de två direktiven är villkorade - olika inklusionskriterier eller olika layouter." #: ../src/command/object.c:2491 msgid "Open Command Center" msgstr "Öppna kommandocentralen" #: ../src/command/object.c:2492 msgid "Opens the Command Center on this command. Here you can find the location of the command in the menu system, set shortcuts etc." msgstr "Öppnar kommandocentralen för detta kommando. Här kan du hitta kommandots plats i menysystemet, ställa in genvägar etc." #: ../src/command/object.c:2501 msgid "Make a palette button for installing a clone of this attribute elsewhere." msgstr "Skapa en palettknapp för att installera en klon av detta attribut någon annanstans." #: ../src/command/object.c:2506 ../src/core/menusystem.c:881 #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:377 msgid "Get Script into Scheme Window" msgstr "Få in skript i Scheme-fönstret" #: ../src/command/object.c:2507 msgid "Place a script to create this Directive (if absent) into the Scheme Window. Use this after loading the initialization script into the Scheme window - once saved this Directive will be installed on new scores at startup." msgstr "Placera ett skript för att skapa detta direktiv (om det inte finns) i Scheme-fönstret. Använd detta efter att ha laddat initieringsskriptet i Scheme-fönstret - när det sparats kommer detta direktiv att installeras på nya partitur vid start." #: ../src/command/object.c:2548 msgid "Score and Movement Properties Editor" msgstr "Redigerare för partitur- och satsegenskaper" #: ../src/command/object.c:2571 ../src/core/entries.h:268 msgid "Score Properties" msgstr "Partituregenskaper" #: ../src/command/object.c:2588 msgid "Edit Built-in Score Properties" msgstr "Redigera partiturets inbyggda egenskaper" #: ../src/command/object.c:2596 ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1975 #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:2324 ../src/core/utils.c:2415 #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2723 msgid "Movement" msgstr "Sats" #: ../src/command/object.c:2596 msgid "Properties" msgstr "Egenskaper" #: ../src/command/object.c:2617 ../actions/denemo.scm:1553 msgid "Movement Tempo" msgstr "Satstempo" #: ../src/command/object.c:2621 msgid "⬅ Previous Movement" msgstr "⬅ Föregående sats" #: ../src/command/object.c:2628 msgid "Next Movement ➡" msgstr "Nästa sats ➡" #: ../src/command/object.c:2681 msgid "" "The clef here only affects the display as this voice is typeset on the staff above.\n" "Normally you will want it set the same as the staff the notes will appear on.\n" "Dismiss this warning and make any needed changes via the popup dialog coming next." msgstr "" "Klaven här påverkar bara visningen eftersom denna stämma sätts på notsystemet ovanför.\n" "Normalt bör klaven vara densamma som i det notsystem där noterna ska visas.\n" "Stäng denna varning och gör eventuella ändringar i dialogrutan som visas därefter." #: ../src/command/object.c:2691 msgid "This voice should have the same key signature as the staff it appears on. Use the key signature menu commands to correct it if needed." msgstr "Den här stämman ska ha samma tonart som det notsystem den visas på. Använd menykommandona för tonart för att korrigera den om det behövs." #: ../src/command/object.c:2695 msgid "Change the keysignature by clicking on it, or via the Key Signatures menu (after closing this editor)." msgstr "Ändra tonartsbeteckningen genom att klicka på den eller via menyn Tonartsbeteckningar (efter att du har stängt den här redigeraren)." #: ../src/command/object.c:2705 msgid "This voice should have the same time signature as the staff it appears on. Use the time signature menu commands to correct it if needed." msgstr "Den här stämman ska ha samma taktart som det notsystem den visas på. Använd menykommandona för taktart för att korrigera den om det behövs." #: ../src/command/object.c:2765 msgid "Staff and Voice Properties Editor" msgstr "Egenskapsredigerare för notsystem och stämmor" #: ../src/command/object.c:2791 ../src/core/entries.h:209 #: ../src/ui/staffpropdialog.c:390 msgid "Staff Properties" msgstr "Notsystemets egenskaper" #: ../src/command/object.c:2810 msgid "Staff Above" msgstr "Notsystem ovanför" #: ../src/command/object.c:2817 msgid "Staff Below" msgstr "Notsystem nedanför" #: ../src/command/object.c:2826 msgid "This voice will be typeset on the staff above" msgstr "Den här stämman kommer att sättas på notsystemet ovanför" #: ../src/command/object.c:2833 msgid "Edit Built-in Staff Properties" msgstr "Redigera notsystemets inbyggda egenskaper" #: ../src/command/object.c:2839 msgid "Clef: " msgstr "Klav: " #: ../src/command/object.c:2845 #, c-format msgid "Time: %d/%d" msgstr "Taktart: %d/%d" #: ../src/command/object.c:2851 #, c-format msgid "Key: %s" msgstr "Tonart: %s" #: ../src/command/object.c:2878 msgid "Voice Properties" msgstr "Stämmans egenskaper" #: ../src/command/score.c:132 #, c-format msgid "" "This is the current movement number %d\n" "Click on another button to change movements" msgstr "" "Detta är det aktuella satsnumret %d\n" "Klicka på en annan knapp för att byta sats" #: ../src/command/score.c:146 #, c-format msgid "Click to switch to movement number %d" msgstr "Klicka för att växla till satsnummer %d" #: ../src/command/score.c:307 msgid "This is the only movement" msgstr "Detta är den enda satsen" #: ../src/command/score.c:308 msgid "Delete it and start over?" msgstr "Ta bort den och börja om?" #: ../src/command/score.c:321 #, c-format msgid "This is movement #%d" msgstr "Detta är sats #%d" #: ../src/command/score.c:322 msgid "Delete entire movement?" msgstr "Ta bort hela satsen?" #: ../src/command/score.c:364 msgid "No such movement" msgstr "Ingen sådan sats" #: ../src/command/score.c:384 msgid "No such voice" msgstr "Ingen sådan stämma" #: ../src/command/score.c:392 msgid "No such measure" msgstr "Ingen sådan takt" #: ../src/command/score.c:515 msgid "This is the last movement" msgstr "Detta är den sista satsen" #: ../src/command/score.c:570 msgid "This is the first movement" msgstr "Detta är den första satsen" #: ../src/command/score.c:674 msgid "" "A button bar that can be populated by Movement titles and other user generated buttons.\n" "Generally by clicking the button you can edit the title or value or execute the action of the button" msgstr "" "Ett knappfält som kan innehålla satstitlar och andra användargenererade knappar.\n" "Genom att klicka på en knapp kan du vanligtvis redigera titeln eller värdet, eller utföra knappens åtgärd" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:34 msgid "LilyPond text editor" msgstr "LilyPond-textredigerare" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:35 msgid "Default Score Layout" msgstr "Standardlayout för partitur" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:113 ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1031 #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1101 msgid "This button is for changing the score itself, it will not affect this custom layout" msgstr "Den här knappen är till för att ändra själva partituret, den påverkar inte den här anpassade layouten" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:258 msgid "New Score Layout" msgstr "Ny partiturlayout" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:258 msgid "Give a name for this new score layout" msgstr "Ge ett namn åt denna nya partiturlayout" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:258 msgid "Custom Layout" msgstr "Anpassad layout" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:458 msgid "Customize Layout" msgstr "Anpassa layouten" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:458 msgid "Replace Standard Layout?" msgstr "Ersätta standardlayout?" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:463 msgid "" "This layout will be used in place of the standard one, unless you delete it.\n" "Any new staffs added to the score will not appear in it unless you edit it." msgstr "" "Denna layout kommer att användas i stället för standardlayouten, om du inte tar bort den.\n" "Eventuella nya notsystem som läggs till i partituret kommer inte att visas i den om du inte redigerar den." #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:480 msgid "Actions for this Layout" msgstr "Åtgärder för denna layout" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:484 ../src/printview/printview.c:2716 msgid "Typeset" msgstr "Sätt noter" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:485 msgid "Typeset the score using this layout to determine which movements, parts, titles, page breaks etc should be used" msgstr "Sätt partituret med hjälp av denna layout för att bestämma vilka satser, stämmor, titlar, sidbrytningar etc som ska användas" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:494 msgid "Edit LilyPond Text of Layout" msgstr "Redigera layoutens LilyPond-text" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:495 msgid "Opens the LilyPond window for further editing." msgstr "Öppnar LilyPond-fönstret för ytterligare redigering." #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:498 msgid "Duplicate" msgstr "Duplicera" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:499 msgid "Create a duplicate of this layout." msgstr "Skapa en kopia av denna layout." #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:507 msgid "Convert to LilyPond Text" msgstr "Konvertera till LilyPond-text" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:508 msgid "Converts this layout to LilyPond text for further editing." msgstr "Konverterar denna layout till LilyPond-text för vidare redigering." #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:514 msgid "Discard this customized score layout." msgstr "Kassera den här anpassade partiturlayouten." #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:518 ../src/command/scorelayout.c:548 msgid "Create Default Score Layout" msgstr "Skapa standardlayout för partitur" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:519 ../src/command/scorelayout.c:549 msgid "Creates the Default Score Layout" msgstr "Skapar standardlayouten för partitur" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:525 msgid "Append Current Movement" msgstr "Lägg till aktuell sats sist" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:526 msgid "Appends the current movement at the end of this layout. Select the movement you wish to append to the layout in the Denemo Display first. The same movement can be placed multiple times in the layout, with individual edits as needed." msgstr "Lägger till den aktuella satsen i slutet av denna layout. Välj först den sats som du vill lägga till i layouten i Denemo-vyn. Samma sats kan placeras flera gånger i layouten, med individuella redigeringar efter behov." #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:530 msgid "Re-order Movement" msgstr "Ändra satsordning" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:531 msgid "" "Moves the first expanded movement in this layout to the end.\n" "This does not alter the score, just this layout. To re-order the actual movements of the score see the Movements menu." msgstr "" "Flyttar den första expanderade satsen i denna layout till slutet.\n" "Detta ändrar inte partituret, bara denna layout. För att ändra ordningen på de faktiska satserna i partituret, se menyn Satser." #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:538 ../src/printview/printview.c:2733 msgid "Refresh" msgstr "Uppdatera" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:539 msgid "Re-calculate this layout to incorporate changes made to the score structure." msgstr "Räkna om denna layout för att införliva ändringar som gjorts i partiturstrukturen." #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:543 msgid "Customize" msgstr "Anpassa" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:544 msgid "Create a layout from this standard layout that you can then modify." msgstr "Skapa en layout från denna standardlayout som du sedan kan modifiera." #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:554 msgid "Discard this standard score layout." msgstr "Kassera den här standardlayouten." #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:697 #, c-format msgid "The music for this staff has been replaced by the music from the current staff, i.e. staff where the cursor is, Movement %d, Staff %d." msgstr "Musiken för detta notsystem har ersatts av musiken från det aktuella notsystemet, dvs. det notsystem där markören befinner sig, sats %d, notsystem %d." #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:709 ../src/command/scorelayout.c:908 #: ../src/core/entries.h:205 ../src/core/entries.h:371 #: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:155 ../actions/denemo.scm:165 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:39 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:44 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:68 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:214 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:218 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:234 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:238 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:273 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:277 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:292 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:297 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:318 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:323 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:342 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:347 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:366 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:371 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/TextAnnotation.scm:27 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/AppendPostscript.scm:15 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:14 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/CrescendoTextSpanner.scm:5 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/DecrescendoTextSpanner.scm:5 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:17 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/OrnamentWithAccidentals.scm:50 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/ToggleCustomOrnament.scm:29 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Spanning/TextSpanStart.scm:5 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tremolo.scm:7 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/GraphicTitlePage.scm:16 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/MeasuresPerLine.scm:4 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Redigera" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:710 msgid "Edit the voice directives for this layout" msgstr "Redigera stämmadirektiven för den här layouten" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:715 msgid "" "Delete this voice from the score layout\n" "Note that if it is the first voice the clef time and keysignatures will be deleted too." msgstr "" "Ta bort den här stämman från partiturlayouten\n" "Observera att om det är den första stämman tas även klaven, taktarten och tonartsbeteckningen bort." #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:720 msgid "Initial Signatures" msgstr "Inledande klav, tonart och taktart" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:724 msgid "Click here to view and edit the clef, key and time signatures of this staff" msgstr "Klicka här för att se och redigera klav, tonart och taktart för detta notsystem" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:730 msgid "Edit the LilyPond definition of the clef. The editing affects only this layout." msgstr "Redigera LilyPond-definitionen av klaven. Redigeringen påverkar endast denna layout." #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:735 msgid "Key" msgstr "Tonart" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:736 msgid "Edit the LilyPond definition of the key signature. The editing affects only this layout." msgstr "Redigera LilyPond-definitionen av tonartsbeteckningen. Redigeringen påverkar endast denna layout." #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:741 msgid "Time" msgstr "Taktart" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:742 msgid "Edit the LilyPond definition of the time signature. The editing affects only this layout." msgstr "Redigera LilyPond-definitionen av taktarten. Redigeringen påverkar endast denna layout." #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:752 msgid "The clef, time and key signatures attached to other voices are ignored, only the primary one has effect" msgstr "Klav, taktart och tonartsbeteckning som är kopplade till andra stämmor ignoreras; endast den primära stämmans beteckningar används" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:755 msgid "Music for " msgstr "Musik för " #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:757 msgid "" "Click here to move the Denemo cursor to the start of this music.\n" "The actual notes live here. You can only edit these in the main Denemo display.\n" "However you can place conditional directives that are to be used only when using this layout. For example page breaks just for this layout can be placed at points in the music.\n" msgstr "" "Klicka här för att flytta Denemo-markören till början av denna musik.\n" "De faktiska noterna finns här. Du kan bara redigera dessa i Denemos huvuddisplay.\n" "Du kan dock placera villkorliga direktiv som bara ska användas när du använder den här layouten. Till exempel kan sidbrytningar som bara gäller för den här layouten placeras på vissa ställen i musiken.\n" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:763 msgid "Substitute" msgstr "Ersätt" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:764 msgid "" "Substitute the music of this staff/voice with the music of the current staff/voice.\n" "You can click the \"Music for ...\" button to move the cursor in the Denemo Display onto the staff/voice whose music you want to use before clicking this button to substitute the music. The editing affects only this layout." msgstr "" "Ersätt musiken i det här notsystemet/den här stämman med musiken i det aktuella notsystemet/den aktuella stämman.\n" "Du kan klicka på knappen ”Musik för …” för att flytta markören i Denemo-vyn till det notsystem/den stämma vars musik du vill använda innan du klickar på denna knapp för att ersätta musiken. Redigeringen påverkar endast denna layout." #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:777 msgid "Drop this lyric part from the score layout" msgstr "Ta bort denna sångtextdel från partiturlayouten" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:785 msgid "Move this lyric part above the staff for this score layout" msgstr "Flytta denna sångtextdel ovanför notsystemet i denna partiturlayout" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:789 msgid "Move this lyric part below the staff for this score layout" msgstr "Flytta denna sångtextdel nedanför notsystemet i denna partiturlayout" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:866 ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:35 msgid "Edit LilyPond" msgstr "Redigera LilyPond" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:866 msgid "" "Edit this using LilyPond syntax\n" "The editing applies just to this score layout" msgstr "" "Redigera detta med hjälp av LilyPond-syntax\n" "Redigeringen gäller bara för denna partiturlayout" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:909 msgid "Edit this element for this layout" msgstr "Redigera detta element för denna layout" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:913 msgid "Move this element upwards for this score layout" msgstr "Flytta detta element uppåt i denna partiturlayout" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:917 msgid "Move this element downwards for this score layout" msgstr "Flytta detta element nedåt för denna partiturlayout" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:921 msgid "Remove this element from this layout" msgstr "Ta bort detta element från denna layout" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:943 ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:557 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/PrintLayout/PageBreak.xml.h:1 msgid "Page Break" msgstr "Sidbrytning" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:944 msgid "This forces a new page, useful for avoiding page turns\n" msgstr "Detta tvingar fram en ny sida, användbart för att undvika sidvändningar\n" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:955 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/BlankPage.scm:11 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/BlankPage.scm:20 msgid "Blank Page" msgstr "Tom sida" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:956 msgid "This prints a page intentionally left blank, useful for avoiding page turns\n" msgstr "Detta skriver ut en sida som avsiktligt lämnats tom, användbart för att undvika sidvändningar\n" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:968 msgid "" "This lets you insert your own titles etc just for this layout.\n" "For book titles use \\titledPiece \\markup \"myname\"\n" "Simple titles are not placed here, but appear in a header block at the end of the movement.\n" "For other possible uses, see LilyPond manual." msgstr "" "Detta gör att du kan infoga dina egna titlar etc bara för den här layouten.\n" "För boktitlar använd \\titledPiece \\markup \"myname\"\n" "Enkla titlar placeras inte här, utan visas i ett rubrikblock i slutet av satsen.\n" "För andra möjliga användningsområden, se LilyPond-handboken." #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:980 msgid "Create Page Break" msgstr "Skapa sidbrytning" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:981 msgid "" "This inserts a page break, useful for avoiding page turns\n" "Move it before the title (using the up arrow) once created!" msgstr "" "Detta infogar en sidbrytning, användbart för att undvika sidvändningar\n" "Flytta den före titeln (med hjälp av uppåtpilen) när den har skapats!" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:985 msgid "Create Blank Page" msgstr "Skapa en tom sida" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:986 msgid "This inserts a page intentionally left blank, useful for avoiding page turns when printing on both sides of the paper" msgstr "Detta infogar en sida som avsiktligt lämnats tom, vilket är användbart för att undvika sidvändningar när du skriver ut på båda sidor av papperet" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:991 msgid "This creates a LilyPond comment which you can then edit to give titles etc for this movment, applying just to this layout." msgstr "Detta skapar en LilyPond-kommentar som du sedan kan redigera för att ge titlar etc för denna sats, som bara gäller för denna layout." #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1042 msgid "Movement Titles, Page Breaks etc" msgstr "Satstitlar, sidbrytningar med mera" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1043 msgid "In here are settings for the movement title, page breaks before the movement etc" msgstr "Här finns inställningar för satsens titel, sidbrytningar före satsen etc" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1056 msgid "Create Titles for Movement" msgstr "Skapa titlar för sats" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1058 msgid "Set book titles for this movement in the score" msgstr "Ange boktitlar för denna sats i partituret" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1064 msgid "Create for Custom Layout" msgstr "Skapa för anpassad layout" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1065 msgid "Create page breaks, blank pages ...for this layout" msgstr "Skapa sidbrytningar, tomma sidor … för den här layouten" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1347 msgid "This brace connects together several staffs - you can delete it for a customized layout." msgstr "Denna klammer binder samman flera notsystem – du kan ta bort den i en anpassad layout." #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1365 msgid "Remove this staff brace from these staffs for a customized layout." msgstr "Ta bort denna klammer från dessa notsystem i en anpassad layout." #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1477 msgid "" "This shows the clef in the Denemo score - the actual clef printed may be modified by Directives attached to it.\n" "You can edit the clef for a custom layout - do this on the first voice on the staff." msgstr "" "Här visas klaven i Denemo-partituret – den klav som faktiskt skrivs ut kan ändras genom direktiv kopplade till den.\n" "Du kan redigera klaven i en anpassad layout – gör det på den första stämman i notsystemet." #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1481 msgid "Move this staff (with all its voices) above the preceding staff." msgstr "Flytta detta notsystem (med alla dess stämmor) över det föregående notsystemet." #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1485 msgid "Move this staff (with all its voices) after the following staff." msgstr "Flytta detta notsystem (med alla dess stämmor) efter följande notsystem." #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1490 msgid "Remove this staff (with all its voices) for customized layout." msgstr "Ta bort detta notsystem (med alla dess stämmor) för anpassad layout." #. the reason these are outside the staff frame is it makes them appear above the staff #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1514 ../src/display/draw.c:1102 msgid "Chord Symbols" msgstr "Ackordsymboler" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1523 msgid "Staff Start" msgstr "Början av notsystem" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1523 #, c-format msgid "Staff %d Start" msgstr "Början av notsystem %d" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1531 msgid "" "Click for a menu to position the Denemo cursor on this staff\n" "or to alter this staff for a customized layout" msgstr "" "Klicka för en meny för att placera Denemo-markören på detta notsystem\n" "eller för att ändra detta notsystem för en anpassad layout" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1535 msgid "Move Denemo Cursor to this staff" msgstr "Flytta Denemo-markören till detta notsystem" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1536 msgid "This will move the Denemo Cursor to the start of this staff in this movement" msgstr "Detta flyttar Denemo-markören till början av detta notsystem i den här satsen" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1542 msgid "Edit Staff Opening Syntax" msgstr "Redigera syntax för notsystemöppning" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1543 msgid "" "Edit the syntax creating this staff to customize this layout\n" "Take care only alter the obvious bits, such as instrument name etc\n" "Injudicious deletion of the LilyPond typesetting characters {<<# etc can make the layout unreadable by the LilyPond typesetter. Just delete the layout if you get stuck." msgstr "" "Redigera syntaxen som skapar det här notsystemet för att anpassa layouten\n" "Var noga med att bara ändra de uppenbara bitarna, till exempel instrumentnamn etc\n" "Oförsiktig radering av LilyPonds sättningstecken {<<# etc kan göra layouten oläslig för LilyPonds sättare. Ta bara bort layouten om du fastnar." #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1553 msgid "Set Staff Group Start/End" msgstr "Ställ in notsystemgruppens start/slut" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1556 msgid "" "The braces { and [ binding staffs together can be set here. Set the start on one staff and the end on a later staff.\n" "This is editing the score, not just customizing a layout.\n" "Refresh the layout view (see under Options for this Layout button at the top) once you have made the changes." msgstr "" "Klamrarna { och [ som binder samman notsystem kan ställas in här. Ange början på ett notsystem och slutet på ett senare notsystem.\n" "Detta ändrar partituret, inte bara en anpassad layout.\n" "Uppdatera layoutvyn (se under knappen Alternativ för denna layout högst upp) när du har gjort ändringarna." #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1591 ../src/core/entries.h:211 msgid "Voices" msgstr "Stämmor" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1593 msgid "This holds the voice(s) of the staff - the clef, time signature, key signature and music are all here" msgstr "Här finns notsystemets stämma eller stämmor - klav, taktart, tonart och musik finns alla här" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1612 msgid "Staff End" msgstr "Slut på notsystem" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1612 #, c-format msgid "Staff %d End" msgstr "Slut på notsystem %d" #. things like transpose whole score etc #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1677 msgid "The Staff" msgstr "Notsystemet" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1677 msgid "The Staffs" msgstr "Notsystemen" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1679 msgid "This holds the staffs below which are the voices with the music." msgstr "Här finns notsystemen, med stämmorna och musiken under sig." #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1684 msgid "Append Current Staff" msgstr "Lägg till aktuellt notsystem sist" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1685 msgid "Appends the current staff (the one where the cursor is in the Denemo Display) to this layout. The same staff can be placed at multiple positions in the layout with individual edits in each." msgstr "Lägger till det aktuella notsystemet (det där markören finns i Denemo-vyn) i denna layout. Samma notsystem kan placeras på flera ställen i layouten med egna redigeringar på varje plats." #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1770 #, c-format msgid "Movement %d" msgstr "Sats %d" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1800 msgid "paper size" msgstr "pappersstorlek" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1802 msgid "Global staff size" msgstr "Global notsystemstorlek" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1803 msgid "Paper Block" msgstr "Pappersblock" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1804 msgid "Settings for whole score: includes overall staff size, paper size ...\n" msgstr "Inställningar för hela partituret: inkluderar övergripande notsystemstorlek, pappersstorlek ...\n" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1810 msgid "the paper block contents" msgstr "pappersblockets innehåll" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1820 ../actions/denemo.scm:1246 #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1250 ../actions/denemo.scm:1308 msgid "Score Titles" msgstr "Partiturtitlar" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1823 msgid "" "Titles, layout settings, preferences etc for the whole score.\n" "Includes main title, composer, date, instrumentation, tagline" msgstr "" "Titlar, layoutinställningar, preferenser etc. för hela partituret.\n" "Inkluderar huvudtitel, kompositör, datum, instrumentering, sidfotstext" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1831 msgid "Default tagline" msgstr "Standardsidfotstext" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1857 msgid "Score Directives" msgstr "Partiturdirektiv" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1858 msgid "Includes the indent before first measure, LilyPond include files ..." msgstr "Omfattar indrag före första takten, inkluderingsfiler för LilyPond …" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1886 msgid "Alt Score Directives" msgstr "Alternativa partiturdirektiv" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1887 msgid "Includes the global font size ..." msgstr "Inkluderar den globala teckenstorleken …" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1913 msgid "Score-wide Settings." msgstr "Inställningar för hela partituret." #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1914 msgid "Setting the score title, composer, headers and footers for this layout" msgstr "Ställa in partiturtitel, kompositör, sidhuvud och sidfot för den här layouten" #. having buttons that affect the score itself is confusing #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1922 msgid "Create Book Titles" msgstr "Skapa boktitlar" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1924 msgid "Set book titles for the score" msgstr "Ange boktitlar för partituret" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1938 msgid "Reload Score-Wide Settings" msgstr "Läs in partiturövergripande inställningar på nytt" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1939 msgid "" "Reload the score wide settings for this layout from the current values in the score.\n" "Do this if you have made changes to the score titles etc which you wish to be used for this layout." msgstr "" "Ladda om inställningarna för hela partituret för den här layouten från de aktuella värdena i partituret.\n" "Gör detta om du har gjort ändringar i titlar etc. som du vill ska användas för den här layouten." #. if(sb)g_print ("Typesetting for id = %d\n\n\n\n", sb->id); else g_print ("No score layout\n\n"); #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1975 #, c-format msgid "Movement %d" msgstr "Sats %d" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1978 msgid "This contains the layout of the movement- the movement title, and the actual music itself" msgstr "Här finns satsens layout - satsens titel och själva musiken" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1989 msgid "Remove this movement from the score layout" msgstr "Ta bort denna sats från partiturlayouten" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:2012 msgid "Header block" msgstr "Rubrikblock" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:2034 msgid "Layout block" msgstr "Layoutblock" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:2057 msgid "Movement Block" msgstr "Satsblock" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:2081 msgid "Movement Epilog" msgstr "Satsens epilog" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:2137 msgid "The currently expanded movement is already at the end" msgstr "Den expanderade satsen är redan sist" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:2144 msgid "No movement is expanded - don't know which movement to move" msgstr "Ingen sats är expanderad – det går inte att avgöra vilken sats som ska flyttas" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:2324 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintScoreAndParts.scm:8 msgid "Full Score" msgstr "Fullständigt partitur" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:2622 msgid "" "This is a score layout - the buttons mostly customize the layout\n" "You can have several layouts and use them to print different versions of your score.\n" "Once customized e.g. by adding page breaks, deleting certain parts etc the layout will be saved with your score and can be used for printing from even though you may have made corrections to the music.\n" "Standard layouts are created by invoking the standard print commands - print, print part, print movement etc.\n" "These standard layouts provide a convenient starting point for your customized layouts.Note 1Custom layouts are not saved for further graphical editing, only the typesetting commands are saved, so, unless you are familiar with LilyPond do all your work on the layout in one session.Note 2The first comment in the LilyPond text of the layout holds the name of the layout. If you change it any conditional directives that are for the layout will need refreshing" msgstr "" "Detta är en partiturlayout – knapparna används främst för att anpassa layouten.\n" "Du kan ha flera layouter och använda dem för att skriva ut olika versioner av ditt partitur.\n" "När layouten har anpassats, till exempel genom att lägga till sidbrytningar eller ta bort vissa stämmor, sparas den tillsammans med partituret och kan användas för utskrift även efter rättelser i musiken.\n" "Standardlayouter skapas med de vanliga utskriftskommandona: skriv ut, skriv ut stämma, skriv ut sats med flera.\n" "Dessa standardlayouter ger en bra utgångspunkt för anpassade layouter. Observera 1: Anpassade layouter sparas inte för fortsatt grafisk redigering; endast notsättningskommandona sparas. Om du inte är bekant med LilyPond bör du därför göra allt layoutarbete i en och samma session. Observera 2: Den första kommentaren i layoutens LilyPond-text innehåller layoutens namn. Om du ändrar det måste alla villkorliga direktiv som gäller för layouten uppdateras." #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:3125 msgid "" "The LilyPond text for this layout can be edited in the LilyPond view window.\n" "You can safely delete this layout if you no longer need it\n" "(for example if you have made structural changes to the score\n" "not reflected in this layout)." msgstr "" "LilyPond-texten för den här layouten kan redigeras i LilyPond-vyfönstret.\n" "Du kan ta bort den här layouten om du inte längre behöver den\n" "(t.ex. om du har gjort strukturella ändringar i partituret som\n" "inte återspeglas i den här layouten)." #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:3134 msgid "" "This is a customized layout, which has been transformed into instructions for the LilyPond music typesetter.\n" "This is the form in which customized layouts are stored in a Denemo score on disk - the graphical interface is no longer available. You can, however still edit the layout with care (and some understanding of LilyPond).\n" "Use the View → LilyPond window to do this.\n" "Otherwise you can delete it and create a new one from a standard layout." msgstr "" "Det här är en anpassad layout som har omvandlats till instruktioner för LilyPond-musiksättaren.\n" "Det här är den form i vilken anpassade layouter lagras i ett Denemo-partitur på disk - det grafiska gränssnittet är inte längre tillgängligt. Du kan dock fortfarande redigera layouten med försiktighet (och viss förståelse för LilyPond).\n" "Använd fönstret Visa → LilyPond för att göra detta.\n" "Annars kan du ta bort den och skapa en ny från en standardlayout." #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:3159 msgid "Custom Scoreblock" msgstr "Anpassat partiturblock" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:3269 msgid "Typesets this layout" msgstr "Sätter denna layout" #: ../src/command/staff.c:39 msgid "Clefs differ" msgstr "Klaverna skiljer sig åt" #: ../src/command/staff.c:45 msgid "Time Signatures differ" msgstr "Taktarterna skiljer sig åt" #: ../src/command/staff.c:52 msgid "Key Signatures differ" msgstr "Tonartsbeteckningarna skiljer sig åt" #: ../src/command/staff.c:315 msgid "Part 1" msgstr "Stämma 1" #: ../src/command/staff.c:317 #, c-format msgid "Part %d" msgstr "Stämma %d" #: ../src/command/staff.c:423 msgid "Cannot delete last staff" msgstr "Det går inte att ta bort det sista notsystemet" #: ../src/command/staff.c:427 msgid "You will need to alter/delete the matching staff; Proceed?" msgstr "Du måste ändra eller ta bort det matchande notsystemet; vill du fortsätta?" #: ../src/command/staff.c:493 msgid "" "The staff deleted had a start/end context; if you still have the staff with the matching end/start context\n" " then you should remove it (or its context) now.\n" "See Staff->properties->context\n" "You will not be able to print with miss-matched contexts." msgstr "" "Det borttagna notsystemet hade en start-/slutkontext. Om notsystemet med motsvarande slut-/startkontext finns kvar\n" " bör du ta bort det (eller dess kontext) nu.\n" "Se Notsystem → Egenskaper → Sammanhang.\n" "Det går inte att skriva ut med kontexter som inte passar ihop." #. ******* built-in commands #: ../src/core/entries.h:3 msgid "Selection Cursor Left" msgstr "Markera åt vänster" #: ../src/core/entries.h:3 msgid "Moves the cursor one object left, altering the selection if any" msgstr "Flyttar markören ett objekt åt vänster och ändrar markeringen om det finns någon" #: ../src/core/entries.h:4 msgid "Move Cursor Left" msgstr "Flytta markören vänster" #: ../src/core/entries.h:4 msgid "Moves the cursor one object left, without altering the selection" msgstr "Flyttar markören ett objekt åt vänster, utan att ändra markeringen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:5 msgid "Cursor Down" msgstr "Markör ned" #: ../src/core/entries.h:5 msgid "Moves the cursor one scale step down" msgstr "Flyttar markören ett skalsteg nedåt" #: ../src/core/entries.h:6 msgid "Cursor Up" msgstr "Markör upp" #: ../src/core/entries.h:6 msgid "Moves the cursor one scale step up" msgstr "Flyttar markören ett skalsteg uppåt" #: ../src/core/entries.h:7 msgid "Selection Cursor Right" msgstr "Markera åt höger" #: ../src/core/entries.h:7 msgid "Moves the cursor one object right, altering the selection if any" msgstr "Flyttar markören ett objekt åt höger och ändrar markeringen om det finns någon" #: ../src/core/entries.h:8 msgid "Move Cursor Right" msgstr "Flytta markören åt höger" #: ../src/core/entries.h:8 msgid "Moves the cursor one object right, without altering the selection" msgstr "Flyttar markören ett objekt åt höger, utan att ändra markeringen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:9 msgid "To Mark" msgstr "Till markeringsankaret" #: ../src/core/entries.h:9 msgid "Moves the cursor to the Mark without altering the selection" msgstr "Flyttar markören till markeringsankaret utan att ändra markeringen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:10 msgid "Swap Ends of Selection" msgstr "Byt ändar på markeringen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:10 msgid "Swaps the active end of the selection" msgstr "Byter den aktiva änden av markeringen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:11 msgid "To Selection Start" msgstr "Till markeringens början" #: ../src/core/entries.h:11 msgid "Moves the cursor to the first object in the selection without altering the selection. returns #f if no selection" msgstr "Flyttar markören till det första objektet i markeringen utan att ändra markeringen. Returnerar #f om ingen markering finns" #: ../src/core/entries.h:12 msgid "Push Position" msgstr "Lägg position på stacken" #: ../src/core/entries.h:12 msgid "Pushes the current cursor position onto a stack" msgstr "Lägger den aktuella markörpositionen på en stack" #: ../src/core/entries.h:13 msgid "Pop Position" msgstr "Ta position från stacken" #: ../src/core/entries.h:13 msgid "Pops a position from the stack of cursor positions, moving the cursor there" msgstr "Tar en position från stacken med markörpositioner och flyttar markören dit" #: ../src/core/entries.h:14 msgid "Pop and Push Position" msgstr "Ta och lägg position på stacken" #: ../src/core/entries.h:14 msgid "Pops a position from the stack of cursor positions, pushes the current position, then moves the cursor to the popped position" msgstr "Tar en position från stacken med markörpositioner, lägger den aktuella positionen på stacken och flyttar sedan markören till den hämtade positionen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:15 msgid "Hide/Show Menus" msgstr "Dölj/visa menyer" #: ../src/core/entries.h:15 msgid "Hides/Shows menus, panes etc. The ones shown are those checked in the view menu." msgstr "Döljer/visar menyer, rutor etc. De som visas är de som är markerade i visningsmenyn." #: ../src/core/entries.h:16 msgid "Selection Staff Up" msgstr "Markera till notsystemet ovanför" #: ../src/core/entries.h:16 msgid "Moves the cursor to the staff above, extending selection if any" msgstr "Flyttar markören till notsystemet ovanför och utökar en eventuell markering" #: ../src/core/entries.h:17 msgid "Selection Staff Down" msgstr "Markera till notsystemet nedanför" #: ../src/core/entries.h:17 msgid "Moves the cursor to the staff below, extending selection if any" msgstr "Flyttar markören till notsystemet nedanför och utökar en eventuell markering" #: ../src/core/entries.h:18 msgid "Move to Staff Up" msgstr "Flytta till notsystemet ovanför" #: ../src/core/entries.h:18 msgid "Moves the cursor to the staff above without altering selection. On the top staff it adds space above the staffs." msgstr "Flyttar markören till notsystemet ovanför utan att ändra markeringen. På det översta notsystemet lägger det till utrymme ovanför notsystemet." #: ../src/core/entries.h:19 msgid "Move to Staff Down" msgstr "Flytta till notsystemet nedanför" #: ../src/core/entries.h:19 msgid "Moves the cursor to the staff below without altering selection" msgstr "Flyttar markören till notsystemet nedanför utan att ändra markeringen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:20 msgid "Measure Left" msgstr "Takt åt vänster" #: ../src/core/entries.h:20 msgid "Moves the cursor to the first object in the next measure, extending selection if any" msgstr "Flyttar markören till det första objektet i föregående takt och utökar en eventuell markering" #: ../src/core/entries.h:21 msgid "Measure Right" msgstr "Takt åt höger" #: ../src/core/entries.h:21 msgid "Moves the cursor to the first object in the previous measure, extending selection if any" msgstr "Flyttar markören till det första objektet i nästa takt och utökar en eventuell markering" #: ../src/core/entries.h:22 msgid "Move to Measure Left" msgstr "Flytta till takten åt vänster" #: ../src/core/entries.h:22 msgid "Moves the cursor to the first object in the next measure leaving selection, if any, unchanged" msgstr "Flyttar markören till det första objektet i föregående takt och lämnar en eventuell markering oförändrad" #: ../src/core/entries.h:23 msgid "Move to Measure Right" msgstr "Flytta till takten åt höger" #: ../src/core/entries.h:23 msgid "Moves the cursor to the first object in the previous measure leaving selection, if any, unchanged" msgstr "Flyttar markören till det första objektet i nästa takt och lämnar en eventuell markering oförändrad" #: ../src/core/entries.h:24 msgid "Change/Append A" msgstr "Ändra/lägg till A" #: ../src/core/entries.h:24 msgid "" "Changes the note the cursor is on to the note A.\n" "If the cursor is in the appending position, appends a note using the prevailing duration." msgstr "" "Ändrar den not som markören står på till noten A.\n" "Om markören är i tilläggsläget läggs en not till med den aktuella durationen." #: ../src/core/entries.h:25 msgid "Change/Append B" msgstr "Ändra/lägg till B" #: ../src/core/entries.h:25 msgid "" "Changes the note the cursor is on to the note B.\n" "If the cursor is in the appending position, appends a note using the prevailing duration." msgstr "" "Ändrar den not som markören står på till noten B.\n" "Om markören är i tilläggsläget läggs en not till med den aktuella durationen." #: ../src/core/entries.h:26 msgid "Change/Append C" msgstr "Ändra/lägg till C" #: ../src/core/entries.h:26 msgid "" "Changes the note the cursor is on to the note C.\n" "If the cursor is in the appending position, appends a note using the prevailing duration." msgstr "" "Ändrar den not som markören står på till noten C.\n" "Om markören är i tilläggsläget läggs en not till med den aktuella durationen." #: ../src/core/entries.h:27 msgid "Change/Append D" msgstr "Ändra/lägg till D" #: ../src/core/entries.h:27 msgid "" "Changes the note the cursor is on to the note D.\n" "If the cursor is in the appending position, appends a note using the prevailing duration." msgstr "" "Ändrar den not som markören står på till noten D.\n" "Om markören är i tilläggsläget läggs en not till med den aktuella durationen." #: ../src/core/entries.h:28 msgid "Change/Append E" msgstr "Ändra/lägg till E" #: ../src/core/entries.h:28 msgid "" "Changes the note the cursor is on to the note E.\n" "If the cursor is in the appending position, appends a note using the prevailing duration." msgstr "" "Ändrar den not som markören står på till noten E.\n" "Om markören är i tilläggsläget läggs en not till med den aktuella durationen." #: ../src/core/entries.h:29 msgid "Change/Append F" msgstr "Ändra/lägg till F" #: ../src/core/entries.h:29 msgid "" "Changes the note the cursor is on to the note F.\n" "If the cursor is in the appending position, appends a note using the prevailing duration." msgstr "" "Ändrar den not som markören står på till noten F.\n" "Om markören är i tilläggsläget läggs en not till med den aktuella durationen." #: ../src/core/entries.h:30 msgid "Change/Append G" msgstr "Ändra/lägg till G" #: ../src/core/entries.h:30 msgid "" "Changes the note the cursor is on to the note G.\n" "If the cursor is in the appending position, appends a note using the prevailing duration." msgstr "" "Ändrar den not som markören står på till noten G.\n" "Om markören är i tilläggspositionen läggs en not till med den rådande durationen." #: ../src/core/entries.h:31 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/JumpUpOctave.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose/ShiftRealOctaveUp.xml.h:1 msgid "Octave Up" msgstr "Oktav upp" #: ../src/core/entries.h:31 ../actions/palettes.xml.h:69 msgid "Changes the note at the cursor to an octave higher" msgstr "Ändrar noten vid markören till en oktav högre" #: ../src/core/entries.h:32 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/JumpDownOctave.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose/ShiftRealOctaveDown.xml.h:1 msgid "Octave Down" msgstr "Oktav ned" #: ../src/core/entries.h:32 ../actions/palettes.xml.h:70 msgid "Changes the note at the cursor to an octave lower" msgstr "Ändrar noten vid markören till en oktav lägre" #: ../src/core/entries.h:33 msgid "WholeNote" msgstr "Helnot" #: ../src/core/entries.h:33 msgid "Insert 𝅝" msgstr "Infoga 𝅝" #: ../src/core/entries.h:34 msgid "HalfNote" msgstr "Halvnot" #: ../src/core/entries.h:34 msgid "Insert 𝅗𝅥" msgstr "Infoga 𝅗𝅥" #: ../src/core/entries.h:35 msgid "QuarterNote" msgstr "Fjärdedelsnot" #: ../src/core/entries.h:35 msgid "Insert 𝅘𝅥" msgstr "Infoga 𝅘𝅥" #: ../src/core/entries.h:36 msgid "EighthNote" msgstr "Åttondelsnot" #: ../src/core/entries.h:36 msgid "Insert 𝅘𝅥𝅮" msgstr "Infoga 𝅘𝅥𝅮" #: ../src/core/entries.h:37 msgid "SixteenthNote" msgstr "Sextondelsnot" #: ../src/core/entries.h:37 msgid "Insert 𝅘𝅥𝅯" msgstr "Infoga 𝅘𝅥𝅯" #: ../src/core/entries.h:38 msgid "ThirtysecondNote" msgstr "Trettiotvåondelsnot" #: ../src/core/entries.h:38 msgid "Insert 𝅘𝅥𝅰" msgstr "Infoga 𝅘𝅥𝅰" #: ../src/core/entries.h:39 msgid "SixtyfourthNote" msgstr "Sextiofjärdedelsnot" #: ../src/core/entries.h:39 msgid "Insert 𝅘𝅥𝅱" msgstr "Infoga 𝅘𝅥𝅱" #: ../src/core/entries.h:40 msgid "OneHundredTwentyEighthNote" msgstr "Hundratjugoåttondelsnot" #: ../src/core/entries.h:40 msgid "Insert 𝅘𝅥𝅲" msgstr "Infoga 𝅘𝅥𝅲" #: ../src/core/entries.h:41 msgid "TwoHundredFiftySixthNote" msgstr "Tvåhundrafemtiosjättedelsnot" #: ../src/core/entries.h:41 msgid "Insert 𝅥" msgstr "Infoga en tvåhundrafemtiosjättedelsnot" #: ../src/core/entries.h:42 msgid "Insert a 𝄻" msgstr "Infoga en 𝄻" #: ../src/core/entries.h:42 msgid "Insert 𝄻 rest" msgstr "Infoga 𝄻 paus" #: ../src/core/entries.h:43 msgid "Insert a 𝄼" msgstr "Infoga en 𝄼" #: ../src/core/entries.h:43 msgid "Insert 𝄼 rest" msgstr "Infoga 𝄼 paus" #: ../src/core/entries.h:44 msgid "Insert a 𝄽" msgstr "Infoga en 𝄽" #: ../src/core/entries.h:44 msgid "Insert 𝄽 rest" msgstr "Infoga 𝄽 paus" #: ../src/core/entries.h:45 msgid "Insert a 𝄾" msgstr "Infoga en 𝄾" #: ../src/core/entries.h:45 msgid "Insert 𝄾 rest" msgstr "Infoga 𝄾 paus" #: ../src/core/entries.h:46 msgid "Insert a 𝄿" msgstr "Infoga en 𝄿" #: ../src/core/entries.h:46 msgid "Insert 𝄿 rest" msgstr "Infoga 𝄿 paus" #: ../src/core/entries.h:47 msgid "Insert a 𝅀" msgstr "Infoga en 𝅀" #: ../src/core/entries.h:47 msgid "Insert 𝅀 rest" msgstr "Infoga 𝅀 paus" #: ../src/core/entries.h:48 msgid "Insert a 𝅁" msgstr "Infoga en 𝅁" #: ../src/core/entries.h:48 msgid "Insert 𝅁 rest" msgstr "Infoga 𝅁 paus" #: ../src/core/entries.h:49 msgid "Insert a 𝄻 Spacer" msgstr "Infoga en osynlig paus (𝄻)" #: ../src/core/entries.h:49 msgid "Insert a non-printing 𝄻 rest" msgstr "Infoga en paus (𝄻) som inte skrivs ut" #: ../src/core/entries.h:50 msgid "Insert a 𝄼 Spacer" msgstr "Infoga en osynlig paus (𝄼)" #: ../src/core/entries.h:50 msgid "Insert a non-printing 𝄼 rest" msgstr "Infoga en paus (𝄼) som inte skrivs ut" #: ../src/core/entries.h:51 msgid "Insert a 𝄽 Spacer" msgstr "Infoga en osynlig paus (𝄽)" #: ../src/core/entries.h:51 msgid "Insert a non-printing 𝄽 rest" msgstr "Infoga en paus (𝄽) som inte skrivs ut" #: ../src/core/entries.h:52 msgid "Insert a 𝄾 Spacer" msgstr "Infoga en osynlig paus (𝄾)" #: ../src/core/entries.h:52 msgid "Insert a non-printing 𝄾 rest" msgstr "Infoga en paus (𝄾) som inte skrivs ut" #: ../src/core/entries.h:53 msgid "Insert a 𝄿 Spacer" msgstr "Infoga en osynlig paus (𝄿)" #: ../src/core/entries.h:53 msgid "Insert a non-printing 𝄿 rest" msgstr "Infoga en paus (𝄿) som inte skrivs ut" #: ../src/core/entries.h:54 msgid "Insert a 𝅀 Spacer" msgstr "Infoga en osynlig paus (𝅀)" #: ../src/core/entries.h:54 msgid "Insert a non-printing 𝅀 rest" msgstr "Infoga en paus (𝅀) som inte skrivs ut" #: ../src/core/entries.h:55 msgid "Insert a 𝅁 Spacer" msgstr "Infoga en osynlig paus (𝅁)" #: ../src/core/entries.h:55 msgid "Insert a non-printing 𝅁 rest" msgstr "Infoga en paus (𝅁) som inte skrivs ut" #: ../src/core/entries.h:56 msgid "Insert a 𝅂 Spacer" msgstr "Infoga en osynlig paus (𝅂)" #: ../src/core/entries.h:56 msgid "Insert a non-printing 𝅂 rest" msgstr "Infoga en paus (𝅂) som inte skrivs ut" #: ../src/core/entries.h:57 msgid "Insert a 𝅃 Spacer" msgstr "Infoga en osynlig paus (𝅃)" #: ../src/core/entries.h:57 msgid "Insert a non-printing 𝅃 rest" msgstr "Infoga en paus (𝅃) som inte skrivs ut" #: ../src/core/entries.h:58 msgid "Insert Duplet" msgstr "Infoga duol" #: ../src/core/entries.h:58 ../src/core/entries.h:62 ../src/core/entries.h:63 #: ../src/core/entries.h:64 ../src/core/entries.h:65 ../src/core/entries.h:87 #: ../src/core/entries.h:88 ../src/core/entries.h:89 ../src/core/entries.h:90 #: ../src/core/entries.h:91 ../src/core/entries.h:92 ../src/core/entries.h:93 #: ../src/core/entries.h:94 ../src/core/entries.h:95 ../src/core/entries.h:96 #: ../src/core/entries.h:97 ../src/core/entries.h:98 ../src/core/entries.h:99 #: ../src/core/entries.h:100 ../src/core/entries.h:101 #: ../src/core/entries.h:102 ../src/core/entries.h:103 #: ../src/core/entries.h:104 ../src/core/entries.h:105 #: ../src/core/entries.h:106 ../src/core/entries.h:107 #: ../src/core/entries.h:108 ../src/core/entries.h:109 #: ../src/core/entries.h:110 ../src/core/entries.h:111 #: ../src/core/entries.h:112 ../src/core/entries.h:113 #: ../src/core/entries.h:114 ../src/core/entries.h:115 #: ../src/core/entries.h:116 ../src/core/entries.h:117 #: ../src/core/entries.h:118 ../src/core/entries.h:119 #: ../src/core/entries.h:120 ../src/core/entries.h:121 #: ../src/core/entries.h:122 ../src/core/entries.h:123 #: ../src/core/entries.h:124 ../src/core/entries.h:125 #: ../src/core/entries.h:126 ../src/core/entries.h:127 #: ../src/core/entries.h:128 ../src/core/entries.h:129 #: ../src/core/entries.h:130 ../src/core/entries.h:131 #: ../src/core/entries.h:132 ../src/core/entries.h:133 #: ../src/core/entries.h:134 ../src/core/entries.h:135 #: ../src/core/entries.h:136 ../src/core/entries.h:137 #: ../src/core/entries.h:138 ../src/core/entries.h:139 #: ../src/core/entries.h:140 ../src/core/entries.h:141 #: ../src/core/entries.h:142 ../src/core/entries.h:143 #: ../src/core/entries.h:144 ../src/core/entries.h:145 #: ../src/core/entries.h:146 ../src/core/entries.h:147 #: ../src/core/entries.h:148 ../src/core/entries.h:149 #: ../src/core/entries.h:150 ../src/core/entries.h:151 #: ../src/core/entries.h:152 ../src/core/entries.h:153 #: ../src/core/entries.h:154 ../src/core/entries.h:155 #: ../src/core/entries.h:156 ../src/core/entries.h:157 #: ../src/core/entries.h:158 ../src/core/entries.h:159 #: ../src/core/entries.h:160 ../src/core/entries.h:161 #: ../src/core/entries.h:162 ../src/core/entries.h:163 #: ../src/core/entries.h:164 ../src/core/entries.h:165 #: ../src/core/entries.h:166 ../src/core/entries.h:167 #: ../src/core/entries.h:168 ../src/core/entries.h:169 #: ../src/core/entries.h:170 ../src/core/entries.h:171 #: ../src/core/entries.h:172 ../src/core/entries.h:173 #: ../src/core/entries.h:174 ../src/core/entries.h:175 #: ../src/core/entries.h:176 ../src/core/entries.h:177 #: ../src/core/entries.h:178 ../src/core/entries.h:179 #: ../src/core/entries.h:180 ../src/core/entries.h:181 #: ../src/core/entries.h:182 ../src/core/entries.h:183 #: ../src/core/entries.h:184 msgid "No Tooltip yet" msgstr "Inget verktygstips ännu" #: ../src/core/entries.h:59 msgid "Insert Triplet" msgstr "Infoga triol" #: ../src/core/entries.h:59 msgid "Inserts a Start Triplet object and an End Tuplet object and places the cursor between these two" msgstr "Infogar ett objekt för triolens början och ett objekt för tuplettens slut och placerar markören mellan dem" #: ../src/core/entries.h:60 msgid "Start Triplet" msgstr "Börja triol" #: ../src/core/entries.h:60 msgid "Inserts an Start Triplet object, which makes the notes following take 2/3 of their written duration. Later in this measure there should be an End Tuplet object." msgstr "Infogar ett objekt för triolens början som gör att de följande noterna får 2/3 av sitt noterade tidsvärde. Senare i samma takt ska det finnas ett objekt för tuplettens slut." #: ../src/core/entries.h:61 msgid "End Tuplet" msgstr "Avsluta tuplett" #: ../src/core/entries.h:61 msgid "Inserts an End Tuplet object, which terminates a tuplet started earlier in this measure." msgstr "Infogar ett objekt för tuplettens slut, vilket avslutar en tuplett som började tidigare i samma takt." #: ../src/core/entries.h:62 msgid "Insert Quadruplet" msgstr "Infoga kvartol" #: ../src/core/entries.h:63 msgid "Insert Quintuplet" msgstr "Infoga kvintol" #: ../src/core/entries.h:64 msgid "Insert Sextuplet" msgstr "Infoga sextol" #: ../src/core/entries.h:65 msgid "Insert Septuplet" msgstr "Infoga septol" #: ../src/core/entries.h:66 msgid "Add note" msgstr "Lägg till not" #: ../src/core/entries.h:66 msgid "" "Add a note to the current chord\n" "The cursor position determines which note to add" msgstr "" "Lägg till en not i aktuellt ackord\n" "Markörens position avgör vilken not som ska läggas till" #: ../src/core/entries.h:67 msgid "Remove note" msgstr "Ta bort not" #: ../src/core/entries.h:67 msgid "Remove a note from the current chord, based on the cursor position" msgstr "Ta bort en not från det aktuella ackordet, baserat på markörens position" #: ../src/core/entries.h:68 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:252 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:257 msgid "Sharpen" msgstr "Höj en halvton" #: ../src/core/entries.h:68 msgid "Sharpen the note at the cursor" msgstr "Höj noten vid markören med en halvton" #: ../src/core/entries.h:69 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:253 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:258 msgid "Flatten" msgstr "Sänk en halvton" #: ../src/core/entries.h:69 msgid "Flatten the note at the cursor" msgstr "Sänk noten vid markören med en halvton" #: ../src/core/entries.h:70 msgid "Sharpen Next Note" msgstr "Höj nästa not en halvton" #: ../src/core/entries.h:70 msgid "Increases the sharpness of the next entered note. The status bar shows the current state." msgstr "Höjer nästa inmatade not med ytterligare en halvton. Statusfältet visar det aktuella läget." #: ../src/core/entries.h:71 msgid "Flatten Next Note" msgstr "Sänk nästa not en halvton" #: ../src/core/entries.h:71 msgid "Increases the flatness of the next entered note. The status bar shows the current state." msgstr "Sänker nästa inmatade not med ytterligare en halvton. Statusfältet visar det aktuella läget." #: ../src/core/entries.h:72 msgid "StemUp" msgstr "Notskaft upp" #: ../src/core/entries.h:72 msgid "Alters a StemNeutral object to stem up." msgstr "Ändrar ett objekt med automatisk notskaftsriktning så att notskaften pekar uppåt." #: ../src/core/entries.h:73 msgid "StemDown" msgstr "Notskaft ned" #: ../src/core/entries.h:73 msgid "Alters a StemNeutral object to stem down." msgstr "Ändrar ett objekt med automatisk notskaftsriktning så att notskaften pekar nedåt." #: ../src/core/entries.h:74 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/AddDotSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Dot" msgstr "Lägg till punktering" #: ../src/core/entries.h:74 msgid "Lengthen the chord, note or rest at the cursor by dotting it." msgstr "Förläng ackordet, noten eller pausen vid markören genom punktering." #: ../src/core/entries.h:75 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/RemoveDotSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:1 msgid "Remove Dot" msgstr "Ta bort punktering" #: ../src/core/entries.h:75 msgid "Reduce the dotting of the chord note or rest at the cursor." msgstr "Minska punkteringen av ackordet, noten eller pausen vid markören." #: ../src/core/entries.h:76 msgid "Tied note" msgstr "Överbunden not" #: ../src/core/entries.h:76 msgid "Inserts a duplicate of the current note, tied" msgstr "Infogar en kopia av den aktuella noten, förbunden med en bindebåge" #: ../src/core/entries.h:77 msgid "Tie (Off/On)" msgstr "Bindebåge (av/på)" #: ../src/core/entries.h:77 msgid "Ties/unties the note at the cursor. The following note should be the same pitch." msgstr "Lägger till eller tar bort bindebågen från noten vid markören. Nästa not ska ha samma tonhöjd." #: ../src/core/entries.h:78 msgid "Delete Object" msgstr "Radera objekt" #: ../src/core/entries.h:78 msgid "Delete the object at the cursor" msgstr "Ta bort objektet vid markören" #: ../src/core/entries.h:79 msgid "Delete Previous Object" msgstr "Ta bort föregående objekt" #: ../src/core/entries.h:79 msgid "Delete to the left of the cursor." msgstr "Ta bort till vänster om markören." #: ../src/core/entries.h:80 msgid "Insert Measure Before" msgstr "Infoga takt före" #: ../src/core/entries.h:80 msgid "Insert a blank measure before the current one (in all staffs)" msgstr "Infoga en tom takt före den aktuella (i alla notsystem)" #: ../src/core/entries.h:81 msgid "Insert Measure After" msgstr "Infoga takt efter" #: ../src/core/entries.h:81 msgid "Insert a blank measure after the current one (in all staffs)" msgstr "Infoga en tom takt efter den aktuella (i alla notsystem)" #: ../src/core/entries.h:82 msgid "Staff Insert Measure Before" msgstr "Infoga takt före i notsystemet" #: ../src/core/entries.h:82 msgid "Insert a blank measure before the current one (in current staff)" msgstr "Infoga en tom takt före den aktuella takten (i det aktuella notsystemet)" #: ../src/core/entries.h:83 msgid "Staff Insert Measure After" msgstr "Infoga takt efter i notsystemet" #: ../src/core/entries.h:83 msgid "Insert a blank measure in current staff after the current measure" msgstr "Infoga en tom takt i det aktuella notsystemet efter den aktuella takten" #: ../src/core/entries.h:84 msgid "Staff Append Measure" msgstr "Lägg till takt sist i notsystemet" #: ../src/core/entries.h:84 msgid "Append an empty measure at the end of the current staff" msgstr "Lägg till en tom takt i slutet av det aktuella notsystemet" #: ../src/core/entries.h:85 msgid "Staff Delete Measure" msgstr "Ta bort takt ur notsystemet" #: ../src/core/entries.h:85 msgid "Delete the current measure in this staff, leaving the staff short" msgstr "Ta bort den aktuella takten ur detta notsystem, så att notsystemet blir kortare" #: ../src/core/entries.h:86 msgid "Delete Measure All Staffs" msgstr "Ta bort takt i alla notsystem" #: ../src/core/entries.h:86 msgid "Delete the current measure in all staffs" msgstr "Ta bort den aktuella takten i alla notsystem" #: ../src/core/entries.h:87 msgid "Shrink Measures" msgstr "Krympa takter" #: ../src/core/entries.h:88 msgid "Widen Measures" msgstr "Bredda takter" #: ../src/core/entries.h:89 msgid "Shorter Staffs" msgstr "Kortare notsystem" #: ../src/core/entries.h:90 msgid "Taller Staffs" msgstr "Högre notsystem" #: ../src/core/entries.h:91 msgid "New Treble Clef" msgstr "Ny G-klav" #: ../src/core/entries.h:92 msgid "New Bass Clef" msgstr "Ny basklav" #: ../src/core/entries.h:93 msgid "New G8 Clef" msgstr "Ny G8-klav" #: ../src/core/entries.h:94 msgid "New Alto Clef" msgstr "Ny altklav" #: ../src/core/entries.h:95 msgid "New Tenor Clef" msgstr "Ny tenorklav" #: ../src/core/entries.h:96 msgid "New Soprano Clef" msgstr "Ny sopranklav" #: ../src/core/entries.h:97 msgid "Set Treble Clef" msgstr "Välj G-klav" #: ../src/core/entries.h:98 msgid "Set Bass Clef" msgstr "Välj basklav" #: ../src/core/entries.h:99 msgid "Set G8 Clef" msgstr "Ställ in G8-klaven" #: ../src/core/entries.h:100 msgid "Set Alto Clef" msgstr "Välj altklav" #: ../src/core/entries.h:101 msgid "Set Tenor Clef" msgstr "Välj tenorklav" #: ../src/core/entries.h:102 msgid "Set Soprano Clef" msgstr "Välj sopranklav" #: ../src/core/entries.h:103 msgid "Insert 2/2 Time" msgstr "Infoga 2/2-takt" #: ../src/core/entries.h:104 msgid "Insert 3/2 Time" msgstr "Infoga 3/2-takt" #: ../src/core/entries.h:105 msgid "Insert 4/2 Time" msgstr "Infoga 4/2-takt" #: ../src/core/entries.h:106 msgid "Insert 4/4 Time" msgstr "Infoga 4/4-takt" #: ../src/core/entries.h:107 msgid "Insert 3/4 Time" msgstr "Infoga 3/4-takt" #: ../src/core/entries.h:108 msgid "Insert 2/4 Time" msgstr "Infoga 2/4-takt" #: ../src/core/entries.h:109 msgid "Insert 6/4 Time" msgstr "Infoga 6/4-takt" #: ../src/core/entries.h:110 msgid "Insert 3/8 Time" msgstr "Infoga 3/8-takt" #: ../src/core/entries.h:111 msgid "Insert 6/8 Time" msgstr "Infoga 6/8-takt" #: ../src/core/entries.h:112 msgid "Insert 12/8 Time" msgstr "Infoga 12/8-takt" #: ../src/core/entries.h:113 msgid "Insert 9/8 Time" msgstr "Infoga 9/8-takt" #: ../src/core/entries.h:114 msgid "Set 2/2 Time" msgstr "Ställ in 2/2-takt" #: ../src/core/entries.h:115 msgid "Set 3/2 Time" msgstr "Ställ in 3/2-takt" #: ../src/core/entries.h:116 msgid "Set 4/2 Time" msgstr "Ställ in 4/2-takt" #: ../src/core/entries.h:117 msgid "Set 4/4 Time" msgstr "Ställ in 4/4-takt" #: ../src/core/entries.h:118 msgid "Set 3/4 Time" msgstr "Ställ in 3/4-takt" #: ../src/core/entries.h:119 msgid "Set 2/4 Time" msgstr "Ställ in 2/4-takt" #: ../src/core/entries.h:120 msgid "Set 6/4 Time" msgstr "Ställ in 6/4-takt" #: ../src/core/entries.h:121 msgid "Set 3/8 Time" msgstr "Ställ in 3/8-takt" #: ../src/core/entries.h:122 msgid "Set 6/8 Time" msgstr "Ställ in 6/8-takt" #: ../src/core/entries.h:123 msgid "Set 12/8 Time" msgstr "Ställ in 12/8-takt" #: ../src/core/entries.h:124 msgid "Set 9/8 Time" msgstr "Ställ in 9/8-takt" #: ../src/core/entries.h:125 msgid "Insert Cmaj" msgstr "Infoga C-dur" #: ../src/core/entries.h:126 msgid "Insert Gmaj" msgstr "Infoga G-dur" #: ../src/core/entries.h:127 msgid "Insert Dmaj" msgstr "Infoga D-dur" #: ../src/core/entries.h:128 msgid "Insert Amaj" msgstr "Infoga A-dur" #: ../src/core/entries.h:129 msgid "Insert Emaj" msgstr "Infoga E-dur" #: ../src/core/entries.h:130 msgid "Insert Bmaj" msgstr "Infoga B-dur" #: ../src/core/entries.h:131 msgid "Insert F# Major" msgstr "Infoga Fiss-dur" #: ../src/core/entries.h:132 msgid "Insert C# Major" msgstr "Infoga Ciss-dur" #: ../src/core/entries.h:133 msgid "Insert F Major" msgstr "Infoga F-dur" #: ../src/core/entries.h:134 msgid "Insert Bb Major" msgstr "Infoga Bess-dur" #: ../src/core/entries.h:135 msgid "Insert Eb Major" msgstr "Infoga Ess-dur" #: ../src/core/entries.h:136 msgid "Insert Ab Major" msgstr "Infoga Ass-dur" #: ../src/core/entries.h:137 msgid "Insert Db Major" msgstr "Infoga Dess-dur" #: ../src/core/entries.h:138 msgid "Insert Gb Major" msgstr "Infoga Gess-dur" #: ../src/core/entries.h:139 msgid "Insert Cb Major" msgstr "Infoga Cess-dur" #: ../src/core/entries.h:140 msgid "Insert A Minor" msgstr "Infoga a-moll" #: ../src/core/entries.h:141 msgid "Insert E Minor" msgstr "Infoga e-moll" #: ../src/core/entries.h:142 msgid "Insert B Minor" msgstr "Infoga b-moll" #: ../src/core/entries.h:143 msgid "Insert F# Minor" msgstr "Infoga fiss-moll" #: ../src/core/entries.h:144 msgid "Insert C# Minor" msgstr "Infoga ciss-moll" #: ../src/core/entries.h:145 msgid "Insert G# Minor" msgstr "Infoga giss-moll" #: ../src/core/entries.h:146 msgid "Insert D# Minor" msgstr "Infoga diss-moll" #: ../src/core/entries.h:147 msgid "Insert A# Minor" msgstr "Infoga aiss-moll" #: ../src/core/entries.h:148 msgid "Insert D Minor" msgstr "Infoga d-moll" #: ../src/core/entries.h:149 msgid "Insert G Minor" msgstr "Infoga g-moll" #: ../src/core/entries.h:150 msgid "Insert C Minor" msgstr "Infoga c-moll" #: ../src/core/entries.h:151 msgid "Insert F Minor" msgstr "Infoga f-moll" #: ../src/core/entries.h:152 msgid "Insert Bb Minor" msgstr "Infoga bess-moll" #: ../src/core/entries.h:153 msgid "Insert Eb Minor" msgstr "Infoga ess-moll" #: ../src/core/entries.h:154 msgid "Insert Ab Minor" msgstr "Infoga ass-moll" #: ../src/core/entries.h:155 msgid "Set Initial Keysig to C Major" msgstr "Ange C-dur som inledande tonart" #: ../src/core/entries.h:156 msgid "Set Initial Keysig to G Major" msgstr "Ange G-dur som inledande tonart" #: ../src/core/entries.h:157 msgid "Set D Major as Initial Keysig" msgstr "Ange D-dur som inledande tonart" #: ../src/core/entries.h:158 msgid "Set A Major as Initial Keysig" msgstr "Ange A-dur som inledande tonart" #: ../src/core/entries.h:159 msgid "Set E Major as Initial Keysig" msgstr "Ange E-dur som inledande tonart" #: ../src/core/entries.h:160 msgid "Set B Major as Initial Keysig" msgstr "Ange B-dur som inledande tonart" #: ../src/core/entries.h:161 msgid "Set F# Major as Initial Keysig" msgstr "Ange Fiss-dur som inledande tonart" #: ../src/core/entries.h:162 msgid "Set C# Major as Initial Keysig" msgstr "Ange Ciss-dur som inledande tonart" #: ../src/core/entries.h:163 msgid "Set F Major as Initial Keysig" msgstr "Ange F-dur som inledande tonart" #: ../src/core/entries.h:164 msgid "Set Bb Major as Initial Keysig" msgstr "Ange Bess-dur som inledande tonart" #: ../src/core/entries.h:165 msgid "Set Eb Major as Initial Keysig" msgstr "Ange Ess-dur som inledande tonart" #: ../src/core/entries.h:166 msgid "Set Ab Major as Initial Keysig" msgstr "Ange Ass-dur som inledande tonart" #: ../src/core/entries.h:167 msgid "Set Db Major as Initial Keysig" msgstr "Ange Dess-dur som inledande tonart" #: ../src/core/entries.h:168 msgid "Set Gb Major as Initial Keysig" msgstr "Ange Gess-dur som inledande tonart" #: ../src/core/entries.h:169 msgid "Set Cb Major as Initial Keysig" msgstr "Ange Cess-dur som inledande tonart" #: ../src/core/entries.h:170 msgid "Set A Minor as Initial Keysig" msgstr "Ange a-moll som inledande tonart" #: ../src/core/entries.h:171 msgid "Set E Minor as Initial Keysig" msgstr "Ange e-moll som inledande tonart" #: ../src/core/entries.h:172 msgid "Set B Minor as Initial Keysig" msgstr "Ange b-moll som inledande tonart" #: ../src/core/entries.h:173 msgid "Set F# Minor as Initial Keysig" msgstr "Ange fiss-moll som inledande tonart" #: ../src/core/entries.h:174 msgid "Set C# Minor as Initial Keysig" msgstr "Ange ciss-moll som inledande tonart" #: ../src/core/entries.h:175 msgid "Set G# Minor as Initial Keysig" msgstr "Ange giss-moll som inledande tonart" #: ../src/core/entries.h:176 msgid "Set D# Minor as Initial Keysig" msgstr "Ange diss-moll som inledande tonart" #: ../src/core/entries.h:177 msgid "Set A# Minor as Initial Keysig" msgstr "Ange aiss-moll som inledande tonart" #: ../src/core/entries.h:178 msgid "Set D Minor as Initial Keysig" msgstr "Ange d-moll som inledande tonart" #: ../src/core/entries.h:179 msgid "Set G Minor as Initial Keysig" msgstr "Ange g-moll som inledande tonart" #: ../src/core/entries.h:180 msgid "Set C Minor as Initial Keysig" msgstr "Ange c-moll som inledande tonart" #: ../src/core/entries.h:181 msgid "Set F Minor as Initial Keysig" msgstr "Ange f-moll som inledande tonart" #: ../src/core/entries.h:182 msgid "Set Bb Minor as Initial Keysig" msgstr "Ange bess-moll som inledande tonart" #: ../src/core/entries.h:183 msgid "Set Eb Minor as Initial Keysig" msgstr "Ange ess-moll som inledande tonart" #: ../src/core/entries.h:184 msgid "Set Ab Minor as Initial Keysig" msgstr "Ange ass-moll som inledande tonart" #: ../src/core/entries.h:185 msgid "Set Selection Start" msgstr "Ange markeringens början" #: ../src/core/entries.h:185 msgid "Sets the start and end point of the selection to the object at the cursor." msgstr "Ställer in start- och slutpunkten för markeringen till objektet vid markören." #: ../src/core/entries.h:186 msgid "Drop the Selection" msgstr "Ta bort markeringen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:186 msgid "Gets rid of the selection." msgstr "Tar bort markeringen." #: ../src/core/entries.h:187 msgid "Extend Selection to Cursor" msgstr "Utöka markeringen till markören" #: ../src/core/entries.h:187 msgid "Extends and existing selection to the current cursor position (selection start must have been set)" msgstr "Utökar en befintlig markering till den aktuella markörpositionen (markeringens början måste ha angetts)" #: ../src/core/entries.h:188 msgid "Begin Slur (Off/On)" msgstr "Legatobågens början (av/på)" #: ../src/core/entries.h:188 msgid "Insert/delete begin slur on this note" msgstr "Infoga/ta bort början på legatobåge på denna not" #: ../src/core/entries.h:189 msgid "End Slur (Off/On)" msgstr "Legatobågens slut (av/på)" #: ../src/core/entries.h:189 msgid "Insert/delete end slur on this note" msgstr "Infoga/ta bort legatobågens slut på denna not" #: ../src/core/entries.h:190 msgid "Start Crescendo (Off/On)" msgstr "Crescendots början (av/på)" #: ../src/core/entries.h:190 msgid "Marks/Unmarks the chord or note at the cursor as the start of a crescendo." msgstr "Markerar/avmarkerar ackordet eller noten vid markören som början på ett crescendo." #: ../src/core/entries.h:191 msgid "End Crescendo (Off/On)" msgstr "Crescendots slut (av/på)" #: ../src/core/entries.h:191 msgid "Marks/Unmarks the chord or note at the cursor as the end of a crescendo." msgstr "Markerar/avmarkerar ackordet eller noten vid markören som slutet på ett crescendo." #: ../src/core/entries.h:192 msgid "Start Diminuendo (Off/On)" msgstr "Diminuendots början (av/på)" #: ../src/core/entries.h:192 msgid "Marks/Unmarks the chord or note at the cursor as the start of a diminuendo." msgstr "Markerar/avmarkerar ackordet eller noten vid markören som början på ett diminuendo." #: ../src/core/entries.h:193 msgid "End Diminuendo (Off/On)" msgstr "Diminuendots slut (av/på)" #: ../src/core/entries.h:193 msgid "Marks/Unmarks the chord or note at the cursor as the end of a diminuendo." msgstr "Markerar/avmarkerar ackordet eller noten vid markören som slutet på ett diminuendo." #: ../src/core/entries.h:194 msgid "Grace Note Off/On" msgstr "Förslagston av/på" #: ../src/core/entries.h:194 msgid "Makes the note at the cursor an appoggiatura grace note, if it is one, makes it normal" msgstr "Gör noten vid markören till en förslagsnot av typen appoggiatura, eller till en vanlig not om den redan är en sådan förslagsnot" #: ../src/core/entries.h:195 msgid "Acciaccatura Off/On" msgstr "Acciaccatura Av/På" #: ../src/core/entries.h:195 msgid "Makes the note at the cursor an acciaccatura grace note, if it is one, makes it normal" msgstr "Gör noten vid markören till en förslagsnot av typen acciaccatura, eller till en vanlig not om den redan är en sådan förslagsnot" #: ../src/core/entries.h:196 msgid "Force Cautionary Accidental" msgstr "Framtvinga påminnelseförtecken" #: ../src/core/entries.h:196 msgid "Give a cautionary accidental to the note at the cursor" msgstr "Ge noten vid markören ett påminnelseförtecken" #: ../src/core/entries.h:197 msgid "Change Pitch" msgstr "Ändra tonhöjd" #: ../src/core/entries.h:197 msgid "Changes the pitch of the note at the cursor to the cursor height" msgstr "Ändrar tonhöjden för noten vid markören till markörens höjd" #: ../src/core/entries.h:198 msgid "Insert Snippet" msgstr "Infoga musiksnutt" #: ../src/core/entries.h:198 msgid "Inserts the current music snippet, or if none is selected prompts for a number 1,2... for the snippet to insert." msgstr "Infogar den aktuella musiksnutten. Om ingen är vald efterfrågas numret (1, 2 …) på den musiksnutt som ska infogas." #: ../src/core/entries.h:199 ../src/ui/markup.c:664 msgid "Next Snippet" msgstr "Nästa musiksnutt" #: ../src/core/entries.h:199 msgid "" "Make next snippet\n" "the current snippet.\n" "Notes entered will follow the rhythmic pattern of this snippet" msgstr "" "Gör nästa musiksnutt\n" "till den aktuella musiksnutten.\n" "Noter som matas in följer musiksnuttens rytmmönster" #: ../src/core/entries.h:200 msgid "Append Measure All Staffs" msgstr "Lägg till takt sist i alla notsystem" #: ../src/core/entries.h:200 msgid "Appends a blank measure to every staff in this movement" msgstr "Lägger till en tom takt till varje notsystem i denna sats" #: ../src/core/entries.h:201 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:40 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:46 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:64 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:70 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:89 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:95 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:113 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:117 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:130 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:134 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:148 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:152 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:167 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:171 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:184 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:187 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:199 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:202 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:215 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:219 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:235 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:239 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:254 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:259 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:274 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:278 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:293 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:299 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:319 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:325 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:343 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:349 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:367 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:373 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SearchMusic.scm:63 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SearchPattern.scm:67 msgid "Execute Scheme" msgstr "Kör Scheme" #: ../src/core/entries.h:201 msgid "Execute the scheme code from the scripting window" msgstr "Kör Scheme-koden från skriptfönstret" #: ../src/core/entries.h:202 ../src/ui/texteditors.c:514 msgid "File" msgstr "Arkiv" #: ../src/core/entries.h:202 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Creating, saving, loading, exporting, importing, typesetting and printing musical scores" msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Skapa, spara, ladda, exportera, importera, sätta och skriva ut musikpartitur" #: ../src/core/entries.h:203 msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "Bokmärken" #: ../src/core/entries.h:203 msgid "Creating, saving places in musical scores" msgstr "Skapa, spara platser i musikaliska partitur" #: ../src/core/entries.h:204 msgid "Mode" msgstr "Läge" #: ../src/core/entries.h:204 msgid "Different keyboard and MIDI entry modes" msgstr "Olika tangentbords- och MIDI-inmatningslägen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:205 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "General editing commands" msgstr "" "Meny för redigering:\n" "Allmänna redigeringskommandon" #. #. * Note entry settings #. #: ../src/core/entries.h:206 ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:580 msgid "View" msgstr "Visa" #: ../src/core/entries.h:206 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Control which tools are to be shown" msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Styr vilka verktyg som ska visas" #: ../src/core/entries.h:207 ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:1956 msgid "Hidden" msgstr "Dold" #: ../src/core/entries.h:207 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Hidden Items" msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Dolda objekt" #: ../src/core/entries.h:208 msgid "Staffs/Voices" msgstr "Notsystem/stämmor" #: ../src/core/entries.h:208 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Commands that manipulate Staffs and voices on staffs.\n" "Commands that apply to the current staff." msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Kommandon som hanterar notsystem och stämmor i notsystem.\n" "Kommandon som gäller för det aktuella notsystemet." #: ../src/core/entries.h:209 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Commands for properties of the current staff." msgstr "" "Menyn:\n" "Kommandon för egenskaper hos det aktuella notsystemet." #: ../src/core/entries.h:210 msgid "Movement Properties" msgstr "Satsens egenskaper" #: ../src/core/entries.h:210 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Commands for properties of the current movement." msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Kommandon för egenskaper hos den aktuella satsen." #: ../src/core/entries.h:211 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Things that manipulate Voices, that is separately stemmed and beamed parts that will be typeset on the same staff.\n" "Keep them displayed on separate staffs for editing purposes at least.\n" "The typesetter will amalgamate them for you.\n" "See also commands for hiding rests and moving notes and rests to avoid collisions in the Notes/Rests menu" msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Kommandon som hanterar stämmor, det vill säga musik med separata notskaft och balkar som sätts på samma notsystem.\n" "Låt dem åtminstone under redigeringen visas på separata notsystem.\n" "Notsättningsprogrammet sammanfogar dem åt dig.\n" "Se även kommandona för att dölja pauser och flytta noter och pauser för att undvika kollisioner i menyn Noter/pauser" #: ../src/core/entries.h:212 msgid "Movements" msgstr "Satser" #: ../src/core/entries.h:212 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Commands that apply to the current movement in your score.\n" "Movements in a score could be songs in a song book etc\n" "Any piece of continuous music." msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Kommandon som gäller för den aktuella satsen i ditt partitur.\n" "Satser i ett partitur kan vara sånger i en sångbok etc\n" "Varje stycke kontinuerlig musik." #: ../src/core/entries.h:213 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Information and help for Denemo" msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Information och hjälp för Denemo" #: ../src/core/entries.h:214 msgid "Input" msgstr "Inmatning" #: ../src/core/entries.h:214 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Choose whether to get input audio (e.g. microphone) or MIDI controller (e.g. MIDI keyboard)\n" "or just from the pc keyboard." msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Välj om inmatningen ska komma från en ljudkälla (till exempel en mikrofon), en MIDI-kontrollenhet (till exempel ett MIDI-klaviatur)\n" "eller endast från datorns tangentbord." #: ../src/core/entries.h:215 msgid "Shift Accidentals Sharpwise" msgstr "Flytta förteckenuppsättningen mot korsförtecken" #: ../src/core/entries.h:215 msgid "Shifts the set of accidentals one step sharper" msgstr "Flyttar förteckenuppsättningen ett steg mot fler korsförtecken" #: ../src/core/entries.h:216 msgid "Shift Accidentals Flatwise" msgstr "Flytta förteckenuppsättningen mot b-förtecken" #: ../src/core/entries.h:216 msgid "Shifts the set of accidentals one step flatter" msgstr "Flyttar förteckenuppsättningen ett steg mot fler b-förtecken" #: ../src/core/entries.h:217 msgid "Playback/Record" msgstr "Uppspelning/inspelning" #: ../src/core/entries.h:217 msgid "" "Music playback and recording. Music is played between the playback start (green bar) and playback end (red bar).\n" "There are playback controls (See View->Playback Controls) which make it easy to set and re-set these and also to loop-play, choose the temperament to play in etc. Or use items in this menu to play the whole piece from the cursor to the end." msgstr "" "Uppspelning och inspelning av musik. Musik spelas upp mellan uppspelningsstart (grön stapel) och uppspelningsavslut (röd stapel).\n" "Det finns uppspelningskontroller (se Visa → Uppspelningskontroller) som gör det enkelt att ställa in och ställa om dessa och även att spela i loop, välja temperatur för uppspelningen etc. Du kan också använda punkterna i den här menyn för att spela hela stycket från markören till slutet." #: ../src/core/entries.h:218 msgid "Empty Score" msgstr "Tomt partitur" #: ../src/core/entries.h:218 msgid "Start a new musical score" msgstr "Skapa ett nytt partitur" #: ../src/core/entries.h:219 ../src/core/menusystem.c:1549 #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:475 msgid "New" msgstr "Ny" #: ../src/core/entries.h:219 ../src/core/menusystem.c:1551 msgid "Start a new musical score for a named instrument/voice." msgstr "Skapa ett nytt partitur för ett angivet instrument eller en angiven stämma." #: ../src/core/entries.h:220 ../src/core/entries.h:221 #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:1558 ../src/ui/texteditors.c:481 msgid "Open" msgstr "Öppna" #: ../src/core/entries.h:220 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Open a previously edited score, or a source file for transcription" msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Öppna ett tidigare redigerat partitur eller en källfil för transkription" #: ../src/core/entries.h:221 ../src/core/menusystem.c:1560 msgid "Open a file containing a music score for editing" msgstr "Öppna en fil som innehåller ett musikpartitur för redigering" #: ../src/core/entries.h:222 msgid "Import Lilypond" msgstr "Importera LilyPond" #: ../src/core/entries.h:222 msgid "Import a Lilypond file" msgstr "Importera en LilyPond-fil" #: ../src/core/entries.h:223 msgid "Import Midi" msgstr "Importera MIDI" #: ../src/core/entries.h:223 msgid "Import a Midi file" msgstr "Importera en MIDI-fil" #: ../src/core/entries.h:224 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Import/Import-MusicXml.xml.h:1 msgid "Import MusicXml" msgstr "Importera MusicXML" #: ../src/core/entries.h:224 msgid "Import a MusicXml file" msgstr "Importera en MusicXML-fil" #: ../src/core/entries.h:225 msgid "Add Staffs" msgstr "Lägg till notsystem" #: ../src/core/entries.h:225 msgid "Add staffs from a Denemo file" msgstr "Lägg till notsystem från en Denemo-fil" #: ../src/core/entries.h:226 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/InsertMovement/AddMovement.scm:39 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/InsertMovement/AddMovement.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Movement" msgstr "Lägg till sats" #: ../src/core/entries.h:226 msgid "Add movements from a Denemo file" msgstr "Lägg till satser från en Denemo-fil" #: ../src/core/entries.h:227 msgid "Change Properties" msgstr "Ändra egenskaper" #: ../src/core/entries.h:227 msgid "Change properties of this movement" msgstr "Ändra egenskaper för denna sats" #: ../src/core/entries.h:228 msgid "Open In New" msgstr "Öppna i ny" #: ../src/core/entries.h:228 msgid "Open a file containing a music score for editing in a separate working area (tab)" msgstr "Öppna en fil som innehåller ett partitur för redigering i ett separat arbetsområde (flik)" #: ../src/core/entries.h:229 ../src/core/entries.h:240 #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:1567 ../src/ui/texteditors.c:493 msgid "Save" msgstr "Spara" #: ../src/core/entries.h:229 ../src/core/menusystem.c:1569 msgid "Save the score. The score is saved to disk in XML format." msgstr "Spara partituret. Det sparas på disk i XML-format." #: ../src/core/entries.h:230 ../src/export/file.c:1312 msgid "Save As" msgstr "Spara som" #: ../src/core/entries.h:230 msgid "Save the score under a new name" msgstr "Spara partituret under ett nytt namn" #: ../src/core/entries.h:231 msgid "Create Copy" msgstr "Skapa kopia" #: ../src/core/entries.h:231 msgid "Save a copy of the score" msgstr "Spara en kopia av partituret" #: ../src/core/entries.h:232 msgid "Open Standard Template" msgstr "Öppna standardmall" #: ../src/core/entries.h:232 msgid "Start a new score from a built-in template file" msgstr "Starta ett nytt partitur från en inbyggd mallfil" #: ../src/core/entries.h:233 msgid "Open Example" msgstr "Öppna exempel" #: ../src/core/entries.h:233 msgid "Start a new score from a built-in example" msgstr "Starta ett nytt partitur från ett inbyggt exempel" #: ../src/core/entries.h:234 msgid "Open Custom Template" msgstr "Öppna anpassad mall" #: ../src/core/entries.h:234 msgid "Start a new score from one of your own template files" msgstr "Starta ett nytt partitur från en av dina egna mallfiler" #: ../src/core/entries.h:235 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/SaveMenu/SaveAsTemplate.xml.h:1 msgid "Save Template" msgstr "Spara mall" #: ../src/core/entries.h:235 msgid "Save the score as a template for re-use as a starting point for new scores" msgstr "Spara partituret som en mall som kan återanvändas som utgångspunkt för nya partitur" #: ../src/core/entries.h:236 msgid "New Tab" msgstr "Ny flik" #: ../src/core/entries.h:236 msgid "Create working area (tab with an empty score in it)" msgstr "Skapa en arbetsyta (en flik med ett tomt partitur)" #: ../src/core/entries.h:237 msgid "Insert Movement Before" msgstr "Infoga sats före" #: ../src/core/entries.h:237 msgid "Insert a new movement before the current one" msgstr "Infoga en ny sats före den nuvarande" #: ../src/core/entries.h:238 msgid "Insert Movement After" msgstr "Infoga sats efter" #: ../src/core/entries.h:238 msgid "Insert a new movement after the current one" msgstr "Infoga en ny sats efter den nuvarande" #: ../src/core/entries.h:239 msgid "New Movement" msgstr "Ny sats" #: ../src/core/entries.h:239 msgid "Create a new movement, using any default template" msgstr "Skapa en ny sats, använd valfri standardmall" #: ../src/core/entries.h:240 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Save the score\n" "Besides saving for later you can save the score for use as a template for future works, or save under a new name etc\n" "The score is saved to disk in XML format." msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Spara partituret\n" "Förutom att spara för senare användning kan du spara partituret för att använda som mall för framtida verk, eller spara under ett nytt namn etc\n" "Partituret sparas på hårddisken i XML-format." #: ../src/core/entries.h:241 msgid "Save Parts" msgstr "Spara stämmor" #: ../src/core/entries.h:241 msgid "Save Parts: each staff becomes a file in lilypond format" msgstr "Spara stämmor: varje notsystem blir en fil i LilyPond-format" #: ../src/core/entries.h:242 msgid "Export Lilypond" msgstr "Exportera LilyPond" #: ../src/core/entries.h:242 msgid "Export the score as a lilypond file" msgstr "Exportera partituret som en LilyPond-fil" #: ../src/core/entries.h:243 msgid "Export MusicXML" msgstr "Exportera MusicXML" #: ../src/core/entries.h:243 msgid "Export the score as a MusicXML file" msgstr "Exportera partituret som en MusicXML-fil" #: ../src/core/entries.h:244 msgid "Export PDF" msgstr "Exportera PDF" #: ../src/core/entries.h:244 msgid "Export the score as a PDF document file" msgstr "Exportera partituret som en PDF-dokumentfil" #: ../src/core/entries.h:245 msgid "Export Score as PNG" msgstr "Exportera partitur som PNG" #: ../src/core/entries.h:245 msgid "Export the score as a PNG image file" msgstr "Exportera partituret som en PNG-bildfil" #: ../src/core/entries.h:246 msgid "Export MIDI" msgstr "Exportera MIDI" #: ../src/core/entries.h:246 msgid "Export the current score as a MIDI file" msgstr "Exportera det aktuella partituret som en MIDI-fil" #: ../src/core/entries.h:247 ../src/core/entries.h:252 #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:1574 ../src/printview/printview.c:2706 msgid "Print" msgstr "Skriv ut" #: ../src/core/entries.h:247 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Commands for typesetting and then printing the music.\n" "A part, movement, full score or various reduced scores can be typeset.\n" " See also the Score Layout view for further options." msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Kommandon för att sätta och sedan skriva ut musiken.\n" "En stämma, en sats, ett helt partitur eller olika reducerade partitur kan sättas.\n" " Se även vyn Partiturlayout för ytterligare alternativ." #: ../src/core/entries.h:248 msgid "Print Preview" msgstr "Förhandsgranska utskrift" #: ../src/core/entries.h:248 ../src/core/menusystem.c:1585 msgid "" "Typesets the score\n" "If you have a score layout selected it will use that\n" "otherwise all movements staffs and lyrics are typeset by default.\n" "Be patient! It takes time to create a beautifully laid out score.\n" "Once complete you can view and then send to your printer or to a file as a .pdf document." msgstr "" "Sätter partituret\n" "Om en partiturlayout är vald används den,\n" "annars sätts alla satser, notsystem och sångtexter som standard.\n" "Ha tålamod! Det tar tid att skapa ett vackert layoutat partitur.\n" "När det är klart kan du granska resultatet och skicka det till skrivaren eller spara det som ett PDF-dokument." #: ../src/core/entries.h:249 msgid "Print Selection" msgstr "Skriv ut markeringen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:249 msgid "Displays selected music from score in your pdf viewer" msgstr "Visar den markerade musiken från partituret i ditt PDF-visningsprogram" #: ../src/core/entries.h:250 msgid "Export Selection as PNG" msgstr "Exportera markeringen som PNG" #: ../src/core/entries.h:250 msgid "Displays a musical excerpt in your image viewer" msgstr "Visar ett musikaliskt utdrag i din bildvisare" #: ../src/core/entries.h:251 msgid "Print Movement" msgstr "Skriv ut sats" #: ../src/core/entries.h:251 msgid "Typesets the current movement and opens a print dialog" msgstr "Sätter den aktuella satsen och öppnar en utskriftsdialog" #: ../src/core/entries.h:252 ../src/core/menusystem.c:1576 msgid "Typesets the score using LilyPond and opens a print dialog" msgstr "Sätter partituret med LilyPond och öppnar en utskriftsdialog" #: ../src/core/entries.h:253 msgid "History of Printing" msgstr "Utskriftshistorik" #: ../src/core/entries.h:253 msgid "Shows the history of print outs for this score. Only saved documents have their printing recorded" msgstr "Visar historiken över utskrifter för detta partitur. Endast sparade dokument har sina utskrifter registrerade" #: ../src/core/entries.h:254 msgid "Print Part" msgstr "Skriv ut stämma" #: ../src/core/entries.h:254 msgid "Typesets the current part (the one containing the cursor)." msgstr "Sätter den aktuella stämman (den som markören befinner sig i)." #: ../src/core/entries.h:255 msgid "Indexing" msgstr "Indexering" #: ../src/core/entries.h:255 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Commands to Index directories of Denemo Scores." msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Kommandon för att indexera kataloger med Denemo-partitur." #: ../src/core/entries.h:256 msgid "Close Score" msgstr "Stäng partitur" #: ../src/core/entries.h:256 msgid "Close the current score. Other scores (tabs) will stay open" msgstr "Stäng det aktuella partituret. Andra partitur (flikar) förblir öppna" #: ../src/core/entries.h:257 msgid "Quit" msgstr "Avsluta" #: ../src/core/entries.h:257 msgid "Quit the Denemo program - closes tabs one at a time." msgstr "Avsluta programmet Denemo - stänger flikarna en i taget." #: ../src/core/entries.h:258 msgid "Undo" msgstr "Ångra" #: ../src/core/entries.h:258 msgid "Undoes one (more) step of your edits to the music in the Display Window. Does not work for titles, settings etc - repeat the command for those." msgstr "Ångrar ett (ytterligare) steg av dina ändringar av musiken i visningsfönstret. Fungerar inte för titlar, inställningar etc - upprepa kommandot för dessa." #: ../src/core/entries.h:259 msgid "Redo" msgstr "Gör om" #: ../src/core/entries.h:259 msgid "Redoes the next of the steps you have Undone" msgstr "Gör om nästa av de steg som du har ångrat" #: ../src/core/entries.h:260 msgid "Select" msgstr "Markera" #: ../src/core/entries.h:260 msgid "Selecting stretches of notes" msgstr "Markera följder av noter" #: ../src/core/entries.h:261 msgid "Object At Cursor" msgstr "Objekt vid markör" #: ../src/core/entries.h:261 msgid "Editing the object at the cursor" msgstr "Redigera objektet vid markören" #: ../src/core/entries.h:262 msgid "Create and Extend Selection" msgstr "Skapa och utöka markeringen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:262 msgid "Create/Extend the selection." msgstr "Skapa/utöka markeringen." #: ../src/core/entries.h:263 msgid "Copy the music selected to the Denemo clipboard" msgstr "Kopiera den markerade musiken till Denemos urklipp" #: ../src/core/entries.h:264 msgid "Cut" msgstr "Klipp ut" #: ../src/core/entries.h:264 msgid "Cut the music selected to the Denemo clipboard" msgstr "Klipp ut den markerade musiken till Denemos urklipp" #: ../src/core/entries.h:265 msgid "Paste" msgstr "Klistra in" #: ../src/core/entries.h:265 msgid "Paste the Denemo clipboard into the score where the cursor is positioned" msgstr "Klistra in innehållet i Denemos urklipp i partituret där markören står" #: ../src/core/entries.h:266 ../src/export/file.c:1432 msgid "Paste LilyPond notes" msgstr "Klistra in LilyPond-noter" #: ../src/core/entries.h:266 msgid "" "Paste LilyPond notes from the text clipboard\n" "This will import music written as LilyPond syntax\n" "You open the LilyPond file in a texteditor, copy the stretch of notes (control-c command in your texteditor usually) and then use this command." msgstr "" "Klistra in LilyPond-noter från texturklippet\n" "Detta importerar musik skriven med LilyPond-syntax.\n" "Öppna LilyPond-filen i en textredigerare, kopiera följden av noter (vanligtvis med Ctrl+C i textredigeraren) och använd sedan detta kommando." #: ../src/core/entries.h:267 msgid "Paste a Comment" msgstr "Klistra in en kommentar" #: ../src/core/entries.h:267 msgid "Paste the text clipboard as a comment inserted at the cursor." msgstr "Klistra in texten i urklippet som en kommentar vid markören." #: ../src/core/entries.h:268 msgid "Change built-in properties of the current score. This will start up a dialog window" msgstr "Ändra det aktuella partiturets inbyggda egenskaper. Detta öppnar en dialogruta" #: ../src/core/entries.h:269 msgid "Change Preferences" msgstr "Ändra inställningar" #: ../src/core/entries.h:269 msgid "" "Set and save your preferences for how Denemo operates on startup.\n" "Advanced users can edit .denemo-XXXX/denemorc for missing ones" msgstr "" "Ställ in och spara inställningar för hur Denemo ska fungera vid start.\n" "Avancerade användare kan redigera .denemo-XXXX/denemorc för inställningar som saknas här" #: ../src/core/entries.h:270 msgid "Customize Commands, Shortcuts ..." msgstr "Anpassa kommandon, genvägar …" #: ../src/core/entries.h:270 msgid "Set actions to take in response to keypresses" msgstr "Ange vilka åtgärder som ska utföras vid tangenttryckningar" #: ../src/core/entries.h:271 ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:1625 #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:841 msgid "Save Command Set" msgstr "Spara kommandouppsättning" #: ../src/core/entries.h:271 msgid "Save the current commands and keyboard shortcuts as the default" msgstr "Spara de aktuella kommandona och kortkommandona som standard" #: ../src/core/entries.h:272 msgid "Manage Command Set" msgstr "Hantera kommandouppsättning" #: ../src/core/entries.h:272 msgid "View help, change and save keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "Visa hjälp, ändra och spara kortkommandon" #: ../src/core/entries.h:273 msgid "Swap Staffs" msgstr "Byt plats på notsystem" #: ../src/core/entries.h:273 msgid "" "Swap this staff with the one higher up.\n" "Be aware that if you have inserted directives to move a voice to another staff\n" "these may need re-making." msgstr "" "Byt plats på detta notsystem och det ovanför.\n" "Tänk på att om du har infogat direktiv som flyttar en stämma till ett annat notsystem\n" "kan dessa behöva göras om." #: ../src/core/entries.h:274 msgid "Split Voices" msgstr "Dela upp stämmor" #: ../src/core/entries.h:274 msgid "Split off the next voice as a separate staff" msgstr "Avskilj nästa stämma som ett separat notsystem" #: ../src/core/entries.h:275 msgid "Join Voices" msgstr "Slå samman stämmor" #: ../src/core/entries.h:275 msgid "Merge this staff as a voice on the previous staff" msgstr "Slå samman detta notsystem som en stämma i föregående notsystem" #: ../src/core/entries.h:276 msgid "Swap Movements" msgstr "Byt plats på satser" #: ../src/core/entries.h:276 msgid "Swap this movement with the one before" msgstr "Byt plats på denna sats och den föregående" #: ../src/core/entries.h:277 msgid "Selection Voice Up" msgstr "Markera till stämman uppåt" #: ../src/core/entries.h:277 msgid "Go to the higher numbered voice on staff, extending selection if any" msgstr "Gå till den högre numrerade stämman i notsystemet och utöka en eventuell markering" #: ../src/core/entries.h:278 msgid "Selection Voice Down" msgstr "Markera till stämman nedåt" #: ../src/core/entries.h:278 msgid "Go to the lower numbered voice on this staff, extending selection if any" msgstr "Gå till den lägre numrerade stämman i detta notsystem och utöka en eventuell markering" #: ../src/core/entries.h:279 msgid "Move to Voice Up" msgstr "Flytta till stämman uppåt" #: ../src/core/entries.h:279 msgid "Go to the higher numbered voice on staff without altering selection" msgstr "Gå till den högre numrerade stämman i notsystemet utan att ändra markeringen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:280 msgid "Move to Voice Down" msgstr "Flytta till stämman nedåt" #: ../src/core/entries.h:280 msgid "Go to the lower numbered voice on this staff without altering selection" msgstr "Gå till den lägre numrerade stämman på detta notsystem utan att ändra markeringen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:281 msgid "Add Staff Before" msgstr "Lägg till notsystem innan" #: ../src/core/entries.h:281 msgid "Inserts a new staff before the current staff" msgstr "Infogar ett nytt notsystem före det aktuella notsystemet" #: ../src/core/entries.h:282 msgid "Add Staff After" msgstr "Lägg till notsystem efter" #: ../src/core/entries.h:282 msgid "Inserts/Adds a new staff after the current staff" msgstr "Infogar/lägger till ett nytt notsystem efter det aktuella notsystemet" #: ../src/core/entries.h:283 msgid "Add Initial Staff" msgstr "Lägg till ett notsystem först" #: ../src/core/entries.h:283 msgid "Inserts a new staff at the top of the score" msgstr "Infogar ett nytt notsystem överst i partituret" #: ../src/core/entries.h:284 msgid "Add Last Staff" msgstr "Lägg till sista notsystem" #: ../src/core/entries.h:284 msgid "Inserts a new staff at the end of the score" msgstr "Infogar ett nytt notsystem sist i partituret" #: ../src/core/entries.h:285 msgid "Delete Staff Before" msgstr "Ta bort notsystem innan" #: ../src/core/entries.h:285 msgid "Deletes the staff before the current staff" msgstr "Tar bort notsystemet före det aktuella notsystemet" #: ../src/core/entries.h:286 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DeleteCurrentStaff.scm:2 msgid "Delete Current Staff" msgstr "Ta bort nuvarande notsystem" #: ../src/core/entries.h:286 msgid "Deletes the current staff" msgstr "Raderar det aktuella notsystemet" #: ../src/core/entries.h:287 msgid "Delete Staff After" msgstr "Ta bort notsystem efter" #: ../src/core/entries.h:287 msgid "Deletes the staff after the current staff" msgstr "Tar bort notsystemet efter det aktuella notsystemet" #: ../src/core/entries.h:288 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/NewVoice.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Voice" msgstr "Lägg till stämma" #: ../src/core/entries.h:288 msgid "Adds a new voice (part), to the current staff. It is tricky to switch between the voices. Suggest to use merge staffs" msgstr "Lägger till en ny stämma till det aktuella notsystemet. Det är knepigt att växla mellan stämmorna. Vi rekommenderar att du använder Slå samman notsystem" #: ../src/core/entries.h:289 ../actions/denemo.scm:1542 msgid "Built-in Staff Properties" msgstr "Inbyggda egenskaper för notsystem" #: ../src/core/entries.h:289 msgid "Change the built-in properties of the current staff" msgstr "Ändra de inbyggda egenskaperna för det aktuella notsystemet" #: ../src/core/entries.h:290 msgid "InsertMenu" msgstr "Infogningsmeny" #: ../src/core/entries.h:290 ../src/core/entries.h:352 #: ../src/core/entries.h:387 ../src/ui/markup.c:659 msgid "Insert" msgstr "Infoga" #: ../src/core/entries.h:291 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Clef" msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Klav" #: ../src/core/entries.h:292 msgid "Initial Clef" msgstr "Inledande klav" #: ../src/core/entries.h:292 msgid "Change the initial clef of the current staff" msgstr "Ändra den inledande klaven i det aktuella notsystemet" #: ../src/core/entries.h:293 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ChooseSeekEditDirectives.scm:73 msgid "Clef Change" msgstr "Klavbyte" #: ../src/core/entries.h:293 msgid "Insert/Edit a change of clef at the cursor" msgstr "Infoga/redigera ett klavbyte vid markören" #: ../src/core/entries.h:294 msgid "Keys" msgstr "Tonartsbeteckningar" #: ../src/core/entries.h:294 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Set the key signature or insert a change of key signature\n" "Sharpen or flatten a key signature or\n" "hide it on printing" msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Ange tonartsbeteckningen eller infoga ett byte av tonartsbeteckning.\n" "Ändra förtecknen mot kors eller b-förtecken, eller\n" "dölj tonartsbeteckningen vid utskrift" #: ../src/core/entries.h:295 msgid "Initial Key" msgstr "Inledande tonart" #: ../src/core/entries.h:295 msgid "Set the initial key signature of the current staff" msgstr "Ange den inledande tonartsbeteckningen i det aktuella notsystemet" #. GUI setup #: ../src/core/entries.h:296 ../src/ui/keysigdialog.c:384 msgid "Key Signature Change" msgstr "Byte av tonartsbeteckning" #: ../src/core/entries.h:296 ../actions/palettes.xml.h:11 msgid "Insert/Edit a key change at the cursor position" msgstr "Infoga/redigera ett tonartsbyte vid markören" #: ../src/core/entries.h:297 msgid "Time Signatures" msgstr "Taktarter" #: ../src/core/entries.h:297 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Set the time signature, insert or edit a change of timesignature,\n" "hide a time signature on printing.\n" "Control whether to use numerical or traditional styles." msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Ange taktarten, infoga eller redigera ett taktartsbyte,\n" "eller dölj en taktartsbeteckning vid utskrift.\n" "Välj om siffror eller traditionella symboler ska användas." #: ../src/core/entries.h:298 msgid "Inital Time Signature" msgstr "Inledande taktart" #: ../src/core/entries.h:298 msgid "Set the initial time signature of the current staff" msgstr "Ställ in den ursprungliga taktarten för det aktuella notsystemet" #: ../src/core/entries.h:299 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ChooseSeekEditDirectives.scm:69 msgid "Time Signature Change" msgstr "Ändring av taktart" #: ../src/core/entries.h:299 ../actions/palettes.xml.h:12 msgid "Edit/Insert a time signature change for the current measure" msgstr "Redigera/infoga ett taktartsbyte i den aktuella takten" #: ../src/core/entries.h:300 msgid "Set Notehead" msgstr "Ställ in nothuvud" #: ../src/core/entries.h:300 msgid "Change the type of notehead for the current note" msgstr "Ändra typ av nothuvud för den aktuella noten" #: ../src/core/entries.h:301 msgid "Auto Stemming" msgstr "Automatisk notskaftsriktning" #: ../src/core/entries.h:301 msgid "Inserts a stem neutral object. After this automatic stem directions are active. You can click on this tag and use Sharpen/StemUp etc commands to change stem direction" msgstr "Infogar ett objekt för automatisk notskaftsriktning. Efter objektet bestäms notskaftens riktning automatiskt. Du kan klicka på taggen och använda kommandon som Höj en halvton/Notskaft upp för att ändra notskaftsriktningen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:302 msgid "Add Lyric Verse" msgstr "Lägg till sångtextvers" #: ../src/core/entries.h:302 msgid "Add a verse of lyrics" msgstr "Lägg till en vers av en sångtext" #: ../src/core/entries.h:303 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/DeleteCurrentVerse.xml.h:1 msgid "Delete Verse" msgstr "Radera vers" #: ../src/core/entries.h:303 msgid "Deletes current verse of lyrics from current voice" msgstr "Raderar aktuell vers av texten från aktuell stämma" #: ../src/core/entries.h:304 msgid "Insert/Edit Figured Bass" msgstr "Infoga/redigera generalbas" #: ../src/core/entries.h:304 msgid "Add a bass figure to the current note. Use | sign to split the duration of a note so as to have multiple figures on one note. Directly insert the LilyPond syntax for the current note by enclosing it with $ signs. See Lilypond docs for other notation" msgstr "Lägg till en generalbassiffra vid den aktuella noten. Använd tecknet | för att dela upp notens tidsvärde så att flera siffror kan anges för samma not. Du kan infoga LilyPond-syntax direkt för den aktuella noten genom att omge den med $-tecken. Se LilyPonds dokumentation för annan notation" #: ../src/core/entries.h:305 msgid "Delete Figures" msgstr "Ta bort generalbassiffror" #: ../src/core/entries.h:305 ../actions/palettes.xml.h:166 msgid "Delete the figured bass on the current staff" msgstr "Ta bort generalbasen i det aktuella notsystemet" #: ../src/core/entries.h:306 msgid "Delete Chord Symbols" msgstr "Ta bort ackordsymboler" #: ../src/core/entries.h:306 msgid "Delete the chord symbols on the current staff" msgstr "Ta bort ackordsymbolerna i det aktuella notsystemet" #: ../src/core/entries.h:307 msgid "Hide Figures (Print)" msgstr "Dölj generalbassiffror vid utskrift" #: ../src/core/entries.h:307 ../actions/palettes.xml.h:164 msgid "Hide the figured bass on the current staff on printing" msgstr "Dölj generalbasen i det aktuella notsystemet vid utskrift" #: ../src/core/entries.h:308 msgid "Show Figures (Print)" msgstr "Visa generalbassiffror vid utskrift" #: ../src/core/entries.h:308 ../actions/palettes.xml.h:165 msgid "Show the figured bass on the current staff on printing" msgstr "Visa generalbasen i det aktuella notsystemet vid utskrift" #: ../src/core/entries.h:309 msgid "Edit Chord Symbols" msgstr "Redigera ackordsymboler" #: ../src/core/entries.h:309 msgid "Allows chord symbols to be added to the current note. E.G.cis:dim7 for c-sharp diminished 7th. See Lilypond docs for notation" msgstr "Gör det möjligt att lägga till ackordsymboler vid den aktuella noten, till exempel cis:dim7 för ett förminskat septimackord med grundtonen ciss. Se LilyPonds dokumentation för notationen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:310 msgid "Edit at Cursor" msgstr "Redigera vid markören" #: ../src/core/entries.h:310 msgid "Edit in the context of the object at the cursor." msgstr "Redigera i kontexten för objektet vid markören." #: ../src/core/entries.h:311 msgid "Opens a dialog to edit the object at the cursor." msgstr "Öppnar en dialogruta för att redigera objektet vid markören." #: ../src/core/entries.h:312 msgid "Score Properties Editor" msgstr "Egenskapsredigerare för partitur" #: ../src/core/entries.h:312 msgid "Opens a dialog to edit the score properties." msgstr "Öppnar en dialogruta för att redigera partituregenskaperna." #: ../src/core/entries.h:313 msgid "Movement Properties Editor" msgstr "Redigerare för satsegenskaper" #: ../src/core/entries.h:313 msgid "Opens a dialog to edit the movement properties." msgstr "Öppnar en dialogruta för att redigera satsegenskaperna." #: ../src/core/entries.h:314 msgid "Staff Properties Editor" msgstr "Redigerare för notsystemegenskaper" #: ../src/core/entries.h:314 msgid "Opens a dialog to edit the current staff properties." msgstr "Öppnar en dialogruta för att redigera de aktuella notsystemegenskaperna." #: ../src/core/entries.h:315 msgid "Voice Properties Editor" msgstr "Egenskapsredigerare för stämmor" #: ../src/core/entries.h:315 msgid "Opens a dialog to edit the voice properties of the current staff." msgstr "Öppnar en dialogruta för att redigera stämmans egenskaper i det aktuella notsystemet." #: ../src/core/entries.h:316 msgid "Edit Directives" msgstr "Redigera direktiv" #: ../src/core/entries.h:316 msgid "Edit any directives attached to chord/note at cursor." msgstr "Redigera eventuella direktiv som är kopplade till ackordet/noten vid markören." #: ../src/core/entries.h:317 msgid "Edit Staff Directives" msgstr "Redigera notsystemets direktiv" #: ../src/core/entries.h:317 msgid "Edit any directives attached to staff." msgstr "Redigera eventuella direktiv som är kopplade till notsystemet." #: ../src/core/entries.h:318 msgid "Edit Voice Directives" msgstr "Redigera stämmodirektiv" #: ../src/core/entries.h:318 msgid "Edit any directives attached to voice." msgstr "Redigera eventuella direktiv som är kopplade till stämman." #: ../src/core/entries.h:319 msgid "Edit Score Directives" msgstr "Redigera partiturdirektiv" #: ../src/core/entries.h:319 msgid "Edit any directives attached to score." msgstr "Redigera eventuella direktiv som är kopplade till partituret." #: ../src/core/entries.h:320 msgid "Edit Movement Directives" msgstr "Redigera satsdirektiv" #: ../src/core/entries.h:320 msgid "Edit any directives attached to movement." msgstr "Redigera eventuella direktiv som är kopplade till satsen." #: ../src/core/entries.h:321 msgid "Edit Clef Directives" msgstr "Redigera klavdirektiv" #: ../src/core/entries.h:321 msgid "Edit any directives attached to clef." msgstr "Redigera eventuella direktiv som är kopplade till klaven." #: ../src/core/entries.h:322 msgid "Edit Time Signature Directives" msgstr "Redigera taktartsdirektiv" #: ../src/core/entries.h:322 msgid "Edit any directives attached to time signature." msgstr "Redigera eventuella direktiv som är kopplade till taktarten." #: ../src/core/entries.h:323 msgid "Edit Key Signature Directives" msgstr "Redigera direktiv för tonartsbeteckning" #: ../src/core/entries.h:323 msgid "Edit any directives attached to key signature." msgstr "Redigera eventuella direktiv som är kopplade till tonartsbeteckningen." #: ../src/core/entries.h:324 ../src/core/entries.h:368 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/GoToTypesetMeasureNumber.scm:5 msgid "Navigation" msgstr "Navigering" #: ../src/core/entries.h:324 msgid "Moving the cursor within the current movement, setting bookmarks, seeking things in the score" msgstr "Flytta markören inom den aktuella satsen, ställa in bokmärken, söka efter saker i partituret" #: ../src/core/entries.h:325 msgid "Go to Measure" msgstr "Gå till takt" #: ../src/core/entries.h:325 msgid "Opens a dialog for going to a numbered measure" msgstr "Öppnar en dialogruta för att gå till en takt med angivet nummer" #: ../src/core/entries.h:326 msgid "Select to Beginning" msgstr "Markera till början" #: ../src/core/entries.h:326 msgid "Cursor to start of staff/voice, extending selection if any" msgstr "Markör till början av notsystem/stämma; utöka markeringen om den finns" #: ../src/core/entries.h:327 msgid "Select to End" msgstr "Markera till slutet" #: ../src/core/entries.h:327 msgid "Cursor to end of staff/voice, extending selection if any" msgstr "Flytta markören till slutet av notsystemet/stämman och utöka en eventuell markering" #: ../src/core/entries.h:328 ../src/core/menusystem.c:1592 msgid "Move to Staff/Voice Beginning" msgstr "Flytta till början av notsystem/stämma" #: ../src/core/entries.h:328 ../src/core/menusystem.c:1599 msgid "Cursor to start of staff/voice, without extending selection if any" msgstr "Markör till början av notsystem/stämma utan att utöka eventuell markering" #: ../src/core/entries.h:329 ../src/core/menusystem.c:1604 msgid "Move to Staff/Voice End" msgstr "Flytta till slutet av notsystem/stämma" #: ../src/core/entries.h:329 ../src/core/menusystem.c:1612 msgid "Cursor to end of staff/voice, without extending selection if any" msgstr "Flytta markören till slutet av notsystemet/stämman utan att utöka en eventuell markering" #: ../src/core/entries.h:330 msgid "Next Movement" msgstr "Nästa sats" #: ../src/core/entries.h:330 msgid "Go to the next movement" msgstr "Gå till nästa sats" #: ../src/core/entries.h:331 msgid "Previous Movement" msgstr "Föregående sats" #: ../src/core/entries.h:331 msgid "Go to the previous movement" msgstr "Gå till föregående sats" #: ../src/core/entries.h:332 msgid "Delete Movement" msgstr "Ta bort sats" #: ../src/core/entries.h:332 msgid "Delete the current movement" msgstr "Ta bort den aktuella satsen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:333 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/Audio/AudioPlay.xml.h:1 msgid "Play" msgstr "Spela" #: ../src/core/entries.h:333 msgid "Playback from start marker to end marker (Set these markers in the playback controls). Pause playback if already playing." msgstr "Uppspelning från startmarkör till slutmarkör (Ställ in dessa markörer i uppspelningskontrollerna). Pausa uppspelningen om den redan spelas." #: ../src/core/entries.h:334 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:41 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:65 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:90 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:114 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:131 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:149 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:168 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:185 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:200 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:216 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:236 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:255 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:275 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:294 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:320 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:344 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:368 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:652 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SearchMusic.scm:64 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SearchMusic.scm:74 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SearchPattern.scm:68 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SearchPattern.scm:81 msgid "Stop" msgstr "Stoppa" #: ../src/core/entries.h:334 ../actions/palettes.xml.h:225 msgid "Stop Playback" msgstr "Stoppa uppspelning" #: ../src/core/entries.h:335 msgid "Playback Properties" msgstr "Egenskaper för uppspelning" #: ../src/core/entries.h:335 msgid "Allows you to specify properties used in playing back (midi)" msgstr "Gör det möjligt att ange egenskaper som används vid uppspelning (midi)" #: ../src/core/entries.h:336 msgid "Browse Manual" msgstr "Bläddra i manualen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:336 msgid "Opens a browser on the user manual" msgstr "Öppnar användarhandboken i en webbläsare" #: ../src/core/entries.h:337 msgid "About" msgstr "Om" #: ../src/core/entries.h:337 msgid "Gives the version number etc of this program" msgstr "Ger versionsnummer etc för detta program" #: ../src/core/entries.h:338 ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:2180 msgid "Shortcuts" msgstr "Genvägar" #: ../src/core/entries.h:338 msgid "Gives a list of shortcuts currently available. Explains how to set them too." msgstr "Visar en lista över de genvägar som finns tillgängliga. Förklarar också hur du ställer in dem." #: ../src/core/entries.h:339 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/DynamicText.scm:12 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/DynamicText.scm:16 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/DynamicText.scm:42 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/DynamicText.scm:51 msgid "More" msgstr "Mer" #: ../src/core/entries.h:339 msgid "Allows choosing extra commands/menu items from disk" msgstr "Gör det möjligt att välja extra kommandon/menyalternativ från disken" #: ../src/core/entries.h:340 msgid "More Commands" msgstr "Fler kommandon" #: ../src/core/entries.h:340 msgid "Allows choosing standard extra commands/menu items" msgstr "Gör det möjligt att välja extra standardkommandon/menyalternativ" #: ../src/core/entries.h:341 msgid "My Commands" msgstr "Mina kommandon" #: ../src/core/entries.h:341 msgid "Allows choosing extra commands/menu items from your own collection of extras" msgstr "Gör det möjligt att välja extra kommandon/menyalternativ från din egen samling av extrafunktioner" #: ../src/core/entries.h:342 msgid "Update Commands from Internet" msgstr "Uppdatera kommandon från Internet" #: ../src/core/entries.h:342 msgid "" "Refreshes the set of commands available from Denemo.org.\n" "Use More Commands after this has finished" msgstr "" "Uppdaterar uppsättningen kommandon som är tillgängliga från Denemo.org.\n" "Använd Fler kommandon efter att detta har avslutats" #: ../src/core/entries.h:343 msgid "Open Recent" msgstr "Öppna tidigare" #: ../src/core/entries.h:343 msgid "Open previously used files" msgstr "Öppna tidigare använda filer" #: ../src/core/entries.h:344 msgid "Import File" msgstr "Importera fil" #: ../src/core/entries.h:344 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Import the supported file formats" msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Importera de filformat som stöds" #: ../src/core/entries.h:345 msgid "Export As" msgstr "Exportera som" #: ../src/core/entries.h:345 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Export the music to another file format.\n" "These file formats will not support all the features of the score." msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Exportera musiken till ett annat filformat.\n" "Dessa filformat stöder inte alla funktioner i partituret." #: ../src/core/entries.h:347 msgid "Clear the list of pitches that overlay the notes" msgstr "Ta bort listan med tonhöjder som överlagrar noterna" #: ../src/core/entries.h:348 ../src/core/menusystem.c:1625 msgid "Create Snippet" msgstr "Skapa musiksnutt" #: ../src/core/entries.h:348 ../src/core/menusystem.c:1627 msgid "Copy selection as music snippet or rhythm pattern for notes to follow as they are entered" msgstr "Kopiera markeringen som en musiksnutt eller ett rytmmönster som noterna kan följa när de skrivs in" #: ../src/core/entries.h:349 ../src/core/view.c:1561 msgid "Delete Snippet" msgstr "Ta bort musiksnutt" #: ../src/core/entries.h:349 msgid "Delete the selected music snippet/rhythm pattern" msgstr "Ta bort den valda musiksnutten eller det valda rytmmönstret" #: ../src/core/entries.h:350 msgid "Classic Mode" msgstr "Klassiskt läge" #: ../src/core/entries.h:350 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Moving the cursor and inserting notes or rests there" msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Flytta markören och infoga noter eller pauser där" #: ../src/core/entries.h:351 ../src/core/utils.c:2135 msgid "Select Note" msgstr "Välj not" #: ../src/core/entries.h:351 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Moving the cursor to the nearest ..." msgstr "" "Menyn:\n" "Flytta markören till närmaste …" #: ../src/core/entries.h:352 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Commands for notes: inserting, deleting, etc." msgstr "" "Meny för noter:\n" "Kommandon för noter: infoga, radera etc." #: ../src/core/entries.h:353 msgid "Stem Direction" msgstr "Notskaftsriktning" #: ../src/core/entries.h:353 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Commands to control the stem up/down" msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Kommandon för att rikta notskaften uppåt eller nedåt" #: ../src/core/entries.h:354 msgid "Notehead Types" msgstr "Typer av nothuvuden" #: ../src/core/entries.h:354 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Different types of notehead" msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Olika typer av nothuvuden" #: ../src/core/entries.h:355 msgid "Tied Notes" msgstr "Överbundna noter" #: ../src/core/entries.h:355 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Creating Tied Notes\n" "Do not confuse with slurs!!" msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Skapa överbindningar mellan noter\n" "Förväxla inte med legatobågar!" #: ../src/core/entries.h:356 msgid "Display Effects" msgstr "Visningseffekter" #: ../src/core/entries.h:356 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Effects that are only for the Denemo display,\n" "not affecting the printed page." msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Effekter som endast är avsedda för Denemo-skärmen,\n" "påverkar inte den tryckta sidan." #: ../src/core/entries.h:357 ../actions/palettes.xml.h:117 msgid "Articulations" msgstr "Artikulationer" #: ../src/core/entries.h:357 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Articulations" msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Artikulationer" #: ../src/core/entries.h:358 msgid "Slurs" msgstr "Legatobågar" #: ../src/core/entries.h:358 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Slurs\n" "Do not confuse with ties which in print can look the same\n" "Slurs have little ticks at the end in the Denemo display." msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Legatobågar\n" "Förväxla inte med bindebågar, som kan se likadana ut i utskriften.\n" "Legatobågar har små markeringar i änden i Denemo-vyn." #: ../src/core/entries.h:359 msgid "Grace Notes" msgstr "Förslagsnoter" #: ../src/core/entries.h:359 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Grace Notes" msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Förslagsnoter" #: ../src/core/entries.h:360 ../src/core/menusystem.c:749 msgid "Score" msgstr "Partitur" #: ../src/core/entries.h:360 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Commands that affect the entire piece of music across all movements." msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Kommandon som påverkar hela musikstycket i alla satser." #: ../src/core/entries.h:361 msgid "Instruments" msgstr "Instrument" #: ../src/core/entries.h:361 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Instruments" msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Instrument" #: ../src/core/entries.h:362 msgid "Markings" msgstr "Markeringar" #: ../src/core/entries.h:362 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Markings to be applied to the note at the cursor.\n" "Includes articulations, string numbers, chord symbols, arbitrary text ..." msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Markeringar som ska appliceras på noten vid markören.\n" "Inkluderar artikulationer, strängnummer, ackordsymboler, godtycklig text …" #: ../src/core/entries.h:363 msgid "Text/Symbol" msgstr "Text/Symbol" #: ../src/core/entries.h:363 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Text and symbol Markings" msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Text- och symbolmarkeringar" #: ../src/core/entries.h:364 msgid "Fingerings etc for Instruments" msgstr "Fingersättningar etc för instrument" #: ../src/core/entries.h:364 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Markings on scores for Instruments" msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Markeringar på partitur för instrument" #: ../src/core/entries.h:365 msgid "Note Insertion" msgstr "Infogning av not" #: ../src/core/entries.h:365 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Inserting the note ..." msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Infoga noten …" #: ../src/core/entries.h:366 msgid "Lyrics" msgstr "Sångtext" #: ../src/core/entries.h:366 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Lyrics consist of syllables which are placed under or above the notes of the voice they are attached to\n" "You can use the hyphen - and underscore _ to affect the placement\n" "as well as slurs placed over notes. Spaces, tabs or new lines can serve to separate the syllables, it makes no difference which." msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Sångtext består av stavelser som placeras under eller över noterna i den stämma som de är kopplade till\n" "Du kan använda bindestrecket - och understrecket _ för att påverka placeringen\n" "samt legatobågar som placeras över noter. Mellanrum, tabbar eller nya rader kan användas för att separera stavelserna, det gör ingen skillnad vilket." #: ../src/core/entries.h:367 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Directives tell Denemo to do something special with the object they are attached to\n" "or at the point in the music they are placed\n" "This can be directing the typesetter to do something special\n" "or issuing MIDI instructions to alter the playback\n" "or even take an action, such as linking to source manuscript when clicked" msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Direktiv säger åt Denemo att göra något speciellt med objektet de är kopplade till\n" "eller på den punkt i musiken där de är placerade\n" "Det kan vara att be sättaren att göra något speciellt\n" "eller utfärda MIDI-instruktioner för att ändra uppspelningen\n" "eller till och med utföra en åtgärd, till exempel att länka till källmanuskriptet när du klickar på det" #: ../src/core/entries.h:368 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Moving the Denemo cursor around the piece" msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Flytta Denemo-markören runt stycket" #: ../src/core/entries.h:369 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/InsertDuration/InsertOneNote.xml.h:1 msgid "Insert Note" msgstr "Infoga not" #: ../src/core/entries.h:369 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Entering notes" msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Skriva in noter" #: ../src/core/entries.h:370 msgid "Articulation" msgstr "Artikulation" #: ../src/core/entries.h:370 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Marks placed on notes and chords" msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Markeringar på noter och ackord" #: ../src/core/entries.h:371 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Editing" msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Redigering" #: ../src/core/entries.h:372 msgid "Measure" msgstr "Takt" #: ../src/core/entries.h:372 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Manipulating measures\n" "Commands that apply to the current measure" msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Hantera takter\n" "Kommandon som gäller för den aktuella takten" #: ../src/core/entries.h:373 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Commands for staffs" msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Kommandon för notsystem" #: ../src/core/entries.h:374 ../actions/palettes.xml.h:222 msgid "Playback" msgstr "Uppspelning" #: ../src/core/entries.h:374 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Playing the music via the computer's soundcard.\n" "All or part of the piece can be played controlled by the green and red markers (start and stop playing)\n" "Use the Playback Controls (from the View menu) to set/reset these and to loop play while editing the score" msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Spela upp musiken via datorns ljudkort.\n" "Hela eller delar av stycket kan spelas upp med hjälp av de gröna och röda markörerna (start och stopp av spelning)\n" "Använd Uppspelningskontroller (från Visa-menyn) för att ställa in/återställa dessa och för att spela i loop medan du redigerar partituret" #: ../src/core/entries.h:375 ../actions/palettes.xml.h:1 msgid "Select Duration" msgstr "Välj tidsvärde" #: ../src/core/entries.h:375 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Changing the prevailing duration or rhythm pattern" msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Ändra det aktuella tidsvärdet eller rytmmönstret" #: ../src/core/entries.h:376 msgid "Append/Edit" msgstr "Lägg till/redigera" #: ../src/core/entries.h:376 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Appending, Changing, and deleting notes" msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Lägga till, ändra och radera noter" #: ../src/core/entries.h:377 msgid "Append/Edit Note" msgstr "Lägg till/ändra not" #: ../src/core/entries.h:377 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Appending or Editing notes" msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Lägga till eller redigera noter" #: ../src/core/entries.h:378 msgid "Append/Insert Duration" msgstr "Lägg till/infoga tidsvärde" #: ../src/core/entries.h:378 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Appending or Editing durations" msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Lägga till eller redigera tidsvärden" #: ../src/core/entries.h:379 msgid "Cursor" msgstr "Markör" #: ../src/core/entries.h:379 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Moving the cursor" msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Flytta markören" #: ../src/core/entries.h:380 msgid "Cursor to Note" msgstr "Markör till not" #: ../src/core/entries.h:380 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Moving the cursor to note positions" msgstr "" "Meny för:\n" "Flytta markören till notpositioner" #: ../src/core/entries.h:381 msgid "Clefs" msgstr "Klaver" #: ../src/core/entries.h:381 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Insert/change clef, set initial clef, hide a clef on printing,\n" "or display in a different clef" msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Infoga/ändra klav, ställ in initial klav, dölj en klav vid utskrift,\n" "eller visa i en annan klav" #: ../src/core/entries.h:382 msgid "Chords" msgstr "Ackord" #: ../src/core/entries.h:382 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Commands for creating chords. Note that chord symbols and figured bass are under markings on notes.\n" "See Notes/Rests menu" msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Kommandon för att skapa ackord. Observera att ackordsymboler och generalbas finns under markeringar på noter.\n" "Se menyn Noter/pauser" #: ../src/core/entries.h:383 msgid "Add Note" msgstr "Lägg till not" #: ../src/core/entries.h:383 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Adding notes to a note or chord at the cursor to make chords" msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Lägg till noter till en not eller ett ackord vid markören för att skapa ackord" #: ../src/core/entries.h:384 msgid "Chords Symbols" msgstr "Ackordsymboler" #: ../src/core/entries.h:384 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Adding Chord Symbols over music" msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Lägga till ackordsymboler över musik" #. KEY_MARGIN #: ../src/core/entries.h:385 ../src/display/draw.c:1103 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:159 msgid "Figured Bass" msgstr "Generalbas" #: ../src/core/entries.h:385 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Adding Figured Bass Figures" msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Lägga till generalbassiffror" #: ../src/core/entries.h:386 msgid "Measures" msgstr "Takter" #: ../src/core/entries.h:386 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Measures: adding, deleting, navigating etc" msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Takter: lägga till, ta bort, navigera etc" #: ../src/core/entries.h:387 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Inserting notes, measures, staffs, keysignatures etc" msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Infoga noter, takter, notsystem, tonartsbeteckningar etc" #: ../src/core/entries.h:388 msgid "Add Staff" msgstr "Lägg till notsystem" #: ../src/core/entries.h:388 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Insert a new staff postioned relative to current staff" msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Infoga ett nytt notsystem i förhållande till det aktuella notsystemet" #: ../src/core/entries.h:389 msgid "Insert Movement" msgstr "Infoga sats" #: ../src/core/entries.h:389 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Insert a new movement positioned relative to current movement" msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Infoga en ny sats placerad i förhållande till den aktuella satsen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:390 msgid "Insert at Cursor" msgstr "Infoga vid markör" #: ../src/core/entries.h:390 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Inserting notes of a given duration at cursor note height" msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Infoga noter med en viss tidsvärde på markörens tonhöjd" #: ../src/core/entries.h:391 msgid "Change" msgstr "Ändra" #: ../src/core/entries.h:391 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Changing properties of notes, measures, staffs, keysigs etc" msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Ändra egenskaper för noter, takter, notsystem, tonartsbeteckningar etc" #: ../src/core/entries.h:392 msgid "Notes/Durations" msgstr "Noter/tidsvärden" #: ../src/core/entries.h:392 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Modeless actions on notes/rests" msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Åtgärder på noter/pauser utan lägesbyte" #: ../src/core/entries.h:393 msgid "Notes/Rests" msgstr "Noter/pauser" #: ../src/core/entries.h:393 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Commands for notes/rests" msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Kommandon för noter/pauser" #: ../src/core/entries.h:394 msgid "Rest Insertion" msgstr "Pausinfogning" #: ../src/core/entries.h:394 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Modeless entry of rests" msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Inmatning av pauser utan lägesbyte" #: ../src/core/entries.h:395 msgid "Educational" msgstr "Utbildning" #: ../src/core/entries.h:395 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Educational Games" msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Pedagogiska spel" #: ../src/core/entries.h:396 msgid "Edit Directive(s)" msgstr "Redigera direktiv(en)" #: ../src/core/entries.h:396 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Editing directives" msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Redigera direktiv" #: ../src/core/entries.h:397 msgid "Change Note" msgstr "Ändra not" #: ../src/core/entries.h:397 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Changing the note at the cursor to the nearest ..." msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Ändra noten vid markören till närmaste …" #: ../src/core/entries.h:398 ../actions/palettes.xml.h:52 msgid "Edit Duration" msgstr "Redigera tidsvärde" #: ../src/core/entries.h:398 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Changes the duration of the current note" msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Ändrar den aktuella notens tidsvärde" #: ../src/core/entries.h:399 msgid "Change Rest" msgstr "Ändra paus" #: ../src/core/entries.h:399 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Changes the duration of the current rest" msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Ändrar den aktuella pausens tidsvärde" #: ../src/core/entries.h:400 msgid "Expression Marks" msgstr "Uttrycksmarkeringar" #: ../src/core/entries.h:400 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Dynamics, staccato, slurs, ties and other expressive marks" msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Dynamik, staccato, legatobågar, bindebågar och andra uttrycksmarkeringar" #: ../src/core/entries.h:401 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/DynamicText.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:25 msgid "Dynamics" msgstr "Dynamik" #: ../src/core/entries.h:401 msgid "Dynamic markings" msgstr "Dynamikmarkeringar" #: ../src/core/entries.h:402 ../actions/palettes.xml.h:75 msgid "Ornaments" msgstr "Ornament" #: ../src/core/entries.h:402 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "grace notes etc" msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Förslagsnoter med mera" #: ../src/core/entries.h:403 msgid "Other" msgstr "Annat" #: ../src/core/entries.h:403 msgid "Lyrics, chord symbols, figured basses etc" msgstr "Sångtexter, ackordsymboler, generalbas med mera" #: ../src/core/entries.h:404 msgid "Others" msgstr "Andra" #: ../src/core/entries.h:404 msgid "Less used actions" msgstr "Mindre använda åtgärder" #: ../src/core/entries.h:405 msgid "Favorites" msgstr "Favoriter" #: ../src/core/entries.h:405 msgid "Customized LilyPond inserts. Store often-used inserts here labelled with what they do" msgstr "Anpassade LilyPond-infogningar. Spara ofta använda infogningar här med etiketter som beskriver vad de gör" #: ../src/core/entries.h:406 msgid "Add Favorite" msgstr "Lägg till favorit" #: ../src/core/entries.h:406 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Add a custom LilyPond insert to favorites menu" msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Lägg till en anpassad LilyPond-infogning i favoritmenyn" #: ../src/core/entries.h:407 msgid "Tuplets" msgstr "Tupletter" #: ../src/core/entries.h:407 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Entering triplets and other tuplets" msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Mata in trioler och andra tupletter" #: ../src/core/entries.h:408 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Deleting notes, measures, staffs, key signatures as well as meta-objects such as imported MIDI or audio recordings." msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Radering av noter, takter, notsystem, tonartsbeteckningar samt meta-objekt som t.ex. importerade MIDI- eller ljudinspelningar." #: ../src/core/entries.h:409 ../actions/palettes.xml.h:142 msgid "Beaming" msgstr "Balkning" #: ../src/core/entries.h:409 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Beaming - controlling which notes are beamed together" msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Balkning – styr vilka noter som binds samman med balkar" #: ../src/core/entries.h:410 msgid "Conditional Directives" msgstr "Villkorliga direktiv" #: ../src/core/entries.h:410 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "For making directives apply only to one score layout or be omitted from one score layout" msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Låt direktiv gälla endast för en viss partiturlayout eller utelämna dem från en viss partiturlayout" #. MIDI tab #: ../src/core/entries.h:411 ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:766 #: ../src/ui/staffpropdialog.c:495 msgid "MIDI" msgstr "MIDI" #: ../src/core/entries.h:411 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "For issuing MIDI instructions during playback at the time indicated by the current cursor position." msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "För att skicka MIDI-instruktioner under uppspelning vid den tidpunkt som anges av den aktuella markörpositionen." #: ../src/core/entries.h:412 ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:692 msgid "Audio" msgstr "Ljud" #: ../src/core/entries.h:412 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "For commands related to audio as opposed to MIDI." msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "För kommandon som är relaterade till ljud i motsats till MIDI." #: ../src/core/entries.h:413 msgid "PC Keyboard" msgstr "PC-tangentbord" #: ../src/core/entries.h:413 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Choose between different ways of entering notes from the computer keyboard." msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Välj mellan olika sätt att mata in noter från datorns tangentbord." #: ../src/core/entries.h:414 ../src/core/utils.c:3310 msgid "Mouse" msgstr "Mus" #: ../src/core/entries.h:414 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Choose between different ways of using the mouse." msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Välj mellan olika sätt att använda musen." #: ../src/core/entries.h:415 msgid "Print Transposed" msgstr "Skriv ut transponerat" #: ../src/core/entries.h:415 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Transposing the score when typesetting." msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Transponering av partitur vid sättning." #: ../src/core/entries.h:416 msgid "Start/Stop Transposing" msgstr "Börja/avsluta transponering" #: ../src/core/entries.h:416 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Inserting markers to start/stop transposition when typesetting. The markers affect only the music in the staff/voice they are placed in." msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Infoga markörer för att starta/stoppa transponering vid sättning. Markörerna påverkar endast musiken i det notsystem/den stämma de placeras i." #: ../src/core/entries.h:417 msgid "Inserting Barlines" msgstr "Infoga taktstreck" #: ../src/core/entries.h:417 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Different sorts of barline (repeat barlines, double bars, end of movement ...)." msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Olika typer av taktstreck (repristaktstreck, dubbla taktstreck, slut på sats ...)." #: ../src/core/entries.h:418 msgid "Seek" msgstr "Sök" #: ../src/core/entries.h:418 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Moving the Denemo cursor forwards/backwards to find useful places in the score." msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Flytta Denemo-markören framåt/bakåt för att hitta användbara ställen i partituret." #: ../src/core/entries.h:419 msgid "Titles" msgstr "Rubriker" #: ../src/core/entries.h:419 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Various titling schemes, (main title, movement titles, composer etc) and adding table of contents, critical commentary." msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Olika titelsystem, (huvudtitel, satstitlar, kompositör etc) och tillägg av innehållsförteckning, kritisk kommentar." #: ../src/core/entries.h:420 msgid "Print Layout" msgstr "Layout för utskrift" #: ../src/core/entries.h:420 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Commands to affect the layout of the typeset score." msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Kommandon för att påverka layouten för det satta partituret." #: ../src/core/entries.h:421 msgid "Vertical Spacing" msgstr "Vertikalt mellanrum" #: ../src/core/entries.h:421 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Commands to affect the vertical spacing of the typeset score." msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Kommandon för att påverka det vertikala avståndet i det satta partituret." #: ../src/core/entries.h:422 msgid "Capture Score" msgstr "Avbilda partitur" #: ../src/core/entries.h:422 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Commands to embed images taken from original manuscripts etc into the score (one for each measure)." msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Kommandon för att bädda in bilder från originalmanuskript etc i partituret (en för varje takt)." #: ../src/core/entries.h:423 msgid "Ossia" msgstr "Ossia" #: ../src/core/entries.h:423 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Creating an Ossia staff, which appears with alternative interpretations for a bar or two on typesetting." msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Skapa ett ossia-notsystem som vid notsättningen visar alternativa tolkningar för en eller två takter." #: ../src/core/entries.h:424 msgid "Bar and Page Numbering" msgstr "Takt- och sidnumrering" #: ../src/core/entries.h:424 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Commands for setting how often bar numbers appear in the typeset version of this staff." msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Kommandon för att ange hur ofta taktnummer ska visas i den satta versionen av detta notsystem." #: ../src/core/entries.h:425 msgid "Staff Groupings (Braces)" msgstr "Notsystemsgrupperingar (klamrar)" #: ../src/core/entries.h:425 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Various sorts of brace linking the staffs together. These may be nested, see the Score Layout view for a display of the staff groups created." msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Olika typer av klamrar som länkar samman notsystem. De kan vara nästlade; se partiturlayouten för att visa de skapade notsystemsgrupperna." #: ../src/core/entries.h:426 msgid "Add Note Above Base of Chord" msgstr "Lägg till not ovanför ackordets bas" #: ../src/core/entries.h:426 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Adding notes to the chord at the cursor at various intervals above base note." msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Lägg till noter i ackordet vid markören med olika intervall ovanför den lägsta noten." #: ../src/core/entries.h:427 msgid "Add Note Below Top of Chord" msgstr "Lägg till not under ackordets topp" #: ../src/core/entries.h:427 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Adding notes to the chord at the cursor at various intervals below the top-most note." msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Lägga till noter i ackordet vid markören med olika intervall under den översta noten." #: ../src/core/entries.h:428 msgid "Change Duration of Note" msgstr "Ändra notens tidsvärde" #: ../src/core/entries.h:428 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Commands to include other durations in a chord (instead of polyphony - this is specialized stuff!) The note at the cursor height is altered." msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Kommandon för att lägga in andra tidsvärden i ett ackord (i stället för polyfoni – detta är en specialfunktion!). Noten på markörens höjd ändras." #. 0 - Open String #: ../src/core/entries.h:429 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/FingeringsDoublestroke.xml.h:1 msgid "Fingerings" msgstr "Fingersättningar" #: ../src/core/entries.h:429 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Fingerings (numbers) to typeset near to notes." msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Fingersättningar (siffror) som placeras nära noterna vid notsättningen." #: ../src/core/entries.h:430 msgid "Transpose Music" msgstr "Transponera musik" #: ../src/core/entries.h:430 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Alters the note/chord at the cursor or the selection transposing it by the interval chosen. This alters the music in the score - see other transpose options for transposing the printed output, leaving the music untouched." msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Ändrar noten/ackordet vid markören eller markeringen genom att transponera den med det valda intervallet. Detta ändrar musiken i partituret - se andra transponeringsalternativ för transponering av utskriften, där musiken lämnas orörd." #: ../src/core/entries.h:431 msgid "Make a Directive Conditional" msgstr "Gör ett direktiv villkorligt" #: ../src/core/entries.h:431 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Mark the directive at the cursor as applying to just the current score layout, or to exclude the current layout. Use this for example to exclude redundant first and second time markings in parts which don't need them." msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Markera om direktivet vid markören ska gälla bara för den aktuella partiturlayouten eller om den aktuella layouten ska uteslutas. Använd detta t.ex. för att utesluta överflödiga markeringar för första och andra gången i stämmor som inte behöver dem." #: ../src/core/entries.h:432 msgid "Single Random Note" msgstr "Enstaka slumpmässig not" #: ../src/core/entries.h:432 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "To insert random notes at cursor." msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Infoga slumpmässiga noter vid markören." #: ../src/core/entries.h:433 msgid "Generate Rhythm from String" msgstr "Generera rytm från sträng" #: ../src/core/entries.h:433 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Creating rhythms from a sequence of characters." msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Skapa rytmer från en sekvens av tecken." #: ../src/core/entries.h:434 msgid "Notation Magick" msgstr "Notation Magick" #: ../src/core/entries.h:434 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Methods of generating music of guided randomness." msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Metoder för att generera musik av styrd slumpmässighet." #: ../src/core/entries.h:435 msgid "Display Zoom" msgstr "Visningszoom" #: ../src/core/entries.h:435 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Zooming the Denemo display. Usually Control and mouse wheel are used for this." msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Zooma Denemo-skärmen. Vanligtvis används Control och mushjulet för detta." #: ../src/core/entries.h:436 msgid "Aural Training" msgstr "Gehörsträning" #: ../src/core/entries.h:436 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Games for testing your musical ear." msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Spel för att testa ditt musiköra." #: ../src/core/entries.h:437 msgid "Note Reading" msgstr "Notläsning" #: ../src/core/entries.h:437 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Games for testing your music reading ability. Notice there is (elsewhere) the Checking Pitches feature which lets you test your ability to play via Midi Controller." msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Spel för att testa din notläsningsförmåga. Observera att det också finns en funktion för att kontrollera tonhöjder som låter dig testa din spelförmåga med en MIDI-kontrollenhet." #: ../src/core/entries.h:438 msgid "Simple Titling" msgstr "Enkel rubriksättning" #: ../src/core/entries.h:438 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Commands to place titles etc at the start of the music (and each movement if needed). Do not mix with Book Titles." msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Kommandon för att placera titlar etc i början av musiken (och varje sats om det behövs). Blanda inte med Bokrubriker." #: ../src/core/entries.h:439 msgid "Book Titling" msgstr "Bokrubriker" #: ../src/core/entries.h:439 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Commands to create a title page, table of contents, commentaries, appendices etc." msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Kommandon för att skapa en titelsida, innehållsförteckning, kommentarer, bilagor etc." #: ../src/core/entries.h:440 msgid "Palettes" msgstr "Paletter" #: ../src/core/entries.h:440 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Commands to manipulate the palettes of commands." msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Kommandon för att hantera kommandopaletterna." #: ../src/core/entries.h:441 msgid "Spanning" msgstr "Över en passage" #: ../src/core/entries.h:441 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Commands to tell the typesetter to start or stop a particular effect. Use these around passages that are to be treated differently, or over which a marking should be placed." msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Kommandon som talar om för sättaren att starta eller stoppa en viss effekt. Använd dessa vid passager som ska behandlas annorlunda eller över vilka en markering ska göras." #: ../src/core/entries.h:442 msgid "Alternative Bars" msgstr "Alternativa takter" #: ../src/core/entries.h:442 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Commands for creating first/second/nth time bars." msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Kommandon för att skapa alternativa takter för första, andra eller n:te gången." #: ../src/core/entries.h:443 ../src/ui/scoreprops.c:174 msgid "Typesetter" msgstr "Sättare" #: ../src/core/entries.h:443 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Instructions for the typesetter to do something at the cursor position." msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Instruktioner till sättaren om att göra något vid markörens position." #: ../src/core/entries.h:444 msgid "Part-Combining" msgstr "Stämkombination" #: ../src/core/entries.h:444 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Instructions for the typesetter to combine two voices in various ways." msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Instruktioner för sättaren att kombinera två stämmor på olika sätt." #: ../src/core/entries.h:445 ../src/core/menusystem.c:736 #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:1215 msgid "Object Menu" msgstr "Objektmeny" #: ../src/core/entries.h:445 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Commands for working with the musical object hierarchy." msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Kommandon för att arbeta med den musikaliska objekthierarkin." #: ../src/core/entries.h:446 ../src/core/menusystem.c:1211 msgid "Main Menu" msgstr "Huvudmeny" #: ../src/core/entries.h:446 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "The top level commands for operating Denemo." msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "Kommandon på högsta nivån för att använda Denemo." #: ../src/core/external.c:71 #, c-format msgid "Could not parse command line: %s" msgstr "Det gick inte att tolka kommandoraden: %s" #: ../src/core/graphicseditor.c:48 msgid "Graphics File" msgstr "Grafikfil" #: ../src/core/importxml.c:1670 ../src/core/importxml.c:1682 msgid "This score was last successfully typeset with LilyPond version " msgstr "Detta partitur sattes senast framgångsrikt med LilyPond-versionen " #: ../src/core/importxml.c:1671 ../src/core/importxml.c:1683 msgid "" "\n" "You have your Denemo Preferences -> Externals -> lilypond set to " msgstr "" "\n" "I Denemo-inställningarna -> Externa -> lilypond har du valt " #: ../src/core/importxml.c:1672 msgid " This will likely be fine, but you may need to update to using the newer version of LilyPond." msgstr " Detta kommer troligen att fungera bra, men du kan behöva uppdatera till att använda den nyare versionen av LilyPond." #: ../src/core/importxml.c:1684 msgid " This will likely be fine, but you may need to adjust any custom LilyPond syntax to the older version, or change your preferences to point to the newer version of LilyPond." msgstr " Detta kommer sannolikt att fungera bra, men du kan behöva justera eventuell anpassad LilyPond-syntax till den äldre versionen, eller ändra dina inställningar för att peka på den nyare versionen av LilyPond." #: ../src/core/importxml.c:2563 ../src/core/importxml.c:2567 msgid "Obsolete form, use earlier Denemo version to convert" msgstr "Föråldrad form, använd tidigare Denemo-version för att konvertera" #: ../src/core/importxml.c:3116 msgid "Custom prolog is no longer supported. Use score directive prefix instead" msgstr "Anpassad prolog stöds inte längre. Använd i stället prefixet för ett partitursdirektiv" #: ../src/core/importxml.c:3196 msgid "Erroneous call" msgstr "Felaktigt anrop" #: ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:106 msgid "No name" msgstr "Inget namn" #: ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:107 msgid "No label" msgstr "Ingen etikett" #: ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:108 msgid "No indication what this done beyond the name and label" msgstr "Ingen beskrivning av vad detta gör utöver namnet och etiketten" #: ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:672 msgid "This should not happen..." msgstr "Detta borde inte hända…" #: ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:749 msgid "" "List of all current command shortcuts\n" "The name of the shortcut key is given first \n" "E.g. \"0\" is the shortcut name of the number key for the number zero.\n" "(a \",\" separates the two names if is a two-key shortcut)\n" "Then the label as it appears in the menu\n" "and finally the tooltip.\n" "You can search the tooltip in the Command Center to locate the command. See View->Command Center.\n" "This list is in alphabetical order by name.\n" "----------------\n" msgstr "" "Lista över alla aktuella kortkommandon\n" "Namnet på tangenten anges först.\n" "Exempelvis är ”0” namnet på siffertangenten för noll.\n" "(Ett kommatecken skiljer de två namnen åt om kortkommandot består av två tangenttryckningar.)\n" "Sedan följer etiketten som den visas i menyn\n" "och slutligen inforutan.\n" "Du kan söka efter inforutans text i kommandocentralen för att hitta kommandot. Se Visa->Kommandocentral.\n" "Listan är sorterad alfabetiskt efter namn.\n" "----------------\n" #: ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:756 msgid "Shortcut key name: " msgstr "Namn på genvägstangenten: " #: ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:760 msgid "" "\n" "End of shortcuts\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Slut på genvägar\n" #: ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:1198 #, c-format msgid "The Command %s Responds to the Shortcut %s" msgstr "Kommandot %s svarar på genvägen %s" #: ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:1199 ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:461 #, c-format msgid "Lose the shortcut %s for this?" msgstr "Ta bort kortkommandot %s för detta?" #: ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:1214 #, c-format msgid "" "The key %s is the first keypress of some two key shortcuts.\n" "If you wish to re-assign it you will need to remove those first.\n" "Open the View->Command Center to find and remove the shortcuts." msgstr "" "Tangenten %s är den första tangenttryckningen i vissa genvägar med två tangenter.\n" "Om du vill tilldela den igen måste du först ta bort dessa.\n" "Öppna Visa->Kommandocentral för att hitta och ta bort genvägarna." #: ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:1327 ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:72 msgid "Fn12 is hard-wired to repeat the last command" msgstr "Fn12 är fast tilldelad funktionen att upprepa det senaste kommandot" #: ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:1451 msgid "Could not create .denemo/actions for your customized commands" msgstr "Det gick inte att skapa .denemo/actions för dina anpassade kommandon" #: ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:1499 msgid "Key Map Loading" msgstr "Läser in tangentmappning" #: ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:1499 msgid "Load Shortcuts only?" msgstr "Ladda bara genvägar?" #: ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:1523 msgid "Cannot access your local .denemo" msgstr "Kan inte komma åt din lokala .denemo" #: ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:1535 msgid "Installation error" msgstr "Installationsfel" #: ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:1854 msgid "" "NO COMMAND SELECTED.\n" "Press -> to search again\n" "_________________________________\n" "Last selected command was:\n" msgstr "" "INGET KOMMANDO VALT.\n" "Tryck på -> för att söka igen\n" "_________________________________\n" "Senast valda kommando var:\n" #: ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:1938 msgid "Command" msgstr "Kommando" #: ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:1948 msgid "Commands" msgstr "Kommandon" #: ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:1967 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/Tongue.scm:23 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/CrescendoTextSpanner.scm:27 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/DecrescendoTextSpanner.scm:27 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Vibrato.scm:10 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/TocTitle.scm:25 msgid "Deleted" msgstr "Raderad" #: ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:2002 msgid "Search" msgstr "Sök" #: ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:2008 msgid "Fuzzy Search" msgstr "Ungefärlig sökning" #: ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:2009 msgid "Allow one non-matching word in the search." msgstr "Tillåt ett icke-matchande ord i sökningen." #: ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:2053 ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:2150 msgid "Not in menu system. You can create a palette button for it using the Add to Palette button." msgstr "Inte i menysystemet. Du kan skapa en palettknapp för den med hjälp av knappen Lägg till i palett." #: ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:2152 #, c-format msgid "" "%sCommand: %s\n" "%s\n" "Location: %s\n" "Internal Name: %s" msgstr "" "%sKommando: %s\n" "%s\n" "Plats: %s\n" "Internt namn: %s" #: ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:2152 msgid "" "WARNING!!:\n" "This command is hidden.\n" "Most likely you want to continue your search for a better command.\n" "Hidden commands are either for LilyPond users or low-level interfaces for more user-friendly versions.\n" msgstr "" "VARNING!!:\n" "Detta kommando är dolt.\n" "Troligen vill du fortsätta din sökning efter ett bättre kommando.\n" "Dolda kommandon är antingen för LilyPond-användare eller lågnivågränssnitt för mer användarvänliga versioner.\n" #: ../src/core/keymapio.c:420 msgid "There is no support for loading whole folders of commands yet, sorry" msgstr "Det finns ännu inget stöd för att ladda hela mappar med kommandon, tyvärr" #: ../src/core/keymapio.c:545 msgid "Return" msgstr "Retur" #: ../src/core/keymapio.c:770 #, c-format msgid "Unable to locate the script %s" msgstr "Det går inte att hitta skriptet %s" #: ../src/core/keymapio.c:782 #, c-format msgid "Unable to load the script %s" msgstr "Det går inte att ladda skriptet %s" #: ../src/core/main.c:75 #, c-format msgid "Parent: child exited, pid = %d, exit status = %d\n" msgstr "Föräldraprocess: barnprocessen avslutades, pid = %d, avslutningsstatus = %d\n" #: ../src/core/main.c:81 #, c-format msgid "Parent: child terminated by signal %d, pid = %d\n" msgstr "Föräldraprocess: barnprocessen avslutades av signal %d, pid = %d\n" #: ../src/core/main.c:87 #, c-format msgid "Parent: child stopped by signal %d, pid = %d\n" msgstr "Föräldraprocess: barnprocessen stoppades av signal %d, pid = %d\n" #: ../src/core/main.c:91 #, c-format msgid "Parent: child exited magically, pid = %d\n" msgstr "Föräldraprocess: barnprocessen avslutades på magiskt vis, pid = %d\n" #: ../src/core/main.c:140 msgid "Process scheme commands in pathtofile on file open" msgstr "Kör Scheme-kommandon i filen på den angivna sökvägen när en fil öppnas" #: ../src/core/main.c:140 msgid "path" msgstr "sökväg" #: ../src/core/main.c:141 msgid "Process scheme commands from system file on file open" msgstr "Kör Scheme-kommandon från systemfilen när en fil öppnas" #: ../src/core/main.c:141 msgid "file" msgstr "fil" #: ../src/core/main.c:142 msgid "Process the scheme on startup" msgstr "Kör Scheme-koden vid start" #: ../src/core/main.c:142 msgid "scheme" msgstr "scheme" #: ../src/core/main.c:143 msgid "Abort on scheme errors" msgstr "Avbryt vid Scheme-fel" #: ../src/core/main.c:144 msgid "Don't log any message" msgstr "Logga inte något meddelande" #: ../src/core/main.c:145 msgid "Display every messages" msgstr "Visa alla meddelanden" #: ../src/core/main.c:146 msgid "Launch Denemo without GUI" msgstr "Starta Denemo utan GUI" #: ../src/core/main.c:147 msgid "Print version information and exit" msgstr "Skriv ut versionsinformation och avsluta" #: ../src/core/main.c:148 msgid "Audio driver options" msgstr "Alternativ för ljuddrivrutiner" #: ../src/core/main.c:148 ../src/core/main.c:149 msgid "options" msgstr "alternativ" #: ../src/core/main.c:149 msgid "Midi driver options" msgstr "Alternativ för Midi-drivrutiner" #: ../src/core/main.c:150 msgid "[FILE]..." msgstr "[FIL]…" #: ../src/core/main.c:153 msgid " " msgstr " " #: ../src/core/main.c:154 ../src/core/main.c:174 msgid "GNU Denemo version" msgstr "GNU Denemo version" #: ../src/core/main.c:155 msgid "" "Denemo is a graphical music notation editor.\n" "It uses GNU Lilypond for music typesetting.\n" "Denemo is part of the GNU project." msgstr "" "Denemo är en grafisk musiknotationsredigerare.\n" "Den använder GNU Lilypond för musiksättning.\n" "Denemo är en del av GNU-projektet." #: ../src/core/main.c:158 msgid "" "Report bugs to http://www.denemo.org\n" "GNU Denemo, a free and open music notation editor" msgstr "" "Rapportera buggar till http://www.denemo.org\n" "GNU Denemo, en fri och öppen musiknotationsredigerare" #: ../src/core/main.c:175 msgid "Gtk versions" msgstr "Gtk-versioner" #: ../src/core/main.c:176 msgid "© 1999-2005, 2009 Matthew Hiller, Adam Tee, and others, 2010-2015 Richard Shann, Jeremiah Benham, Nils Gey and others.\n" msgstr "© 1999-2005, 2009 Matthew Hiller, Adam Tee m.fl. 2010-2015 Richard Shann, Jeremiah Benham, Nils Gey m.fl.\n" #: ../src/core/main.c:177 msgid "This program is provided with absolutely NO WARRANTY; see the file COPYING for details.\n" msgstr "Detta program levereras med absolut INGEN GARANTI; se filen COPYING för mer information.\n" #: ../src/core/main.c:178 msgid "This software may be redistributed and modified under the terms of the GNU General Public License; again, see the file COPYING for details.\n" msgstr "Denna programvara får vidaredistribueras och modifieras enligt villkoren i GNU General Public License; se filen COPYING för mer information.\n" #: ../src/core/main.c:225 msgid "You may need to set GUILE_LOAD_PATH to the directory where you have ice9 installed\n" msgstr "Du kan behöva ställa in GUILE_LOAD_PATH till den katalog där du har ice9 installerat\n" #: ../src/core/main.c:439 msgid "Could not start graphical interface." msgstr "Det grafiska gränssnittet kunde inte startas." #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:98 msgid "Rhythms will be entered as notes at the cursor height" msgstr "Rytmer skrivs in som noter på markörens höjd" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:111 msgid "Could not start Audio input" msgstr "Kunde inte starta ljudinmatningen" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:123 msgid "Rhythms will be entered as (brown) notes without pitch" msgstr "Rytmer kommer att anges som (bruna) noter utan tonhöjd" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:127 msgid "No MIDI in device was found on startup- re-start Denemo with the device plugged in, select the device in the MIDI tab of the preferences dialog and re-start Denemo again." msgstr "Ingen MIDI-in-enhet hittades vid start - starta om Denemo med enheten ansluten, välj enheten på MIDI-fliken i inställningsdialogen och starta om Denemo igen." #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:207 msgid "Save Script" msgstr "Spara skript" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:207 msgid "Over-write previous version of the script for " msgstr "Skriv över tidigare version av skriptet för " #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:207 msgid " ?" msgstr " ?" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:217 msgid "No script saved" msgstr "Inget skript sparat" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:225 msgid "There is already an initialization script here" msgstr "Det finns redan ett initialiseringsskript här" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:235 msgid "Wrote init.scm" msgstr "Skrev init.scm" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:235 msgid "Shall I execute it now?" msgstr "Ska jag köra det nu?" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:240 msgid "" "Could not create init.scm;\n" "you must create your scripted menu item in the menu\n" "before you create the initialization script for it, sorry." msgstr "" "Det gick inte att skapa init.scm;\n" "du måste skapa ditt skriptade menyalternativ i menyn\n" "innan du skapar initialiseringsskriptet för det, tyvärr." #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:277 ../src/core/menusystem.c:281 #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:284 ../src/core/menusystem.c:286 msgid "Create a new menu item" msgstr "Skapa ett nytt menyalternativ" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:277 msgid "Give menu label: " msgstr "Ange menyalternativets etikett: " #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:277 msgid "My Label" msgstr "Min etikett" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:281 msgid "Give explanation of what it does: " msgstr "Ge en förklaring till vad den gör: " #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:281 msgid "Prints my special effect" msgstr "Skriver ut min specialeffekt" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:284 msgid "Do you want the new menu item in a submenu?" msgstr "Vill du ha det nya menyalternativet i en undermeny?" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:286 msgid "Give a label for the Sub-Menu" msgstr "Ange en etikett för undermenyn" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:286 msgid "Sub Menu Label" msgstr "Etikett för undermeny" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:302 msgid "Duplicate Name" msgstr "Duplicerat namn" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:302 msgid "A command of this name is already available in your custom menus; Overwrite?" msgstr "Ett kommando med detta namn är redan tillgängligt i dina anpassade menyer; Skriva över?" #. g_print ("Loading from %s\n", xml_path); #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:312 msgid "New Command Added" msgstr "Nytt kommando tillagt" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:312 msgid "Do you want to save this with your default commands?" msgstr "Vill du spara det här med dina standardkommandon?" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:696 msgid "Typeset Music" msgstr "Sätt noter" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:696 msgid "" "Shows the Print View\n" "with the music typeset by the LilyPond Music Typesetter." msgstr "" "Visar utskriftsvyn\n" "med musiken satt av notsättningsprogrammet LilyPond." #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:702 ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:667 msgid "Command Center" msgstr "Kommandocentral" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:702 msgid "Shows a searchable list of all commands, enables setting of keyboard short-cuts, etc." msgstr "Visar en sökbar lista över alla kommandon, gör det möjligt att ställa in kortkommandon på tangentbordet etc." #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:708 msgid "Score Layout" msgstr "Partiturlayout" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:708 msgid "Shows an overview of the score where various elements can be rearranged, deleted etc. to form a customized layout" msgstr "Visar en översikt över partituret där olika element kan ordnas om, tas bort etc. för att skapa en anpassad layout" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:714 msgid "Snippets" msgstr "Musiksnuttar" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:714 msgid "" "Show/hide a toolbar which allows\n" "you to store and enter snippets of music and to enter notes using rhythm pattern of a snippet" msgstr "" "Visa/dölj ett verktygsfält där du kan\n" "lagra och mata in musiksnuttar samt mata in noter med hjälp av en musiksnutts rytmmönster" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:719 msgid "Tools" msgstr "Verktyg" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:719 msgid "Show/hide a toolbar for general operations on music files" msgstr "Visa/dölj ett verktygsfält för allmänna åtgärder på musikfiler" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:722 ../src/core/view.c:3320 msgid "Playback Control" msgstr "Kontroll av uppspelning" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:722 msgid "Show/hide playback controls" msgstr "Visa/dölj uppspelningskontroller" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:725 ../src/core/view.c:3456 msgid "Midi In Control" msgstr "MIDI-ingångsstyrning" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:725 msgid "Show/hide Midi Input controls" msgstr "Visa/dölj kontroller för MIDI-inmatning" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:728 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/PlaybackView.xml.h:1 msgid "Playback View" msgstr "Uppspelningsvy" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:728 msgid "Shows the PlayBack View from which a more sophisticated playback of the music is possible" msgstr "Visar uppspelningsvyn som möjliggör mer avancerad uppspelning av musiken" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:732 msgid "Titles, Buttons etc" msgstr "Titlar, knappar etc" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:732 msgid "Shows a bar holding the title etc of the music and buttons for selecting a movement to make currrent." msgstr "Visar en rad med musikens titel med mera och knappar för att välja aktuell sats." #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:736 msgid "" "Show/hide a menu which is arranged by objects\n" "The actions available for note objects change with the mode" msgstr "" "Visa/dölj en meny som är ordnad efter objekt\n" "Vilka åtgärder som är tillgängliga för notobjekt beror på läget" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:739 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/ClefChooser.scm:12 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/TypesetOnlyClef.scm:11 msgid "LilyPond" msgstr "LilyPond" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:739 msgid "Show/hide the LilyPond music typesetting language window. Any errors in typesetting are shown here." msgstr "Visa/dölj språkfönstret för LilyPond-musiksättning. Eventuella fel i sättningen visas här." #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:742 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SeekLocations.scm:115 msgid "Scheme Script" msgstr "Scheme-skript" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:742 msgid "" "Show Scheme script window. Sequences of commands can be recorded here\n" "and then executed or turned into new commaneds." msgstr "" "Visa fönstret för Scheme-skript. Kommandosekvenser kan spelas in här\n" "och sedan köras eller omvandlas till nya kommandon." #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:749 msgid "Shows/hides the music in the Denemo Display" msgstr "Visar/döljer musiken i Denemos notvy" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:758 msgid "No External Input" msgstr "Ingen extern ingång" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:758 msgid "" "Entry of notes via computer keyboard only\n" "Ignores connected MIDI or microphone devices." msgstr "" "Inmatning av noter endast via datorns tangentbord\n" "Ignorerar anslutna MIDI- eller mikrofonenheter." #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:760 msgid "Midi Input" msgstr "Midi-ingång" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:760 msgid "" "Input from a MIDI source. Set up the source first using Edit → Change Preferences → Audio/Midi\n" "Use View → MIDI In Control to control what the input does.\n" msgstr "" "Inmatning från en MIDI-källa. Ställ först in källan med Redigera → Ändra inställningar → Ljud/Midi\n" "Använd Visa → MIDI-ingångsstyrning för att styra vad ingången gör.\n" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:762 msgid "Audio Input" msgstr "Ljudingång" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:762 msgid "Enable pitch entry from microphone" msgstr "Aktivera inmatning av tonhöjd från mikrofon" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:821 msgid "Place Command in a Palette" msgstr "Placera kommandot i en palett" #. item = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label (_("Create Mouse Shortcut")); #. gtk_menu_shell_append (GTK_MENU_SHELL (menu), item); #. g_signal_connect_swapped (G_OBJECT (item), "activate", G_CALLBACK (createMouseShortcut), action); #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:838 msgid "" "Open Command Center\n" "on this command" msgstr "" "Öppna kommandocentralen\n" "på detta kommando" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:887 ../src/ui/palettes.c:382 msgid "Save Script from Scheme Window" msgstr "Spara skript från Scheme-fönstret" #. item = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label (_("Save Graphic")); #. GtkSettings* settings = gtk_settings_get_default(); #. gtk_settings_set_long_property (settings,"gtk-menu-images",(glong)TRUE, "XProperty"); #. item = gtk_image_menu_item_new_from_stock("Save Graphic", gtk_accel_group_new()); #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:899 msgid "Save Graphic" msgstr "Spara grafik" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:906 msgid "Upload this Script to denemo.org" msgstr "Ladda upp detta skript till denemo.org" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:912 msgid "Save Script as New Menu Item" msgstr "Spara skript som nytt menyalternativ" #. options for getting/putting init.scm #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:923 msgid "Get Initialization Script for this Menu" msgstr "Hämta initieringsskript för denna meny" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:929 msgid "Put Script as Initialization Script for this Menu" msgstr "Lägg till skript som initieringsskript för den här menyn" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:1016 msgid "Menu:" msgstr "Meny:" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:1017 msgid "Click here then hover over the menu items to find out what they will do" msgstr "Klicka här och håll sedan muspekaren över menyalternativen för att ta reda på vad de kommer att göra" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:1019 msgid "" "Left click to execute the command, press a key to assign a keyboard shortcut to the command,\n" "Right click to get a menu from which you can\n" "Create a button for this command, or a two-key keyboard shortcut or more options still" msgstr "" "Vänsterklicka för att köra kommandot. Tryck på en tangent för att tilldela kommandot ett kortkommando.\n" "Högerklicka för att öppna en meny där du kan\n" "skapa en knapp för kommandot, ett kortkommando med två tangenttryckningar och välja fler alternativ" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:1182 msgid "This menu holds no commands" msgstr "Denna meny innehåller inga kommandon" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:1217 msgid "Tool Bar" msgstr "Verktygsfält" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:1255 msgid "Tear off this menu as a palette" msgstr "Lösgör denna meny som en palett" #. check item is out of sync/Print View ignore delete signal #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:1583 msgid "PrintView" msgstr "Utskriftsvy" #. g_print("Menu %s has no action\n", name); #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:1677 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "named \"" msgstr "" "Meny:\n" "namngiven \"" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:1677 msgid "\" located at " msgstr "\" belägen vid " #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:1677 msgid " in the menu system" msgstr " i menysystemet" #: ../src/core/prefops.c:57 msgid "Denemo Upgrade" msgstr "Uppgradering av Denemo" #: ../src/core/prefops.c:57 msgid "Re-use your old preferences, palettes and shortcuts?" msgstr "Återanvända dina gamla inställningar, paletter och genvägar?" #: ../src/core/utils.c:191 msgid "Could not create .denemo for you personal settings" msgstr "Det gick inte att skapa .denemo för dina personliga inställningar" #. FIXME this is only a hint; perhaps we should embed the progress bar in the status line... #: ../src/core/utils.c:489 msgid "Progress" msgstr "Förlopp" #. FIXME eventually we may want to pass a tooltip in to this function. #: ../src/core/utils.c:491 msgid "" "This indicates the the LilyPond typesetter is still working on setting the Denemo score. This can take a long time, particularly for polyphony where voices must not collide. You can continue editing while the typesetting is taking place.\n" "Kill this window if you want to re-start the typesetting e.g. after fixing a mistake you just spotted." msgstr "" "Detta indikerar att LilyPonds sättare fortfarande arbetar med att sätta Denemo-partituret. Detta kan ta lång tid, särskilt för polyfoni där stämmorna inte får kollidera. Du kan fortsätta redigera medan sättningen pågår.\n" "Stäng det här fönstret om du vill starta om sättningen, t.ex. efter att ha rättat till ett misstag som du just upptäckt." #: ../src/core/utils.c:1836 ../src/export/file.c:220 msgid "(Untitled)" msgstr "(Ingen rubrik)" #: ../src/core/utils.c:1879 msgid "Error" msgstr "Fel" #: ../src/core/utils.c:2135 msgid "Select Notes" msgstr "Välj noter" #: ../src/core/utils.c:2170 ../src/export/print.c:444 #: ../src/printview/printview.c:594 msgid "Done" msgstr "Klar" #: ../src/core/utils.c:2177 ../src/core/utils.c:2187 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/BassInversionSequence.scm:17 msgid "Note Name" msgstr "Tonnamn" #. buttons for accidental #: ../src/core/utils.c:2223 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ChangeStencil.scm:5 msgid "Accidental" msgstr "Förtecken" #: ../src/core/utils.c:2245 msgid "Octave" msgstr "Oktav" #: ../src/core/utils.c:2351 msgid "Chord " msgstr "Ackord " #: ../src/core/utils.c:2351 msgid "Note " msgstr "Not " #: ../src/core/utils.c:2351 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/WholeMeasureRest.scm:12 msgid "Rest " msgstr "Paus " #: ../src/core/utils.c:2351 msgid ", begin slur" msgstr ", början av legatobåge" #: ../src/core/utils.c:2351 msgid ", end slur" msgstr ", slut på legatobåge" #: ../src/core/utils.c:2351 msgid ", tied" msgstr ", bunden" #: ../src/core/utils.c:2351 msgid ", begin cresc." msgstr ", början av cresc." #: ../src/core/utils.c:2351 msgid ", end cresc." msgstr ", slut på cresc." #: ../src/core/utils.c:2351 msgid ", begin dim." msgstr ", början av dim." #: ../src/core/utils.c:2351 msgid ", end dim." msgstr ", slut på dim." #: ../src/core/utils.c:2352 msgid ", grace note" msgstr ", förslagsnot" #: ../src/core/utils.c:2376 #, c-format msgid "Tuplet %d/%d" msgstr "Tuplett %d/%d" #: ../src/core/utils.c:2379 #, c-format msgid "End tuplet" msgstr "Slut på tuplett" #: ../src/core/utils.c:2382 #, c-format msgid "Clef change" msgstr "Klavbyte" #: ../src/core/utils.c:2385 #, c-format msgid "Time signature change" msgstr "Ändring av taktart" #: ../src/core/utils.c:2388 #, c-format msgid "Key signature change" msgstr "Byte av tonartsbeteckning" #: ../src/core/utils.c:2391 #, c-format msgid "Stem directive: %s" msgstr "Notskaftsdirektiv: %s" #: ../src/core/utils.c:2391 msgid "stem down" msgstr "notskaft nedåt" #: ../src/core/utils.c:2391 msgid "stem up" msgstr "notskaft uppåt" #: ../src/core/utils.c:2391 msgid "normal stemming" msgstr "normal notskaftsriktning" #: ../src/core/utils.c:2394 #, c-format msgid "Dynamic: %s" msgstr "Dynamik: %s" #: ../src/core/utils.c:2400 #, c-format msgid "Directive:(%.20s) %.20s%.20s" msgstr "Direktiv:(%.20s) %.20s%.20s" #: ../src/core/utils.c:2400 msgid "Unknown Tag" msgstr "Okänd tagg" #: ../src/core/utils.c:2400 msgid "Not all layouts" msgstr "Inte alla layouter" #: ../src/core/utils.c:2404 #, c-format msgid "Cursor on an unknown object" msgstr "Markör på ett okänt objekt" #: ../src/core/utils.c:2413 #, c-format msgid "Cursor not on any object" msgstr "Markören är inte på något objekt" #: ../src/core/utils.c:2455 #, c-format msgid "start %.2f end %.2f" msgstr "start %.2f slut %.2f" #: ../src/core/utils.c:2457 #, c-format msgid " Staff %d Measure %d Position %d %s" msgstr " Notsystem %d Takt %d Position %d %s" #: ../src/core/utils.c:2457 msgid "Appending" msgstr "Lägger till i slutet" #: ../src/core/utils.c:2457 msgid "Not Appending" msgstr "Lägger inte till i slutet" #. #: ../src/core/utils.c:2888 ../actions/denemo.scm:1087 msgid "Select from List (or Cancel)" msgstr "Välj från listan (eller Avbryt)" #: ../src/core/utils.c:2922 ../src/core/utils.c:2956 msgid "More..." msgstr "Mer…" #: ../src/core/utils.c:3137 msgid "No Tooltip" msgstr "Ingen inforuta" #: ../src/core/utils.c:3253 #, c-format msgid "Mouse shortcut %s invokes command %s" msgstr "Musgenvägen %s anropar kommandot %s" #: ../src/core/utils.c:3255 msgid "Mouse Shortcut" msgstr "Snabbkommando med musen" #: ../src/core/utils.c:3283 #, c-format msgid "Key Press %s invokes command %s" msgstr "Tangenttryckningen %s anropar kommandot %s" #: ../src/core/utils.c:3288 #, c-format msgid "Key Presses %s invoke command %s" msgstr "Tangenttryckningarna %s anropar kommandot %s" #: ../src/core/utils.c:3290 msgid "Single Key Press" msgstr "En tangenttryckning" #: ../src/core/utils.c:3290 msgid "Two Key Presses" msgstr "Två tangenttryckningar" #: ../src/core/utils.c:3300 msgid "Key Press" msgstr "Tangenttryckning" #: ../src/core/utils.c:3302 #, c-format msgid "" "Key Press %s Is not a shortcut.\n" "%s" msgstr "" "Tangenttryckningen %s är inget kortkommando.\n" "%s" #: ../src/core/utils.c:3302 msgid "(The menus are now restored in case you are lost.)" msgstr "(Menyerna är nu återställda om du skulle gå vilse)" #: ../src/core/utils.c:3305 msgid "First Key Press" msgstr "Första tangenttryckningen" #: ../src/core/utils.c:3307 #, c-format msgid "Key Press %s Awaiting continuation" msgstr "Tangenttryckning %s – väntar på fortsättning" #: ../src/core/utils.c:3311 #, c-format msgid "Mouse %s" msgstr "Mus %s" #: ../src/core/utils.c:3314 msgid "Key + Mouse" msgstr "Tangent + mus" #: ../src/core/utils.c:3315 #, c-format msgid "Key Press %s" msgstr "Tangenttryckning %s" #: ../src/core/view.c:541 ../src/core/view.c:544 msgid "Denemo was terminated abnormally" msgstr "Denemo avslutades på ett onormalt sätt" #: ../src/core/view.c:541 msgid "Open auto-saved file" msgstr "Öppna automatiskt sparad fil" #: ../src/core/view.c:541 msgid "Delete auto-saved file" msgstr "Ta bort automatiskt sparad fil" #: ../src/core/view.c:544 msgid "Compare auto-saved file with last saved file" msgstr "Jämför automatiskt sparad fil med senast sparad fil" #: ../src/core/view.c:544 msgid "Just open auto-saved file" msgstr "Öppna bara automatiskt sparad fil" #: ../src/core/view.c:668 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/InstrumentName.scm:30 msgid "Unnamed" msgstr "Namnlös" #: ../src/core/view.c:732 ../src/export/file.c:1426 ../src/export/file.c:1509 msgid "No selection text available" msgstr "Ingen markerad text tillgänglig" #: ../src/core/view.c:893 msgid "Ask me about each" msgstr "Fråga mig om varje" #: ../src/core/view.c:893 msgid "Close all without saving" msgstr "Stäng alla utan att spara" #: ../src/core/view.c:894 #, c-format msgid "You have %d score(s) unsaved" msgstr "Du har %d osparade partitur" #: ../src/core/view.c:941 #, c-format msgid "Could not make folder %s for the downloaded commands" msgstr "Det gick inte att skapa mapp %s för de nedladdade kommandona" #: ../src/core/view.c:1050 msgid "You have made changes to the commands you have" msgstr "Du har gjort ändringar i de kommandon du har" #: ../src/core/view.c:1050 msgid "Do you want to save the changes?" msgstr "Vill du spara ändringarna?" #: ../src/core/view.c:1080 msgid "MIDI Controller Active?" msgstr "MIDI-kontrollenhet aktiv?" #: ../src/core/view.c:1080 msgid "" "Please turn off your MIDI keyboard\n" "if you have not already done so" msgstr "" "Stäng av ditt MIDI-keyboard\n" "om du inte redan har gjort det" #: ../src/core/view.c:1315 msgid "Recording + Play Along" msgstr "Inspelning + Spela med" #: ../src/core/view.c:1317 msgid "Recording (Off/On)" msgstr "Inspelning (av/på)" #: ../src/core/view.c:1319 msgid "Play Along" msgstr "Spela med" #: ../src/core/view.c:1321 ../src/core/view.c:1352 msgid "Checking Pitches" msgstr "Kontroll av tonhöjder" #: ../src/core/view.c:1323 ../src/core/view.c:1356 msgid "Listening to Pitches" msgstr "Lyssnar på tonhöjder" #: ../src/core/view.c:1325 msgid "Editing a Chord" msgstr "Redigera ett ackord" #: ../src/core/view.c:1327 msgid "Starting a Chord" msgstr "Starta ett ackord" #: ../src/core/view.c:1329 ../src/core/view.c:1360 ../src/core/view.c:3475 msgid "Appending/Editing Pitches" msgstr "Lägger till/redigerar tonhöjder" #: ../src/core/view.c:1364 ../src/display/draw.c:1869 msgid "Recording" msgstr "Spelar in" #: ../src/core/view.c:1378 msgid "Mouse Conductor ON" msgstr "Musdirigering PÅ" #: ../src/core/view.c:1380 msgid "Mouse Conductor OFF" msgstr "Musdirigering AV" #: ../src/core/view.c:1390 msgid "Switch to Normal Playback" msgstr "Växla till normal uppspelning" #: ../src/core/view.c:1392 ../src/core/view.c:3482 msgid "Switch to Play Along Playback" msgstr "Växla till uppspelningsläget Spela med" #: ../src/core/view.c:1419 msgid "" "The preference set for recording time is 0 - nothing can be recorded.\n" "See Edit → Change Preferences Audio/Midi Tab" msgstr "" "Inställningen för inspelningstid är 0 - ingenting kan spelas in.\n" "Se Redigera → Ändra inställningar, fliken Ljud/Midi" #: ../src/core/view.c:1546 msgid "Select and Reset Snippet" msgstr "Välj och återställ musiksnutt" #: ../src/core/view.c:1550 msgid "Insert Snippet at Cursor" msgstr "Infoga musiksnutt vid markören" #: ../src/core/view.c:1553 msgid "Re-label Snippet" msgstr "Ändra musiksnuttens etikett" #: ../src/core/view.c:1557 msgid "Insert and Select" msgstr "Infoga och välj" #: ../src/core/view.c:1982 msgid "Rename Music Snippet" msgstr "Byt namn på musiksnutt" #: ../src/core/view.c:1982 msgid "Give new label for snippet" msgstr "Ange ny etikett för musiksnutten" #: ../src/core/view.c:2049 msgid "" "No selection to create a music snippet from\n" "See Edit → Select menu for selecting music to snip" msgstr "" "Ingen markering att skapa en musiksnutt från\n" "Se menyn Redigera → Markera för att markera musik till en musiksnutt" #: ../src/core/view.c:2237 #, c-format msgid "" "Command: %s\n" "\n" "Information:\n" "%s" msgstr "" "Kommando: %s\n" "\n" "Information:\n" "%s" #: ../src/core/view.c:2259 msgid "Could not create button" msgstr "Det gick inte att skapa en knapp" #: ../src/core/view.c:2374 msgid "Could not create .denemo/actions/bitmaps for your graphics for customized commands" msgstr "Kunde inte skapa .denemo/actions/bitmaps för din grafik för anpassade kommandon" #: ../src/core/view.c:2393 msgid "Could not create .denemo-xxx/actions/graphics for your graphics for customized commands" msgstr "Det gick inte att skapa .denemo-xxx/actions/graphics för din grafik för anpassade kommandon" #. FIXME allow fileselector here to change the name #: ../src/core/view.c:2740 #, c-format msgid "Saving a graphic for use in the %s script" msgstr "Sparar grafik för användning i skriptet %s" #: ../src/core/view.c:2741 msgid "Replace current graphic?" msgstr "Ersätta nuvarande grafik?" #: ../src/core/view.c:3242 msgid "Denemo Main Window" msgstr "Denemos huvudfönster" #: ../src/core/view.c:3295 msgid "This is the Main Menu bar, where menus for the mostly non-musical aspects (saving, printing, setting up input sources etc) are placed. See the Object Menu bar for the commands that edit music" msgstr "Detta är huvudmenyfältet, där menyer för de mest icke-musikaliska aspekterna (spara, skriva ut, ställa in ingångskällor etc) är placerade. Se Objektmenyfältet för de kommandon som redigerar musik" #: ../src/core/view.c:3300 msgid "This is the Object Menu bar, where menus for the commands that edit music live. They are arranged in a hierarchy Score, Movement, Staff (which contains Voices) and then the things that go on a staff, notes, clefs etc. Directives covers everything else that you can put in amongst the notes to change the behavior from that point in the music." msgstr "Det här är Objektmenyfältet, där menyerna för de kommandon som används för att redigera musik finns. De är ordnade i en hierarki partitur, sats, notsystem (som innehåller stämmor) och sedan det som står på ett notsystem, noter, klaver osv. Direktiv omfattar allt annat som du kan lägga in bland noterna för att ändra beteendet från den punkten i musiken." #: ../src/core/view.c:3304 msgid "" "You can populate this bar with buttons holding a snippet of music. The highlighted snippet is the prevailing duration, that is the next note entered will follow the rhythmic pattern of this snippet.\n" "You can enter the whole snippet by clicking on it, or using the command under ObjectMenu → Notes/Rests → Append/InsertDuration → Insert Snippet. You can also select the prevailing snippet using ObjectMenu → Notes/Rests → Select Duration → Next Snippet.\n" "You can hide this bar (to make more room on the screen) using the View menu. You can make it your preference to hide it using MainMenu → Edit → Change Preferences → Display Note/Rest entry toolbar" msgstr "" "Du kan fylla detta fält med knappar som innehåller musiksnuttar. Den markerade musiksnutten anger det aktuella tidsvärdet, vilket innebär att nästa inmatade not följer musiksnuttens rytmmönster.\n" "Du kan mata in hela musiksnutten genom att klicka på den eller använda Objektmeny → Noter/pauser → Lägg till/infoga tidsvärde → Infoga musiksnutt. Du kan också välja aktuell musiksnutt med Objektmeny → Noter/pauser → Välj tidsvärde → Nästa musiksnutt.\n" "Du kan dölja fältet med menyn Visa för att få mer plats på skärmen. Detta kan även ställas in med Huvudmeny → Redigera → Ändra inställningar → Visa verktygsfält för inmatning av noter/pauser" #: ../src/core/view.c:3309 msgid "This tool bar contains a few conventional commands. You can hide it (to make more room on the screen) using the View menu. You can make it your preference to hide it using MainMenu → Edit → Change Preferences → Display general toolbar" msgstr "Verktygsfältet innehåller några vanliga kommandon. Du kan dölja det (för att få mer plats på skärmen) med hjälp av menyn Visa. Du kan välja att dölja det genom att använda huvudmenyn → Redigera → Ändra inställningar → Visa allmän verktygsfält" #. create_playbutton(inner, NULL, pb_first, GTK_STOCK_GOTO_FIRST); #. create_playbutton(inner,NULL, pb_rewind, GTK_STOCK_MEDIA_REWIND); #. create_playbutton (inner, "◀--", pb_go_back, #. _("Moves the playback start point (which shows as a green bar) earlier in time\nThe red and green bars do not get drawn until you have started play, or at least created the time base.")); #: ../src/core/view.c:3346 msgid "" "Sets the playback start point (green bar) to the note at the cursor.\n" "The red and green bars do not get drawn until you have started play, or at least created the time base." msgstr "" "Ställer in uppspelningens startpunkt (grön stapel) till noten vid markören.\n" "De röda och gröna staplarna ritas inte förrän du har startat uppspelningen eller åtminstone skapat en tidsbas." #. create_playbutton (inner, "--▶", pb_next, #. _("Moves the playback start point (which shows as a green bar) later in time\nThe red and green bars do not get drawn until you have started play, or at least created the time base.")); #: ../src/core/view.c:3351 msgid "Stops the playback. On pressing play after this playback will start where the green bar is, not where you stopped. Use the Play/Pause button for that." msgstr "Stoppar uppspelningen. När du därefter trycker på Spela upp startar uppspelningen vid den gröna markören, inte där du stoppade den. Använd knappen Spela upp/pausa för att kunna fortsätta där du slutade." #: ../src/core/view.c:3355 msgid "" "Starts playing back from the playback start (green bar) until the playback end (red bar).\n" "When playing it pauses the play, and continues when pressed again." msgstr "" "Startar uppspelningen från uppspelningens start (grön stapel) till uppspelningens slut (röd stapel).\n" "Vid uppspelning pausas uppspelningen och fortsätter när du trycker på den igen." #: ../src/core/view.c:3360 msgid "" "Starts/Stops recording the audio output from Denemo.\n" "Records live performance and/or playback,\n" "save to disk to avoid overwriting previous recordings." msgstr "" "Startar/stoppar inspelningen av ljudutgången från Denemo.\n" "Spelar in liveframträdande och/eller uppspelning,\n" "spara på disk för att undvika att skriva över tidigare inspelningar." #: ../src/core/view.c:3361 msgid "Exports the audio recorded to disk" msgstr "Exporterar det inspelade ljudet till disk" #. create_playbutton (inner, "◀--", pb_previous, #. _("Moves the playback end point (which shows as a red bar) earlier in time\nThe red and green bars do not get drawn until you have started play, or at least created the time base.")); #: ../src/core/view.c:3365 msgid "" "Sets the playback end point (red bar) to the note at the cursor.\n" "The red and green bars do not get drawn until you have started play, or at least created the time base." msgstr "" "Ställer in uppspelningens slutpunkt (röd stapel) till noten vid markören.\n" "De röda och gröna staplarna ritas inte förrän du har startat uppspelningen eller åtminstone skapat en tidsbas." #. create_playbutton (inner, "--▶", pb_go_forward, #. _("Moves the playback end point (which shows as a red bar) later in time\nThe red and green bars do not get drawn until you have started play, or at least created the time base.")); #: ../src/core/view.c:3372 msgid "Loop" msgstr "Slinga/loop" #: ../src/core/view.c:3372 msgid "" "The music between the red and green bars is played in a loop.\n" "You can edit the music while it is playing\n" "(so that you can continuously listen as you try alternatives)." msgstr "" "Musiken mellan de röda och gröna staplarna spelas i en slinga.\n" "Du kan redigera musiken medan den spelas\n" "(så att du hela tiden kan lyssna medan du provar olika alternativ)." #: ../src/core/view.c:3376 msgid "Panic" msgstr "Panik" #: ../src/core/view.c:3378 msgid "Reset" msgstr "Återställ" #: ../src/core/view.c:3380 msgid "Resets the synthesizer and audio output, on JACK it sends a JACK panic." msgstr "Återställer synthesizern och ljudutgången, på JACK skickar den en JACK-panik." #: ../src/core/view.c:3383 msgid "Play Selection" msgstr "Spela upp markeringen" #: ../src/core/view.c:3383 msgid "Plays the current selection or from the cursor to the end if no selection present." msgstr "Spelar upp den aktuella markeringen, eller från markören till slutet om inget är markerat." #: ../src/core/view.c:3384 msgid "Playback Range" msgstr "Uppspelningsintervall" #: ../src/core/view.c:3384 msgid "Pops up a dialog to get timings for start and end of playback." msgstr "Öppnar en dialogruta för att få tidsangivelser för start och slut på uppspelningen." #: ../src/core/view.c:3389 msgid "" "Controls for playback.\n" "The arrows on either side of the PLAY and STOP buttons move the playback start\n" "and playback end markers.\n" "Loop plays in a loop - you can edit while it plays.\n" "You can also record the output and save it as .ogg or .wav file.\n" "The temperament used for playing back can be set here." msgstr "" "Kontroller för uppspelning.\n" "Pilarna på vardera sidan om knapparna Spela upp och Stopp flyttar markörerna för uppspelningens start\n" "och slut.\n" "Slinga upprepar musiken – du kan redigera medan den spelas.\n" "Du kan också spela in ljudet och spara det som en .ogg- eller .wav-fil.\n" "Här kan du ställa in vilken musikalisk temperatur som ska användas vid uppspelningen." #: ../src/core/view.c:3406 ../actions/denemo.scm:1554 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Playback/MuteStaffs.xml.h:1 msgid "Mute Staffs" msgstr "Tysta notsystem" #: ../src/core/view.c:3406 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Playback/MuteStaffs.xml.h:2 msgid "Select which staffs should be muted during playback." msgstr "Välj vilka notsystem som ska vara tysta under uppspelningen." #. Volume #: ../src/core/view.c:3409 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeVolume.xml.h:1 msgid "Volume" msgstr "Volym" #. GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS(label, GTK_CAN_FOCUS); #: ../src/core/view.c:3411 msgid "Set the (initial) volume of the movement" msgstr "Ställ in satsens inledande volym" #: ../src/core/view.c:3425 msgid "Ignore Dynamics" msgstr "Ignorera dynamiken" #. Speed #: ../src/core/view.c:3434 msgid "Slowdown:" msgstr "Nedsaktning:" #: ../src/core/view.c:3444 msgid "Slow down the audio output maintaining the pitch" msgstr "Sakta ner ljudutgången med bibehållen tonhöjd" #: ../src/core/view.c:3477 msgid "This tells you what will happen to a MIDI in event from your controller. Click here or use the Control Shift or ALT keys, or caps lock to affect what will happen. Moving the cursor into the display will revert to editing notes." msgstr "Här visas vad som händer med en inkommande MIDI-händelse från din kontrollenhet. Klicka här eller använd tangenterna Control, Skift, Alt eller Caps Lock för att påverka vad som händer. Om du flyttar markören till notvyn återgår du till notredigering." #: ../src/core/view.c:3483 msgid "" "When in playalong mode, on clicking Play, the music plays until it reaches the Denemo cursor\n" "From then on you must play the notes at the cursor to progress the playback.\n" "So if you set the cursor on the first note of the part you want to play, then once you have pressed play you can play along with Denemo, with Denemo filling in the other parts and waiting if you play a wrong note." msgstr "" "När du klickar på Spela upp i läget Spela med spelas musiken tills den når Denemo-markören.\n" "Därefter måste du spela noterna vid markören för att uppspelningen ska fortsätta.\n" "Om du placerar markören på den första noten i den stämma du vill spela kan du alltså spela med Denemo när du har startat uppspelningen. Denemo spelar de andra stämmorna och väntar om du spelar fel ton." #: ../src/core/view.c:3484 msgid "Record Commands" msgstr "Spela in kommandon" #: ../src/core/view.c:3484 msgid "Menu of commands for recording MIDI-in" msgstr "Meny med kommandon för inspelning av MIDI-in" #: ../src/core/view.c:3485 msgid "" "Controls for managing input from a MIDI controller (e.g. keyboard) attached to the computer.\n" "You may need to select your MIDI device first using MainMenu → Edit → Change Preferences → MIDI\n" "looking for MIDI in devices (turn your device on first).\n" "When you have a MIDI controller durations are inserted without any pitch (they appear in brown)\n" " playing on the controller puts the pitches onto the durations.\n" "The Shift and Control and ALT keys can also be used for listening without entering notes,\n" "checking pitches entered and entering chords.\n" "The foot pedal can also be used for chords. Release the ALT key and re-press to start a new chord\n" "- timing is unimportant, play the chord fast or slow.\n" "Or use Input → MIDI → Chord Entry Without Pedal to enter chords based on playing the notes simultaneously" msgstr "" "Kontroller för inmatning från en MIDI-kontrollenhet (t.ex. en klaviatur) som är ansluten till datorn.\n" "Du kan först behöva välja din MIDI-enhet via Huvudmeny → Redigera → Ändra inställningar → MIDI.\n" "Leta där efter MIDI-ingångsenheter (slå på enheten först).\n" "När du använder en MIDI-kontrollenhet infogas tidsvärden utan tonhöjd (de visas i brunt).\n" "När du spelar på kontrollenheten tilldelas tidsvärdena tonhöjder.\n" "Tangenterna Skift, Control och Alt kan också användas för att lyssna utan att mata in noter,\n" "kontrollera inmatade tonhöjder och mata in ackord.\n" "Fotpedalen kan också användas för ackord. Släpp Alt-tangenten och tryck på den igen för att börja på ett nytt ackord.\n" "Tidpunkterna spelar ingen roll – spela ackordet snabbt eller långsamt.\n" "Du kan också använda Inmatning → MIDI → Ackordsinmatning utan pedal för att mata in ackord genom att spela tonerna samtidigt" #: ../src/core/view.c:3536 msgid "" "This is the Denemo Display for the music you have entered. See the print view window for the typeset appearance. The blue lozenge is the Denemo Cursor - it turns red when when the bar is full or green if you are inserting in a bar. Overfull/Underfull bars are colored red/blue, use the Upbeat (Anacrusis, Pickup) command if that is intentional.\n" "You can switch to a menu-less view or a page-view using the Esc key. For the paged view you drag the red bar up the page to set how many systems you want showing.For the paged view you will probably want a smaller zoom - use Control+scroll-wheel on your mouse to zoom the display.\n" "Many commands operate on the object at the Denemo cursor. Right-click on an object to get a short menu of actions or set the mouse input mode.\n" "Shift-Right-click for more objects to insert." msgstr "" "Detta är Denemos notvy för den musik du har matat in. Utskriftsvyn visar hur noterna ser ut efter notsättning. Den blå romben är Denemo-markören. Den blir röd när takten är full och grön när du infogar i en takt. Takter med för mycket eller för lite notvärde färgas röda respektive blå. Använd kommandot Upptakt om detta är avsiktligt.\n" "Du kan växla till en vy utan menyer eller till en sidvy med Esc-tangenten. I sidvyn drar du den röda listen uppåt på sidan för att ange hur många system som ska visas. Du vill förmodligen också zooma ut i sidvyn. Använd Control och musens rullhjul för att zooma notvyn.\n" "Många kommandon påverkar objektet vid Denemo-markören. Högerklicka på ett objekt för att öppna en kort meny med åtgärder eller ange musens inmatningsläge.\n" "Skift-högerklicka för fler objekt att infoga." #: ../src/core/view.c:3608 msgid "" "This bar shows:\n" "Pending ♯ or ♭ sign (if the next note entered will be sharpened or flattened)\n" "The movement number\n" "Description of the object at the Denemo cursor\n" "Position and status (appending or inserting) of the cursor.\n" "If the Playback Controls are visible then the timing of the object at the cursor is shown.\n" "If MIDI in controls are visible the current enharmonic range is shown.\n" "When the first key of a two-key shortcut is pressed the possible continuations are shown here." msgstr "" "Denna rad visar:\n" "Väntande ♯- eller ♭-tecken (om nästa inmatade not ska höjas eller sänkas en halvton)\n" "Satsnumret\n" "En beskrivning av objektet vid Denemo-markören\n" "Markörens position och läge (tillägg i slutet eller infogning).\n" "Om uppspelningskontrollerna är synliga visas tidspositionen för objektet vid markören.\n" "Om kontrollerna för MIDI-inmatning är synliga visas det aktuella enharmoniska intervallet.\n" "När den första tangenten i ett kortkommando med två tangenttryckningar trycks ned visas möjliga fortsättningar här." #: ../src/core/view.c:3623 msgid "No MIDI filter" msgstr "Inget MIDI-filter" #: ../src/core/view.c:3625 msgid "This area shows which MIDI filters are active. It can also be used by commands to pass information to the user" msgstr "Detta område visar vilka MIDI-filter som är aktiva. Det kan också användas av kommandon för att skicka information till användaren" #: ../src/core/view.c:3906 msgid "" "A button bar that can be populated by titles and other user generated buttons.\n" "Generally by clicking the button you can edit the title or value or execute the action of the button" msgstr "" "Ett knappfält som kan fyllas med titlar och andra användargenererade knappar.\n" "Genom att klicka på knappen kan du i allmänhet redigera titeln eller värdet eller utföra knappens åtgärd" #: ../src/display/draw.c:1107 msgid "Hidden when not the current staff. See Staff->Display Effects to un-hide." msgstr "Dolt när det inte är det aktuella notsystemet. Se Notsystem->Visningseffekter för att visa det igen." #: ../src/display/draw.c:1314 msgid "Ctrl+Alt-Drag Start" msgstr "Ctrl+Alt-dra startpunkten" #: ../src/display/draw.c:1317 msgid "Ctrl+Alt-Drag End" msgstr "Ctrl+Alt-dra slutpunkten" #: ../src/display/draw.c:1535 ../src/display/draw.c:1564 msgid "Hidden " msgstr "Dold " #: ../src/display/draw.c:1875 msgid "Paused Playing" msgstr "Uppspelning pausad" #: ../src/display/draw.c:1879 msgid "Playing Ignoring Dynamics" msgstr "Spelar upp utan dynamik" #: ../src/display/draw.c:1881 msgid "Playing" msgstr "Spelar" #: ../src/display/draw.c:1887 msgid "Sketch" msgstr "Skiss" #: ../src/display/drawstemdir.c:26 msgid "⬆stem" msgstr "⬆notskaft" #: ../src/display/drawstemdir.c:29 msgid "⬆⬇stems" msgstr "⬆⬇notskaft" #: ../src/display/drawstemdir.c:32 msgid "⬇stems" msgstr "⬇notskaft" #: ../src/export/audiofile.c:77 msgid "Saving audio .. please wait" msgstr "Sparar ljud ... vänta" #: ../src/export/audiofile.c:106 msgid "" "No audio recording has been made.\n" "See Playback Controls - Record Button" msgstr "" "Ingen ljudinspelning har gjorts.\n" "Se Uppspelningskontroller - Inspelningsknapp" #: ../src/export/audiofile.c:108 msgid "" "The preference set for recording time is 0 - nothing is recorded.\n" "See Edit → Change Preferences Audio/Midi Tab" msgstr "" "Inställningen för inspelningstid är 0 - ingenting spelas in.\n" "Se Redigera → Ändra inställningar, fliken Ljud/Midi" #: ../src/export/exportabc.c:86 msgid "%{error. defaulting to%}C" msgstr "%{fel. standardinställning till%}C" #: ../src/export/exportabc.c:125 ../src/export/exportlilypond.c:377 msgid "%{error. defaulting to%}treble" msgstr "%{fel. standardinställning till%}treble" #: ../src/export/exportabc.c:349 #, c-format msgid "%% ABC file generated by Denemo version " msgstr "%% ABC-fil genererad av Denemo version " #: ../src/export/exportlilypond.c:148 msgid "" "This scorelayout is purely for continuous typesetting, and will change as you edit the score.\n" "To get a real score layout turn off continuous typesetting in the Print View and typeset using Part, Movement or Typeset (Default Layout) buttons." msgstr "" "Denna partiturlayout är endast avsedd för kontinuerlig notsättning och ändras när du redigerar partituret.\n" "För att få en riktig partiturlayout stänger du av kontinuerlig notsättning i utskriftsvyn och använder knapparna Stämma, Sats eller Sätt noter (standardlayout)." #: ../src/export/exportlilypond.c:160 ../src/export/exportlilypond.c:169 #, c-format msgid "Switch to Layout \"%s\"" msgstr "Växla till layout \"%s\"" #: ../src/export/exportlilypond.c:179 msgid "Create Standard Score Layout" msgstr "Skapa standardlayout för partitur" #: ../src/export/exportlilypond.c:233 msgid "Score Layout Options" msgstr "Alternativ för partiturlayout" #: ../src/export/exportlilypond.c:242 msgid "Temporary Score Layout" msgstr "Tillfällig partiturlayout" #: ../src/export/exportlilypond.c:334 msgid "%{error. defaulting to%}c" msgstr "%{fel. standardinställning till%}c" #: ../src/export/exportlilypond.c:1732 #, c-format msgid "%% LilyPond file generated by Denemo version " msgstr "%% LilyPond-fil genererad av Denemo version " #: ../src/export/exportlilypond.c:2271 msgid "The score has been altered so that this LilyPond text is out of date - ignoring request" msgstr "Partituret har ändrats så att denna LilyPond-text är inaktuell - ignorerar begäran" #: ../src/export/exportlilypond.c:2679 msgid "No textbuffer" msgstr "Ingen textbuffert" #: ../src/export/exportlilypond.c:2983 msgid "Could not open output file for writing" msgstr "Utdatafilen kunde inte öppnas för skrivning" #: ../src/export/exportlilypond.c:3036 msgid "Filename does not have extension" msgstr "Filnamnet har ingen filändelse" #: ../src/export/exportlilypond.c:3122 msgid "Find Current Object" msgstr "Hitta aktuellt objekt" #: ../src/export/exportlilypond.c:3122 msgid "Move the text cursor in this window to the object that the Denemo cursor is on" msgstr "Flytta textmarkören i det här fönstret till det objekt som Denemo-markören befinner sig på" #: ../src/export/exportlilypond.c:3123 msgid "Insert LilyPond Text" msgstr "Infoga LilyPond-text" #: ../src/export/exportlilypond.c:3123 msgid "" "Insert LilyPond text at the cursor position.\n" "Warning! Shift click to position Denemo cursor first" msgstr "" "Infoga LilyPond-text vid markörens position.\n" "Varning! Skiftklicka för att placera Denemo-markören först" #: ../src/export/exportlilypond.c:3125 msgid "Typeset this LilyPond text" msgstr "Sätt noter från denna LilyPond-text" #: ../src/export/exportlilypond.c:3125 msgid "Typesets the current LilyPond text, which will display in the Print View window. Any errors are shown below in the errors pane." msgstr "Sätter noter från den aktuella LilyPond-texten och visar resultatet i utskriftsvyn. Eventuella fel visas nedan i felrutan." #: ../src/export/exportlilypond.c:3540 msgid "" "Shift left click in music in this window to move the Denemo cursor the corresponding position\n" "Using arrows to move the cursor in the music here also moves the Denemo cursor.\n" "Right click for menu.\n" "Turn off continuous typesetting before using the score layout options." msgstr "" "Skift-vänsterklicka i musiken i detta fönster för att flytta Denemo-markören till motsvarande position\n" "Om du använder pilar för att flytta markören i musiken här flyttas även Denemo-markören.\n" "Högerklicka för meny.\n" "Stäng av kontinuerlig sättning innan du använder alternativen för partiturlayout." #: ../src/export/exportmidi.c:932 msgid "Failed to save MIDI file: " msgstr "Misslyckades med att spara MIDI-fil: " #: ../src/export/exportmidi.c:939 msgid "Saved MIDI file: " msgstr "Sparad MIDI-fil: " #: ../src/export/file.c:80 msgid "Denemo format (*.denemo *.denemo.gz)" msgstr "Denemo-format (*.denemo *.denemo.gz)" #: ../src/export/file.c:81 msgid "CompressedDenemo XML format (*.denemo.gz)" msgstr "Komprimerat Denemo-XML-format (*.denemo.gz)" #: ../src/export/file.c:82 msgid "Lilypond (*.ly)" msgstr "Lilypond (*.ly)" #: ../src/export/file.c:83 msgid "PDF (*.pdf)" msgstr "PDF (*.pdf)" #: ../src/export/file.c:84 msgid "PNG Image format (*.png)" msgstr "PNG-bildformat (*.png)" #: ../src/export/file.c:85 msgid "ABC (*.abc)" msgstr "ABC (*.abc)" #: ../src/export/file.c:86 msgid "Midi (*.mid, *.midi)" msgstr "Midi (*.mid, *.midi)" #: ../src/export/file.c:87 msgid "CSound Score File (*.sco)" msgstr "CSound-partiturfil (*.sco)" #: ../src/export/file.c:88 msgid "MusicXML file (*.musicxml, *.mxml, *.xml)" msgstr "MusicXML-fil (*.musicxml, *.mxml, *.xml)" #: ../src/export/file.c:159 msgid "" "Because you have the preference \"Create Parts\" set, Score Layouts for all the parts are now created.\n" "Choose Typeset in the Print View to select the Default Layout if reqquired." msgstr "" "Eftersom du har aktiverat inställningen ”Skapa stämmor” skapas nu partiturlayouter för alla stämmor.\n" "Välj Sätt noter i utskriftsvyn om du vill välja standardlayouten." #: ../src/export/file.c:177 msgid "Close without Saving" msgstr "Stäng utan att spara" #: ../src/export/file.c:181 msgid "Save _As" msgstr "Spara _som" #: ../src/export/file.c:220 #, c-format msgid "The score %s has unsaved changes" msgstr "Partituret %s har osparade ändringar" #: ../src/export/file.c:221 msgid "Save changes?" msgstr "Spara ändringarna?" #: ../src/export/file.c:254 #, c-format msgid "Load of recently used file %s failed" msgstr "Det gick inte att läsa in den nyligen använda filen %s" #: ../src/export/file.c:385 msgid "Music Snippets Can be Kept" msgstr "Musiksnuttar kan sparas" #: ../src/export/file.c:385 msgid "Drop Music Snippets" msgstr "Ta bort musiksnuttar" #: ../src/export/file.c:385 msgid "Keep Music Snippets" msgstr "Behåll musiksnuttar" #: ../src/export/file.c:427 msgid "Not Found: " msgstr "Saknas: " #: ../src/export/file.c:429 ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:2057 msgid "Browse for this file" msgstr "Bläddra efter den här filen" #: ../src/export/file.c:429 ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:2057 msgid "Ignore it" msgstr "Ignorera det" #: ../src/export/file.c:430 ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:2058 msgid "Give Toplevel Directory" msgstr "Ange översta katalogen" #: ../src/export/file.c:648 msgid "You have a Script defined" msgstr "Du har ett skript definierat" #: ../src/export/file.c:648 msgid "Normal Save" msgstr "Spara normalt" #: ../src/export/file.c:648 msgid "Advanced: Execute the script every time this file is opened?" msgstr "Avancerad: Exekvera skriptet varje gång den här filen öppnas?" #: ../src/export/file.c:750 msgid "Could not create .denemo/templates for you personal templates" msgstr "Det gick inte att skapa .denemo/templates för dina personliga mallar" #: ../src/export/file.c:790 msgid "No examples directory in installation" msgstr "Ingen exempelkatalog i installationen" #: ../src/export/file.c:804 msgid "No templates directory in installation" msgstr "Ingen mallkatalog i installationen" #: ../src/export/file.c:966 ../src/export/file.c:1266 #: ../src/printview/printview.c:1251 ../src/printview/svgview.c:753 #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:193 msgid "_Save" msgstr "_Spara" #: ../src/export/file.c:1057 #, c-format msgid "Load of file %s failed" msgstr "Laddning av fil %s misslyckades" #: ../src/export/file.c:1192 msgid "File save failed" msgstr "Det gick inte att spara filen" #: ../src/export/file.c:1298 msgid "Export As " msgstr "Exportera som " #: ../src/export/file.c:1396 #, c-format msgid "A file with the name %s already exists" msgstr "En fil med namnet %s finns redan" #: ../src/export/file.c:1461 msgid "Could not interpret selection as LilyPond notes" msgstr "Det gick inte att tolka markeringen som noter i LilyPond-format" #: ../src/export/file.c:1467 msgid "Paste LilyPond Notes" msgstr "Klistra in LilyPond-noter" #: ../src/export/file.c:1467 msgid "Paste this music into your score?" msgstr "Klistra in den här musiken i ditt partitur?" #: ../src/export/file.c:1488 msgid "Can only paste LilyPond text into the last tab, sorry" msgstr "Kan bara klistra in LilyPond-text i den sista fliken, tyvärr" #: ../src/export/file.c:1513 msgid "Inserted:\n" msgstr "Infogad:\n" #: ../src/export/print.c:402 msgid "Spurious line number" msgstr "Felaktigt radnummer" #: ../src/export/print.c:426 msgid "" "Could not execute lilypond - check Edit->preferences → externals → lilypond setting\n" "and lilypond installation" msgstr "" "Det gick inte att köra lilypond. Kontrollera inställningen under Redigera → Ändra inställningar → Externa → lilypond\n" "och LilyPond-installationen" #: ../src/export/print.c:536 msgid "Denemo Typesetting" msgstr "Denemos notsättning" #: ../src/export/print.c:544 msgid "Typesetting ..." msgstr "Sätter noter …" #: ../src/export/print.c:574 msgid "Error: see LilyPond window" msgstr "Fel: se LilyPond-fönstret" #: ../src/export/print.c:663 ../src/export/print.c:695 msgid "Already Typesetting" msgstr "Notsättning pågår redan" #: ../src/export/print.c:663 ../src/export/print.c:695 msgid "Abandon this typeset?" msgstr "Avbryta denna notsättning?" #: ../src/export/print.c:752 msgid "Print Excerpt Range" msgstr "Utskriftsområde för utdrag" #: ../src/export/print.c:761 msgid "Print from Measure" msgstr "Skriv ut från takt" #: ../src/export/print.c:818 msgid "Your PNG file has now been created" msgstr "Din PNG-fil har nu skapats" #: ../src/export/print.c:832 msgid "Your PDF file has now been created" msgstr "Din PDF-fil har nu skapats" #: ../src/export/print.c:1009 msgid "A range of music is selected" msgstr "Ett avsnitt av musiken är markerat" #: ../src/export/print.c:1009 msgid "Print whole file?" msgstr "Skriva ut hela filen?" #: ../src/export/print.c:1013 msgid "This piece has several movements" msgstr "Detta stycke har flera satser" #: ../src/export/print.c:1013 msgid "Print this part from all of them?" msgstr "Skriva ut denna stämma från alla satser?" #: ../src/export/print.c:1033 msgid "No selection to print" msgstr "Ingen markering att skriva ut" #. FIXME set via gub #: ../src/export/print.h:12 msgid "Manual Updates" msgstr "Manuella uppdateringar" #: ../src/export/print.h:18 ../src/export/print.h:24 msgid "Already doing a print" msgstr "Gör redan en utskrift" #: ../src/printview/markupview.c:36 msgid "Cannot Typeset!" msgstr "Det går inte att sätta noterna!" #: ../src/printview/markupview.c:39 msgid "Edit the LilyPond syntax in the pane below or cancel" msgstr "Redigera LilyPond-syntaxen i rutan nedan eller avbryt" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:20 msgid "No Inclusion Criterion Set" msgstr "Inget inklusionskriterium fastställt" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:94 msgid "on %d/%m/%y at %H:%M:%S" msgstr "den %d/%m/%y kl. %H:%M:%S" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:125 msgid "Print History for " msgstr "Utskriftshistorik för " #: ../src/printview/printview.c:125 msgid "Unsaved Score" msgstr "Osparat partitur" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:132 msgid "No saved version of this score has been printed yet" msgstr "Ingen sparad version av detta partitur har ännu tryckts" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:133 msgid "The file was last saved with editing time: " msgstr "Filen sparades senast med redigeringstid: " #: ../src/printview/printview.c:156 msgid "Direct Printing not available under Windows. Create PDF and print from that" msgstr "Direktutskrift är inte tillgängligt under Windows. Skapa PDF och skriv ut från den" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:359 msgid "Possibly Invalid" msgstr "Eventuellt ogiltigt" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:360 msgid "Cursor not moved." msgstr "Markören har inte flyttats." #: ../src/printview/printview.c:363 msgid "Check Score." msgstr "Kontrollera partituret." #: ../src/printview/printview.c:364 msgid "Cursor may have moved to error point in the score." msgstr "Markören kan ha flyttats till felets position i partituret." #: ../src/printview/printview.c:367 msgid "INVALID! try Score->Check Score command." msgstr "OGILTIGT! Prova kommandot Partitur->Kontrollera partituret." #: ../src/printview/printview.c:368 msgid "LilyPond could not typeset this score." msgstr "LilyPond kunde inte sätta detta partitur." #: ../src/printview/printview.c:386 msgid "File causing error:" msgstr "Fil som orsakar felet:" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:404 msgid "(Custom Score Layout)" msgstr "(Anpassad partiturlayout)" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:408 msgid "See View->Score Layout to delete." msgstr "Se Visa->Partiturlayout för att ta bort den." #: ../src/printview/printview.c:420 ../src/printview/printview.c:2505 msgid "Current Movement" msgstr "Aktuell sats" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:422 msgid "Excerpt Only" msgstr "Endast utdrag" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:1002 msgid "Now select the notehead of the note where the slur ends" msgstr "Välj nu nothuvudet för den not där legatobågen slutar" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:1002 msgid "Now select the notehead of the note where the tie ends" msgstr "Välj nu nothuvudet på den not där bindebågen slutar" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:1002 msgid "Now select the notehead of the note where the beam ends" msgstr "Välj nu nothuvudet för den not där balken slutar" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:1007 ../src/printview/printview.c:2051 msgid "" "Now drag the begin/end markers to suggest slur position/angle\n" "Right click when done." msgstr "" "Dra nu start- och slutmarkörerna för att ange önskad position/vinkel för legatobågen\n" "Högerklicka när du är klar." #: ../src/printview/printview.c:1007 msgid "" "Now drag the begin/end markers to suggest tie position\n" "Right click when done." msgstr "" "Dra nu start- och slutmarkörerna för att ange önskad position för bindebågen\n" "Högerklicka när du är klar." #: ../src/printview/printview.c:1007 ../src/printview/printview.c:2051 msgid "" "Now drag the begin/end markers to set position/angle of beam\n" "Right click when done." msgstr "" "Dra nu start-/slutmarkörerna för att ställa in balkens position/vinkel\n" "Högerklicka när du är klar." #: ../src/printview/printview.c:1246 ../src/printview/printview.c:1276 msgid "PDF creation" msgstr "PDF-skapande" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:1254 msgid "PDF files" msgstr "PDF-filer" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:1276 ../src/printview/svgview.c:778 msgid "File Exists, overwrite?" msgstr "Filen existerar, skriv över?" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:1280 ../src/printview/svgview.c:782 #, c-format msgid "" "Errno %d:\n" "Could not copy %s to %s. Perhaps because some other process is using the destination file. Try again with a new location\n" msgstr "" "Errno %d:\n" "Det gick inte att kopiera %s till %s. Kanske för att någon annan process använder destinationsfilen. Försök igen med en ny plats\n" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:1348 msgid "Use the Playback View or re-typeset" msgstr "Använd uppspelningsvyn eller sätt noterna på nytt" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:1457 msgid "Slur Angle/Position" msgstr "Legatobågens vinkel/position" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:1457 msgid "Repeat Slur Positioning Hint?" msgstr "Upprepa placeringsanvisningen för legatobågen?" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:1468 msgid "Slur Shape" msgstr "Legatobågens form" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:1468 msgid "Repeat Shaping Slur?" msgstr "Upprepa formningen av legatobågen?" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:1486 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/Shape/TieShape.xml.h:1 msgid "Tie Shape" msgstr "Bindebågens form" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:1486 msgid "Repeat Shaping Tie?" msgstr "Upprepa formning av bindebåge?" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:1731 msgid "Operation Cancelled" msgstr "Åtgärden avbröts" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:1748 msgid "Do not know what to repeat" msgstr "Vet inte vad jag ska upprepa" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:1760 msgid "" "To tweak the positions of objects (and more) move the mouse until the hand pointer appears\n" "Click on the object and follow the prompts.\n" "For beams, click on the notehead of the note where the beam starts." msgstr "" "För att justera objektens positioner (och mycket mer) flyttar du musen tills handpekaren visas\n" "Klicka på objektet och följ anvisningarna.\n" "För balkar klickar du på nothuvudet på den not där balken börjar." #: ../src/printview/printview.c:1778 msgid "Apply" msgstr "Tillämpa" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:1789 msgid "Help for Tweaks" msgstr "Hjälp för finjusteringar" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:1790 msgid "This window can be used to tweak the typesetting that LilyPond does in the case that it is not optimal" msgstr "Detta fönster kan användas för att justera den sättning som LilyPond gör om den inte är optimal" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:1796 msgid "Red dots and crosses (Off/On)" msgstr "Röda prickar och kors (av/på)" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:1797 msgid "" "The exact positions of the graphical components of the score will be labelled with red dots\n" "and the control points for curves with red crosses for accurate tweaks\n" "Turn these off before printing!" msgstr "" "De exakta positionerna för de grafiska komponenterna i partituret kommer att markeras med röda prickar\n" "och kontrollpunkterna för kurvorna med röda kryss för exakta justeringar\n" "Stäng av dessa före utskrift!" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:1801 msgid "Score Size" msgstr "Partiturets storlek" #. never true #: ../src/printview/printview.c:1807 msgid "Repeat" msgstr "Upprepa" #. this is to initialize the continuous/manual state #. hbox = gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 1); #. gtk_box_pack_end (GTK_BOX (main_hbox), hbox, FALSE, TRUE, 0); #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2280 ../src/printview/printview.c:2751 msgid "Duplex" msgstr "Duplex" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2280 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/ChordChartStaff.scm:55 msgid "Single" msgstr "Enkel" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2457 msgid "Measures before cursor:" msgstr "Takter före markören:" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2466 msgid "Measures after cursor:" msgstr "Takter efter markören:" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2477 msgid "Staffs before cursor:" msgstr "Notsystem före markören:" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2485 msgid "Staffs after cursor:" msgstr "Notsystem efter markören:" #. hbox = gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 1); #. gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox), hbox, TRUE, TRUE, 0); #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2500 msgid "All Movements" msgstr "Alla satser" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2502 msgid "If checked the current layout is re-typeset at every change" msgstr "Om detta är markerat sätts noterna i den aktuella layouten på nytt vid varje ändring" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2507 msgid "If checked the current movement is re-typeset at every change" msgstr "Om detta är markerat sätts den aktuella satsen på nytt vid varje ändring" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2511 msgid "Cursor Context" msgstr "Markörsammanhang" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2513 msgid "If checked the range around the current cursor position is re-typeset at every change or when the cursor moves out of range." msgstr "Om detta är markerat sätts avsnittet runt markörens aktuella position på nytt vid varje ändring eller när markören flyttas utanför avsnittet." #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2539 msgid "Set background updates on/off." msgstr "Sätt på/av bakgrundsuppdateringar." #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2543 msgid "Range" msgstr "Intervall" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2544 msgid "Set how much of the score to re-draw." msgstr "Ställ in hur stor del av partituret som ska ritas om." #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2562 msgid "Set background updater on/off. This controls if typesetting is re-done after each change to the music. The amount of the score to be re-typeset can be set via this button." msgstr "Ställ in bakgrundsuppdatering på/av. Detta styr om sättningen ska göras om efter varje ändring av musiken. Hur stor del av partituret som ska sättas om kan ställas in via den här knappen." #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2570 ../src/printview/printview.c:2581 msgid "New Inclusion Criterion" msgstr "Nytt kriterium för inkludering" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2570 ../src/printview/printview.c:2581 msgid "Give a name for this new criterion" msgstr "Ge ett namn åt detta nya kriterium" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2570 ../src/printview/printview.c:2581 msgid "Transposed" msgstr "Transponerad" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2593 msgid "For:" msgstr "För:" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2627 msgid "No Inclusion Criterion" msgstr "Inget inklusionskriterium" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2628 msgid "Typesetting will ignore any directives which have been set to require an Inclusion Criterion." msgstr "Notsättningen ignorerar alla direktiv som har ställts in för att kräva ett inkluderingskriterium." #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2637 msgid "Typeset including:" msgstr "Sättning inklusive:" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2640 msgid "Select this as the active Inclusion Criterion" msgstr "Välj detta som aktivt kriterium för inkludering" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2645 msgid "New Named Inclusion Criterion" msgstr "Nytt namngivet kriterium för inkludering" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2646 msgid "Create a new Inclusion Criterion to determine which condtional directives should be included." msgstr "Skapa ett nytt inkluderingskriterium för att avgöra vilka villkorliga direktiv som ska inkluderas." #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2652 msgid "Destroy Criterion:" msgstr "Ta bort kriterium:" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2655 msgid "No longer use this as an Inclusion Criterion for this score; all directives tagged with this criterion will be active as normal." msgstr "Använd inte längre detta som ett inkluderingskriterium för detta partitur; alla direktiv som är taggade med detta kriterium kommer att vara aktiva som vanligt." #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2672 msgid "Make an Inclusion Criterion active. Any directive set to be included for the named criterion now affect the typesetting." msgstr "Gör ett inkluderingskriterium aktivt. Alla direktiv som anges för att inkluderas för det namngivna kriteriet påverkar nu sättningen." #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2707 msgid "Pops up a Print dialog. From this you can send your typeset score to a printer or to a PDF file." msgstr "Öppnar en dialogruta för utskrift. Från denna kan du skicka ditt satta partitur till en skrivare eller till en PDF-fil." #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2711 msgid "PDF" msgstr "PDF" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2712 msgid "Exports a pdf file for this layout" msgstr "Exporterar en pdf-fil för den här layouten" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2718 msgid "Typesets the music using the one of the created layouts. See View → Score Layouts to see the layouts you have created." msgstr "Sätter musiken med hjälp av en av de skapade layouterna. Se Visa → Partiturlayout för att se de layouter som du har skapat." #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2724 msgid "Typesets the music from the current movement. This creates a score layout comprising one movement." msgstr "Sätter musiken från den aktuella satsen. Detta skapar en partiturlayout som består av en sats." #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2728 msgid "Part" msgstr "Stämma" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2729 msgid "Typesets the music from the current part for all movements. A part is all the music with the same staff-name. This creates a score layout with one part, all movements." msgstr "Sätter musiken för den aktuella stämman i alla satser. En stämma omfattar all musik med samma notsystemsnamn. Detta skapar en partiturlayout med en stämma och alla satser." #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2734 msgid "Re-issues the last print command. Use this after modifying the file to repeat the typesetting." msgstr "Kör på nytt det senaste utskriftskommandot. Använd detta efter att ha modifierat filen för att upprepa sättningen." #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2752 msgid "Shows pages side by side, so you can see page turns for back-to-back printing\n" msgstr "Visar sidorna sida vid sida, så att du kan se sidvändningarna vid dubbelsidig utskrift\n" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2755 msgid "Invert" msgstr "Invertera" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2756 msgid "Inverts colors in page\n" msgstr "Inverterar färger på sidan\n" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2760 msgid "Next" msgstr "Nästa" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2761 msgid "Move to the next page - you can also scroll with the scroll-wheel, and zoom with control-wheel" msgstr "Gå till nästa sida – du kan också rulla med musens rullhjul och zooma genom att hålla ned Control medan du rullar" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2764 msgid "Previous" msgstr "Föregående" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2765 msgid "Move to the previous page - you can also scroll with the scroll-wheel, and zoom with control-wheel" msgstr "Gå till föregående sida – du kan också rulla med musens rullhjul och zooma genom att hålla ned Control medan du rullar" #. if(!Denemo.prefs.manualtypeset) #. gtk_window_set_urgency_hint (GTK_WINDOW(Denemo.window), TRUE);//gtk_window_set_transient_for (GTK_WINDOW(top_window), GTK_WINDOW(Denemo.window)); #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2773 msgid "Denemo Print View" msgstr "Denemos utskriftsvy" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2795 msgid "" "This window shows the final typeset score from which you can print or (via print to file) create a PDF document.\n" "This will be continuously updated while you edit the music in the main window.\n" "In this Print View window you can click on a note to move to that place in the main Denemo display window. The right-click to get a menu of \"tweaks\" which you can apply to drag slurs, beams etc if they are not quite right.\n" "Note: It can take some time to generate a beautifully typeset score, especially for a large score on a slow machine so choose just a range to be continually updated in that case, or turn off continuous update." msgstr "" "I detta fönster visas det färdigsatta partituret, som du kan skriva ut eller skapa ett PDF-dokument från via utskrift till fil.\n" "Vyn uppdateras kontinuerligt medan du redigerar musiken i huvudfönstret.\n" "I utskriftsvyn kan du klicka på en not för att gå till motsvarande plats i Denemos huvudfönster. Högerklicka för att öppna en meny med finjusteringar där du kan dra legatobågar, balkar med mera om de inte är rätt placerade.\n" "Obs: Det kan ta tid att skapa ett vackert satt partitur, särskilt ett stort partitur på en långsam dator. Välj då bara ett avsnitt som ska uppdateras kontinuerligt, eller stäng av kontinuerlig uppdatering." #: ../src/printview/svgview.c:698 msgid "" "This the Playback View Window. Click on a note to play from that note to the end. Click again to stop play. Drag between two notes to play from the first to the last, shift drag to create a loop.\n" "Shift-Click on a note to position the Denemo cursor on that note in the Denemo Display.\n" " For simple scrolling check the box. For more sophisticated control right click on a note when you have scrolled the page to the position you want it to be at when it is playing.\n" "First right click at the start of the second system (this means that the music will not scroll before that); then scroll to position the end and right click the first note of the last system of the piece.\n" "To delete a scroll point right-click on it.\n" "If there are changes of pace then set extra scroll points to control the scrolling in more detail." msgstr "" "Detta är uppspelningsvyn. Klicka på en not för att spela från den till slutet. Klicka igen för att stoppa uppspelningen. Dra mellan två noter för att spela från den första till den sista. Håll ned Skift medan du drar för att skapa en slinga.\n" "Skift-klicka på en not för att placera Denemo-markören på den i notvyn.\n" "Markera kryssrutan för enkel rullning. För mer avancerad styrning högerklickar du på en not efter att ha rullat sidan till den position du vill ha under uppspelningen.\n" "Högerklicka först i början av det andra systemet (så att musiken inte rullar före den punkten). Rulla sedan så att slutet är rätt placerat och högerklicka på den första noten i styckets sista system.\n" "Högerklicka på en rullpunkt för att ta bort den.\n" "Om tempot ändras kan du lägga till fler rullpunkter för att styra rullningen mer i detalj." #: ../src/printview/svgview.c:748 ../src/printview/svgview.c:778 msgid "SVG creation" msgstr "Skapande av SVG" #: ../src/printview/svgview.c:756 msgid "SVG files" msgstr "SVG-filer" #: ../src/printview/svgview.c:885 msgid "Use the Print View or re-typeset with All Parts or Current Part buttons" msgstr "Använd utskriftsvyn eller sätt noterna på nytt med knapparna Alla stämmor eller Aktuell stämma" #: ../src/printview/svgview.c:1113 msgid "Switching to simple MIDI - re-typeset for full MIDI." msgstr "Växlar till enkel MIDI – sätt noterna på nytt för fullständig MIDI." #: ../src/printview/svgview.c:1171 msgid "Please wait while the Playback View is re-typeset then re-try" msgstr "Vänta tills notsättningen för uppspelningsvyn är klar och försök sedan igen" #: ../src/printview/svgview.c:1181 msgid "MIDI Already Present" msgstr "MIDI redan närvarande" #: ../src/printview/svgview.c:1181 msgid "Keep this music while typesetting current part?" msgstr "Behålla denna musik medan den aktuella stämman sätts?" #: ../src/printview/svgview.c:1236 msgid "Play/Stop" msgstr "Spela upp/Stoppa" #: ../src/printview/svgview.c:1237 msgid "Plays the entire movement with repeats, or stops the playing once started" msgstr "Spelar upp hela satsen med repriser, eller stoppar uppspelningen om den har startat" #: ../src/printview/svgview.c:1240 msgid "All Parts" msgstr "Alla stämmor" #: ../src/printview/svgview.c:1241 msgid "Typesets the currrent movement, generating sophisticated MIDI for it." msgstr "Sätter den aktuella satsen och genererar avancerad MIDI för den." #: ../src/printview/svgview.c:1245 msgid "Current Part" msgstr "Aktuell stämma" #: ../src/printview/svgview.c:1246 msgid "Typesets the currrent part with the option to keep the MIDI already generated for all the parts." msgstr "Sätter den aktuella stämman med möjlighet att behålla den MIDI som redan genererats för alla stämmor." #: ../src/printview/svgview.c:1253 msgid "Simple Scrolling" msgstr "Enkel rullning" #: ../src/printview/svgview.c:1254 msgid "Sets/Unsets automatic scrolling. The scrolling can still be manually adjusted if it is too fast/slow." msgstr "Aktiverar/inaktiverar automatisk rullning. Rullningen kan fortfarande justeras manuellt om den är för snabb eller långsam." #: ../src/printview/svgview.c:1263 msgid "Clear Scroll Points" msgstr "Rensa rullpunkter" #: ../src/printview/svgview.c:1264 msgid "Clears scroll points which you have set by right clicking on notes." msgstr "Raderar rullpunkter som du har ställt in genom att högerklicka på noter." #. if(!Denemo.prefs.manualtypeset) #. gtk_window_set_urgency_hint (GTK_WINDOW(Denemo.window), TRUE);//gtk_window_set_transient_for (GTK_WINDOW(top_vbox), GTK_WINDOW(Denemo.window)); #: ../src/printview/svgview.c:1277 msgid "Denemo Playback View" msgstr "Denemos uppspelningsvy" #: ../src/printview/svgview.c:1308 msgid "This window shows the typeset score as one long page. During playback the notes playing are highlighted" msgstr "I detta fönster visas det satta partituret som en lång sida. Under uppspelning är de noter som spelas markerade" #: ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:186 msgid "Set Values" msgstr "Ställ in värden" #: ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:202 msgid "Check all" msgstr "Markera alla" #: ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:205 msgid "Un-check all" msgstr "Avmarkera alla" #: ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:504 msgid "" "Use to switch palette\n" "to activate" msgstr "" "Använd för att byta palett\n" " för att aktivera" #: ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:542 msgid "Key in (part of) label" msgstr "Skriv in (en del av) etiketten" #: ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:554 msgid "No such label" msgstr "Ingen sådan etikett" #: ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:1142 msgid "Destroying Customized Buttons" msgstr "Tar bort anpassade knappar" #: ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:1142 msgid "Remove buttons and other customized scheme on startup?" msgstr "Ta bort knappar och annan anpassad Scheme-kod vid start?" #: ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:1730 msgid "Extra Objects in one staff" msgstr "Extra objekt i ett notsystem" #: ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:1810 #: ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:1868 msgid "Paper Directive: " msgstr "Pappersdirektiv: " #: ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:1936 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/AppendPostscript.scm:62 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:61 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:115 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/GraphicTitlePage.scm:64 msgid "Choose File" msgstr "Välj en fil" #: ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:2055 msgid "Source File: " msgstr "Källfil: " #: ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:2055 msgid " Not Found" msgstr " Hittades inte" #: ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:3459 msgid "Text Input" msgstr "Textinmatning" #: ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:3460 msgid "Give Text" msgstr "Ge text" #: ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:3483 msgid "LilyPond Syntax" msgstr "LilyPond-syntax" #: ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:3486 msgid "Give LilyPond Syntax" msgstr "Ange LilyPond-syntax" #: ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:4420 msgid "Input Required" msgstr "Inmatning krävs" #: ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:4426 msgid "Give input: " msgstr "Ange indata: " #: ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:4473 msgid "" "Please delete the font size and bold/italic indications,\n" "leaving just the font family name." msgstr "" "Ta bort teckenstorleken och angivelserna för fetstil/kursiv,\n" "så att bara teckensnittsfamiljens namn återstår." #: ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:4493 #: ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:4550 msgid "Choose Font" msgstr "Välj teckensnitt" #: ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:4627 msgid "Script error, wrong parameter type to d-InfoDialog" msgstr "Skriptfel, fel parametertyp till d-InfoDialog" #: ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:4927 msgid "Already in a padding dialog" msgstr "Redan i en utfyllnadsdialog" #: ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:7511 msgid "Time Signatures do not match, will not make voice" msgstr "Taktarterna stämmer inte överens, skapar ingen stämma" #: ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:7518 msgid "Key Signatures do not match, will not make voice" msgstr "Tonartsbeteckningarna stämmer inte överens, skapar ingen stämma" #: ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:7526 msgid "This voice has a different clef from the staff it will be typeset on. This clef will be used for the display only." msgstr "Denna stämma har en annan klav än det notsystem där den ska sättas. Klaven används endast i notvyn." #: ../src/source/proof.c:114 msgid "Right click for menu" msgstr "Högerklicka för meny" #: ../src/source/proof.c:158 msgid "Cannot do location when only a range of music is typeset. Turn off continuous typesetting or set the range to All Movements" msgstr "Det går inte att hitta positionen när bara ett avsnitt av musiken är satt. Stäng av kontinuerlig notsättning eller välj Alla satser som intervall" #: ../src/source/proof.c:183 msgid "Object not located, no annotation on page, or empty annotation.\n" msgstr "Objektets position kunde inte hittas, ingen annotering på sidan eller tom annotering.\n" #: ../src/source/proof.c:254 msgid "This is the last annotation. The Proof Reading Window will now be closed" msgstr "Detta är den sista annoteringen. Fönstret för korrekturläsning kommer nu att stängas" #: ../src/source/proof.c:343 msgid "Next Annotation" msgstr "Nästa annotering" #: ../src/source/proof.c:346 msgid "Previous Annotation" msgstr "Föregående annotering" #: ../src/source/proof.c:350 msgid "Drop Current Annotation" msgstr "Ta bort aktuell annotering" #: ../src/source/proof.c:358 msgid "Drop proof read window" msgstr "Stäng korrekturläsningsfönstret" #: ../src/source/proof.c:384 msgid "For each annotation on the page click on the (nearby) notehead or rest etc that the annotation refers to (look for the hand-shaped cursor). This will position the Denemo cursor at that point and you can then make any necessary edits. You can drop the current annotation and the page will move to show the next one." msgstr "Klicka för varje annotering på sidan på det närliggande nothuvud, den paus eller det andra objekt som annoteringen avser (leta efter den handformade pekaren). Detta placerar Denemo-markören där så att du kan göra de ändringar som behövs. Du kan ta bort den aktuella annoteringen, så flyttas sidan för att visa nästa." #: ../src/source/proof.c:385 msgid "For each annotation on the page click on the (nearby) notehead or rest etc that the annotation refers to. This will insert a comment in the score. Transfer all the annotations in this way before editing the score, otherwise the locations will not match. You can use the EditSimilar (Ctrl-e,e and Ctrl-e,r) command to move from one comment to the next, stopping and editing the score as suggested by the comment." msgstr "Klicka för varje annotering på sidan på det närliggande nothuvud, den paus eller det andra objekt som annoteringen avser. Detta infogar en kommentar i partituret. Överför alla annoteringar på detta sätt innan du redigerar partituret, annars stämmer inte positionerna. Använd kommandot EditSimilar (Ctrl-e,e och Ctrl-e,r) för att gå mellan kommentarerna och stanna för att redigera partituret enligt varje kommentar." #: ../src/source/proof.c:433 msgid "Next Annotated Page" msgstr "Nästa annoterade sida" #: ../src/source/proof.c:436 msgid "Previous Annotated Page" msgstr "Föregående annoterade sida" #: ../src/source/proof.c:486 msgid "This PDF file contains no annotations. It has to be a PDF file generated by Denemo for the current score to which annotations have been added." msgstr "Denna PDF-fil innehåller inga annoteringar. Det måste vara en PDF-fil som Denemo har genererat för det aktuella partituret och som sedan har försetts med annoteringar." #: ../src/source/sourceaudio.c:83 msgid "Analysing Audio" msgstr "Analys av ljud" #: ../src/source/sourceaudio.c:178 msgid "Audio is not stereo - expect bad things!" msgstr "Ljud är inte stereo - förvänta dig dåliga saker!" #: ../src/source/sourceaudio.c:180 msgid "Audio does not have 44100 sample rate: this could be bad" msgstr "Ljudet har inte samplingsfrekvensen 44100 Hz: detta kan orsaka problem" #: ../src/source/sourceaudio.c:332 msgid "Open Audio Source File" msgstr "Öppna ljudkällfil" #: ../src/source/sourceaudio.c:350 msgid "Could not load the audio file. Note only stereo with sample rate 44100 are supported at present. Use Audacity or similar to convert." msgstr "Ljudfilen kunde inte läsas in. Observera att endast stereo med samplingsfrekvens 44100 stöds för närvarande. Använd Audacity eller liknande för att konvertera." #: ../src/source/source.c:230 msgid "" "To insert a link at the Denemo cursor position to a point in this document\n" "right-click on the point.\n" "Later you will be able to re-open the document at that point by right clicking on the link in the Denemo display.\n" "To shade in gray parts of the source that you don't want to see drag over the area.\n" "Use this for transcribing from a score with many parts to ease following the part from system to system.\n" "Click on a grayed-out patch to remove it.\n" "To mark a place in the score for looking back at drag a line downwards which will show as a red mark - it is just another color of shading." msgstr "" "För att infoga en länk vid Denemo-markörens position till en punkt i detta dokument\n" "högerklicka på punkten.\n" "Senare kommer du att kunna öppna dokumentet på nytt vid den punkten genom att högerklicka på länken i Denemo-visningen.\n" "För att gråtona delar av källan som du inte vill se drar du över området.\n" "Använd detta när du transkriberar från ett partitur med många stämmor för att göra det lättare att följa stämman från system till system.\n" "Klicka på ett gråmarkerat område för att ta bort gråmarkeringen.\n" "För att markera en plats i partituret som du vill titta tillbaka på drar du en linje nedåt som visas som en röd markering - det är bara en annan färg på skuggningen." #: ../src/source/source.c:284 msgid "Remove this Shading/Marker" msgstr "Ta bort denna skuggning/markör" #: ../src/source/source.c:289 msgid "Remove all Shadings/Markers" msgstr "Ta bort alla skuggningar/markörer" #: ../src/source/source.c:528 msgid "... or Set Page Number:" msgstr "… eller Ställ in sidnummer:" #. ClefChooser #: ../src/ui/clefdialog.c:36 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/ClefChooser.scm:2 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/TypesetOnlyClef.scm:3 msgid "Treble" msgstr "G-klav" #: ../src/ui/clefdialog.c:37 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/ClefChooser.scm:3 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/TypesetOnlyClef.scm:4 msgid "Bass" msgstr "Bas" #: ../src/ui/clefdialog.c:38 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/ClefChooser.scm:4 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/TypesetOnlyClef.scm:5 msgid "Alto" msgstr "Alt" #: ../src/ui/clefdialog.c:39 msgid "Treble Octava bassa" msgstr "G-klav en oktav ned" #: ../src/ui/clefdialog.c:40 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/ClefChooser.scm:5 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/TypesetOnlyClef.scm:6 msgid "Tenor" msgstr "Tenor" #: ../src/ui/clefdialog.c:41 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/ClefChooser.scm:8 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/TypesetOnlyClef.scm:9 msgid "Soprano" msgstr "Sopran" #: ../src/ui/clefdialog.c:42 msgid "Bass Octava bassa" msgstr "Basklav en oktav ned" #: ../src/ui/clefdialog.c:43 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/ClefChooser.scm:10 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/TypesetOnlyClef.scm:10 msgid "French" msgstr "Fransk violinklav" #: ../src/ui/clefdialog.c:44 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/ClefChooser.scm:9 msgid "Baritone" msgstr "Baryton" #: ../src/ui/clefdialog.c:139 msgid "Set Clef" msgstr "Välj klav" #: ../src/ui/clefdialog.c:139 msgid "Insert clef change" msgstr "Infoga ändring av klav" #: ../src/ui/clefdialog.c:144 msgid "Select desired clef" msgstr "Välj önskad klav" #: ../src/ui/clefdialog.c:188 msgid "Choose Clef Visibility" msgstr "Välj klavens synlighet" #: ../src/ui/clefdialog.c:188 msgid "Affects display only" msgstr "Påverkar endast notvyn" #: ../src/ui/clefdialog.c:188 msgid "Clef should be typeset" msgstr "Klaven ska tas med vid notsättningen" #: ../src/ui/help.c:28 msgid "GNU Denemo" msgstr "GNU Denemo" #: ../src/ui/help.c:29 msgid "Free and Open Music Notation Editor" msgstr "Fri och öppen musiknotationsredigerare" #: ../src/ui/help.c:32 msgid "Denemo Website" msgstr "Denemos webbplats" #: ../src/ui/help.c:33 msgid "" "(c) 1999 - 2021 Matthew Hiller, Adam Tee, Jeremiah Benham, Richard Shann and others.\n" "\n" "http://www.denemo.org\n" "\n" " This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA." msgstr "" "(c) 1999 - 2021 Matthew Hiller, Adam Tee, Jeremiah Benham, Richard Shann m.fl.\n" "\n" "http://www.denemo.org\n" "\n" " Detta program är fri programvara; du kan vidaredistribuera det och/eller modifiera det enligt villkoren i GNU General Public License som publiceras av Free Software Foundation; antingen version 3 av licensen eller (efter eget val) någon senare version. Detta program distribueras i hopp om att det kommer att vara användbart, men UTAN NÅGON GARANTI; inte ens den underförstådda garantin om SÄLJBARHET eller LÄMPLIGHET FÖR ETT SÄRSKILT SYFTE. Se GNU General Public License för mer information. Du bör ha fått en kopia av GNU General Public License tillsammans med det här programmet; om inte, skriv till Free Software Foundation, Inc, 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA." #: ../src/ui/help.c:83 #, c-format msgid "Could not find %s in the path" msgstr "Kunde inte hitta %s i sökvägen" #: ../src/ui/help.c:85 msgid "Please edit the chosen browser in the preferences." msgstr "Ange den valda webbläsaren i inställningarna." #: ../src/ui/help.c:103 #, c-format msgid "Could not execute specified web browser: %s" msgstr "Det gick inte att köra den angivna webbläsaren: %s" #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:83 msgid "VoidSymbol not allowed" msgstr "VoidSymbol inte tillåten" #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:99 #, c-format msgid "" "The command %s has the shortcut: %s\n" "Delete it first or start again selecting an unused keypress." msgstr "" "Kommandot %s har genvägen: %s\n" "Radera den först eller börja om med att välja en oanvänd tangenttryckning." #. g_warning("There is a two key binding starting with this"); #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:124 #, c-format msgid "" "There is at least one two-key shortcut that starts with: %s\n" "Find them using the Find button\n" "Delete it/those first or start again selecting an unused keypress." msgstr "" "Det finns minst en genväg med två tangenter som börjar med: %s\n" "Hitta dem med hjälp av knappen Sök\n" "Ta bort den/de först eller börja om med att välja en oanvänd tangenttryckning." #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:198 msgid "No command has this keyboard shortcut" msgstr "Inget kommando har detta kortkommando" #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:232 msgid "Press a shortcut sequence for this command" msgstr "Tryck på en genvägssekvens för detta kommando" #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:252 msgid "Press a shortcut sequence whose command you seek" msgstr "Tryck på en genvägssekvens vars kommando du söker" #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:439 msgid "" "No keyboard modifier keys\n" "Press with modifier key to change" msgstr "" "Inga modifieringstangenter på tangentbordet\n" "Tryck med modifieringstangenten för att ändra" #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:441 msgid "" "\n" "Press with modifier key to change" msgstr "" "\n" "Tryck med modifieringstangenten för att ändra" #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:460 #, c-format msgid "The Command %s Responds to this Shortcut" msgstr "Kommandot %s svarar på denna genväg" #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:479 ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:827 msgid "Set Mouse Shortcut" msgstr "Ange musgenväg" #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:495 #, c-format msgid "Setting mouse shortcut for %s" msgstr "Inställning av musgenväg för %s" #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:499 msgid "Choose the mouse button" msgstr "Välj musknapp" #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:506 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertLyricAlignment.scm:2 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/FingeringPosition.scm:48 msgid "Left" msgstr "Vänster" #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:509 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertLyricAlignment.scm:2 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/FingeringPosition.scm:49 msgid "Right" msgstr "Höger" #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:513 msgid "Choose mouse action" msgstr "Välj musåtgärd" #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:519 msgid "Press Button" msgstr "Tryck på knappen" #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:522 msgid "Release Button" msgstr "Släpp knappen" #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:525 msgid "Drag" msgstr "Dra" #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:529 msgid "" "Hold Modifier Keys, Engage Caps or Num Lock\n" "and click here to set shortcut." msgstr "" "Håll ned modifieringstangenterna och aktivera Caps Lock eller Num Lock\n" "och klicka här för att ange genvägen." #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:654 msgid "" "Type search text here. Enter words that might be in the command label,\n" "or part of the text of a tooltip or the internal name.\n" "The search is case insensitive. It goes on to the next match each time you enter letter that doesn't match the current command so check at each keypress.\n" "The search re-starts from the top when you delete a letter." msgstr "" "Skriv in söktexten här. Ange ord som kan finnas i kommandots etikett,\n" "eller en del av texten i en inforuta eller det interna namnet.\n" "Sökningen är okänslig för stora och små bokstäver. Den går vidare till nästa matchning varje gång du skriver in en bokstav som inte matchar det aktuella kommandot, så kontrollera vid varje tangenttryckning.\n" "Sökningen börjar om från början när du tar bort en bokstav." #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:655 msgid "Search for the next matching command. Starts again at the top once it has reached the end." msgstr "Söker efter nästa matchande kommando. Börjar om från början när den har nått slutet." #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:671 msgid "" "This window allows you find and execute commands.\n" "Once you have selected a command the box at the top gives information about that command,\n" "while the panel to the side gives any shortcuts for the command.\n" "You can add a selected command to a palette, or set single-key or two-key shortcuts.\n" "You can also hide commands, so they don't appear in the menus.\n" "You can save the shortcuts as your default command set, or as a command set which you may wish to load in the future.\n" "This window is also where you can load such a stored command set." msgstr "" "I det här fönstret kan du hitta och utföra kommandon.\n" "När du har valt ett kommando visas information om kommandot i rutan högst upp,\n" "medan panelen vid sidan om visar eventuella genvägar för kommandot.\n" "Du kan lägga till ett valt kommando i en palett eller ange genvägar med en eller två tangenter.\n" "Du kan också dölja kommandon så att de inte visas i menyerna.\n" "Du kan spara genvägarna som din standardkommandouppsättning eller som en kommandouppsättning som du kanske vill ladda i framtiden.\n" "I det här fönstret kan du också ladda en sådan lagrad kommandouppsättning." #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:688 msgid "Help for Selected Command" msgstr "Hjälp för valt kommando" #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:711 msgid "" "List of shortcuts\n" "for selected command\n" "from table on left.\n" "Select a shortcut\n" "to remove\n" "with button below." msgstr "" "Lista över genvägar\n" "för valt kommando\n" "från tabellen till vänster.\n" "Välj en genväg\n" "att ta bort\n" "med knappen nedan." #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:716 msgid "Remove Shortcut" msgstr "Ta bort genväg" #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:727 msgid "Save as Default Command Set" msgstr "Spara som standardkommandouppsättning" #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:729 msgid "Use this to save the changes you have made so that they are used every time you start Denemo. The changes are stored under a directory (folder) called .denemo-* in your home directory. Look in subdirectory actions for Default.commands" msgstr "Använd denna funktion för att spara de ändringar du gjort så att de används varje gång du startar Denemo. Ändringarna lagras i en katalog (mapp) som heter .denemo-* i din hemkatalog. Leta i underkatalogen actions efter Default.commands" #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:730 msgid "Save as a Custom Command Set" msgstr "Spara som en anpassad kommandouppsättning" #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:733 ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:736 msgid "Load a Standard Command Set" msgstr "Ladda en standardkommandouppsättning" #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:739 msgid "Load a Custom Command Set" msgstr "Ladda en anpassad kommandouppsättning" #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:747 msgid "Load the Standard Palette Set" msgstr "Ladda standardpalettuppsättningen" #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:758 msgid "Add 1-Key Shortcut" msgstr "Lägg till genväg med 1 tangent" #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:759 msgid "Create a single keypress (with modifier keys - Control, Shift ... - if needed) as a keyboard shortcut for the currently selected command." msgstr "Skapa en enda tangenttryckning (med modifieringstangenter - Control, Shift ... - om det behövs) som ett kortkommando för det valda kommandot." #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:762 msgid "Add 2-Key Shortcut" msgstr "Lägg till 2-tangenters genväg" #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:763 msgid "Create a two keypress sequence as a keyboard shortcut for the currently selected command." msgstr "Skapa en sekvens med två tangenttryckningar som ett kortkommando för det valda kommandot." #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:766 msgid "Find Command for Shortcut" msgstr "Hitta kommando för genväg" #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:767 msgid "" "Finds the command (if any) for a (one key) Keyboard Shortcut\n" "Click button then press the key shortcut you are looking for." msgstr "" "Hittar kommandot (om det finns något) för ett kortkommando (en tangent)\n" "Klicka på knappen och tryck sedan på den tangentgenväg du söker." #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:774 msgid "Execute Selected Command" msgstr "Utför valt kommando" #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:775 msgid "" "Executes the currently selected command in the list of commands\n" "Ensure the cursor is in the movement and at the position if needed for the command." msgstr "" "Utför det för närvarande valda kommandot i listan över kommandon\n" "Se till att markören är i satsen och på den position som behövs för kommandot." #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:777 msgid "Add to Palette" msgstr "Lägg till i paletten" #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:778 msgid "" "Adds the currently selected command in the list of commands to a palette\n" "You can create a new, custom palette, and you can change the label of the button you create by right-clicking on it." msgstr "" "Lägger till det markerade kommandot i listan över kommandon till en palett\n" "Du kan skapa en ny, anpassad palett och du kan ändra etiketten på den knapp du skapar genom att högerklicka på den." #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:828 msgid "Set mouse shortcut" msgstr "Ange musgenväg" #: ../src/ui/keysigdialog.c:388 msgid "Change initial key signature" msgstr "Ändra den inledande tonartsbeteckningen" #: ../src/ui/keysigdialog.c:390 msgid "Insert key signature change" msgstr "Infoga ett byte av tonartsbeteckning" #: ../src/ui/keysigdialog.c:429 msgid "Select desired key signature" msgstr "Välj önskad tonart" #: ../src/ui/keysigdialog.c:432 msgid "Major" msgstr "Dur" #: ../src/ui/keysigdialog.c:436 msgid "Minor" msgstr "Moll" #: ../src/ui/keysigdialog.c:452 msgid "Current Staff Only?" msgstr "Endast nuvarande notsystem?" #: ../src/ui/markup.c:105 msgid "Current Chord:" msgstr "Aktuellt ackord:" #: ../src/ui/markup.c:116 msgid "Cursor not on chord" msgstr "Markören inte på ackordet" #: ../src/ui/markup.c:136 msgid "Note/Chord Name" msgstr "Ton-/ackordnamn" #: ../src/ui/markup.c:136 msgid "Give a font name " msgstr "Ge ett typsnittsnamn " #: ../src/ui/markup.c:213 ../src/ui/markup.c:230 ../src/ui/markup.c:241 #: ../src/ui/markup.c:469 ../src/ui/markup.c:572 msgid "Select the text first." msgstr "Markera texten först." #: ../src/ui/markup.c:233 ../src/ui/markup.c:455 ../actions/denemo.scm:287 #: ../actions/denemo.scm:347 msgid "Font Magnification" msgstr "Förstoring av teckensnitt" #: ../src/ui/markup.c:233 msgid "Give a relative font size +/- " msgstr "Ange en relativ teckenstorlek +/- " #: ../src/ui/markup.c:257 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/InsertSpaceBeforeMovement.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/FilledTitleLine.scm:8 msgid "Space Above" msgstr "Utrymme ovanför" #: ../src/ui/markup.c:257 msgid "Give space to leave above + only " msgstr "Ange mellanrum ovanför, endast positiva värden (+) " #: ../src/ui/markup.c:288 msgid "Insert Space" msgstr "Infoga utrymme" #: ../src/ui/markup.c:288 msgid "Give space to insert +/- " msgstr "Ange mellanrum att infoga (+/-) " #: ../src/ui/markup.c:390 ../src/ui/markup.c:406 msgid "Give amount " msgstr "Ge värde " #: ../src/ui/markup.c:425 msgid "Music Glyphs" msgstr "Glyfer för musik" #: ../src/ui/markup.c:425 msgid "Give a name of glyph (see LilyPond Documentation for these) " msgstr "Ge ett namn på glyfen (se LilyPond-dokumentationen för dessa) " #: ../src/ui/markup.c:449 msgid "Raise" msgstr "Höj" #: ../src/ui/markup.c:450 msgid "raises the selection by the amount given." msgstr "höjer markeringen med det angivna värdet." #: ../src/ui/markup.c:456 msgid "Inserts markup to set the relative font size for the selected text." msgstr "Infogar formateringskod som anger den relativa teckenstorleken för den markerade texten." #: ../src/ui/markup.c:478 msgid "Horizontal Space (+/-)" msgstr "Horisontellt utrymme (+/-)" #: ../src/ui/markup.c:479 msgid "Inserts a spacer (+) or shifts the rest of the line rightwards (-) by amount given" msgstr "Infogar mellanrum (+) eller flyttar resten av raden åt vänster (-) med det angivna värdet" #: ../src/ui/markup.c:484 msgid "Paste Note Name" msgstr "Klistra in tonnamn" #: ../src/ui/markup.c:485 msgid "" "Pastes user supplied note name in a choice of font style and size.\n" "The note name is pasted as LilyPond markup.\n" "It will print as the note name in the sentence you are writing, transposed according to any global transposition you set.\n" "Use, for example, to specify the key of a piece in a title.\n" msgstr "" "Klistrar in ett tonnamn som användaren anger med valfri teckensnittsstil och storlek.\n" "Tonnamnet infogas som LilyPond-markup.\n" "Det skrivs ut som ett tonnamn i meningen du skriver, transponerat enligt eventuell global transponering.\n" "Använd detta till exempel för att ange ett styckes tonart i en rubrik.\n" #: ../src/ui/markup.c:493 msgid "LilyPond Glyph" msgstr "LilyPond-glyf" #: ../src/ui/markup.c:494 msgid "Inserts LilyPond music glyph at the cursor position in the text." msgstr "Infogar LilyPond-musikglyfen vid markörens position i texten." #: ../src/ui/markup.c:514 msgid "Adjust Selection (with value)" msgstr "Justera markeringen (med ett värde)" #: ../src/ui/markup.c:515 msgid "Pop up a menu of adjustments to be made to the selection with a value you give." msgstr "Öppna en meny med justeringar som ska göras i markeringen med ett värde som du anger." #: ../src/ui/markup.c:519 ../actions/denemo.scm:279 ../actions/denemo.scm:340 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/TextAnnotation.scm:12 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertHighlightedLyricSyllable.scm:5 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertStanzaNumber.scm:5 msgid "Bold" msgstr "Fetstil" #: ../src/ui/markup.c:520 msgid "Inserts markup to make the selected text bold." msgstr "Infogar markup som gör den markerade texten fet." #: ../src/ui/markup.c:524 ../actions/denemo.scm:281 ../actions/denemo.scm:342 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/TextAnnotation.scm:18 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertHighlightedLyricSyllable.scm:11 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertStanzaNumber.scm:11 msgid "Italic" msgstr "Kursiv" #: ../src/ui/markup.c:525 msgid "Inserts markup to make the selected text italic." msgstr "Infogar markup som gör den markerade texten kursiv." #: ../src/ui/markup.c:529 ../actions/denemo.scm:281 ../actions/denemo.scm:342 msgid "Upright" msgstr "Rak stil" #: ../src/ui/markup.c:530 msgid "Inserts markup to make the selected text not italic." msgstr "Infogar formateringskod som gör den markerade texten rak i stället för kursiv." #: ../src/ui/markup.c:534 msgid "Un-Bold" msgstr "Ej fetmarkerad" #: ../src/ui/markup.c:535 msgid "Inserts markup to make the selected text not bold." msgstr "Infogar markup som gör att den markerade texten inte är fet." #: ../src/ui/markup.c:539 msgid "Superscript" msgstr "Upphöjt" #: ../src/ui/markup.c:540 msgid "Inserts markup to make the selected text as superscript." msgstr "Infogar markup som gör den markerade texten upphöjd." #: ../src/ui/markup.c:544 msgid "Subscript" msgstr "Nedsänkt" #: ../src/ui/markup.c:545 msgid "Inserts markup to make the selected text as subscript." msgstr "Infogar formateringskod som gör den markerade texten nedsänkt." #: ../src/ui/markup.c:549 msgid "Column" msgstr "Kolumn" #: ../src/ui/markup.c:550 msgid "Inserts markup to place the selected text in a column. You can nest lines inside columns." msgstr "Infogar formateringskod som placerar den markerade texten i en kolumn. Du kan nästla rader i kolumner." #: ../src/ui/markup.c:554 msgid "Line" msgstr "Rad" #: ../src/ui/markup.c:555 msgid "Inserts markup to place the selected text in a line." msgstr "Infogar formateringskod som placerar den markerade texten på en rad." #: ../src/ui/markup.c:559 msgid "Box" msgstr "Ruta" #: ../src/ui/markup.c:560 msgid "Inserts markup to place the selected text in a box." msgstr "Infogar formateringskod som placerar den markerade texten i en ruta." #: ../src/ui/markup.c:586 msgid "Insert (with value)" msgstr "Infoga (med ett värde)" #: ../src/ui/markup.c:587 msgid "Pop up a menu of insertions that require a value to insert." msgstr "Öppna en meny med inmatningar som kräver ett värde för att matas in." #: ../src/ui/markup.c:591 msgid "Paste Current Snippet" msgstr "Klistra in aktuell musiksnutt" #: ../src/ui/markup.c:592 msgid "" "Pastes the music captured in the currently selected Snippet into the text at the cursor.\n" "The music appears here in the LilyPond syntax.\n" "It will print as typeset music embedded in the sentence you are writing.\n" "You can edit the syntax following the LilyPond syntax.\n" msgstr "" "Klistrar in musiken från den aktuella musiksnutten i texten vid markören.\n" "Musiken visas här som LilyPond-kod.\n" "Vid utskrift visas den som satta noter i meningen du skriver.\n" "Du kan redigera koden enligt LilyPonds syntax.\n" #: ../src/ui/markup.c:601 msgid "Paste Chord Symbol" msgstr "Klistra in ackordsymbol" #: ../src/ui/markup.c:602 msgid "" "Pastes chord symbol for the chord at the cursor in a choice of font style and size.\n" "The chord is pasted as LilyPond markup.\n" "It will print as the chord symbol (fakechord) in the sentence you are writing, transposed according to any global transposition you set.\n" msgstr "" "Klistrar in symbolen för ackordet vid markören med valfri teckensnittsstil och storlek.\n" "Ackordet infogas som LilyPond-markup.\n" "Vid utskrift visas ackordsymbolen (fakechord) i meningen du skriver, transponerad enligt eventuell global transponering.\n" #: ../src/ui/markup.c:610 msgid "Paste Fret Diagram" msgstr "Klistra in ackorddiagram" #: ../src/ui/markup.c:611 msgid "" "Pastes the chord at the cursor as a Fret Diagram\n" "The music appears here in the LilyPond syntax.\n" "It will print as fret diagram in the sentence you are writing, transposed according to the global transposition set.\n" msgstr "" "Klistrar in ackordet vid markören som ett ackorddiagram.\n" "Musiken visas här som LilyPond-kod.\n" "Vid utskrift visas ett ackorddiagram i meningen du skriver, transponerat enligt den globala transponeringsinställningen.\n" #: ../src/ui/markup.c:618 msgid "Insert “ Open Quotes" msgstr "Infoga “ inledande citattecken" #: ../src/ui/markup.c:619 msgid "Inserts open double quote. Note that this is not the \" character which is used for grouping words not to be treated as markup. The \" marks must be paired or LilyPond will not typeset the music." msgstr "Infogar ett inledande dubbelt citattecken. Det är inte samma tecken som det raka citattecknet \", som används för att gruppera ord som inte ska tolkas som formateringskod. De raka citattecknen måste förekomma parvis, annars kan LilyPond inte sätta noterna." #: ../src/ui/markup.c:623 msgid "Insert ” Close Quotes" msgstr "Infoga ” avslutande citattecken" #: ../src/ui/markup.c:624 msgid "Inserts close double quote. Note that this is not the \" character which is used for grouping words not to be treated as markup. The \" marks must be paired or LilyPond will not typeset the music." msgstr "Infogar ett avslutande dubbelt citattecken. Det är inte samma tecken som det raka citattecknet \", som används för att gruppera ord som inte ska tolkas som formateringskod. De raka citattecknen måste förekomma parvis, annars kan LilyPond inte sätta noterna." #: ../src/ui/markup.c:628 msgid "Segno" msgstr "Segno" #: ../src/ui/markup.c:629 msgid "Inserts Segno sign at the cursor position in the text." msgstr "Infogar ett segnotecken vid markörens position i texten." #: ../src/ui/markup.c:633 msgid "Coda" msgstr "Coda" #: ../src/ui/markup.c:634 msgid "Inserts Coda sign at the cursor position in the text." msgstr "Infogar ett codatecken vid markörens position i texten." #: ../src/ui/markup.c:660 msgid "Menu of special characters and graphics to insert at the cursor position" msgstr "Meny med specialtecken och grafik som ska infogas vid markörens position" #: ../src/ui/markup.c:665 msgid "" "Makes the next Snippet the one that can be pasted.\n" "To see the music snippets you need to check View → Snippets\n" "The one selected is in bold black." msgstr "" "Väljer nästa musiksnutt för inklistring.\n" "För att se musiksnuttarna aktiverar du Visa → Musiksnuttar.\n" "Den valda musiksnutten visas med fet svart stil." #: ../src/ui/markup.c:673 msgid "Selection" msgstr "Markering" #: ../src/ui/markup.c:674 msgid "Pops up a menu to apply some style to the selection." msgstr "Öppnar en meny för att tillämpa en stil på markeringen." #: ../src/ui/markup.c:680 msgid "Inserts the markup needed to leave space above this line of text. Ineffective on the top line of standalone text, instead drag such text in the Print View" msgstr "Infogar formateringskod som lämnar utrymme ovanför denna textrad. Detta har ingen effekt på den översta raden i fristående text; dra i stället sådan text i utskriftsvyn." #: ../src/ui/markup.c:691 msgid "Preview" msgstr "Förhandsvisa" #: ../src/ui/markup.c:692 msgid "Shows what the text will look like when typeset in the Print View window. For score and movement titles the appearance is correct only relative to the default title." msgstr "Visar hur texten kommer att se ut när den sätts i fönstret Utskriftsvy. För partitur- och satstitlar är utseendet korrekt endast i förhållande till standardtiteln." #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1008 msgid "Right Click Appending." msgstr "Högerklick vid tillägg i slutet." #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1008 msgid "This pops up the append menu" msgstr "Öppnar menyn för att lägga till i slutet" #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1018 msgid "Control-Right Click." msgstr "Ctrl-Högerklicka." #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1018 msgid "This pops up menu for inserting barlines and many other sorts of objects" msgstr "Öppnar en meny för att infoga taktstreck och många andra typer av objekt" #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1025 msgid "Shift-Right Click." msgstr "Skift-högerklicka." #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1025 msgid "This allows editing the directives/attributes of the object at the cursor" msgstr "Detta gör det möjligt att redigera direktiven/attributen för objektet vid markören" #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1058 msgid "Dragging line separator." msgstr "Drar radavgränsare." #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1058 msgid "This will allow the display to show more music, split into lines. The typeset score is not affected." msgstr "Detta gör att notvyn kan visa mer musik, uppdelad på rader. Det satta partituret påverkas inte." #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1069 msgid "Dragging measure width/staff spacing." msgstr "Drar för att ändra taktbredd/avstånd mellan notsystem." #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1069 msgid "This will widen/narrow the measures/staffs in the display." msgstr "Detta gör takterna/notsystemen bredare eller smalare i visningen." #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1097 msgid "Double Click Note Onset" msgstr "Dubbelklick på tonansats" #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1097 msgid "" "This represents detected note onsets which occur\n" "before the start of the score.\n" "If they are just noise,\n" "or if you are working on just a portion of the audio that is ok.\n" "Otherwise drag with left mouse button to synchronize\n" "with the start of the score." msgstr "" "Detta representerar upptäckta tonansatser som inträffar\n" "före början av partituret.\n" "Om de bara är brus,\n" "eller om du bara arbetar med en del av ljudet är det ok.\n" "Annars drar du med vänster musknapp för att synkronisera\n" "med början av partituret." #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1101 msgid "Double Click Recorded MIDI Note" msgstr "Dubbelklicka på inspelad MIDI-not" #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1101 msgid "This marks/un-marks the current recorded MIDI note." msgstr "Markerar/upphäver markeringen av den aktuella MIDI-noten." #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1119 msgid "Left on Note Onset" msgstr "Vänsterklick på tonansats" #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1119 msgid "preparing to drag..." msgstr "förbereder sig för att dra…" #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1121 msgid "Start Playing Recording" msgstr "Starta uppspelning av inspelningen" #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1121 msgid "This starts playing the recorded MIDI notes from the marked onset" msgstr "Detta startar uppspelningen av de inspelade MIDI-noterna från den markerade startpunkten" #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1139 msgid "Control-Shift Left click on MIDI Recording Track" msgstr "Control-Skift-vänsterklick på MIDI-inspelningsspåret" #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1139 msgid "Starts/Stops playback of recorded MIDI from marked note." msgstr "Startar/stoppar uppspelning av inspelad MIDI från markerad not." #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1147 msgid "Control Left click on MIDI Recording Track" msgstr "Control-vänsterklick på MIDI-inspelningsspåret" #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1147 msgid "Start dragging to change tempo of MIDI recorded track." msgstr "Börja dra för att ändra tempot på det MIDI-inspelade spåret." #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1156 msgid "Shift Left click on MIDI Recording Track" msgstr "Skift-vänsterklick på MIDI-inspelningsspåret" #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1156 msgid "Drag the marked MIDI note to synchronize to a place in the score." msgstr "Dra den markerade MIDI-noten för att synkronisera den till en plats i partituret." #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1163 msgid "Left Click Recorded MIDI Note" msgstr "Vänsterklick på inspelad MIDI-not" #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1163 msgid "This marks the current recorded MIDI note." msgstr "Här markeras den aktuella MIDI-noten som spelats in." #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1171 msgid "Right click on MIDI Recording Track" msgstr "Högerklicka på MIDI-inspelningsspåret" #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1171 msgid "Menu of options for MIDI recorded track." msgstr "Meny med alternativ för MIDI-inspelat spår." #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1244 ../src/ui/mousing.c:1258 ../src/ui/mousing.c:1299 msgid "Press Left." msgstr "Tryck vänster." #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1244 msgid "This moved the cursor to the measure offscreen left. The display is shifted to place that measure on screen." msgstr "Detta flyttade markören till takten utanför skärmen till vänster. Vyn flyttas så att takten visas på skärmen." #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1258 msgid "This moved the cursor to the measure off-screen right. That measure becomes the second from the left." msgstr "Detta flyttade markören till takten utanför skärmen till höger. Takten blir den andra från vänster." #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1282 msgid "Double Click on Click Track" msgstr "Dubbelklicka på klickspåret" #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1282 msgid "This will mark the MIDI note onset." msgstr "Detta markerar MIDI-notens ansats." #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1290 msgid "Double Click." msgstr "Dubbelklicka." #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1290 msgid "This gives information about the object at the cursor. Click on a notehead for information about a note in a chord." msgstr "Detta ger information om objektet vid markören. Klicka på ett nothuvud för att få information om en not i ett ackord." #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1299 msgid "This moved the cursor to the object position clicked. The cursor height becomes the clicked point." msgstr "Detta flyttar markören till den klickade objektpositionen. Markörens höjd blir den klickade punkten." #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1311 msgid "" "The clef shown here affects the display only (as this voice is displayed on the staff above). You can change the display clef using the clef menu.\n" "Warning! you will get confused if you set the key signature or time signature of a voice different to the staff it is typeset on. Run the Staff/Voice property editor to adjust any inconsistencies." msgstr "" "Klaven som visas här påverkar endast notvyn, eftersom denna stämma visas på notsystemet ovanför. Du kan ändra visningsklaven i klavmenyn.\n" "Varning! Det blir förvirrande om stämman har en annan tonartsbeteckning eller taktart än notsystemet där den sätts. Använd egenskapsredigeraren för notsystem/stämma för att rätta eventuella skillnader." #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1324 msgid "Left on Part name." msgstr "Vänsterklick på stämnamnet." #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1324 msgid "This pops up the built-in staff properties. For other properties of the current staff see the staff menu or the tools icon before the clef." msgstr "Öppnar de inbyggda egenskaperna för notsystemet. Andra egenskaper för det aktuella notsystemet finns i notsystemsmenyn eller via verktygsikonen framför klaven." #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1336 msgid "Left on initial Clef." msgstr "Vänsterklick på den inledande klaven." #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1336 msgid "This pops up the initial clef menu." msgstr "Öppnar menyn för den inledande klaven." #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1349 msgid "Left Click on blue." msgstr "Vänsterklicka på blå." #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1349 msgid "This adds one sharp." msgstr "Detta lägger till ett korsförtecken." #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1351 ../src/ui/mousing.c:1359 msgid "Initial Key Signature Change" msgstr "Ändra den inledande tonartsbeteckningen" #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1351 msgid "Sharpen Keysignature?" msgstr "Ändra tonartsbeteckningen mot korsförtecken?" #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1357 msgid "Left Click on red." msgstr "Vänsterklicka på rött." #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1357 msgid "This adds one flat." msgstr "Detta lägger till ett b-förtecken." #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1359 msgid "Flatten Keysignature?" msgstr "Ändra tonartsbeteckningen mot b-förtecken?" #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1366 msgid "Right Click on key." msgstr "Högerklick på tonartsbeteckningen." #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1366 msgid "This pops up the key signature menu." msgstr "Öppnar menyn för tonartsbeteckning." #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1375 msgid "Click on Time." msgstr "Klick på taktarten." #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1375 msgid "This pops up the time signature menu." msgstr "Öppnar taktartsmenyn." #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1397 msgid "Editing Staff Groups (Braces)" msgstr "Redigera notsystemsgrupper (klamrar)" #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1397 msgid "Edit Start Brace" msgstr "Redigera startklammer" #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1397 msgid "Edit End Brace" msgstr "Redigera slutklammer" #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1412 msgid "This staff grouping has no End Brace so it finishes on the lowest staff. Use the Staffs/Voices->Staff Groupings menu to place an End Brace on the desired staff" msgstr "Denna notsystemsgrupp har ingen slutklammer och avslutas därför vid det nedersta notsystemet. Använd menyn Notsystem/stämmor->Notsystemsgrupperingar för att placera en slutklammer vid önskat notsystem" #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1432 msgid "Click on Staff Directives." msgstr "Klicka på Notsystemsdirektiv." #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1432 msgid "This pops up the staff directives menu for editing" msgstr "Detta öppnar menyn för notsystemsdirektiv för redigering" #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1441 msgid "Click on Voice Directives." msgstr "Klicka på stämmodirektiv." #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1441 msgid "This pops up the voice directives menu for editing" msgstr "Detta öppnar menyn för stämmodirektiv för redigering" #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1464 msgid "Control-Shift-Drag." msgstr "Dra med Control och Skift." #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1464 msgid "" "This allows dragging objects in the display.\n" "All sorts of directives such as staccato dots, ornaments, repeat marks etc can be dragged if the display is too cluttered.\n" "The typeset score is unaffected.\n" "Click on a notehead to drag things attached to the notehead,\n" "or off the noteheads for things attached to the whole chord." msgstr "" "Du kan dra objekt i notvyn.\n" "Direktiv som staccatopunkter, ornament och repristecken kan flyttas om vyn är för rörig.\n" "Det satta partituret påverkas inte.\n" "Klicka på ett nothuvud för att dra sådant som hör till just den noten,\n" "eller utanför nothuvudena för sådant som hör till hela ackordet." #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1473 msgid "" "Control-Shift-Drag is used to tidy up the Denemo display. Useful if Denemo has created a clutter with your input music.\n" "If you have several things attached to one object you can move them in turn by dragging them in turn.\n" "Notes, Slurs and Ties are fixed but most other things can be moved to make the input music clear. Does not affect the typeset score!\n" "NB! if you have dragged something to one side of a note you have to control-shift-click on the note itself to drag it back - it is where the cursor is that counts." msgstr "" "Dra med Control och Skift för att ordna objekten i Denemos notvy. Det är användbart om den inmatade musiken har blivit rörig.\n" "Om flera saker hör till ett objekt kan du flytta dem en i taget genom att dra upprepade gånger.\n" "Noter, legatobågar och bindebågar ligger fast, men det mesta annat kan flyttas för att göra notvyn tydligare. Det satta partituret påverkas inte!\n" "Obs! Om du har dragit något åt sidan om en not måste du klicka på själva noten med Control och Skift för att dra tillbaka det. Det är markörens position som räknas." #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1543 msgid "Dragged line separator." msgstr "Drog radavgränsare." #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1543 msgid "This allows the display to show more music, split into lines. The typeset score is not affected." msgstr "Detta gör att notvyn kan visa mer musik, uppdelad på rader. Det satta partituret påverkas inte." #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1589 msgid "Ctrl + Mouse Wheel Up" msgstr "Ctrl + mushjul upp" #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1598 msgid "Shift + Mouse Wheel Up" msgstr "Skift + Mushjul Upp" #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1607 msgid "Unshifted + Mouse Wheel Up" msgstr "Mushjul upp utan Skift" #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1628 msgid "Ctrl + Mouse Wheel Down" msgstr "Ctrl + mushjul nedåt" #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1640 msgid "Shift + Mouse Wheel Down" msgstr "Skift + mushjulet nedåt" #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1648 msgid "Unshifted + Mouse Wheel Down" msgstr "Mushjul ned utan Skift" #: ../src/ui/mwidthdialog.c:61 msgid "Set minimum measure width" msgstr "Ange minsta taktbredd" #: ../src/ui/mwidthdialog.c:68 msgid "Enter width (in pixels) of measures:" msgstr "Ange takternas bredd i pixlar:" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:61 ../src/ui/palettes.c:205 msgid "Destroy All Palettes" msgstr "Ta bort alla paletter" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:61 msgid "Get rid of all palettes permanently?" msgstr "Bli av med alla paletter permanent?" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:146 msgid "Give Limit" msgstr "Ge gräns" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:158 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Void.scm:5 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Ossia/HideOssia.scm:8 msgid "Hide" msgstr "Dölj" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:163 msgid "Make Horizontal" msgstr "Gör horisontell" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:164 msgid "Arrange the buttons extending horizontally" msgstr "Ordna knapparna så att de sträcker sig horisontellt" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:174 msgid "Make Vertical" msgstr "Gör vertikal" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:175 msgid "Arrange the buttons extending vertically" msgstr "Ordna knapparna så att de sträcker sig vertikalt" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:181 msgid "Vertical Limit" msgstr "Vertikal gräns" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:181 msgid "Horizontal Limit" msgstr "Horisontell gräns" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:182 msgid "Set maximum extent vertically" msgstr "Ställ in maximal utsträckning vertikalt" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:182 msgid "Set maximum extent horizontally" msgstr "Ställ in maximal utsträckning horisontellt" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:187 msgid "Undock" msgstr "Lösgör" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:187 msgid "Dock" msgstr "Docka" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:188 msgid "Dock this palette in the main display" msgstr "Docka denna palett i huvudfönstret" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:188 msgid "Undock this palette from the main display" msgstr "Lösgör denna palett från huvudfönstret" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:193 msgid "Hide All Docked" msgstr "Dölj alla dockade paletter" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:194 msgid "Hide all the docked palettes" msgstr "Dölj alla dockade paletter" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:199 msgid "Hide All Palettes" msgstr "Dölj alla paletter" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:200 msgid "Hide all the palettes" msgstr "Dölj alla paletter" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:206 msgid "Destroy all the palettes - this will save time at startup, and shorten the palette menu." msgstr "Ta bort alla paletter - det sparar tid vid uppstart och förkortar palettmenyn." #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:221 #, c-format msgid "Overwrite script for button \"%s\"?" msgstr "Skriva över skriptet för knappen \"%s\"?" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:222 msgid "Re-write Script" msgstr "Skriv om skript" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:271 msgid "Write Label" msgstr "Skriv etikett" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:271 msgid "Write a label for this button" msgstr "Skriv en etikett för den här knappen" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:292 msgid "Write Tooltip" msgstr "Skriv inforuta" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:292 msgid "Write a tooltip for this button" msgstr "Skriv en inforuta för denna knapp" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:337 msgid "Duplicate Button" msgstr "Duplicera knapp" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:346 msgid "Show the help for this button" msgstr "Visa hjälpen för den här knappen" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:350 msgid "Edit Label" msgstr "Redigera etikett" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:351 msgid "Edit the label of this button" msgstr "Redigera etiketten för den här knappen" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:355 msgid "Edit Tooltip" msgstr "Redigera inforuta" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:356 msgid "Edit the tooltip of this button" msgstr "Redigera knappens inforuta" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:362 msgid "Copy to another Palette" msgstr "Kopiera till en annan palett" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:363 msgid "Copy this button to another palette" msgstr "Kopiera den här knappen till en annan palett" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:367 msgid "Duplicate this button" msgstr "Duplicera den här knappen" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:368 msgid "Create a new button with the same effect" msgstr "Skapa en ny knapp med samma effekt" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:372 msgid "Remove from Palette" msgstr "Ta bort från paletten" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:373 msgid "Remove this button from this palette" msgstr "Ta bort den här knappen från den här paletten" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:378 msgid "Appends the script that this button executes to the Scheme window" msgstr "Lägger till skriptet som den här knappen exekverar i Scheme-fönstret" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:383 msgid "Uses the script in the Scheme Window as the one that this button executes when clicked, overwriting its old script" msgstr "Använder skriptet i Scheme-fönstret som det som den här knappen kör när den klickas, och skriver över det gamla skriptet" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:388 msgid "Move to Start" msgstr "Flytta till start" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:389 msgid "Moves this button to the start of the palette" msgstr "Flyttar den här knappen till början av paletten" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:393 msgid "Move to End" msgstr "Flytta till slutet" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:394 msgid "Moves this button to the end of the palette" msgstr "Flyttar den här knappen till slutet av paletten" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:398 msgid "Edit this Palette" msgstr "Redigera denna palett" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:399 msgid "Edits the palette containing this button" msgstr "Redigerar paletten som innehåller den här knappen" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:459 msgid "Palette Button Activated" msgstr "Palettknapp aktiverad" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:598 msgid "Palette Name" msgstr "Namn på palett" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:598 msgid "Give name for Palette: " msgstr "Ange namn på paletten: " #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:598 msgid "MyPalette" msgstr "Min palett" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:618 msgid "Create Custom Palette" msgstr "Skapa anpassad palett" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:642 msgid "Palettes from Menus" msgstr "Paletter från menyer" #: ../src/ui/playbackprops.c:57 msgid "Playback properties" msgstr "Egenskaper för uppspelning" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:230 #, c-format msgid "The LilyPond executable program %s was not found - no typesetting will be possible" msgstr "Det körbara programmet LilyPond %s hittades inte - ingen sättning kommer att vara möjlig" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:461 msgid "Preferences - Denemo" msgstr "Inställningar - Denemo" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:467 msgid "A few options may require re-start of Denemo!" msgstr "Några alternativ kan kräva omstart av Denemo!" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:581 msgid "Highlight the cursor" msgstr "Markera markören" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:583 msgid "Display general toolbar" msgstr "Visa allmänt verktygsfält" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:585 msgid "Display Controls for Incoming MIDI signals" msgstr "Visa kontroller för inkommande MIDI-signaler" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:586 msgid "Display Controls for Playback" msgstr "Visa uppspelningskontroller" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:588 msgid "Display console pane" msgstr "Visa konsolfönstret" #. BOOLEANENTRY (_("Display lyrics pane"), lyrics_pane); #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:590 msgid "Display titles, controls etc" msgstr "Visa titlar, kontroller etc" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:592 msgid "Display Music Snippets" msgstr "Visa musiksnuttar" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:593 msgid "Display menu of objects toolbar" msgstr "Visa verktygsfältet med objektmenyer" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:595 #, no-c-format msgid "% Zoom" msgstr "% Zoom" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:597 #, no-c-format msgid "% of display height per system" msgstr "% av notvyns höjd per system" #. #. * Preferences to do with commands #. #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:603 msgid "Command Behavior" msgstr "Kommandobeteende" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:604 msgid "Profile" msgstr "Profil" #. TEXTENTRY(_("Strict"), strictshortcuts) #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:606 msgid "Apply commands to selection if present" msgstr "Tillämpa kommandon på markeringen om det finns en" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:607 msgid "Spill notes over into next measure" msgstr "Låt noter fortsätta i nästa takt" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:608 msgid "(Chord Entry) Do not fill in tied note pitches" msgstr "(Ackordsinmatning) Fyll inte i tonhöjder för bundna noter" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:609 msgid "Allow Quick Setting of Shortcuts" msgstr "Tillåt snabbinställning av genvägar" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:612 msgid "Strict Shortcuts" msgstr "Strikta genvägar" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:613 msgid "Menu Navigation by Keypress" msgstr "Menynavigering med tangenttryckningar" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:614 msgid "Treat Return key as Movable Shortcut" msgstr "Behandla Retur-tangenten som ett flyttbart kortkommando" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:615 msgid "Turn on all Tooltips" msgstr "Aktivera alla inforutor" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:616 msgid "Show Shortcuts Used" msgstr "Visa använda kortkommandon" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:617 msgid "Tooltip timeout in ms. (0 for default, -1 to use GTK tooltips - restart needed)" msgstr "Väntetid för inforutor i ms (0 för standardvärdet, -1 för GTK:s inforutor – omstart krävs)" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:619 msgid "Tooltip browse timeout in ms" msgstr "Väntetid för inforutor vid bläddring i ms" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:620 msgid "Tooltip browse mode timeout in ms" msgstr "Tidsgräns för inforutornas bläddringsläge i ms" #. #. * External (Helper) Programs #. #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:625 msgid "Externals" msgstr "Externa" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:627 msgid "Path to Lilypond" msgstr "Sökväg till LilyPond" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:628 msgid "File/Internet Browser" msgstr "Fil-/webbläsare" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:629 msgid "Image Viewer" msgstr "Bildvisare" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:630 msgid "Graphics Editor" msgstr "Grafikredigerare" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:631 msgid "Default Save Path" msgstr "Standardsökväg för sparande" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:632 msgid "Update the command set on startup" msgstr "Uppdatera kommandouppsättningen vid start" #. #. * Misc Menu #. #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:636 msgid "Auto-Typeset" msgstr "Automatisk notsättning" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:640 msgid "Manually update the typeset score" msgstr "Uppdatera det satta partituret manuellt" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:641 msgid "Rate of re-typeset in ms" msgstr "Intervall mellan notsättningar i ms" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:642 msgid "Type: (0=Range, 1=Movement, 2=Whole Score)" msgstr "Typ: (0=Intervall, 1=Sats, 2=Hela partituret)" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:643 msgid "Measures before cursor" msgstr "Takter före markören" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:644 msgid "Measures after cursor" msgstr "Takter efter markören" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:645 msgid "Staffs before cursor" msgstr "Notsystem före markören" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:646 msgid "Staffs after cursor" msgstr "Notsystem efter markören" #. #. * Misc Menu #. #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:650 msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Diverse" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:651 msgid "Re-use last settings on startup" msgstr "Återanvänd de senaste inställningarna vid uppstart" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:652 msgid "Default Font Name (Denemo)" msgstr "Namn på standardteckensnitt (Denemo)" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:653 msgid "Default Font Size" msgstr "Standardteckenstorlek" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:654 msgid "Maximum Menu Size" msgstr "Maximal storlek på menyn" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:656 msgid "Playback Display Refresh" msgstr "Uppdatering av uppspelningsvyn" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:657 msgid "Page Turn Steps" msgstr "Steg för sidvändning" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:661 msgid "Excerpt Resolution" msgstr "Utdragets upplösning" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:662 msgid "Enable Thumbnails" msgstr "Aktivera miniatyrbilder" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:663 msgid "Auto Open Sources on File Load" msgstr "Öppna källor automatiskt vid filinläsning" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:664 msgid "Ignore Scheme Scripts on File Load" msgstr "Ignorera Scheme-skript vid filinläsning" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:665 msgid "Max recent files" msgstr "Maximalt antal senaste filer" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:666 msgid "User Name" msgstr "Användarnamn" #. PASSWORDENTRY (_("Password for Denemo.org"), password) #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:668 msgid "Create Parts Layouts" msgstr "Skapa stämlayouter" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:672 msgid "Autosave every" msgstr "Autospara varje" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:681 msgid "second(s)" msgstr "sekund(er)" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:685 msgid "Compression" msgstr "Kompression" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:695 msgid "Play back entered notes immediately" msgstr "Spela upp inmatade noter omedelbart" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:696 msgid "" "MIDI key sound on measure end\n" " (0 = Off)" msgstr "" "MIDI-tangentljud vid taktens slut\n" " (0 = Av)" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:697 msgid "Pitch Spelling Channel" msgstr "Kanal för enharmonisk stavning" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:698 msgid "Use Pitch Spelling" msgstr "Använd enharmonisk stavning" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:701 msgid "% MIDI-in Dynamic Compression" msgstr "% dynamikkomprimering för MIDI-inmatning" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:702 msgid "Avoid abrupt damping" msgstr "Undvik plötslig dämpning" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:728 msgid "Connect to port (left)" msgstr "Anslut till port (vänster)" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:729 msgid "Connect to port (right)" msgstr "Anslut till port (höger)" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:747 msgid "Output device - Advanced Users Only!!" msgstr "Utmatningsenhet - Endast avancerade användare!!!" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:750 msgid "Sample rate" msgstr "Samplingsfrekvens" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:751 msgid "Period size" msgstr "Periodstorlek" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:752 msgid "Maximum Recording Time (Secs)" msgstr "Maximal inspelningstid (sekunder)" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:767 msgid "% MIDI-in recording timeout (ms)" msgstr "% Timeout för MIDI-inspelning (ms)" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:769 msgid "Rhythm Entry for MIDI in" msgstr "Rytminmatning för MIDI in" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:770 msgid "Ignore MIDI in except for Note On/Off messages" msgstr "Ignorera MIDI-inmatning utom för Note On/Off-meddelanden" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:771 msgid "MIDI backend" msgstr "MIDI-backend" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:785 msgid "Connect input to port" msgstr "Anslut ingång till port" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:786 msgid "Connect output to port" msgstr "Anslut utgången till porten" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:807 msgid "Input device" msgstr "Inmatningsenhet" #. #. * FluidSynth settings #. #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:823 msgid "Soundfont" msgstr "Soundfont" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:825 msgid "Choose Soundfont" msgstr "Välj SoundFont" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:832 msgid "Enable Reverb on soundfont" msgstr "Aktivera efterklang för SoundFont" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:832 msgid "Enable Chorus on soundfont" msgstr "Aktivera choruseffekt för SoundFont" #. #. * Pitch Entry Parameters #. #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:838 msgid "Pitch Entry" msgstr "Tonhöjdsinmatning" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:840 msgid "Temperament" msgstr "Musikalisk temperatur" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:840 msgid "Use Overlays" msgstr "Använd överlägg" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:841 msgid "Continuous Entry" msgstr "Kontinuerlig inmatning" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:884 msgid "Any changes to MIDI or AUDIO will not be effected until re-starting Denemo" msgstr "Eventuella ändringar av MIDI eller AUDIO kommer inte att genomföras förrän Denemo startas om" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:885 msgid "Audio/MIDI Subsystem" msgstr "Ljud-/MIDI-undersystem" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:885 msgid "Attempt to re-start the audio subsystem now?" msgstr "Försök att starta om ljudundersystemet nu?" #: ../src/ui/scoreprops.c:60 msgid "Custom LilyPond Score Block" msgstr "Anpassat LilyPond-partiturblock" #: ../src/ui/scoreprops.c:60 msgid "" "You will need to edit the LilyPond text to copy these edits from the standard scoreblock.\n" "It might be easier to edit your custom scoreblock directly. Abandon?" msgstr "" "Du behöver redigera LilyPond-koden för att kopiera dessa ändringar från standardpartiturblocket.\n" "Det kan vara enklare att redigera ditt anpassade partiturblock direkt. Avbryta?" #. g_assert (si != NULL); #: ../src/ui/scoreprops.c:140 msgid "Score properties" msgstr "Partituregenskaper" #: ../src/ui/scoreprops.c:152 msgid "Display Layout" msgstr "Visningslayout" #: ../src/ui/scoreprops.c:157 msgid "Measure width (pixels):" msgstr "Taktbredd (pixlar):" #: ../src/ui/scoreprops.c:165 msgid "Staff spacing (pixels):" msgstr "Avstånd mellan notsystem (pixlar):" #: ../src/ui/scoreprops.c:193 msgid "Paper Size" msgstr "Pappersstorlek" #: ../src/ui/scoreprops.c:213 ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:477 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/LyricFontSize.scm:3 msgid "Font Size" msgstr "Textstorlek" #: ../src/ui/scoreprops.c:219 msgid "Lilypond Version" msgstr "LilyPond-version" #: ../src/ui/scoreprops.c:225 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PaperSize.scm:5 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PaperSize.scm:6 msgid "Portrait" msgstr "Stående" #: ../src/ui/scoreprops.c:228 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PaperSize.scm:5 msgid "Landscape" msgstr "Liggande" #: ../src/ui/staffpropdialog.c:229 msgid "Only alphanumeric characters are allowed - part name unchanged" msgstr "Endast alfanumeriska tecken är tillåtna – stämnamnet är oförändrat" #: ../src/ui/staffpropdialog.c:255 msgid "" "The setting for the loudness of this staff will ignored (or at least modified) by the setting of the dynamic compression preference you have.\n" "See Preferences Dialog, Audio Tab or Playback Controls \"Always Full Volume\" checkbox." msgstr "" "Inställningen för ljudstyrkan i detta notsystem kommer att ignoreras (eller åtminstone modifieras) av inställningen för den dynamiska komprimering som du har.\n" "Se dialogrutan Inställningar, fliken Ljud eller kryssrutan \"Alltid full volym\" i Uppspelningskontroller." #: ../src/ui/staffpropdialog.c:306 msgid "This staff will no longer auto-adjust its height to the staff content" msgstr "Detta notsystem anpassar inte längre sin höjd automatiskt efter innehållet" #. Print appearance tab #: ../src/ui/staffpropdialog.c:480 msgid "Typeset Appearance" msgstr "Utseende efter notsättning" #: ../src/ui/staffpropdialog.c:481 msgid "Part name (a-z,0-9):" msgstr "Stämnamn (a-z,0-9):" #: ../src/ui/staffpropdialog.c:482 msgid "All staffs with the same part name will be typeset with the Print Part command. Use a blank part name for staffs that should be printed with every part. Only alphabetic characters, space and numerals are allowed" msgstr "Alla notsystem med samma stämnamn sätts med kommandot Skriv ut stämma. Lämna stämnamnet tomt för notsystem som ska skrivas ut med varje stämma. Endast bokstäver, blanksteg och siffror är tillåtna" #: ../src/ui/staffpropdialog.c:483 msgid "Sub Part name:" msgstr "Delstämmans namn:" #: ../src/ui/staffpropdialog.c:484 msgid "If a single part (e.g. piano) has more than one staff they should be named here." msgstr "Om en enskild stämma (t.ex. piano) har mer än ett notsystem ska de namnges här." #. gtk_widget_grab_focus (entrywidget); #: ../src/ui/staffpropdialog.c:489 msgid "Space above:" msgstr "Utrymme ovanför:" #: ../src/ui/staffpropdialog.c:490 msgid "Space below:" msgstr "Utrymme nedanför:" #: ../src/ui/staffpropdialog.c:491 msgid "Number of Display Staff Lines:" msgstr "Antal notlinjer i notvyn:" #: ../src/ui/staffpropdialog.c:496 msgid "MIDI Instrument:" msgstr "MIDI-instrument:" #: ../src/ui/staffpropdialog.c:497 msgid "Transposition:" msgstr "Transposition:" #: ../src/ui/staffpropdialog.c:498 msgid "Always Full Volume" msgstr "Alltid full volym" #: ../src/ui/staffpropdialog.c:499 msgid "Master Volume:" msgstr "Huvudvolym:" #. BOOLEANENTRY("Override MIDI Channel/Program", midi_prognum_override); #: ../src/ui/staffpropdialog.c:501 msgid "Channel:" msgstr "Kanal:" #: ../src/ui/staffpropdialog.c:502 msgid "Program:" msgstr "Program:" #: ../src/ui/staffpropdialog.c:545 msgid "Staff " msgstr "Notsystem " #: ../src/ui/staffpropdialog.c:545 msgid " is using the same MIDI channel as this staff, but a different MIDI instrument - this won't work. Choose a different channel." msgstr " använder samma MIDI-kanal som det här notsystemet, men ett annat MIDI-instrument - då fungerar det inte. Välj en annan kanal." #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:55 msgid "My Script" msgstr "Mitt skript" #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:59 msgid "Creates a button for the script" msgstr "Skapar en knapp för skriptet" #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:69 msgid "Empty scheme script" msgstr "Tomt Scheme-skript" #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:76 msgid "" "To create a new command in the menu system that will execute the Scheme script in the pane below follow these steps:\n" " 1) Choose an already existing command in the menu system which you want your new command to come after.\n" " 2) Right Click on that command and select the option to create a new menu item\n" " 3) Give a unique name for this command (hint: prefix the command with your own initials)\n" " 4) Give the label and then the tooltip for the command\n" " 5) When exiting Denemo choose to save you new command(s)." msgstr "" "Följ dessa steg för att skapa ett nytt kommando i menysystemet som kommer att exekvera Scheme-skriptet i rutan nedan:\n" " 1) Välj ett redan befintligt kommando i menysystemet som du vill att ditt nya kommando ska komma efter.\n" " 2) Högerklicka på det kommandot och välj alternativet för att skapa ett nytt menyalternativ\n" " 3) Ge kommandot ett unikt namn (tips: ge kommandot ett prefix med dina egna initialer)\n" " 4) Ange etiketten och sedan inforutan för kommandot\n" " 5) När du avslutar Denemo väljer du att spara ditt/dina nya kommandon." #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:83 msgid "No script in the Scheme Window" msgstr "Inget skript i Scheme-fönstret" #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:175 msgid "Turning off Recording scheme" msgstr "Stänger av inspelning av Scheme-kommandon" #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:189 msgid "Save Scheme Text as..." msgstr "Spara Scheme-kod som …" #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:203 msgid "File already exists" msgstr "Filen finns redan" #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:206 #, c-format msgid "" "The file %s already exists.\n" "Do you want to overwrite it?" msgstr "" "Filen %s finns redan.\n" "Vill du skriva över den?" #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:235 msgid "" "If you have loaded this script from a menu item or palette button then you must save it using a right click on that same menu item or palette button (and choosing \"Save Script from Scheme Window\").\n" "Otherwise use \"Save As\" from this menu." msgstr "" "Om du har laddat det här skriptet från ett menyalternativ eller en palettknapp måste du spara det genom att högerklicka på samma menyalternativ eller palettknapp (och välja \"Spara skript från Scheme-fönstret\").\n" "Annars använder du \"Spara som\" från den här menyn." #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:241 msgid "Overwrite this file?" msgstr "Skriva över den här filen?" #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:241 msgid "Blank out this file?" msgstr "Tömma denna fil?" #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:246 msgid "Saved File" msgstr "Sparad fil" #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:264 msgid "Scheme text changed" msgstr "Scheme-koden har ändrats" #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:269 msgid "" "\n" "Do you want to save the changes in a new file?\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Vill du spara ändringarna i en ny fil?\n" "\n" #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:272 #, c-format msgid "" "\n" "Do you want to save the changes in %s ?\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Vill du spara ändringarna i %s?\n" "\n" #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:306 ../src/ui/texteditors.c:365 #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:431 msgid "Denemo Scheme Script" msgstr "Scheme-skript för Denemo" #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:323 msgid "Open File" msgstr "Öppna fil" #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:442 msgid "A Scheme command line interface. Type an expression here and press Enter to evaluate and display the result in the terminal. (On windows, use denemo-console.exe to get a terminal)" msgstr "Ett kommandoradsgränssnitt för Scheme. Skriv in ett uttryck här och tryck på Enter för att utvärdera och visa resultatet i terminalen. (På Windows, använd denemo-console.exe för att få en terminal)" #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:459 msgid "Execute Script" msgstr "Exekvera skript" #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:460 msgid "Executes the Scheme in the script window below. If an error is thrown this will give a message in the terminal." msgstr "Kör Scheme-koden i skriptfönstret nedan. Om ett fel uppstår visas ett meddelande i terminalen." #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:464 msgid "Create Button" msgstr "Skapa knapp" #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:465 msgid "Create a palette button for the Scheme in the script window below." msgstr "Skapa en palettknapp för Scheme-koden i skriptfönstret nedan." #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:469 msgid "Create Menu Item" msgstr "Skapa menyalternativ" #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:470 msgid "Steps you through creation of a Denemo command in the menu system to execute the Scheme script." msgstr "Vägleder dig genom skapandet av ett Denemo-kommando i menysystemet för att exekvera Scheme-skriptet." #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:477 msgid "Erase the current script" msgstr "Radera det aktuella skriptet" #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:483 msgid "Load a script file" msgstr "Ladda en skriptfil" #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:487 msgid "Open Initialization Script" msgstr "Öppna initialiseringsskript" #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:489 msgid "Load the script file which will be executed on each newly opened score" msgstr "Ladda skriptfilen som ska köras för varje nyöppnat partitur" #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:495 msgid "Save this script to the file it was loaded from" msgstr "Spara det här skriptet i filen som det laddades från" #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:499 msgid "Save as…" msgstr "Spara som…" #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:501 msgid "Save this as a new file" msgstr "Spara detta som en ny fil" #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:505 ../src/ui/texteditors.c:583 msgid "Find" msgstr "Hitta" #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:508 ../src/ui/texteditors.c:583 msgid "Replace" msgstr "Ersätt" #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:528 msgid "Record Scheme Script" msgstr "Spela in Scheme-skript" #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:529 msgid "Start recording commands into the Scheme script text window" msgstr "Börja spela in kommandon i textfönstret för Scheme-skriptet" #: ../src/ui/timedialog.c:235 msgid "Change initial time signature" msgstr "Ändra initial taktart" #: ../src/ui/timedialog.c:235 msgid "Insert time signature change" msgstr "Infoga ändring av taktart" #: ../src/ui/timedialog.c:243 msgid "Enter desired time signature:" msgstr "Ange önskad taktart:" #: ../src/ui/timedialog.c:261 msgid "Current Staff Only" msgstr "Endast aktuellt notsystem" #: ../src/ui/tomeasuredialog.c:48 msgid "Go to measure" msgstr "Gå till takt" #: ../src/ui/tomeasuredialog.c:53 msgid "Go to measure:" msgstr "Gå till takt:" #: ../src/ui/tupletdialog.c:16 msgid "Customize tuplet multiplier" msgstr "Anpassa tuplet-multiplikatorn" #: ../src/ui/tupletdialog.c:21 msgid "Numerator" msgstr "Täljare" #: ../src/ui/tupletdialog.c:30 msgid "Denominator" msgstr "Nämnare" #: ../src/ui/virtualkeyboard.c:29 msgid "Virtual Keyboard requires Denemo to be built with GTK3 or higher" msgstr "Virtuellt tangentbord kräver att Denemo är byggd med GTK3 eller högre" #: ../src/ui/virtualkeyboard.c:165 msgid "Virtual MIDI keyboard" msgstr "Virtuellt MIDI-tangentbord" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:26 msgid "Modifying the LilyPond Text" msgstr "Redigera LilyPond-text" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:26 msgid "Give LilyPond syntax to be emitted by this Denemo Directive" msgstr "Ange LilyPond-syntax som ska genereras av detta Denemo-direktiv" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:31 msgid "This directive currently creates no LilyPond via its postfix field, use the Advanced Edit instead" msgstr "Detta direktiv skapar för närvarande ingen LilyPond via sitt postfixfält. Använd i stället Avancerad redigering." #: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:33 msgid "Help " msgstr "Hjälp " #: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:39 msgid "" "This is a Directive object.\n" "Double click on it to get information about it." msgstr "" "Detta är ett direktivobjekt.\n" "Dubbelklicka på det för att få information om det." #: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:107 msgid "Edit Similar" msgstr "Redigera liknande" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:108 #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:506 #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:527 #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:597 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/DisplayCurrentObject.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/NoBarline.scm:5 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FreeCoda.scm:5 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FreeFermata.scm:5 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FreeSegno.scm:5 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/Caesura.scm:5 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ParenthesizeNote.scm:7 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tremolo.scm:8 msgid "Object Inspector" msgstr "Objektinspektör" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:115 #: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:162 msgid "No help!" msgstr "Ingen hjälp!" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:334 msgid "All inclusion criteria are set on this directive" msgstr "Alla inklusionskriterier har angetts för detta direktiv" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:347 msgid "No inclusion criterion is set on this directive" msgstr "Inget inklusionskriterium har angetts för detta direktiv" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:355 msgid "Conditional on Layout" msgstr "Villkor för layout" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:356 msgid ": For all layouts" msgstr ": För alla layouter" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:357 msgid "Only when an Inclusion Criterion set" msgstr "Endast när ett inklusionskriterium har angetts" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:358 msgid "Drop an Inclusion Criterion" msgstr "Ta bort ett inklusionskriterium" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:374 msgid "No Denemo Directive here" msgstr "Inget Denemo-direktiv här" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:381 msgid ": Allow for a layout" msgstr ": Tillåt en layout" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:382 msgid ": Ignore for a layout" msgstr ": Ignorera för en layout" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/scheme.scm:338 #: ../actions/denemo-modules/scheme.scm:339 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ChordsOverBass.scm:214 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Comment.scm:16 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/CriticalComment.scm:18 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MultiLineTextAnnotation.scm:176 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MultiLineTextAnnotation.scm:177 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/CreateIntro.scm:36 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/AppendPostscript.scm:93 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/InsertSpaceBeforeMovement.scm:15 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/InsertSpaceBeforeMovement.scm:16 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:94 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChordComment.scm:10 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:156 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/Fingering.scm:11 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/Fingering.scm:12 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/AttachedText.scm:30 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/AttachedText.scm:31 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/TextAbove.scm:18 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/TextAbove.scm:19 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/GraphicTitlePage.scm:106 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/InstrumentName.scm:44 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/InstrumentName.scm:45 msgid "y" msgstr "Y" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/selection.scm:76 msgid "Cursor is not inside selection" msgstr "Markören är inte inuti urvalet" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/selection.scm:415 msgid "Object of type " msgstr "Objekt av typen " #: ../actions/denemo-modules/selection.scm:420 msgid "Copied " msgstr "Kopierad " #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:306 #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:349 msgid "Now drag the control points to make the shape desired - when finished click away from a control point" msgstr "Dra nu kontrollpunkterna för att skapa önskad form - när du är klar klickar du bort från en kontrollpunkt" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:310 msgid "Slur Re-shaped" msgstr "Legatobåge omformad" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:315 msgid "" "To re-shape curves it is better to have the control points marked.\n" "Use the right click menu to turn these on before invoking this command.\n" "However, as this is not working well for multiple staffs, you can do without -\n" "dismiss this dialog and\n" "simply click on four points: the start of the curve, two points outside along its length and the end point." msgstr "" "För att omforma kurvor är det bättre att ha kontrollpunkterna markerade.\n" "Använd högerklicksmenyn för att aktivera dem innan du använder kommandot.\n" "Detta fungerar dock inte bra för flera notsystem, men du kan fortsätta utan.\n" "Avfärda dialogrutan och\n" "klicka helt enkelt på fyra punkter: kurvans början, två punkter längs den och slutpunkten." #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:326 msgid "" "Now click on the control point at the left end of the slur\n" "Control points are marked by red crosses" msgstr "" "Klicka nu på kontrollpunkten i legatobågens vänstra ände\n" "Kontrollpunkterna markeras med röda kryss" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:327 msgid "Now click second control point of the slur, the next red cross to the right" msgstr "Klicka nu på legatobågens andra kontrollpunkt, nästa röda kryss åt höger" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:328 msgid "Now click third control point of the slur, the next red cross to the right" msgstr "Klicka nu på legatobågens tredje kontrollpunkt, nästa röda kryss åt höger" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:329 msgid "Now click last control point at the end of the slur, the last red cross to the right" msgstr "Klicka nu på den sista kontrollpunkten vid legatobågens slut, det sista röda krysset åt höger" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:337 #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:372 msgid "First click on the center line of the staff aligning with notehead/rest (Positioning will be done with respect to this height)" msgstr "Klicka först på notsystemets mittlinje i linje med nothuvudet/pausen (positioneringen görs i förhållande till denna höjd)" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:353 msgid "Tie Re-shaped" msgstr "Bindebåge omformad" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:362 msgid "" "Now click on the control point at the left end of the tie\n" "Control points are marked by red crosses" msgstr "" "Klicka nu på kontrollpunkten i bindebågens vänstra ände\n" "Kontrollpunkterna markeras med röda kryss" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:363 msgid "Now click second control point of the tie, the next red cross to the right" msgstr "Klicka nu på bindebågens andra kontrollpunkt, nästa röda kryss åt höger" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:364 msgid "Now click third control point of the tie, the next red cross to the right" msgstr "Klicka nu på bindebågens tredje kontrollpunkt, nästa röda kryss åt höger" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:365 msgid "Now click last control point at the end of the tie, the last red cross to the right" msgstr "Klicka nu på den sista kontrollpunkten vid bindebågens slut, det sista röda krysset åt höger" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:382 msgid "Restore Default Slur Shape/Position" msgstr "Återställ standardform/-position för slurfen" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:382 msgid "Removes your customization of this slur" msgstr "Tar bort din anpassning av den här legatobågen" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:383 msgid "Restore Default Tie Shape/Position" msgstr "Återställ standardform/-position för bindebåge" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:383 msgid "Removes your customization of this tie" msgstr "Tar bort din anpassning av denna bindebåge" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:388 msgid "Hint Slur Position" msgstr "Ange legatobågens position" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:388 msgid "Edit Slur Shape" msgstr "Redigera legatobågens form" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:396 msgid "First click on the notehead of the note where the slur starts" msgstr "Klicka först på nothuvudet för den not där slurfen börjar" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:402 msgid "Not a slur start - cancelled" msgstr "Inte början på en legatobåge – avbrutet" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:409 msgid "Edit Tie Shape" msgstr "Ändra bindebågens form" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:437 msgid "" "To re-position stuff attached to notes accurately you need to have the locations of the objects marked with red dots.\n" "You can use the right click menu to turn these on before invoking this command. However, since this marking code is only working well for single staffs, you can go ahead without.\n" "To do this dismiss this dialog and guess at where the red spot is on the object." msgstr "" "För att kunna placera om saker som är kopplade till noter på ett korrekt sätt måste objekten vara markerade med röda prickar.\n" "Du kan använda högerklicksmenyn för att slå på dessa innan du använder det här kommandot. Men eftersom den här markeringskoden bara fungerar bra för enstaka notsystem kan du fortsätta utan.\n" "För att göra detta avfärdar du denna dialogruta och gissar var den röda punkten är på objektet." #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:441 msgid "" "First click on the center line of the staff aligning with notehead/rest\n" "(Positioning will be done with respect to this height)" msgstr "" "Klicka först på notsystemets mittlinje i linje med nothuvudet/pausen\n" "(Positioneringen görs i förhållande till denna höjd)" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:443 msgid "Now click on the position desired for the object" msgstr "Klicka nu på önskad position för objektet" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:447 msgid "Re-positioned" msgstr "Ny positionering" #. TupletPosition #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:453 #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:616 #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:619 ../actions/denemo.scm:1115 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/TextAnnotation.scm:5 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/AdjustCustomOrnament.scm:7 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/OrnamentWithAccidentals.scm:19 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/TupletPosition.scm:2 msgid "Up" msgstr "Upp" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:453 #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:616 #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:620 ../actions/denemo.scm:1115 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/TextAnnotation.scm:5 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/AdjustCustomOrnament.scm:7 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/OrnamentWithAccidentals.scm:19 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/TupletPosition.scm:2 msgid "Down" msgstr "Ner" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:453 #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:616 #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:621 ../actions/denemo.scm:1115 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/TextAnnotation.scm:5 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/AdjustCustomOrnament.scm:7 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/OrnamentWithAccidentals.scm:19 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/TupletPosition.scm:2 msgid "Auto" msgstr "Auto" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:464 #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:515 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/AdjustCustomOrnament.scm:18 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/AdjustCustomOrnament.scm:30 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/SpacingParameters.scm:14 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/Staff-Spacing/StaffToStaffSpacing.scm:12 msgid "Padding" msgstr "Mellanrum" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:464 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/AdjustCustomOrnament.scm:18 msgid "Give amount of padding required around this item (in staff spaces)" msgstr "Ange hur mycket utfyllnad som krävs runt denna artikel (i notsystemutrymmen)" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:477 msgid "Give relative font size: " msgstr "Ange relativ teckenstorlek: " #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:505 #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:526 #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:596 msgid "Object Editor" msgstr "Objektredigerare" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:507 #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:528 #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:598 msgid "Play From Here" msgstr "Spela härifrån" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:515 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.scm:7 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MultiLineTextAnnotation.scm:71 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/AdjustCustomOrnament.scm:30 msgid "Up/Down" msgstr "Upp/Ned" #. FIXME the value is relative to the centre line of the staff, this gets relative to the tr sign. #. need to use d-GetNewTarget to find the notehead position, then use its mid_c_offset to get the centre line value #. beaming does not come here, it is on Note target-type this #. dragging rests is target = (CHORD, #f, #f) comes here #. ornaments come here target = (Chord #f ToggleMordent) for example #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:522 ../actions/denemo.scm:173 #: ../actions/denemo.scm:176 msgid "Offset Position" msgstr "Förskjutningsposition" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:556 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/PrintLayout/LineBreak.xml.h:1 msgid "Line Break" msgstr "Radbrytning" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:556 msgid "Start a new line here" msgstr "Starta en ny linje här" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:557 msgid "Start a new page here" msgstr "Starta en ny sida här" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:560 msgid "Three Beams Right (Off/On)" msgstr "Tre balkar åt höger (av/på)" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:560 msgid "Put just three beams to the right or undo a previous invocation of this command" msgstr "Lägg endast tre balkar åt höger eller ångra en tidigare användning av kommandot" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:561 msgid "Three Beams Left (Off/On)" msgstr "Tre balkar åt vänster (av/på)" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:561 msgid "Put just three beams to the left or undo a previous invocation of this command" msgstr "Lägg bara tre balkar till vänster eller ångra en tidigare användning av detta kommando" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:564 msgid "Two Beams Right (Off/On)" msgstr "Två balkar åt höger (av/på)" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:564 msgid "Put just two beams to the right or undo a previous invocation of this command" msgstr "Lägg bara två balkar till höger eller ångra en tidigare användning av detta kommando" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:565 msgid "Two Beams Left (Off/On)" msgstr "Två balkar åt vänster (av/på)" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:565 msgid "Put just two beams to the left or undo a previous invocation of this command" msgstr "Lägg bara två balkar till vänster eller ångra en tidigare användning av detta kommando" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:570 msgid "One Beam Right (Off/On)" msgstr "En balk åt höger (av/på)" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:570 msgid "Put just one beam to the right or undo a previous invocation of this command" msgstr "Lägg bara en balk till höger eller ångra en tidigare användning av detta kommando" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:571 msgid "One Beam Left (Off/On)" msgstr "En balk åt vänster (av/på)" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:571 msgid "Put just one beam to the left or undo a previous invocation of this command" msgstr "Lägg bara en balk till vänster eller ångra en tidigare användning av detta kommando" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:572 msgid "Chop to One Beam" msgstr "Reducera till en balk" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:572 msgid "Reduce the beaming between this and the next note to just one beam" msgstr "Minska balkarna mellan denna och nästa not till en balk" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:577 msgid "Chop Gap in Beam" msgstr "Gör ett avbrott i balken" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:577 msgid "Remove the beaming between this and the next note" msgstr "Ta bort balken mellan denna och nästa not" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:578 msgid "No Beam (Off/On)" msgstr "Ingen balk (av/på)" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:578 msgid "Leave note/chord un-beamed or undo a previous invocation of this command" msgstr "Lämna not/ackord obeamad eller ångra en tidigare användning av detta kommando" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:579 msgid "Change beam angle/position" msgstr "Ändra balkens vinkel/position" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:579 msgid "Allows you to drag the ends of the beam" msgstr "Gör att du kan dra i balkens ändar" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:583 msgid "Hint Slur Angle/Position" msgstr "Ange legatobågens vinkel/position" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:583 msgid "Allows you to drag the ends of the slur" msgstr "Gör att du kan dra i legatobågens ändar" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:584 msgid "Change Slur Shape" msgstr "Ändra legatobågens form" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:584 msgid "Allows you to drag the control points of the slur" msgstr "Gör att du kan dra i legatobågens kontrollpunkter" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:591 msgid "Change Tie Shape" msgstr "Ändra bindebågens form" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:591 msgid "Allows you to drag the control points of the tie" msgstr "Gör att du kan dra i bindebågens kontrollpunkter" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:625 msgid "Edit Directive tagged " msgstr "Redigera direktivet med etiketten " #: ../actions/denemo.scm:157 msgid "Place above staff" msgstr "Placera ovanför notsystem" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:158 msgid "Place below staff" msgstr "Placera under notsystem" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:159 msgid "Set Relative Font Size" msgstr "Ange relativ teckenstorlek" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:160 msgid "Offset Position (All)" msgstr "Förskjutningsposition (alla)" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:161 msgid "Offset Position (One)" msgstr "Förskjutningsposition (en)" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:162 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/OpenNthTimeBar.scm:89 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MultiLineTextAnnotation.scm:68 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/BlankPage.scm:17 msgid "Edit Text" msgstr "Redigera text" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:163 msgid "Set Padding" msgstr "Ange utfyllnad" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:166 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/RehearsalMark.scm:7 msgid "Restore Position" msgstr "Återställ position" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:167 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/RehearsalMark.scm:6 msgid "Nudge Position" msgstr "Justera position" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:173 msgid "Amount (+/-) to nudge in horizontal direction" msgstr "Belopp (+/-) för att justera fint i horisontell riktning" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:176 msgid "Amount (+/-) to nudge in vertical direction" msgstr "Belopp (+/-) för att justera fint i vertikal riktning" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:284 ../actions/denemo.scm:345 msgid "Extra space above (0):" msgstr "Extra utrymme ovanför (0):" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:287 ../actions/denemo.scm:347 msgid "Give font magnification required (+/-) 0 " msgstr "Ange önskad teckenförstoring (+/-) 0 " #: ../actions/denemo.scm:335 msgid "Give a name applying to the whole score" msgstr "Ge ett namn som gäller för hela partituret" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:539 msgid "End the selection at a note" msgstr "Avsluta markeringen vid en not" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:544 msgid "Start the selection at a note" msgstr "Börja markeringen vid en not" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:704 msgid "You had book titles for this score. These are being dropped. To re-instate them, re-set the title as a book title." msgstr "Du hade boktitlar för det här partituret. De tas nu bort. Återställ dem genom att ange titeln som boktitel igen." #: ../actions/denemo.scm:994 msgid "Please enter a transpose interval" msgstr "Ange ett transponeringsintervall" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:994 msgid "" "Please enter a transpose interval or two notes in Lilypond syntax.\n" "\n" "Example: m2 minor second, M2 major second, p5 fifth, T tritone.\n" "Or: c' e' for a major third." msgstr "" "Ange ett transponeringsintervall eller två noter med LilyPond-syntax.\n" "\n" "Exempel: m2 liten sekund, M2 stor sekund, p5 kvint, T tritonus.\n" "Eller: c' e' för en stor ters." #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1124 msgid "This definition is not loaded ... trying to load" msgstr "Denna definition är inte laddad … försöker ladda" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1246 ../actions/denemo.scm:1250 #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1312 msgid "Movement Titles" msgstr "Satsens titlar" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1246 ../actions/denemo.scm:1250 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/init.scm:23 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/Staff-Spacing/StaffToStaffSpacing.scm:18 msgid "Give " msgstr "Ge " #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1344 ../actions/denemo.scm:1411 msgid "dedication" msgstr "hängivenhet" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1345 ../actions/denemo.scm:1415 msgid "title" msgstr "titel" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1346 ../actions/denemo.scm:1419 msgid "subtitle" msgstr "undertext" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1347 ../actions/denemo.scm:1423 msgid "subsubtitle" msgstr "undertitel" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1348 ../actions/denemo.scm:1427 msgid "instrument" msgstr "instrument" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1349 ../actions/denemo.scm:1431 msgid "poet" msgstr "poet" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1350 ../actions/denemo.scm:1435 msgid "composer" msgstr "kompositör" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1351 ../actions/denemo.scm:1439 msgid "meter" msgstr "mätare" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1352 ../actions/denemo.scm:1443 msgid "arranger" msgstr "metrum" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1357 ../actions/denemo.scm:1447 msgid "tagline" msgstr "slogan" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1357 ../actions/denemo.scm:1451 msgid "copyright" msgstr "upphovsrätt" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1358 ../actions/denemo.scm:1455 msgid "piece" msgstr "stycke" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1358 ../actions/denemo.scm:1459 msgid "opus" msgstr "opus" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1361 msgid "Switch to Simple Titles" msgstr "Byt till enkla titlar" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1405 msgid "" "You have simple titles created by an earlier version of Denemo.\n" "You can only edit these with 1.2.4 or earlier versions.\n" "You can delete them in the score and movement editor and then re-instate them." msgstr "" "Du har enkla titlar som skapats av en tidigare version av Denemo.\n" "Du kan endast redigera dem med version 1.2.4 eller äldre.\n" "Du kan ta bort dem i partitur- och satsredigeraren och sedan återställa dem." #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1488 msgid "Give Spacing:" msgstr "Ge avstånd:" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1506 ../actions/denemo.scm:1509 msgid "Give distance" msgstr "Ge avstånd" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1510 msgid "System to System Minimum Distance" msgstr "Minsta avstånd mellan system" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1512 msgid "Give padding" msgstr "Ge utfyllnad" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1513 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/SystemSystemPadding.xml.h:1 msgid "System to System Padding" msgstr "Utfyllnad mellan system" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1515 msgid "Give stretchability" msgstr "Ge töjbarhet" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1516 msgid "System to System Stretchability" msgstr "Töjbarhet mellan system" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1532 msgid "Mute Staff" msgstr "Tysta notsystem" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1533 msgid "Unmute Staff" msgstr "Slå på ljudet för notsystem" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1535 msgid "(Print) Show Staff" msgstr "(Skriv ut) Visa notsystem" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1536 msgid "(Print) Hide Staff" msgstr "(Utskrift) Dölj notsystem" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1539 msgid "(Display) Show Staff" msgstr "(Visning) Visa notsystem" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1540 msgid "(Display) Hide Staff" msgstr "(Visa) Dölj notsystem" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1541 msgid "(Display) Auto Adjust Staff Height" msgstr "(Visning) Justera notsystemshöjden automatiskt" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1547 msgid "Staff spacing will be automatically adjusted" msgstr "Avståndet mellan notsystemen justeras automatiskt" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1555 msgid "(Display) Show All Staffs" msgstr "(Visning) Visa alla notsystem" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1556 msgid "(Display) Hide All Other Staffs" msgstr "(Visning) Dölj alla andra notsystem" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1557 msgid "Movement Editor" msgstr "Satseredigerare" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1559 msgid "This sets the visibility/mute and other properties for the whole movement" msgstr "Detta anger synlighet, ljud av/på och andra egenskaper för hela satsen" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1632 msgid "Staff number " msgstr "Notsystemnummer " #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1632 msgid "Staffs have different properties: " msgstr "Notsystem har olika egenskaper: " #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1651 msgid "Different number of measures in staff " msgstr "Olika antal takter i notsystemet " #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1658 msgid "Comparing Music" msgstr "Jämförelse av musik" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1658 msgid "Continue Searching?" msgstr "Fortsätta söka?" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1673 msgid "Extra staff(s) in one score." msgstr "Extra notsystem i ett partitur." #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1790 msgid "No Title" msgstr "Ingen rubrik" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1792 msgid "No Composer" msgstr "Ingen kompositör" #: ../actions/editscripts/Beam.scm:6 msgid "Customized Beaming Command - use Advanced Edit" msgstr "Anpassat balkkommando – använd Avancerad redigering" #: ../actions/editscripts/Slur.scm:1 msgid "This Directive modifies the slur shape - you can further edit the slur shape in the Print View window, or delete this directive to return to the default shape" msgstr "Detta direktiv ändrar legatobågens form. Du kan redigera dess form ytterligare i fönstret Utskriftsvy eller ta bort direktivet för att återgå till standardformen." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ActivatePaletteButtonByLabel.scm:2 msgid "" "Select a palette by clicking on one of its buttons.\n" "Thereafter use a keyboard shortcut to invoke this command\n" "and then type any label from the palette followed by \n" "You can cut the label short (it clicks the first button that matches)." msgstr "" "Välj en palett genom att klicka på en av dess knappar.\n" "Använd sedan en tangentbordsgenväg för att använda kommandot\n" "och skriv en valfri etikett från paletten följd av Retur.\n" "Du kan förkorta etiketten (den första knappen som matchar klickas)." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ActivatePaletteButtonByLabel.xml.h:1 msgid "Activate Palette Button" msgstr "Aktivera palettknappen" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ActivatePaletteButtonByLabel.xml.h:2 msgid "Allows you \"click\" a palette button by typing the label. Use a keyboard shortcut to start this command, then type the label followed by Return. The last used palette is the active one. Click on the menu item for this command for more help." msgstr "Gör att du kan \"klicka\" på en palettknapp genom att skriva etiketten. Använd en tangentbordsgenväg för att starta kommandot och skriv sedan etiketten följd av Retur. Den senast använda paletten är aktiv. Klicka på menyobjektet för kommandot för mer hjälp." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ChooseSeekEditDirectives.scm:55 msgid "Non Printing" msgstr "Skrivs inte ut" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ChooseSeekEditDirectives.scm:57 msgid "Slur Start" msgstr "Legatobåge börjar" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ChooseSeekEditDirectives.scm:59 msgid "Slur End" msgstr "Legatobåge slutar" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ChooseSeekEditDirectives.scm:61 msgid "Tied Note" msgstr "Bunden not" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ChooseSeekEditDirectives.scm:63 msgid "Tuplet Start" msgstr "Tuplett börjar" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ChooseSeekEditDirectives.scm:65 msgid "Tuplet End" msgstr "Tuplett slutar" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ChooseSeekEditDirectives.scm:67 msgid "Key Change" msgstr "Tonartsändring" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ChooseSeekEditDirectives.scm:71 msgid "Stems Direction" msgstr "Notskaftets riktning" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ChooseSeekEditDirectives.scm:91 msgid "Nothing in this movement can be searched for (no ties, slurs, time signature changes, tuplets, directives etc)." msgstr "Inget i denna sats kan sökas efter (inga bindebågar, legatobågar, taktartsändringar, tupletter, direktiv osv.)." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ChooseSeekEditDirectives.xml.h:1 msgid "Choose, Seek & Edit" msgstr "Välj, sök och redigera" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ChooseSeekEditDirectives.xml.h:2 msgid "Creates a menu of all the types of objects that can be searched for in this movement. Selecting one moves the cursor to the next object of that type which can then be edited, or further searches made." msgstr "Skapar en meny med alla typer av objekt som kan sökas efter i denna sats. Om du väljer ett objekt flyttas markören till nästa objekt av den typen, som sedan kan redigeras eller sökas vidare." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ConvertDrum2GmSingleSelection.xml.h:1 msgid "Convert GM-Drum to User-Drum" msgstr "Konvertera GM-Drum till User-Drum" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ConvertDrum2GmSingleSelection.xml.h:2 msgid "Converts between the midi-drum notation and a user-drum notation. The user can set his/her drummap in a template in ~/.denemo/templates or choose any other copy he made of the template file to have drummaps for different drummers available." msgstr "Konvertera GM-trummor till användartrummor" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Delete/DeleteDirective.scm:17 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Delete/DeleteDirective.scm:22 msgid "Deleted " msgstr "Tog bort " #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Delete/DeleteDirective.scm:17 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Delete/DeleteDirective.scm:22 msgid " at cursor." msgstr " vid markören." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Delete/DeleteDirective.scm:24 msgid "No Directive at Cursor Position" msgstr "Inget direktiv vid markörpositionen" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Delete/DeleteDirective.xml.h:1 msgid "Delete Directive at Cursor." msgstr "Ta bort direktivet vid markören." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Delete/DeleteDirective.xml.h:2 msgid "Deletes a Denemo Directive at the cursor. This may be a standalone directive or one attached to a object. Position the cursor at the note height when the directive is attached to just one note in a chord, alternatively not at a note height if the directive is attached to the chord as a whole." msgstr "Raderar ett Denemo-direktiv vid markören. Detta kan vara ett fristående direktiv eller ett direktiv som är kopplat till ett objekt. Placera markören på nothöjd när direktivet är kopplat till en enda not i ett ackord, alternativt inte på nothöjd om direktivet är kopplat till ackordet som helhet." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Delete/IntelligentDelete.xml.h:1 msgid "Delete Selection/Object/Empty Measure" msgstr "Ta bort markering/objekt/tom takt" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Delete/IntelligentDelete.xml.h:2 msgid "Deletes a single object at the cursor, an empty measure or the complete selection." msgstr "Tar bort ett enskilt objekt vid markören, en tom takt eller hela markeringen." #. RemoveCustomizedButtons #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Delete/RemoveSchemeInit.xml.h:1 msgid "Destroy Button Customization" msgstr "Anpassning av Destroy-knappen" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Delete/RemoveSchemeInit.xml.h:2 msgid "Removes the file that creates customized buttons on the title bar (and any other scheme you have added to the startup script)." msgstr "Tar bort filen som skapar anpassade knappar på titelfältet (och alla andra system som du har lagt till i startskriptet)." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Delete/StagedDelete.xml.h:1 msgid "Delete in Stages" msgstr "Ta bort i etapper" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Delete/StagedDelete.xml.h:2 msgid "Deletes the object at/before the cursor. For Notes/Chords/Rests it deletes stage by stage. First it removes notes until just a non-printing rest remains, then deletes that." msgstr "Tar bort objektet vid eller före markören. För noter, ackord och pauser tas de bort stegvis. Först tas noter bort tills endast en paus som inte skrivs ut återstår, sedan tas även den bort." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditAll.scm:7 msgid "Delete All " msgstr "Radera alla " #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditAll.scm:8 msgid "Execute Scheme on all " msgstr "Kör Scheme för alla " #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditAll.scm:11 msgid "You must choose a type of object to edit first" msgstr "Du måste först välja vilken typ av objekt du vill redigera" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditAll.xml.h:1 msgid "Edit All of Type" msgstr "Redigera alla typer av" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditAll.xml.h:2 msgid "Resumes the last Seeking/Editing/Deleting operation. All objects of the type last searched for will be sought again, from the cursor onwards." msgstr "Återupptar den senaste sökningen/redigeringen/raderingen. Alla objekt av den typ som senast söktes efter kommer att sökas igen, från markören och framåt." #. EditScoreAndMovementDirectives #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditScoreAndMovementDirectives.xml.h:1 msgid "Edit Score/Movement Directives" msgstr "Redigera partitur-/satsdirektiv" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditScoreAndMovementDirectives.xml.h:2 msgid "Collects together all the Score Directives and the Movement Directives for the current movement and allows advanced (low-level) edit of any of them. This is a convenience command if you do not know the directive you are looking for." msgstr "Samlar alla partiturdirektiv och satsdirektiv för den aktuella satsen och gör det möjligt att redigera dem avancerat (på låg nivå). Det här är ett praktiskt kommando om du inte vet vilket direktiv du söker." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:37 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:61 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:86 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:111 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:290 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:316 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:340 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:364 msgid "Continue Seeking " msgstr "Fortsätt söka " #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:37 msgid " Directives" msgstr " Direktiv" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:61 msgid " on Noteheads" msgstr " på nothuvuden" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:63 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:88 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:93 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/Directives/InsertChordDirective.scm:12 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/InsertStandaloneDirective.scm:7 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/InsertNoteDirective.scm:12 msgid "Edit " msgstr "Redigera " #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:63 msgid " on Notehead" msgstr " på nothuvud" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:86 msgid " on Chords/Notes/Rests" msgstr " på ackord/noter/pauser" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:88 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:93 msgid " Directive" msgstr " Direktiv" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:88 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:93 msgid " on this Chord/Note/Rest" msgstr " på detta ackord/denna not/denna paus" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:111 msgid " Objects" msgstr " Objekt" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:112 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:116 msgid "Change to Printing" msgstr "Ändra till utskrift" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:128 msgid "Continue seeking slur start positions" msgstr "Fortsätt söka efter startpositioner för legatobågar" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:129 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:133 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:147 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:151 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/DeleteSlur.xml.h:1 msgid "Delete Slur" msgstr "Ta bort legatobåge" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:146 msgid "Continue seeking slur end positions" msgstr "Fortsätt söka efter slutpositioner för legatobågar" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:165 msgid "Continue seeking tied notes" msgstr "Fortsätt att söka bundna noter" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:166 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:170 msgid "Delete Tie" msgstr "Ta bort bindebåge" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:183 msgid "Continue seeking tuplet start objects" msgstr "Fortsätt söka efter startobjekt för tuplet" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:198 msgid "Continue seeking tuplet end objects" msgstr "Fortsätt söka efter slutobjekt för tuplett" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:213 msgid "Continue seeking time signature change objects" msgstr "Fortsätt söka efter objekt för taktartsändring" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:233 msgid "Continue seeking clef change objects" msgstr "Fortsätt söka efter objekt för klavändring" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:251 msgid "Continue seeking key signature change objects" msgstr "Fortsätt söka efter objekt för tonartsändring" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:272 msgid "Continue seeking stem direction change objects" msgstr "Fortsätt söka efter objekt för ändring av notskaftsriktning" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:290 msgid " on Time Signature Change Objects" msgstr " på objekt för taktartsändring" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:316 msgid " on Clef Change Objects" msgstr " på objekt för klavändring" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:340 msgid " on Key Change Objects" msgstr " på objekt för tonartsändring" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:364 msgid " on Voice Change objects" msgstr " på objekt för stämändring" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:397 msgid "Must choose type of object to be edited/deleted" msgstr "Måste välja typ av objekt som ska redigeras/raderas" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:409 msgid "" "Cannot resume - no previous search.\n" "Offering a menu of all possible searches instead." msgstr "" "Kan inte återuppta - ingen tidigare sökning.\n" "Erbjuder istället en meny med alla möjliga sökningar." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:643 msgid "" "Attributes and Directives attached to noteheads, chords (including notes and rests) and standalone objects are supported - position the cursor on a notehead for directives on that notehead or off the noteheads for directives on a chord/note/rest, or on any other sort of object in the music. \n" "Alternatively, use \"Choose, Seek and Edit\" command to select from a list of types of directives in the movement to seek for." msgstr "" "Attribut och direktiv som är kopplade till nothuvuden, ackord (med noter och pauser) och fristående objekt stöds. Placera markören på ett nothuvud för direktiv på nothuvudet, eller utanför nothuvudena för direktiv på ett ackord, en not eller en paus, eller på någon annan typ av objekt i musiken.\n" "Du kan också använda kommandot ”Välj, sök och redigera” för att välja bland typer av direktiv i satsen att söka efter." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:653 msgid "Wrap to first movement" msgstr "Gå till första satsen" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:654 msgid "Wrap to next movement" msgstr "Gå till nästa sats" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:655 msgid "Wrap to beginning" msgstr "Gå till början" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:673 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ToggleCheckChords.scm:110 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Klar" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.xml.h:1 msgid "Edit Here (and ...)" msgstr "Redigera här (och …)" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.xml.h:2 msgid "Seek and edit Denemo Directives starting with the one at the cursor and optionally similar ones following. Position the cursor on a particular notehead to edit directives attached to individual noteheads (such as fingering), otherwise you will edit directives attached at the chord level (such as beaming)." msgstr "Sök efter och redigera Denemo-direktiv, med början vid direktivet vid markören och vid behov liknande direktiv efter det. Placera markören på ett visst nothuvud för att redigera direktiv som är kopplade till enskilda nothuvuden (till exempel fingersättning); annars redigerar du direktiv på ackordnivå (till exempel balkning)." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/InsertNthSnippet.scm:3 msgid "Type Snippet Number 1,2..." msgstr "Ange snuttnummer 1, 2 …" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/InsertNthSnippet.scm:9 msgid "To use this function correctly you need to give the number of the snippet to be inserted" msgstr "För att använda funktionen korrekt måste du ange numret på den snutt som ska infogas" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/InsertNthSnippet.xml.h:1 msgid "Insert Nth Snippet" msgstr "Infoga n:te snutten" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/InsertNthSnippet.xml.h:2 msgid "Pastes the Nth snippet into the score at the cursor position. Follow with the number 1,2,... of the snippet to be inserted" msgstr "Klistrar in den n:te snutten i partituret vid markören. Ange sedan numret 1, 2, … på den snutt som ska infogas." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/KeyBindings/StartEmacs2KeyShortcut.xml.h:1 msgid "Start Emacs 2-key Shortcut" msgstr "Starta Emacs-genväg med två tangenter" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/KeyBindings/StartEmacs2KeyShortcut.xml.h:2 msgid "Initiates a 2-key sequence, emacs style." msgstr "Startar en tvåtangentsekvens i Emacs-stil." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/GenerateRhythmFromString/NotationMagick-InsertReversedStringAsBinaryRhythm.xml.h:1 msgid "Insert Reversed String as Binary Rhythm" msgstr "Infoga omvänd sträng som binär rytm" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/GenerateRhythmFromString/NotationMagick-InsertReversedStringAsBinaryRhythm.xml.h:2 msgid "Give a string to generate a rhythm out of its ascii chars in binary encoding. The string gets reversed before converting." msgstr "Ange en sträng för att generera en rytm av dess ASCII-tecken i binär kodning. Strängen vänds före konverteringen." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/GenerateRhythmFromString/NotationMagick-InsertReversedStringAsReversedBinaryRhythm.xml.h:1 msgid "Insert Reversed String as Reversed Binary Rhythm" msgstr "Infoga omvänd sträng som omvänd binär rytm" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/GenerateRhythmFromString/NotationMagick-InsertReversedStringAsReversedBinaryRhythm.xml.h:2 msgid "Give a string to generate a rhythm out of its ascii chars in binary encoding. The string gets reversed before converting. The rhythm for each letter gets reversed before inserting." msgstr "Ange en sträng för att generera en rytm av dess ASCII-tecken i binär kodning. Strängen vänds före konverteringen. Rytmen för varje bokstav vänds före infogningen." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/GenerateRhythmFromString/NotationMagick-InsertStringAsBinaryRhythm.xml.h:1 msgid "Insert String as Binary Rhythm" msgstr "Infoga sträng som binär rytm" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/GenerateRhythmFromString/NotationMagick-InsertStringAsBinaryRhythm.xml.h:2 msgid "Give a string to generate a rhythm out of its ascii chars in binary encoding" msgstr "Ange en sträng för att generera en rytm av dess ASCII-tecken i binär kodning" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/GenerateRhythmFromString/NotationMagick-InsertStringAsReversedBinaryRhythm.xml.h:1 msgid "Insert String as Reversed Binary Rhythm" msgstr "Infoga sträng som omvänd binär rytm" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/GenerateRhythmFromString/NotationMagick-InsertStringAsReversedBinaryRhythm.xml.h:2 msgid "Give a string to generate a rhythm out of its ascii chars in binary encoding. The rhythm for each letter gets reversed before inserting." msgstr "Ange en sträng för att generera en rytm av dess ASCII-tecken i binär kodning. Rytmen för varje bokstav vänds före infogningen." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/NotationMagick-InsertPoolShuffled.xml.h:1 msgid "Insert Shuffled Pool" msgstr "Infoga blandad notpool" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/NotationMagick-InsertPoolShuffled.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts all notes, shuffled, from a user-specified pool of notes in Lilypond syntax" msgstr "Infogar alla noter i slumpmässig ordning från en användarangiven notpool med LilyPond-syntax" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/NotationMagick-MirrorSelectedObjects.xml.h:1 msgid "Mirror Selected Objects (Axis=Cursor)" msgstr "Spegla markerade objekt (axel = markör)" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/NotationMagick-MirrorSelectedObjects.xml.h:2 msgid "Mirror the selected notes. Axis is the cursor position." msgstr "Spegla de markerade noterna. Axeln är markörens position." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/NotationMagick-ReverseSelectedObjects.xml.h:1 msgid "Reverse Selected Objects" msgstr "Vänd markerade objekt" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/NotationMagick-ReverseSelectedObjects.xml.h:2 msgid "Revert selected objects" msgstr "Återställ valda objekt" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/NotationMagick-ShuffleSelectedObjects.xml.h:1 msgid "Shuffle Selected Objects" msgstr "Blanda valda objekt" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/NotationMagick-ShuffleSelectedObjects.xml.h:2 msgid "Shuffle the selected objects" msgstr "Blanda de valda objekten" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/NotationMagick-SortSelectionAscending.xml.h:1 msgid "Sort Selection (Ascending)" msgstr "Sortera urval (stigande)" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/NotationMagick-SortSelectionAscending.xml.h:2 msgid "Sort all notes in the selection, ascending order." msgstr "Sortera alla noter i urvalet i stigande ordning." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/NotationMagick-SortSelectionDescending.xml.h:1 msgid "Sort Selection (Descending)" msgstr "Sortera urval (fallande)" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/NotationMagick-SortSelectionDescending.xml.h:2 msgid "Sort all notes in the selection, descending order." msgstr "Sortera alla noter i urvalet i fallande ordning." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/NotationMagick-TwelveToneRow.xml.h:1 msgid "Twelve Tone Row" msgstr "Tolvtonsrad" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/NotationMagick-TwelveToneRow.xml.h:2 msgid "Generates twelve notes of the prevailing duration, each is unique so the whole chromatic range gets inserted in a random manner." msgstr "Genererar tolv noter av den rådande längden, var och en är unik så hela det kromatiska området infogas på ett slumpmässigt sätt." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/SingleRandomNote/NotationMagick-InsertNoteFromPool.xml.h:1 msgid "Note from Pool" msgstr "Not från pool" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/SingleRandomNote/NotationMagick-InsertNoteFromPool.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts one note from a user-specified pool of notes in Lilypond syntax" msgstr "Lägger in en not från en användarspecificerad pool av noter i Lilypond-syntax" #. Part of NotationMagick #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/SingleRandomNote/NotationMagick-RandomWithinClefRangeChromatic.xml.h:1 msgid "Chromatic within Clef Range" msgstr "Kromatisk inom klavens omfång" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/SingleRandomNote/NotationMagick-RandomWithinClefRangeChromatic.xml.h:2 msgid "Insert a random note within clef range. Full chromatic spectrum." msgstr "Infoga en slumpmässig not inom klavens omfång. Hela det kromatiska spektrumet." #. Part of NotationMagick #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/SingleRandomNote/NotationMagick-RandomWithinClefRangeDiatonic.xml.h:1 msgid "asd" msgstr "asd" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/SingleRandomNote/NotationMagick-RandomWithinClefRangeDiatonic.xml.h:2 msgid "Insert a random note within clef range, only diatonic notes according to current keysignature." msgstr "Infoga en slumpmässig not inom klavens omfång, endast diatoniska noter enligt aktuell tonartsbeteckning." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/SwapPassages.scm:18 msgid "Swapped" msgstr "Utbytt" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/SwapPassages.scm:47 msgid "Badly placed Passage marker. Mark passages only in the upper staff." msgstr "Felplacerad passagemarkör. Markera endast passager i det övre notsystemet." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/SwapPassages.scm:64 msgid "Unable to find corresponding passage end." msgstr "Det går inte att hitta motsvarande passageände." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/SwapPassages.scm:68 msgid "Unable to find corresponding passage start." msgstr "Det går inte att hitta motsvarande passageslut." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/SwapPassages.scm:72 msgid "No staff below to swap passages with." msgstr "Det finns inget notsystem nedanför att byta passager med." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/SwapPassages.scm:75 msgid "Start Passage with no End Passage." msgstr "Startpassage utan slutpassage." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/SwapPassages.scm:95 msgid "Use Undo(s) to restore any cut music." msgstr "Använd Ångra för att återställa bortklippt musik." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/SwapPassages.xml.h:1 msgid "Swap Passages" msgstr "Byt passager" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/SwapPassages.xml.h:2 msgid "Passages of music in the current staff that have been marked using the Mark Passages command will be swapped with the corresponding music from the staff below." msgstr "Musikpassager i det aktuella notsystemet som har markerats med kommandot Markera passager byts mot motsvarande musik i notsystemet nedanför." #. ActivateObjectAtCursor #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ObjectAtCursor/ActivateObjectAtCursor.xml.h:1 msgid "Activate Object" msgstr "Aktivera objekt" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ObjectAtCursor/ActivateObjectAtCursor.xml.h:2 msgid "Activates the object at the Denemo cursor, equivalent to right-clicking on it. Control and Shift keys will affect the response if used in the key shortcut for this command." msgstr "Aktiverar objektet vid Denemo-markören, vilket motsvarar att högerklicka på det. Ctrl- och Skift-tangenterna påverkar resultatet om de används i kommandots tangentbordsgenväg." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ObjectAtCursor/AdvancedEdit.scm:5 msgid "" "To edit a directive attached to the object at the cursor\n" "right click and choose Run Object Editor" msgstr "" "För att redigera ett direktiv som är kopplat till objektet vid markören\n" "högerklicka och välj Kör objektredigerare" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ObjectAtCursor/AdvancedEdit.xml.h:1 msgid "Advanced Edit" msgstr "Avancerad redigering" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ObjectAtCursor/AdvancedEdit.xml.h:2 msgid "Edits a Denemo Directive at the lowest level. Advanced users only!" msgstr "Redigerar ett Denemo-direktiv på lägsta nivå. Endast avancerade användare!" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ObjectAtCursor/DenemoDurationInTicks.scm:6 msgid "Set Denemo Duration" msgstr "Ange Denemo-längd" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ObjectAtCursor/DenemoDurationInTicks.scm:6 msgid "Give duration desired in ticks (PPQN) " msgstr "Ange önskad längd i tick (PPQN) " #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ObjectAtCursor/DenemoDurationInTicks.xml.h:1 msgid "(Display) Set Object Duration" msgstr "(Display) Ange objektets varaktighet" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ObjectAtCursor/DenemoDurationInTicks.xml.h:2 msgid "Sets the duration of the object at the cursor for display/playback purposes. Value is pulses per quarter note - ie MIDI ticks. No effect on typesetting." msgstr "Anger längden på objektet vid markören för visning eller uppspelning. Värdet är pulser per kvartsnot, alltså MIDI-tick. Det påverkar inte typsättningen." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ObjectAtCursor/EditLilyPondSyntax.scm:12 msgid "Edit Current Object" msgstr "Redigera aktuellt objekt" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ObjectAtCursor/EditLilyPondSyntax.scm:12 msgid "Edit the LilyPond syntax" msgstr "Redigera LilyPond-syntaxen" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ObjectAtCursor/EditLilyPondSyntax.scm:41 msgid "No Object at Cursor" msgstr "Inget objekt vid markören" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ObjectAtCursor/EditLilyPondSyntax.xml.h:1 msgid "Edit LilyPond Syntax" msgstr "Redigera LilyPond-syntax" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ObjectAtCursor/EditLilyPondSyntax.xml.h:2 msgid "Let's you replace the syntax sent to the LilyPond typesetter with your own choice of syntax to typeset the object at the cursor. Be aware that Denemo will continue to display the object as originally defined, only the typesetting will change." msgstr "Låter dig ersätta syntaxen som skickas till LilyPonds typsättare med egen syntax för att typsätta objektet vid markören. Observera att Denemo fortsätter att visa objektet såsom det ursprungligen definierades; endast typsättningen ändras." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ObjectAtCursor/MakeDirectiveConditional.xml.h:1 msgid "Make Object Directive Conditional" msgstr "Gör objektdirektivet villkorligt" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ObjectAtCursor/MakeDirectiveConditional.xml.h:2 msgid "Allows you to make conditional a Denemo Directive attached to the object at the cursor." msgstr "Gör det möjligt att göra ett Denemo-direktiv som är kopplat till objektet vid markören villkorligt." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ObjectAtCursor/ToggleNonPrinting.xml.h:1 msgid "Non-Printing Object (Off/On)" msgstr "Objekt som inte skrivs ut (av/på)" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ObjectAtCursor/ToggleNonPrinting.xml.h:2 msgid "Makes the object at the cursor non-printing (off/on). For notes this means a rhythm-only note." msgstr "Gör att objektet vid markören inte skrivs ut (av/på). För noter innebär detta en not med enbart rytm." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ObjectAtCursor/Void.xml.h:1 msgid "(Print) Void Object" msgstr "(Skriv ut) Tomt objekt" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ObjectAtCursor/Void.xml.h:2 msgid "On typesetting the current object will be evaluated, but otherwise ignored." msgstr "Vid sättning kommer det aktuella objektet att utvärderas, men annars ignoreras det." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/PasteFromAbove.xml.h:1 msgid "Paste From Staff Above" msgstr "Klistra in från notsystemet ovan" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/PasteFromAbove.xml.h:2 msgid "Copies any non-musical objects for the current musical moment from the staff above and pastes them into this staff after the cursor." msgstr "Kopierar alla icke-musikaliska objekt för det aktuella musikaliska ögonblicket från notsystemet ovan och klistrar in dem i detta notsystem efter markören." #. Goes to the beginning of the selection afterwards #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/PasteReplaceSelection.xml.h:1 msgid "Paste and Replace Selection" msgstr "Klistra in och ersätt markering" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/PasteReplaceSelection.xml.h:2 msgid "Paste the clipboard. Replace any selected objects. This paste-version also creates new barlines instead of strictly using the copied ones." msgstr "Klistra in från urklipp. Ersätt alla markerade objekt. Den här inklistringsvarianten skapar även nya taktstreck i stället för att strikt använda de kopierade." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ReloadDrumHash.xml.h:1 msgid "Reload the \"Drum GM to User\" Map" msgstr "Ladda om kartan \"Trumma GM till användare\"" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ReloadDrumHash.xml.h:2 msgid "Reloads the drum map which is needed for DrumGm2User" msgstr "Laddar om trumkartan som behövs för DrumGm2User" #. ResumeEdit #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ResumeEdit.xml.h:1 msgid "Resume Seek/Edit" msgstr "Återuppta sökning/redigering" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ResumeEdit.xml.h:2 msgid "Resumes seeking and optionally editing the last sought type of object." msgstr "Återupptar sökningen och eventuellt redigeringen av den senast sökta typen av objekt." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/ApplyToSelection.scm:21 msgid "No selection" msgstr "Ingen markering" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/ApplyToSelection.xml.h:1 msgid "Apply Shortcut to Objects in Selection" msgstr "Tillämpa genväg till objekt i urvalet" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/ApplyToSelection.xml.h:2 msgid "Followed by a keyboard shortcut: applies the shortcut with the cursor successively on each object in the selection." msgstr "Ange sedan en tangentbordsgenväg: genvägen används med markören i tur och ordning på varje objekt i markeringen." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/CutSelectionAsSketch.scm:32 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/PercentRepeat.scm:56 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TwoNoteTremolo.scm:50 msgid "Cursor not in selection" msgstr "Markören är inte i markeringen" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/CutSelectionAsSketch.xml.h:1 msgid "Cut Selection as Sketch" msgstr "Klipp ut markeringen som skiss" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/CutSelectionAsSketch.xml.h:2 msgid "Cuts the selection and places it in a new non-printing movement (a \\\"sketch\\\") after the current movement." msgstr "Klipper ut markeringen och placerar den i en ny sats som inte skrivs ut (en \"skiss\") efter den aktuella satsen." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/DeleteSelectionLeaveEmpty.xml.h:1 msgid "Delete Selected Objects" msgstr "Ta bort markerade objekt" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/DeleteSelectionLeaveEmpty.xml.h:2 msgid "Delete all selected objects and leave empty measures behind" msgstr "Ta bort alla markerade objekt och lämna kvar tomma takter" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/InsertDirectivesAroundSelection.scm:16 msgid "First execute this command with the selection set to two directives, clef changes, tuplet markers etc (which will then be copied to the clipboard)." msgstr "Kör först kommandot med markeringen inställd på två direktiv, klavändringar, tuplettmarkörer osv. (de kopieras sedan till urklipp)." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/InsertDirectivesAroundSelection.scm:17 msgid "Then select music to be bracketed by these two objects and re-execute the command" msgstr "Välj sedan musik som ska placeras mellan dessa två objekt och kör kommandot igen" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/InsertDirectivesAroundSelection.scm:38 msgid "The pair of objects" msgstr "Paret av objekt" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/InsertDirectivesAroundSelection.scm:43 msgid "Notes or rests cannot be used." msgstr "Noter eller pauser kan inte användas." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/InsertDirectivesAroundSelection.scm:61 msgid "Clipboard is messed up, edit by hand" msgstr "Urklippet är felaktigt, redigera för hand" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/InsertDirectivesAroundSelection.scm:68 msgid "Clipboard has changed and does not hold a pair of objects to bracket the selection. Restart the command." msgstr "Urklippet har ändrats och innehåller inte ett objektpar som omsluter markeringen. Starta om kommandot." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/InsertDirectivesAroundSelection.scm:70 msgid "No pair of objects available - start again, selecting a pair of objects to be used." msgstr "Inga objektpar är tillgängliga. Börja om och välj ett objektpar att använda." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/InsertDirectivesAroundSelection.scm:72 msgid "No Selection" msgstr "Ingen markering" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/InsertDirectivesAroundSelection.xml.h:1 msgid "Span Selection with Pair of Objects" msgstr "Omslut markering med objektpar" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/InsertDirectivesAroundSelection.xml.h:2 msgid "If the selection comprises two objects - directives, clef changes, tuplet markers etc. - it cuts them to the clipboard. Subsequent invocations of the command with music selected places the two objects before and after the music." msgstr "Om markeringen omfattar två objekt – direktiv, klavändringar, tuplettmarkörer osv. – klipps de ut till urklipp. När kommandot sedan används med markerad musik placeras de två objekten före och efter musiken." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/MarkPassages.xml.h:1 msgid "Mark Passages" msgstr "Markera passager" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/MarkPassages.xml.h:2 msgid "Invoke this command with no selection to initialize it. Then select passages to be marked and invoke it again to mark them. (Use with the command Swap Passages in the Notation Magick menu to swap the passages marked with the corresponding music in the staff below the current staff)." msgstr "Starta kommandot utan att välja något för att initiera det. Välj sedan de passager som ska markeras och anropa kommandot igen för att markera dem. (Används tillsammans med kommandot Swap Passages i menyn Notation Magick för att byta ut de passager som markerats med motsvarande musik i notbilden under den aktuella notbilden)." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/SelectAllStaffs.xml.h:1 msgid "Select All Staffs" msgstr "Välj alla notsystem" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/SelectAllStaffs.xml.h:2 msgid "Selects the whole movement / All staffs" msgstr "Väljer hela satsen / alla notsystem" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/SelectAll.xml.h:1 msgid "Select All Music In Movement" msgstr "Välj all musik i satsen" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/SelectAll.xml.h:2 msgid "Creates a selection for all the music in the current movement." msgstr "Skapar en markering för all musik i den aktuella satsen." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/SelectColumn.xml.h:1 msgid "Select Column" msgstr "Välj kolumn" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/SelectColumn.xml.h:2 msgid "Selects the whole column" msgstr "Markerar hela kolumnen" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/SelectionToEmptyMeasure.xml.h:1 msgid "Selection to Next Empty Measure" msgstr "Markering till nästa tomma takt" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/SelectionToEmptyMeasure.xml.h:2 msgid "Creates a selection to the next empty measure in the current staff" msgstr "Skapar en markering till nästa tomma takt i det aktuella notsystemet" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/SelectLeft.xml.h:1 msgid "Select Left" msgstr "Välj vänster" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/SelectLeft.xml.h:2 msgid "Move cursor left, selecting the object moved to." msgstr "Flytta markören åt vänster och välj det objekt som flyttas till." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/SelectMeasure.xml.h:1 msgid "Select Measure" msgstr "Välj takt" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/SelectMeasure.xml.h:2 msgid "Create a selection for the entire current measure" msgstr "Skapa en markering för hela den aktuella takten" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/SelectRight.xml.h:1 msgid "Select Right" msgstr "Välj höger" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/SelectRight.xml.h:2 msgid "Move cursor right, selecting the object moved to." msgstr "Flytta markören åt höger och välj det objekt som flyttas till." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/SelectStaff.xml.h:1 msgid "Select Staff" msgstr "Välj notsystem" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/SelectStaff.xml.h:2 msgid "Selects the whole staff" msgstr "Väljer hela notsystemet" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/ToggleNonprintingSelection.xml.h:1 msgid "Selection Non-printing (Off/On)" msgstr "Markering skrivs inte ut (av/på)" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/ToggleNonprintingSelection.xml.h:2 msgid "Sets/Unsets all objects in the selection to be non-printing." msgstr "Anger eller tar bort inställningen att alla objekt i markeringen inte ska skrivas ut." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Analysis/MarkConsecutivesAcrossStaffs.scm:19 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Analysis/MarkConsecutives.scm:76 msgid "Score must be saved first" msgstr "Partituret måste sparas först" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Analysis/MarkConsecutivesAcrossStaffs.xml.h:1 msgid "Mark Consecutives Across Staffs" msgstr "Markera parallella kvinter och oktaver mellan notsystem" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Analysis/MarkConsecutivesAcrossStaffs.xml.h:2 msgid "Expects one voice per staff - marks consecutive octaves and fifths. Save score first." msgstr "Förväntar sig en stämma per notsystem och markerar parallella oktaver och kvinter. Spara partituret först." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Analysis/MarkConsecutives.xml.h:1 msgid "Mark Consecutive 5ths and Octaves" msgstr "Markera på varandra följande kvinter och oktaver" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Analysis/MarkConsecutives.xml.h:2 msgid "Marks positions in a score where consecutive fifths or octaves occur. Expects two staffs one with up to three part harmony and the other with the bass." msgstr "Markerar positioner i ett partitur där parallella kvinter eller oktaver förekommer. Förväntar sig två notsystem, det ena med upp till trestämmig harmoni och det andra med bas." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Chord-Comparison/DiminishedOrAugmented.xml.h:1 msgid "DiminishedAugmented" msgstr "FörminskadÖkad" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Chord-Comparison/DiminishedOrAugmented.xml.h:2 msgid "Determine if the chord sounded is Diminished or Augmented" msgstr "Avgör om det klingande ackordet är förminskat eller överstigande" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Chord-Comparison/DiminishedOrMinor.xml.h:1 msgid "DiminishedMinor" msgstr "FörminskatMoll" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Chord-Comparison/DiminishedOrMinor.xml.h:2 msgid "Determine if the chord sounded is Diminished or Minor" msgstr "Bestäm om det klingande ackordet är förminskat eller moll" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Chord-Comparison/HalfDiminished7OrDiminshed7.xml.h:1 msgid "HalfDiminished7Diminished7" msgstr "Halvförminskat7Förminskat7" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Chord-Comparison/HalfDiminished7OrDiminshed7.xml.h:2 msgid "Determine the type of diminished chord sounded" msgstr "Bestäm vilken typ av förminskat ackord som hörs" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Chord-Comparison/Major7Minor7OrDominant7.xml.h:1 msgid "Major7Minor7Dominant7" msgstr "Dur7Moll7Dominant7" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Chord-Comparison/Major7Minor7OrDominant7.xml.h:2 msgid "Determine which seventh chord is sounded" msgstr "Bestäm vilket septimackord som spelas" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Chord-Comparison/MajorMinorAugmentedOrDiminished.xml.h:1 msgid "MajorMinorAugmentedDiminished" msgstr "DurMollÖverstigandeFörminskat" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Chord-Comparison/MajorMinorAugmentedOrDiminished.xml.h:2 msgid "Determine if the chord sounded is Major Minor Augmented or Diminished" msgstr "Avgör om det klingande ackordet är dur, moll, överstigande eller förminskat" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Chord-Comparison/MajorOrAugmented.xml.h:1 msgid "MajorAugmented" msgstr "DurÖverstigande" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Chord-Comparison/MajorOrAugmented.xml.h:2 msgid "Determine if chord sounded is Major or Augmented" msgstr "Avgör om det klingande ackordet är dur eller överstigande" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Chord-Comparison/MajorOrMinor.xml.h:1 msgid "MajorMinor" msgstr "DurMoll" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Chord-Comparison/MajorOrMinor.xml.h:2 msgid "Determine if the chord played is major or minor" msgstr "Avgör om det spelade ackordet är dur eller moll" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/Ab-Major.xml.h:1 msgid "Ab Major" msgstr "Ab Dur" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/Ab-Major.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/Ab-Pentascale.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/Bb-Major.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/Bb-Pentascale.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/C-Major.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/C-Pentascale.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/Db-Major.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/Db-Pentascale.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/Eb-Major.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/Eb-Pentascale.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/F-Major.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/F-Pentascale.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/F-sharp-Major.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/F-sharp-Pentascale.xml.h:2 msgid "Identify Scale Notes that are sounded" msgstr "Identifiera klingande skaltoner" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/Ab-Pentascale.xml.h:1 msgid "Ab Pentascale" msgstr "Ab Pentascale" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/Bb-Major.xml.h:1 msgid "Bb Major" msgstr "Bb-dur" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/Bb-Pentascale.xml.h:1 msgid "Bb Pentascale" msgstr "Bb Pentaskala" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/C-Major.xml.h:1 msgid "C Major" msgstr "C-dur" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/C-Pentascale.xml.h:1 msgid "C-Pentascale" msgstr "C-Pentascale" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/Db-Major.xml.h:1 msgid "Db Major" msgstr "Db Dur" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/Db-Pentascale.xml.h:1 msgid "Db Pentascale" msgstr "Db Pentascale" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/Eb-Major.xml.h:1 msgid "Eb Major" msgstr "Eb-dur" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/Eb-Pentascale.xml.h:1 msgid "Eb Pentascale" msgstr "Eb pentaskala" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/F-Major.xml.h:1 msgid "F Major" msgstr "F-dur" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/F-Pentascale.xml.h:1 msgid "F Pentascale" msgstr "F Pentaskala" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/F-sharp-Major.xml.h:1 msgid "F# Major" msgstr "Fis-dur" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/F-sharp-Pentascale.xml.h:1 msgid "F# Pentascale" msgstr "F# Pentaskala" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Intervals/2nds-and-3rds.xml.h:1 msgid "2nds and 3rds" msgstr "2:or och 3:or" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Intervals/2nds-and-3rds.xml.h:2 msgid "Compare the major and minor 2nd and 3rd intervals" msgstr "Jämför små och stora sekunder och terser" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Intervals/3rds-and-4ths.xml.h:1 msgid "3rds and 4ths" msgstr "3:or och 4:or" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Intervals/3rds-and-4ths.xml.h:2 msgid "Compare the interval of minor 3rd to an augmented 4th" msgstr "Jämför en liten ters med en överstigande kvart" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Intervals/4ths-and-5ths.xml.h:1 msgid "4ths and 5ths" msgstr "4:e och 5:e" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Intervals/4ths-and-5ths.xml.h:2 msgid "Compare the interval of the P4 through P5" msgstr "Jämför intervallet från ren kvart till ren kvint" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Intervals/5ths-and-6ths.xml.h:1 msgid "5ths and 6ths" msgstr "5:e och 6:e" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Intervals/5ths-and-6ths.xml.h:2 msgid "Compare the intervals of the diminished 5th to the minor 6th" msgstr "Jämför intervallen från förminskad kvint till liten sext" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Intervals/6ths-and-7ths.xml.h:1 msgid "6ths and 7ths" msgstr "6:e och 7:e" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Intervals/6ths-and-7ths.xml.h:2 msgid "compare the intervals between the minor 6th to the major 7th" msgstr "jämför intervallen från liten sext till stor septima" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Intervals/7ths-and-8ths.xml.h:1 msgid "7ths and 8ths" msgstr "7:e och 8:e" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Intervals/7ths-and-8ths.xml.h:2 msgid "Compare the intervals of a minor 7th to the perfect 8" msgstr "Jämför intervallen från liten septima till ren oktav" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Intervals/Interval-Identification.xml.h:1 msgid "Interval Identification" msgstr "Identifiering av intervall" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Intervals/Interval-Identification.xml.h:2 msgid "Identify the name of each interval sounded" msgstr "Identifiera namnet på varje klingande intervall" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/MIDI/CheckPitches.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/CheckPitches.xml.h:1 msgid "Check Note Pitches" msgstr "Kontrollera tonhöjder" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/MIDI/CheckPitches.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/CheckPitches.xml.h:2 msgid "Compares notes/chords played from MIDI with current note/chord, if equal in pitch, advances to next note/chord, else beeps. To stop the checking issue this command a second time. When you reach the last note it finishes and reverts to Appending/Editing notes from MIDI in." msgstr "Jämför noter och ackord som spelas från MIDI med aktuell not eller aktuellt ackord. Om tonhöjden är densamma går du vidare till nästa not eller ackord, annars hörs en ljudsignal. Stoppa kontrollen genom att ge kommandot en gång till. När du når sista noten avslutas kommandot och programmet återgår till att lägga till eller redigera noter från MIDI-in." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/MIDI/Conductor.xml.h:1 msgid "The Conductor" msgstr "Dirigenten" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/MIDI/Conductor.xml.h:2 msgid "Conducts as you press the sustain pedal for each measure." msgstr "Dirigerar när du trycker på sustainpedalen för varje takt." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/MIDI/FiguredBassExercises.scm:4 msgid "" "The music below is the first of Handel's exercises for figured bass. The staff marked \"Chords\" at the top is a sample (inadequate) realization of the figures.\n" " When you click Start you will be asked if you want to delete this version, and when you say yes you can start creating your own.\n" " The screen becomes green to remind you that your MIDI controller is now expecting you to play the ticked bass note plus chord.\n" " The bass note expected is marked with a tick, play this note plus the chord notes. You can hold down the bass note and change chords over the same bass note.\n" " Note, you must distinguish enharmonic differences (e.g. D-sharp from E-flat), check that the set of accidentals showing in the MIDI-in controls suits the piece you are working on. Press shift-sharpwise or flatwise as needed.\n" " You can hold down the chord while going on to the next bass note so as to carry the chord over.\n" "You can use the sustain pedal to tie the chord you are entering with the chord for the next bass note by putting the pedal down on the chord you want to tie and releasing it after going on to the next bass note.\n" "Putting pedal down before the bass note will tie the last chord to the one you enter next. \n" "You can also use the sustain pedal to place a chord on a rest before a bass note (depress the pedal before striking the bass note).\n" " You can click Start a second time to stop, and you can re-start from any bar you like.\n" " You can edit, playback etc while working, but don't remove or add staffs. You can also use the pitch bend wheel to stop entering chords.\n" " " msgstr "" "Musiken nedan är den första av Händels övningar för räknad bas. Notbilden markerad med \"Chords\" högst upp är ett exempel på (otillräcklig) realisering av figurerna.\n" " När du klickar på Start får du frågan om du vill radera den här versionen, och när du säger ja kan du börja skapa din egen.\n" " Skärmen blir grön för att påminna dig om att din MIDI-controller nu förväntar sig att du ska spela den markerade basnoten plus ackord.\n" " Den förväntade basnoten är markerad med en bock, spela denna not plus ackordnoterna. Du kan hålla ner basnoten och byta ackord över samma basnot.\n" " Observera att du måste skilja på enharmoniska skillnader (t.ex. D-skarpt från Ess), kontrollera att den uppsättning förtecken som visas i MIDI-in-kontrollerna passar det stycke du arbetar med. Tryck på shift-sharpwise eller flatwise efter behov.\n" " Du kan hålla ner ackordet medan du går vidare till nästa basnot för att föra över ackordet.\n" "Du kan använda sustainpedalen för att binda ihop det ackord du håller på att skriva med ackordet för nästa basnot genom att trycka ner pedalen på det ackord du vill binda ihop och släppa den efter att du har gått vidare till nästa basnot.\n" "Om du trycker ner pedalen före basnoten binds det sista ackordet till det du skriver in härnäst.\n" "Du kan också använda sustain-pedalen för att placera ett ackord på en viloplats före en basnot (tryck ner pedalen innan du slår an basnoten).\n" " Du kan klicka på Start en gång till för att stoppa, och du kan börja om från vilken takt du vill.\n" " Du kan redigera, spela upp etc. medan du arbetar, men du får inte ta bort eller lägga till noter. Du kan också använda pitch bend-hjulet för att stoppa inmatningen av ackord.\n" " " #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/MIDI/FiguredBassExercises.scm:30 msgid "You have unsaved work" msgstr "Du har osparat arbete" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/MIDI/FiguredBassExercises.xml.h:1 msgid "Handel's Figured Bass Exercises" msgstr "Händels figurerade basövningar" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/MIDI/FiguredBassExercises.xml.h:2 msgid "Allows you to play in chords - a continuo realization - to Handel's continuo-practice exercises. Your continuo realization can optionally be marked to show consecutives." msgstr "Gör det möjligt att spela ackord – en continuorealisering – till Händels övningar i continuo. Din continuorealisering kan vid behov markeras för att visa paralleller." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/MIDI/NoteRecognition.scm:15 msgid "" "Five notes are played at random from the current bar.\n" "You must play the last one on the MIDI keyboard to score. \n" "You can paste as many different notes as you like into a bar -\n" "if you include the same note many times you will get that one more often.\n" "You can cheat by looking at the Denemo cursor position.\n" "Invoke the command again to stop." msgstr "" "Fem noter spelas slumpmässigt från den aktuella takten.\n" "Du måste spela den sista på MIDI-tangentbordet för att få poäng.\n" "Du kan klistra in hur många olika noter som helst i en takt –\n" "om du klistrar in samma not många gånger får du den oftare.\n" "Du kan fuska genom att titta på Denemos markörposition.\n" "Anropa kommandot igen för att stoppa." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/MIDI/NoteRecognition.xml.h:1 msgid "Note Recognition (Off/On)" msgstr "Notigenkänning (av/på)" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/MIDI/NoteRecognition.xml.h:2 msgid "Five notes are played at random from the current bar. You must play the last one on the MIDI keyboard to score. You can paste as many different notes as you like into a bar - if you include the same note many times you will get that one more often. You can cheat by looking at the Denemo cursor position. Invoke the command again to stop." msgstr "Fem noter spelas slumpmässigt från den aktuella takten. Du måste spela den sista på MIDI-tangentbordet för att få poäng. Du kan klistra in hur många olika noter som helst i en takt – om du klistrar in samma not många gånger får du den oftare. Du kan fuska genom att titta på Denemos markörposition. Anropa kommandot igen för att stoppa." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/BassClefNoteNameSpeedTest.xml.h:1 msgid "Bass Clef Note Name Speed Recognition" msgstr "Snabbigenkänning av tonnamn i basklav" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/BassClefNoteNameSpeedTest.xml.h:3 #, no-c-format msgid "%tests your ability to read the notes of the bass clef staff" msgstr "%testar din förmåga att läsa tonerna i basklavens notsystem" #. #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/CountSteps.xml.h:1 msgid "Step Counting Exercise" msgstr "Övning i att räkna steg" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/CountSteps.xml.h:3 #, no-c-format msgid "%tests your ability to find the number of diatonic notes between two notes" msgstr "%testar din förmåga att hitta antalet diatoniska toner mellan två toner" #. #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/DiatonicInterval.xml.h:1 msgid "Diatonic Interval Detection" msgstr "Identifiering av diatoniska intervall" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/DiatonicInterval.xml.h:3 #, no-c-format msgid "%tests your ability to find the diatonic interval name between two notes" msgstr "%testar din förmåga att hitta namnet på det diatoniska intervallet mellan två toner" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/LineNumber.xml.h:1 msgid "Identify Line Number" msgstr "Identifiera linjenummer" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/LineNumber.xml.h:2 msgid "Identify the line number in which the note is displayed" msgstr "Identifiera radnumret där noten visas" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/LineOrSpace.xml.h:1 msgid "Line and Space Recognition" msgstr "Identifiering av linjer och mellanrum" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/LineOrSpace.xml.h:3 #, no-c-format msgid "%tests your ability to recognize the difference between line and space" msgstr "%testar din förmåga att känna igen skillnaden mellan linje och mellanrum" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/NoteNameSpeedTest.xml.h:1 msgid "Note Name Speed Recognition" msgstr "Snabbigenkänning av tonnamn" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/NoteNameSpeedTest.xml.h:3 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/ReadingNoteNamesSolfege.xml.h:3 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/ReadingNoteNames.xml.h:3 #, no-c-format msgid "%tests your ability to name the notes of the scale" msgstr "%testar din förmåga att namnge skalans toner" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/ReadingNoteNamesSolfege.xml.h:1 msgid "Solfege Note Name Recognition" msgstr "Solmisation: igenkänning av tonnamn" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/ReadingNoteNames.xml.h:1 msgid "Note Name Recognition" msgstr "Igenkänning av tonnamn" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/SpaceNumber.xml.h:1 msgid "Identify Space Number" msgstr "Identifiera mellannummer" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/SpaceNumber.xml.h:2 msgid "Identify the space number in which the note is display on" msgstr "Identifiera numret på mellanrummet där noten visas" #. #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/StepSkipOrSame.xml.h:1 msgid "Step, Skip, or Same?" msgstr "Steg, hoppa över eller samma?" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/StepSkipOrSame.xml.h:3 #, no-c-format msgid "%tests your ability to determine if note is moving by a step or skip" msgstr "%tests din förmåga att avgöra om noten förflyttas med ett steg eller hoppar över" #. #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/UpDownOrSame.xml.h:1 msgid "Trace Note Direction" msgstr "Följ notens riktning" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/UpDownOrSame.xml.h:3 #, no-c-format msgid "%tests your note tracking ability" msgstr "%testar din förmåga att följa noter" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/CompareScores.scm:26 msgid "Scores have different numbers of movements" msgstr "Partituren har olika antal satser" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/CompareScores.scm:30 msgid "Scores have different header information: " msgstr "Partituren har olika rubrikinformation: " #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/CompareScores.scm:41 msgid "Movement number " msgstr "Satsens nummer " #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/CompareScores.scm:41 msgid "Movements have different header information: " msgstr "Satserna har olika rubrikinformation: " #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/CompareScores.scm:46 msgid "Finished Movement " msgstr "Avslutad sats " #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/CompareScores.scm:51 msgid "Finished, but lyric verses are not checked" msgstr "Klar, men sångtextverser har inte kontrollerats" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/CompareScores.xml.h:1 msgid "Compare Scores" msgstr "Jämför partitur" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/CompareScores.xml.h:2 msgid "Opens two scores and reports on any differences between them." msgstr "Öppnar två partitur och rapporterar eventuella skillnader mellan dem." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Export/ExportAsMusicXML.scm:11 msgid "Your score will be exported to MusicXML music interchange format. Note this does not preserve all the information - you must save your score as well" msgstr "Ditt partitur kommer att exporteras till MusicXML musikutbytesformat. Observera att detta inte bevarar all information - du måste spara ditt partitur också" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Export/ExportAsMusicXML.scm:25 msgid "Score not saved." msgstr "Partituret är inte sparat." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Export/ExportAsMusicXML.xml.h:1 msgid "Export as MusicXML" msgstr "Exportera som MusicXML" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Export/ExportAsMusicXML.xml.h:2 msgid "Exports the current score in the MusicXML format. For a multi-movement score the movements are saved in files of the form *-n.xml where n is the number of the movement. The export is limited to things Denemo knows about the score - it does not know a lot about how LilyPond will typeset the score. The parts are exported on separate staffs." msgstr "Exporterar det aktuella partituret i MusicXML-format. I ett partitur med flera satser sparas satserna i filer av formen *-n.xml, där n är satsens nummer. Exporten är begränsad till sådant som Denemo känner till om partituret; Denemo känner inte till mycket om hur LilyPond typsätter det. Stämmorna exporteras på separata notsystem." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Export/ExportAudio.xml.h:1 msgid "Export Currrent Audio Recording" msgstr "Exportera pågående ljudinspelning" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Export/ExportAudio.xml.h:2 msgid "Exports recorded audio output." msgstr "Exporterar inspelad ljudutgång." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Export/ExportScoreAsAudio.scm:7 msgid "Recording Audio" msgstr "Inspelning av ljud" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Export/ExportScoreAsAudio.scm:7 msgid "Give pause between movements (seconds):" msgstr "Ange paus mellan satser (sekunder):" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Export/ExportScoreAsAudio.xml.h:1 msgid "Export Score as Audio" msgstr "Exportera partitur som ljud" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Export/ExportScoreAsAudio.xml.h:2 msgid "Plays a performance of the whole score, including repeats, then offers to save the recording as Audio." msgstr "Spelar upp hela partituret, inklusive upprepningar, och erbjuder sedan att spara inspelningen som ljud." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Export/QuickLilyPondExport.scm:4 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Export/QuickLilyPondPart.scm:30 msgid "The score does not have a file name, so no file name for the output LilyPond file can be constructed. Save the score first." msgstr "Partituret har inget filnamn, så något filnamn för LilyPond-utdatafilen kan inte skapas. Spara partituret först." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Export/QuickLilyPondExport.xml.h:1 msgid "Quick LilyPond Export" msgstr "Snabb export av LilyPond" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Export/QuickLilyPondExport.xml.h:2 msgid "Exports as LilyPond to a file named the same as the .denemo file but with .ly suffix." msgstr "Exporterar som LilyPond till en fil med samma namn som .denemo-filen, men med ändelsen .ly." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Export/QuickLilyPondPartsAllMovements.xml.h:1 msgid "Quick LilyPond Parts All Movements" msgstr "Snabb LilyPond-export av stämmor för alla satser" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Export/QuickLilyPondPartsAllMovements.xml.h:2 msgid "Runs Quick LilyPond Parts on all movemnts." msgstr "Kör Snabb LilyPond-export av stämmor för alla satser." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Export/QuickLilyPondParts.xml.h:1 msgid "Quick LilyPond Parts" msgstr "Snabb LilyPond-export av stämmor" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Export/QuickLilyPondParts.xml.h:2 msgid "Runs Quick LilyPond Part on all the staffs of the current movement." msgstr "Kör Snabb LilyPond-export av stämma för alla notsystem i den aktuella satsen." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Export/QuickLilyPondPart.xml.h:1 msgid "Quick LilyPond Part" msgstr "Snabb LilyPond-export av stämma" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Export/QuickLilyPondPart.xml.h:2 msgid "Writes a file containing the music of the current staff in LilyPond format. The filename is the current file name with \\\"-denemo\\\" and the movement and staff numbers appended (and the .ly suffix)." msgstr "Skriver en fil med musiken i det aktuella notsystemet i LilyPond-format. Filnamnet är det aktuella filnamnet med ”-denemo” samt sats- och notsystemnummer tillagda, och ändelsen .ly." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Import/Import-Lilypond.scm:5 msgid "You have unsaved work." msgstr "Du har osparat arbete." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Import/Import-Lilypond.xml.h:1 msgid "Import Lilypond (Limited)" msgstr "Importera LilyPond (begränsat)" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Import/Import-Lilypond.xml.h:2 msgid "Try to Import a Lilypond File" msgstr "Försök importera en LilyPond-fil" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Import/Import-Midi.xml.h:1 msgid "Import Midi (Limited)" msgstr "Importera MIDI (begränsat)" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Import/Import-Midi.xml.h:2 msgid "Try to Import a Midi File" msgstr "Försök importera en MIDI-fil" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Import/Import-MusicXml.scm:9 msgid "Simple Titles" msgstr "Enkla titlar" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Import/Import-MusicXml.scm:9 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/init.scm:23 msgid "Book Titles" msgstr "Titlar på böcker" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Import/Import-MusicXml.scm:11 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Import/Import-MusicXml.scm:12 msgid "Untitled" msgstr "Saknar rubrik" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Import/Import-MusicXml.xml.h:2 msgid "Imports a MusicXml file as a new movement. Not all features are supported." msgstr "Importerar en MusicXML-fil som en ny sats. Alla funktioner stöds inte." #. SelectMidiImportStrategy #. guided midi import needs re-working to import one track as a MIDI recording... #. (let ((choice (d-GetOption (string-append (_ "Guided Import") stop (_ "Automatic Import") stop)))) #. (cond #. ((boolean? choice) #. (d-InfoDialog (_ Cancelled))) #. ((equal? choice (_ "Guided Import") ) #. (d-GuidedMidiImport)) #. ((equal? choice (_ "Automatic Import")) #. ))) #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Import/SelectMidiImportStrategy.xml.h:1 msgid "MIDI Import" msgstr "MIDI-import" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Import/SelectMidiImportStrategy.xml.h:2 msgid "Import Music from a MIDI file, either guided or (in simple cases) automatically." msgstr "Importera musik från en MIDI-fil, antingen vägledd eller automatiskt i enkla fall." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/AddToIndex.scm:48 msgid "Not an Index" msgstr "Inte ett index" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/AddToIndex.scm:50 msgid "Choose Denemo Score to add to Index" msgstr "Välj Denemo-partitur att lägga till i index" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/AddToIndex.scm:85 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/CreateIndex.scm:94 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/FilterByInstrumentName.scm:36 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/FilterByUserCondition.scm:70 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/SortByComposer.scm:43 msgid "End of Index. Number of entries " msgstr "Slut på index. Antal poster " #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/AddToIndex.xml.h:1 msgid "Add to Index" msgstr "Lägg till i index" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/AddToIndex.xml.h:2 msgid "Adds an index entry for the file chosen to the currently open Index." msgstr "Lägger till en indexpost för den valda filen i det index som är öppet." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/CreateConditionalIndex.scm:6 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/FilterByUserCondition.scm:55 msgid "No Scheme condition in the Scheme Script window - see View menu" msgstr "Inget Scheme-villkor i fönstret Scheme-skript – se menyn Visa" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/CreateConditionalIndex.xml.h:1 msgid "Create Conditional Index" msgstr "Skapa villkorligt index" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/CreateConditionalIndex.xml.h:2 msgid "Creates an index including only those scores for which the script in the Scheme Window evaluates to true (i.e. the last expression evaluates as not #f). The comment for each index entry can be created using the procedure DenemoIndexCommentDisplay, e.g. (DenemoIndexCommentDisplay mycomment)." msgstr "Skapar ett index som endast innehåller de partitur vars skript i Scheme-fönstret utvärderas till sant (det vill säga där det sista uttrycket inte blir #f). Kommentaren för varje indexpost kan skapas med proceduren DenemoIndexCommentDisplay, till exempel (DenemoIndexCommentDisplay mycomment)." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/CreateIndex.scm:30 msgid "Where to search" msgstr "Var sökning ska ske" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/CreateIndex.scm:45 msgid "The Index to scores will appear in the Print View." msgstr "Partiturindexet visas i utskriftsvyn." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/CreateIndex.scm:46 msgid "Note that the display will be very sluggish until indexing completes." msgstr "Observera att visningen blir mycket trög tills indexeringen är klar." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/CreateIndex.scm:68 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/CreateIndex.scm:69 msgid "Indexing Complete in " msgstr "Indexering komplett i " #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/CreateIndex.scm:87 msgid "No scores found for the given condition" msgstr "Inga partitur hittades för det angivna villkoret" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/CreateIndex.scm:87 msgid "No scores found" msgstr "Inga partitur hittades" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/CreateIndex.xml.h:1 msgid "Index Scores" msgstr "Indexera partitur" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/CreateIndex.xml.h:2 msgid "Creates an index of all the Denemo scores in a folder and sub-folders." msgstr "Skapar ett index över alla Denemo-partitur i en mapp och dess undermappar." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/FilterByInstrumentName.scm:24 msgid "Index Filter" msgstr "Indexfilter" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/FilterByInstrumentName.scm:24 msgid "Give Instrument Name to filter on:" msgstr "Ange instrumentnamn att filtrera efter:" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/FilterByInstrumentName.scm:24 msgid "Violino" msgstr "Violino" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/FilterByInstrumentName.scm:37 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/FilterByUserCondition.scm:73 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/SortByComposer.scm:45 msgid "Create index first" msgstr "Skapa index först" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/FilterByInstrumentName.xml.h:1 msgid "Filter by Instrument" msgstr "Filtrera efter instrument" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/FilterByInstrumentName.xml.h:2 msgid "Filters the currently loaded index of scores by your choice of instrument name." msgstr "Filtrerar det inlästa partiturindexet efter valt instrumentnamn." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/FilterByUserCondition.scm:56 msgid "" "Open the Scheme window from the View menu and write a condition to filter on (in Scheme syntax)\n" "The variables available are:\n" "filename composer title \n" "which are strings and\n" "instruments\n" "which is a list of strings." msgstr "" "Öppna Scheme-fönstret från menyn Visa och skriv ett villkor att filtrera efter (med Scheme-syntax).\n" "Tillgängliga variabler är:\n" "filename composer title\n" "som är strängar, samt\n" "instruments\n" "som är en lista med strängar." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/FilterByUserCondition.xml.h:1 msgid "Filter by Scheme Condition" msgstr "Filtrera efter Scheme-villkor" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/FilterByUserCondition.xml.h:2 msgid "Filters the currently loaded index of scores by a Scheme expression involving the variables filename, title, composer, comment (all strings) and the list of instruments (a list of strings)" msgstr "Filtrerar det inlästa partiturindexet med ett Scheme-uttryck som innehåller variablerna filename, title, composer och comment (alla strängar) samt instruments (en lista med strängar)." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/SortByComposer.xml.h:1 msgid "Sort by Composer" msgstr "Sortera efter kompositör" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/SortByComposer.xml.h:2 msgid "Sorts an index already created into alphabetical order by composer. The files are not re-indexed, so may be out-of-date, use Index Scores command if so." msgstr "Sorterar ett redan skapat index alfabetiskt efter kompositör. Filerna indexeras inte om och kan därför vara inaktuella; använd kommandot Indexera partitur i så fall." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/NewScoreFromCurrent.scm:59 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/NewScoreFromCurrent.scm:68 msgid "Create Template" msgstr "Skapa mall" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/NewScoreFromCurrent.scm:59 msgid "Give key" msgstr "Ange tonart" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/NewScoreFromCurrent.scm:68 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/InsertMovement/AddMovement.scm:39 msgid "Give time signature" msgstr "Ange taktart" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/NewScoreFromCurrent.scm:105 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/SaveMenu/SaveAsTemplate.scm:24 msgid "Cancelled: " msgstr "Avbruten: " #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/NewScoreFromCurrent.scm:105 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/SaveMenu/SaveAsTemplate.scm:24 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/DuplicateOrMergeMovements.scm:36 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/SplitMovementAtCursor.scm:15 msgid "Score is not saved" msgstr "Partituret är inte sparat" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/NewScoreFromCurrent.xml.h:1 msgid "New from Current" msgstr "Nytt från nuvarande" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/NewScoreFromCurrent.xml.h:2 msgid "Creates a new score from the current score omitting the actual music and prompting for possible new values for clef, key, time signature, titles etc." msgstr "Skapar ett nytt partitur från det aktuella partituret, utan själva musiken, och frågar efter eventuella nya värden för klav, tonart, taktart, titlar osv." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/OpenMenu/GuidedMidiImport.scm:11 msgid "" "You can now insert the notes from the MIDI track into the staff beneath the (top) click track staff.\n" " The MIDI notes detected are displayed above the top staff, and the first is marked ready to be entered.\n" " The Return key will enter the note using the duration calculated from the time until the next note -\n" " override this by playing a duration key 0, 1 .... or clicking a duration button.\n" " Use the Ins key to insert a note in the chord if the MIDI notes are not sequential.\n" " You can use the Navigation commands to move the marked MIDI note around if you need to back up or re-start\n" " (or you can double-click on the MIDI note marker itself - above the blue line at the top - to make it the marked MIDI note).\n" " When you have finished with this MIDI track use the button (or use the Staff->Add Staff->MIDI menu) to load another track. \n" " It is best to work up from the lowest numbered track so that the staffs are in order without having to swap them afterwards." msgstr "" "Du kan nu infoga noterna från MIDI-spåret i notsystemet under klickspårets översta notsystem.\n" " De registrerade MIDI-noterna visas ovanför det översta notsystemet och den första är markerad som klar för inmatning.\n" " Retur-tangenten matar in noten med en längd som beräknas från tiden till nästa not.\n" " Du kan åsidosätta detta genom att trycka på en längdtangent (0, 1 …) eller klicka på en längdknapp.\n" " Använd Insert-tangenten för att infoga en not i ackordet om MIDI-noterna inte följer på varandra.\n" " Du kan använda navigeringskommandona för att flytta den markerade MIDI-noten om du behöver gå tillbaka eller börja om.\n" " Du kan också dubbelklicka på MIDI-notmarkören ovanför den blå linjen överst för att markera den MIDI-noten.\n" " När du är klar med MIDI-spåret använder du knappen eller menyn Notsystem → Lägg till notsystem → MIDI för att läsa in ett annat spår.\n" " Arbeta helst från det lägst numrerade spåret uppåt så att notsystemen hamnar i ordning utan att behöva bytas senare." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/OpenMenu/GuidedMidiImport.xml.h:1 msgid "Open Source MIDI" msgstr "MIDI med öppen källkod" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/OpenMenu/GuidedMidiImport.xml.h:2 msgid "Opens a MIDI file for transcribing. Load each track in turn and insert the MIDI notes by playing the durations." msgstr "Öppnar en MIDI-fil för transkribering. Läs in varje spår i tur och ordning och infoga MIDI-noterna genom att spela längderna." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/OpenMenu/OpenAudio.xml.h:1 msgid "Open Source Audio" msgstr "Ljud med öppen källkod" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/OpenMenu/OpenAudio.xml.h:2 msgid "Opens an audio file which will be played along with the notated music. The music is attached starting at the start time of the note at cursor. It is displayed above the top staff, provided there is notated music to provide timings to attach to. In an empty score a click track is created to attach the audio to." msgstr "Öppnar en ljudfil som spelas upp tillsammans med den noterade musiken. Musiken fästs från starttiden för noten vid markören. Den visas ovanför det översta notsystemet, förutsatt att det finns noterad musik som ger tidpunkter att fästa den vid. I ett tomt partitur skapas ett klickspår att fästa ljudet vid." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/OpenMenu/OpenMyDefaultTemplate.scm:6 msgid "" "Failed to open Default.denemo in your custom templates directory\n" "Have you saved a template called Default yet?" msgstr "" "Det gick inte att öppna Default.denemo i katalogen för dina egna mallar\n" "Har du sparat en mall som heter Default än?" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/OpenMenu/OpenMyDefaultTemplate.xml.h:1 msgid "Open Default Template" msgstr "Öppna standardmall" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/OpenMenu/OpenMyDefaultTemplate.xml.h:2 msgid "Opens the template Default.denemo in the user's custom template folder." msgstr "Öppnar mallen Default.denemo i användarens mapp för anpassade mallar." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/OpenMenu/OpenProofReadDialog.xml.h:1 msgid "Open Proof Read PDF" msgstr "Öppna PDF med korrektur" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/OpenMenu/OpenProofReadDialog.xml.h:2 msgid "Opens a dialog to fetch a PDF file generated by Denemo which has had proof reading annotations added to it. Clicking on notes in this file moves the cursor to the correct point in the Denemo display." msgstr "Öppnar en dialogruta för att hämta en PDF-fil som genererats av Denemo och som har försetts med korrekturanteckningar. Genom att klicka på noter i filen flyttas markören till rätt punkt i Denemo-visningen." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/OpenMenu/OpenSourceDialog.xml.h:1 msgid "Open Source for Transcribing" msgstr "Öppen källkod för transkribering" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/OpenMenu/OpenSourceDialog.xml.h:2 msgid "Opens a dialog to fetch a source facsimile or manuscript. Links can be placed in the Denemo score to this source file so that the source passage for a given measure can be re-displayed when reviewing the score." msgstr "Öppnar en dialogruta för att hämta en faksimil eller ett manuskript. Länkar kan placeras i Denemo-partituret till denna källfil så att källpassagen för en viss takt kan visas igen när man granskar partituret." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/CheckAndPrint.scm:4 msgid "" "You may need to fix this warning:\n" "\"" msgstr "" "Du kan behöva åtgärda denna varning:\n" "\"" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/CheckAndPrint.scm:4 msgid "" "\"\n" "before printing." msgstr "" "\"\n" "före utskrift." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/CheckAndPrint.xml.h:1 msgid "Check and Print" msgstr "Kontrollera och skriv ut" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/CheckAndPrint.xml.h:2 msgid "Checks the score for errors, if none are found proceeds to typeset and print the current layout." msgstr "Kontrollerar partituret för fel och, om inga hittas, fortsätter med att typsätta och skriva ut den aktuella layouten." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/NonPrintingStaffs.scm:27 msgid "Do Not Create Layout for this selection" msgstr "Skapa inte layout för detta urval" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/NonPrintingStaffs.scm:28 msgid "Apply to All Movements" msgstr "Tillämpa på alla satser" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/NonPrintingStaffs.scm:30 msgid "Choose Staffs to Print" msgstr "Välj notsystem att skriva ut" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/NonPrintingStaffs.scm:44 msgid "Creating Layout" msgstr "Skapa layout" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/NonPrintingStaffs.scm:44 msgid "Give Layout Name" msgstr "Ge layouten ett namn" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/NonPrintingStaffs.scm:44 msgid "Woodwind" msgstr "Träblås" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/NonPrintingStaffs.scm:55 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintBassPartWithoutFigures.scm:26 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintWithAmbitus.scm:31 msgid "Use Typeset->" msgstr "Använd Typsätt →" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/NonPrintingStaffs.scm:55 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintBassPartWithoutFigures.scm:26 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintWithAmbitus.scm:31 msgid " in the Print View to typeset your new layout" msgstr " i utskriftsvyn för att sätta din nya layout" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/NonPrintingStaffs.xml.h:1 msgid "Select Staffs to Print" msgstr "Välj notsystem att skriva ut" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/NonPrintingStaffs.xml.h:2 msgid "Makes selected staffs non-printing." msgstr "Gör markerade notsystem till sådana som inte skrivs ut." #. let #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/Preview4Bars.xml.h:1 msgid "Preview Four Measures" msgstr "Förhandsgranskning av fyra takter" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/Preview4Bars.xml.h:2 msgid "Print preview of current bar and the next three." msgstr "Utskriftsförhandsgranskning av aktuell takt och de tre följande." #. PrintAccompanistsScore new version #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintAccompanistsScore.scm:2 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintAccompanistsScore.scm:7 msgid "Accompanist's Score" msgstr "Ackompanjatörens partitur" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintAccompanistsScore.scm:2 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintAccompanistsScore.scm:7 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintAccompanistsScore.xml.h:1 msgid "Print Accompanist's Score" msgstr "Skriv ut ackompanjatörens partitur" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintAccompanistsScore.scm:2 msgid "How many staffs to make small?" msgstr "Hur många notsystem ska förminskas?" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintAccompanistsScore.scm:4 msgid "Accompanist with " msgstr "Ackompanjatör med " #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintAccompanistsScore.scm:4 msgid " cue part" msgstr " cue-stämma" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintAccompanistsScore.scm:7 msgid "Give Instrumentation " msgstr "Ge instrumentering " #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintAccompanistsScore.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints out the score with the topmost staff in tiny size and puts page breaks before each movement." msgstr "Skriver ut partituret med det översta notsystemet i mycket liten storlek och lägger sidbrytningar före varje sats." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintAllLayouts.scm:23 msgid "No Layouts Available?" msgstr "Inga layouter tillgängliga?" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintAllLayouts.xml.h:1 msgid "Prints All Layouts" msgstr "Skriver ut alla layouter" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintAllLayouts.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints the score using all the defined score layouts." msgstr "Skriver ut partituret med alla definierade partiturlayouter." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintBassPartWithoutFigures.scm:13 msgid "Bass without figures" msgstr "Bas utan siffror" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintBassPartWithoutFigures.xml.h:1 msgid "Print Bass Part Omitting Figures" msgstr "Skriv ut basstämma utan siffror" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintBassPartWithoutFigures.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints the Bass part omitting any figured bass figures." msgstr "Skriver ut basstämman utan generalbassiffror." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintPartWithTitlePage.scm:13 msgid "No Book Title, see Score->Titles->Book Titles" msgstr "Ingen boktitel, se partitur->Titlar->Boktitlar" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintPartWithTitlePage.xml.h:1 msgid "Print Part with Title Page" msgstr "Skriv ut stämma med titelsida" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintPartWithTitlePage.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints part with part name on title page" msgstr "Skriver ut stämman med stämnamnet på titelsidan" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintScoreAndParts.xml.h:1 msgid "Print Score and Parts" msgstr "Skriv ut partitur och stämmor" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintScoreAndParts.xml.h:2 msgid "Creates score layouts for the current layout (full score) and parts (named after instrument name). Set instrument names before use." msgstr "Skapar partiturlayouter för den aktuella layouten (hela partituret) och stämmor (namngivna efter instrumentnamn). Ställ in instrumentnamn före användning." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintThreeReduced.xml.h:1 msgid "Print Three Parts as Cue for Accompanist" msgstr "Skriv ut tre stämmor som cue för ackompanjatören" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintThreeReduced.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints top three parts on one staff as cues." msgstr "Skriver ut de tre översta stämmorna som cue på ett notsystem." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintTwoReduced.xml.h:1 msgid "Print Two Parts as Cue for Accompanist" msgstr "Skriv ut två stämmor som cue för ackompanjatören" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintTwoReduced.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints the top two staffs on a single staff as cue." msgstr "Skriver ut de två översta notsystemen som cue på ett notsystem." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintWithAmbitus.scm:20 msgid "Turn off continuous typesetting first" msgstr "Stäng av kontinuerlig sättning först" #. AllowAmbitus #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintWithAmbitus.scm:21 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/AllowAmbitus.scm:2 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/AllowAmbitus.xml.h:1 msgid "Ambitus" msgstr "Ambitus" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintWithAmbitus.xml.h:1 msgid "Print with Ambitus" msgstr "Skriv ut med ambitus" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintWithAmbitus.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints the score printing the range (ambitus) of each part at the start of the staff" msgstr "Skriver ut partituret med omfånget (ambitus) för varje stämma i början av notsystemet." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/ReloadScore.scm:7 msgid "Score not saved" msgstr "Partituret är inte sparat" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/ReloadScore.scm:9 msgid "Discard Changes" msgstr "Kassera ändringar" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/ReloadScore.scm:9 msgid "" "Make a copy first\n" "(re-issue this Reload command afterwards!)" msgstr "" "Gör först en kopia\n" "(ge kommandot Reload igen efteråt!)" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/ReloadScore.scm:16 msgid "Score not saved to disk" msgstr "Partituret är inte sparat på disken" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/ReloadScore.xml.h:1 msgid "Reload Score" msgstr "Ladda om partitur" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/ReloadScore.xml.h:2 msgid "Reloads the current score from last saved version on disk." msgstr "Laddar om det aktuella partituret från den senast sparade versionen på disken." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/SaveMenu/SaveAsTemplate.scm:6 msgid "Remove All Music?" msgstr "Ta bort all musik?" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/SaveMenu/SaveAsTemplate.scm:6 msgid "Keep Music?" msgstr "Behålla musiken?" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/SaveMenu/SaveAsTemplate.xml.h:2 msgid "Saves the current score as a template, offering to remove the music if desired. When removing the music, all movements except the first movement are deleted and all the contents of the staffs except the first source reference, and any Incipit is deleted too." msgstr "Sparar det aktuella partituret som en mall och erbjuder att ta bort musiken om så önskas. När musiken tas bort raderas alla satser utom den första, liksom allt innehåll i notsystemen utom den första källhänvisningen och eventuellt incipit." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/SaveMenu/SetThumbnail.scm:5 msgid "Returning to the first Movement for thumbnail selection" msgstr "Återgå till första satsen för att välja miniatyrbild" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/SaveMenu/SetThumbnail.scm:12 msgid "Thumbnail Selection Complete" msgstr "Val av miniatyrbild klart" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/SaveMenu/SetThumbnail.scm:12 msgid "Create thumbnail now?" msgstr "Skapa miniatyrbild nu?" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/SaveMenu/SetThumbnail.scm:15 msgid "" "No Selection to set the thumbnail to\n" "Create a selection and re-run the command." msgstr "" "Inget urval att ställa in miniatyrbilden till\n" "Skapa en markering och kör kommandot igen." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/SaveMenu/SetThumbnail.scm:16 msgid "Save the score before trying to set the thumbnail" msgstr "Spara partituret innan du försöker ange miniatyrbilden" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/SaveMenu/SetThumbnail.xml.h:1 msgid "Set Thumbnail from Selection" msgstr "Ange miniatyrbild från markering" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/SaveMenu/SetThumbnail.xml.h:2 msgid "Sets the thumbnail for opening this file to the selection. (The selection must be in the first movement)." msgstr "Anger miniatyrbilden för den här filen från markeringen. (Markeringen måste finnas i första satsen.)" #. EmailForHelp #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/HelpMenu/EmailForHelp.scm:3 msgid "Help by Email" msgstr "Hjälp via e-post" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/HelpMenu/EmailForHelp.scm:3 msgid "Please explain the problem you are having" msgstr "Beskriv problemet" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/HelpMenu/EmailForHelp.scm:26 msgid "Your browser will now start with a button to send your email. If the email form fails to show, send your email to denemo-devel@gnu.org" msgstr "Din webbläsare kommer nu att starta med en knapp för att skicka ditt e-postmeddelande. Om e-postformuläret inte visas, skicka ditt e-postmeddelande till denemo-devel@gnu.org" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/HelpMenu/EmailForHelp.xml.h:1 msgid "Email for Help" msgstr "E-post för att få hjälp" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/HelpMenu/EmailForHelp.xml.h:2 msgid "Uses your browser to open an email form for you to ask questions/report problems. This is the sure and certain way to get help, the chat facility is more hit and miss\"" msgstr "Använder din webbläsare för att öppna ett e-postformulär där du kan ställa frågor/rapportera problem. Detta är det säkraste sättet att få hjälp, chattfunktionen är mer osäker\"" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/HelpMenu/HelpAllFeatures.xml.h:1 msgid "Browse Feature-Packed Score" msgstr "Bläddra i funktionsspäckat partitur" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/HelpMenu/HelpAllFeatures.xml.h:2 msgid "Opens a score with examples of many things you can create with Denemo with Explanations attached. Click on the explanations in the Print View window. Or copy and paste useful objects to your score." msgstr "Öppnar ett partitur med exempel på mycket av det du kan skapa i Denemo, med tillhörande förklaringar. Klicka på förklaringarna i fönstret Utskriftsvy. Du kan också kopiera användbara objekt till ditt partitur." #. HelpForReturnKey #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/HelpMenu/HelpForReturnKey.scm:2 msgid "" "The Return keypress can be used as a special instantly movable shortcut,\n" "you can set it to any menu action you wish by pressing it while you have the item selected\n" "Any one-key shortcut can be set this way, but with Return you do not get told if you are taking the shortcut away from another command.\n" "Also the setting is not saved.\n" "The idea is to set it for your current activity (e.g. applying tenuto marks).\n" "You can make it \"normal\" by setting a preference - see Edit->Preferences->Command Behavior.\n" "Note that the Enter key on the numeric keypad is a separate key (or should be!) and can be used as a shortcut independently" msgstr "" "Retur-tangenten kan användas som en speciell genväg som kan flyttas direkt,\n" "du kan ställa in den på vilken menyåtgärd du vill genom att trycka på den medan du har objektet valt\n" "Alla genvägar med en tangent kan ställas in på det här sättet, men med Return får du inte veta om du tar bort genvägen från ett annat kommando.\n" "Inställningen sparas inte heller.\n" "Tanken är att du ska ställa in den för din aktuella aktivitet (t.ex. applicera tenuto-markeringar).\n" "Du kan göra det \"normalt\" genom att ställa in en preferens - se Redigera->Preferenser->Kommandobeteende.\n" "Observera att Enter-tangenten på det numeriska tangentbordet är en separat tangent (eller borde vara det!) och kan användas som en genväg på egen hand" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/HelpMenu/HelpForReturnKey.xml.h:1 msgid "Help for Return Keypress" msgstr "Hjälp om Retur-tangenten" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/HelpMenu/HelpForReturnKey.xml.h:2 msgid "Does nothing except explain what the Return key is used for in Denemo, and how to make it an ordinary shortcut if you prefer." msgstr "Gör inget annat än förklarar vad Retur-tangenten används till i Denemo och hur du gör den till en vanlig genväg om du vill." #. IRC on freenode #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/HelpMenu/IRC.scm:2 msgid "" "Your browser may take a few moments to start - be patient!\n" " \tWhen it has started click Start\n" " \tThen you get a page with a place to type your question at the bottom.\n" " \tType hello in there and hit Enter\n" " \tIf no one is there to help you can use the mailing list denemo-devel@gnu.org" msgstr "" "Det kan ta några ögonblick innan webbläsaren startar – ha tålamod.\n" " \tNär den har startat klickar du på Start.\n" " \tDu får sedan en sida med ett fält längst ned där du kan skriva din fråga.\n" " \tSkriv hello där och tryck på Enter.\n" " \tOm ingen kan hjälpa dig kan du använda sändlistan denemo-devel@gnu.org" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/HelpMenu/IRC.xml.h:1 msgid "Chat to Other Users" msgstr "Chatta med andra användare" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/HelpMenu/IRC.xml.h:2 msgid "Runs your browser on a page giving access to denemo's internet relay chat" msgstr "Öppnar en sida i webbläsaren som ger åtkomst till Denemos IRC-kanal" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/HelpMenu/SetNewbieStatus.scm:6 msgid "Newbie status is now on - re-start Denemo to see extra tooltips" msgstr "Nybörjarstatus är nu aktiverad - starta om Denemo för att se extra verktygstips" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/HelpMenu/SetNewbieStatus.scm:12 msgid "" "Newbie status is now off - re-start Denemo to avoid excessive tooltips.\n" "Note you can also increase the time before the remaining ones appear via the Preferences\n" "Some Newbie Palettes have been hidden, use the View menu to choose ones to re-instate." msgstr "" "Nybörjarstatusen är nu avstängd - starta om Denemo för att undvika överdrivna verktygstips.\n" "Observera att du också kan öka tiden innan de återstående visas via inställningarna\n" "Vissa nybörjarpaletter har döljts, använd menyn Visa för att välja vilka som ska återinföras." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/HelpMenu/SetNewbieStatus.xml.h:1 msgid "Turn Excessive Tooltips (Off/On)" msgstr "Visa färre verktygstips (av/på)" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/HelpMenu/SetNewbieStatus.xml.h:2 msgid "Sets your status as a newbie on or off. This affects the tooltips and palettes. Note you can also independently delay tooltips, indefinitely if you wish, via the preferences dialog. See Edit->Change Preferences->Command Behavior" msgstr "Aktiverar eller inaktiverar din status som nybörjare. Detta påverkar verktygstips och paletter. Observera att du också kan fördröja verktygstipsen oberoende av varandra, på obestämd tid om du vill, via dialogrutan Inställningar. Se Redigera->Ändra inställningar->Kommandobeteende" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/HelpMenu/Tutorial.xml.h:1 msgid "Tutorial" msgstr "Handledning" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/HelpMenu/Tutorial.xml.h:2 msgid "Steps through the basic commands" msgstr "Går igenom de grundläggande kommandona steg för steg" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/Keyboard/NoteNamesDefault.xml.h:1 msgid "Note Names Default Action" msgstr "Standardåtgärd för notnamn" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/Keyboard/NoteNamesDefault.xml.h:2 msgid "Changes the shortcuts for note names a, b, c, d, e, f, g so that they edit the note at the cursor, or append a note when in the appending position." msgstr "Ändrar genvägarna för notnamnen a, b, c, d, e, f, g så att de redigerar noten vid markören eller lägger till en not när de befinner sig i tilläggspositionen." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/Keyboard/NoteNamesMove.xml.h:1 msgid "Note Names Move Cursor" msgstr "Notnamn flyttar markören" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/Keyboard/NoteNamesMove.xml.h:2 msgid "Changes the shortcuts for note names a, b, c, d, e, f, g so that they move the cursor to the nearest note of that name." msgstr "Ändrar genvägarna för notnamnen a, b, c, d, e, f, g så att de flyttar markören till närmaste not med samma namn." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/Keyboard/NumbersDefault.xml.h:1 msgid "Numbers Default Action" msgstr "Standardåtgärd för siffror" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/Keyboard/NumbersDefault.xml.h:2 msgid "Sets key shortcuts 0,1,2... to the default action, inserting notes of the duration." msgstr "Anger standardåtgärden för tangentbordsgenvägarna 0, 1, 2 …: att infoga noter med längden." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/Keyboard/NumbersSelectDuration.xml.h:1 msgid "Numbers Select Duration" msgstr "Siffror väljer längd" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/Keyboard/NumbersSelectDuration.xml.h:2 msgid "Changes the action of keys 0,1,2... to select the prevailing duration instead of inserting notes of the duration." msgstr "Ändrar åtgärden för tangenterna 0, 1, 2 … så att de väljer aktuell längd i stället för att infoga noter med längden." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/Keyboard/SimulateMidi.scm:39 msgid "Dismiss this dialog then press 20 keys for the 20 notes c'' - g'''. Esc to cancel." msgstr "Avfärda dialogrutan och tryck sedan på 20 tangenter för de 20 tonerna c''–g'''. Esc avbryter." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/Keyboard/SimulateMidi.scm:54 msgid "Press Escape in the Denemo Main Window to end MIDI keyboard simulation." msgstr "Tryck på Esc i Denemos huvudfönster för att avsluta simuleringen av MIDI-tangentbord." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/Keyboard/SimulateMidi.scm:57 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/Keyboard/SimulateMidi.scm:74 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/Keyboard/SimulateMidi.scm:85 msgid "Simulated MIDI Filter: Esc to end." msgstr "Simulerat MIDI-filter: Esc avslutar." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/Keyboard/SimulateMidi.scm:70 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/Keyboard/SimulateMidi.scm:81 msgid "Octave:" msgstr "Oktav:" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/Keyboard/SimulateMidi.scm:112 msgid "MIDI simulator end" msgstr "MIDI-simulatorn avslutas" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/Keyboard/SimulateMidi.xml.h:1 msgid "Simulate MIDI" msgstr "Simulera MIDI" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/Keyboard/SimulateMidi.xml.h:2 msgid "Makes the second and third rows of the pc-keyboard behave like a MIDI piano keyboard: asdfg... creates the scale from Middle C, while the qwerty row provides sharps/flats (with gaps). To customize these key assignments for your keyboard use Ctrl-Esc. Tab key toggles chord entry off/on. PgUp key starts entering notes an octave higher, PgDn an octave lower. Use with rhythm entry for MIDI in checked in preferences." msgstr "Gör så att andra och tredje raden på datorns tangentbord fungerar som ett MIDI-pianotangentbord: asdfg … skapar skalan från mitt-C, medan QWERTY-raden ger kors- och b-förtecken (med luckor). Anpassa tangenttilldelningarna för tangentbordet med Ctrl+Esc. Tabb-tangenten slår av eller på ackordinmatning. Page Up börjar infoga noter en oktav högre och Page Down en oktav lägre. Använd tillsammans med rytminmatning för MIDI-in, som aktiveras i inställningarna." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/AngryDelete.scm:7 msgid "Angry Delete MIDI Filter" msgstr "Angry Delete MIDI-filter" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/AngryDelete.xml.h:1 msgid "Angry Delete" msgstr "Angry Delete" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/AngryDelete.xml.h:2 msgid "MIDI notes struck loudly delete the previous note before taking effect." msgstr "MIDI-noter som slås an högt raderar den föregående noten innan de får effekt." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ChordEntry.scm:7 msgid "No MIDI Filter" msgstr "Inget MIDI-filter" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ChordEntry.scm:53 msgid "Chord entry without pedal" msgstr "Ackordsinmatning utan pedal" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ChordEntry.xml.h:1 msgid "Chord Entry Without Pedal" msgstr "Ackordsinmatning utan pedal" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ChordEntry.xml.h:2 msgid "Playing notes on the MIDI keyboard will enter all notes played as a chord until no notes are on." msgstr "När du spelar noter på MIDI-tangentbordet anges alla spelade noter som ett ackord tills inga noter längre hålls nedtryckta." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ChordsForBar.scm:6 msgid "" "This command expects you to play the notes of the current bar together with chords.\n" "It will notate the chords in a new staff above the current staff. You can hold chords over several notes, change chords on one note.\n" "To temporarily switch to listening so as to try out a chord depress the foot pedal.\n" "It will play you two bars of the music at the start and after you have entered the chords.\n" "Use the pitch bend control to go on to the next bar or to try again in the current bar." msgstr "" "Kommandot förutsätter att du spelar noterna i den aktuella takten tillsammans med ackord.\n" "Ackorden noteras i ett nytt notsystem ovanför det aktuella. Du kan hålla ackord över flera noter och byta ackord på en not.\n" "Tryck ned fotpedalen för att tillfälligt växla till lyssning och prova ett ackord.\n" "Programmet spelar upp två takter av musiken i början och efter att du har angett ackorden.\n" "Använd Pitch Bend-kontrollen för att gå vidare till nästa takt eller försöka igen i den aktuella takten." #. End of ChordsForBar #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ChordsForBar.xml.h:1 msgid "Chords for Bar" msgstr "Ackord för takt" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ChordsForBar.xml.h:2 msgid "Plays the context of the current bar. Then listens for you to play each note in current bar with added chord(s). As you do this it notates the chords on a staff above. When the bar is finished it re-plays the bar. Allows you to repeat (pitch bend down) or go on to next bar (pitch bend up)." msgstr "Spelar sammanhanget för den aktuella takten. Lyssnar sedan medan du spelar varje not i takten med tillagda ackord och noterar ackorden i ett notsystem ovanför. När takten är klar spelas den upp igen. Du kan upprepa med Pitch Bend nedåt eller gå vidare till nästa takt med Pitch Bend uppåt." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ChordsOverBass.scm:214 msgid "Non Empty Chords staff" msgstr "Ackordnotsystemet är inte tomt" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ChordsOverBass.scm:214 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/CreateIntro.scm:36 msgid "Remove the previous transcription from this measure on?" msgstr "Ta bort den tidigare transkriptionen från den här takten?" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ChordsOverBass.xml.h:1 msgid "Create Chords Over Bass Line" msgstr "Skapa ackord över baslinje" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ChordsOverBass.xml.h:2 msgid "Place the cursor on a bass note and invoke this command. It creates a treble staff above and for each note in the bass staff, as you play it, it switches to the treble staff and allows you to enter a chord. Use the Pitch Bend wheel to stop/start the process. Hold a chord while moving to the next bass note to extend the chord over more than one bass note." msgstr "Placera markören på en basnot och anropa kommandot. Det skapar ett diskantnotsystem ovanför och växlar för varje not i basnotsystemet, när du spelar den, till diskantnotsystemet så att du kan ange ett ackord. Använd Pitch Bend-hjulet för att stoppa eller starta processen. Håll kvar ett ackord medan du går till nästa basnot för att förlänga det över fler basnoter." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/FiguredBassFilterOn.xml.h:1 msgid "Figured Bass Filter On" msgstr "Filter för generalbas på" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/FiguredBassFilterOn.xml.h:2 msgid "Start filtering MIDI events, First note is bass, hold this down while entering notes for figures. Pedal changes harmony on same bass." msgstr "Börja filtrera MIDI-händelser. Första noten är basen; håll ned den medan du anger noter för siffrorna. Pedalen ändrar harmonin på samma bas." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/FootPedalConductor.xml.h:1 msgid "Foot Pedal Conductor" msgstr "Fotpedalsdirigent" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/FootPedalConductor.xml.h:2 msgid "Press the foot pedal at the start of each measure. The bar number is displayed and the beats are interpolated following the timesignature set. Two quick presses of the foot pedal stops the conductor." msgstr "Tryck på fotpedalen i början av varje takt. Taktnumret visas och taktslagen interpoleras enligt den angivna taktarten. Två snabba tryck på fotpedalen stoppar dirigenten." #. MidiFilterOff #. Our own Reset, this makes the filter toggle off/on #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/MidiFilterOff.scm:3 msgid "No MIDI filter active" msgstr "Inget MIDI-filter aktivt" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/MidiFilterOff.xml.h:1 msgid "MIDI Filter Off" msgstr "MIDI-filter av" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/MidiFilterOff.xml.h:2 msgid "Turn off any MIDI filter script currently active." msgstr "Stäng av alla MIDI-filterskript som är aktiva för tillfället." #. (disp "(Re-)Starting at " (GetPosition) " at time " start " with startnote" startnote "\n") #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ToggleCheckChords.scm:67 msgid "Checking Chords Filter" msgstr "Filter för kontroll av ackord" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ToggleCheckChords.scm:101 msgid "Note played was " msgstr "Spelad not var " #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ToggleCheckChords.scm:101 msgid "" "\n" "Expecting " msgstr "" "\n" "Förväntar mig " #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ToggleCheckChords.scm:102 msgid "(one of)" msgstr "(en av)" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ToggleCheckChords.scm:102 msgid "" "\n" "Please play " msgstr "" "\n" "Spela " #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ToggleCheckChords.scm:102 msgid "entire chord:" msgstr "hela ackordet:" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ToggleCheckChords.scm:111 msgid "No active MIDI Filter" msgstr "Inget aktivt MIDI-filter" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ToggleCheckChords.xml.h:1 msgid "Check Chords (On/Off)" msgstr "Kontrollera ackord (på/av)" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ToggleCheckChords.xml.h:2 msgid "Advances through the current movement as you play the notes from all staffs that sound together, with the cursor moving on in the current staff. Playing a wrong note stops the cursor and the chord/notes have to be re-played correctly. If the current staff has a rest the cursor stops on the note before until you have played to the moment when it re-joins. You can reposition the cursor or edit the music (via the PC keyboard) while continuing with this mode - the checking resumes when you play the next note(s) in. You can arpeggiate the notes as convenient, no particular order is required as long as all the notes that start at the same moment are played before moving on." msgstr "Går genom den aktuella satsen medan du spelar toner från alla notsystem som klingar samtidigt, och markören går vidare i det aktuella notsystemet. En felaktig ton stoppar markören och ackordet eller noterna måste spelas om korrekt. Om det aktuella notsystemet har en paus stannar markören på föregående not tills du har spelat fram till återanslutningen. Du kan flytta markören eller redigera musiken med datorns tangentbord medan läget fortsätter; kontrollen återupptas när du spelar nästa not eller noter. Du kan arpeggiera noterna i valfri ordning, så länge alla noter som börjar samtidigt spelas innan du går vidare." #. ToggleMidiThru #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ToggleMidiThru.xml.h:1 msgid "Toggle Listening/Editing" msgstr "Växla mellan lyssning och redigering" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ToggleMidiThru.xml.h:2 msgid "Switches between passing MIDI input directly to output or to Denemo. Use this instead of CapsLock to avoid altering keyboard shortcuts involving the Shift key when editing and listening." msgstr "Växlar mellan att skicka MIDI-indata direkt till utdata eller till Denemo. Använd detta i stället för Caps Lock för att undvika att ändra tangentbordsgenvägar som använder Skift när du redigerar och lyssnar." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/Mouse/MouseDefault.xml.h:1 msgid "Mouse Default Action" msgstr "Musens standardåtgärd" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/Mouse/MouseDefault.xml.h:2 msgid "Mouse left click positions the cursor, right click edits, left-click with caps-lock does nothing.." msgstr "Vänsterklick placerar markören, högerklick redigerar och vänsterklick med Caps Lock gör ingenting." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/Mouse/MouseInsertion.scm:35 msgid "" "To insert notes hold down Shift key while left-clicking the mouse. To add to a chord hold down Shift and Alt, to delete hold down Control.\n" " Or use keys a,b,c,d,e,f,g, 0,1,2,3,4 (with Shift, Control or Alt).\n" " Or use palettes. To hide palettes right-click on a button and choose Edit Palette (saves space).\n" " To cut out excessive messages like this use Help menu ->Turn Excessive Tooltips Off/On." msgstr "" "För att infoga noter håller du ned Shift-tangenten medan du vänsterklickar med musen. För att lägga till i ett ackord håller du ned Shift och Alt, för att ta bort håller du ned Control.\n" " Eller använd tangenterna a,b,c,d,e,f,g, 0,1,2,3,4 (med Shift, Control eller Alt).\n" " Eller använd paletter. För att dölja paletter högerklickar du på en knapp och väljer Redigera palett (sparar utrymme).\n" " Om du vill slippa överdrivna meddelanden som detta använder du Hjälp-menyn -> Slå av/på överdrivna verktygstips." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/Mouse/MouseInsertion.xml.h:1 msgid "Mouse Note Insertion" msgstr "Infoga noter med musen" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/Mouse/MouseInsertion.xml.h:2 msgid "Changes the mouse use when CapsLock is on: left click inserts note in the prevailing duration. The shortcuts for number keys 0, 1, 2 ... are set to change the prevailing duration." msgstr "Ändrar musanvändningen när Caps Lock är aktiverat: vänsterklick infogar en not med aktuell längd. Tangentbordsgenvägarna för 0, 1, 2 … ställs in för att ändra aktuell längd." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/ShowVirtualKeyboard.xml.h:1 msgid "On-screen Piano Keyboard" msgstr "Pianotangentbord på skärmen" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/ShowVirtualKeyboard.xml.h:2 msgid "Displays a piano-style keyboard that can be clicked on to enter notes. Right click adds notes to the chord. Unlike a MIDI keyboard it doesn't pass through MIDI filters, etc." msgstr "Visar ett pianotangentbord på skärmen som du kan klicka på för att ange noter. Högerklick lägger till noter i ackordet. Till skillnad från ett MIDI-tangentbord passerar det inte genom MIDI-filter osv." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/LoadDefaultComposerNumberkeys.xml.h:1 msgid "Load Default Composer Number Keys" msgstr "Ladda standardkompositörens nummerknappar" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/LoadDefaultComposerNumberkeys.xml.h:2 msgid "Loads the default composer numberkeys (Notes and Rests)" msgstr "Läser in standardkompositörens siffertangenter (noter och pauser)" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/LoadSelectDurationComposerNumberkeys.xml.h:1 msgid "Change to 'Select Duration' Number Keys in Composer Mode" msgstr "Ändra till \"Välj varaktighet\"-nummertangenter i kompositörsläge" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/LoadSelectDurationComposerNumberkeys.xml.h:2 msgid "Change the number keys to select the prevailing duration in composer mode." msgstr "Använd siffertangenterna för att välja den rådande varaktigheten i composer-läget." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/NoOp.xml.h:1 msgid "NoOp" msgstr "NoOp" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/NoOp.xml.h:2 msgid "Does absolutely nothing. Use to \"blank\" a key." msgstr "Gör absolut ingenting. Använd för att ”tömma” en tangent." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/OpEight.xml.h:1 msgid "OpEight" msgstr "OpEight" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/OpEight.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/OpFive.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/OpFour.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/OpNine.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/OpOne.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/OpSeven.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/OpSix.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/OpThree.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/OpTwo.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/OpZero.xml.h:2 msgid "Wrapper/Dummy for Keypress" msgstr "Omslag/dummy för tangenttryckning" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/OpFive.xml.h:1 msgid "OpFive" msgstr "OpFive" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/OpFour.xml.h:1 msgid "OpFour" msgstr "OpFour" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/OpNine.xml.h:1 msgid "OpNine" msgstr "OpNine" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/OpOne.xml.h:1 msgid "OpOne" msgstr "OpOne" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/OpSeven.xml.h:1 msgid "OpSeven" msgstr "OpSeven" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/OpSix.xml.h:1 msgid "OpSix" msgstr "OpSix" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/OpThree.xml.h:1 msgid "OpThree" msgstr "OpThree" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/OpTwo.xml.h:1 msgid "OpTwo" msgstr "OpTwo" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/OpZero.xml.h:1 msgid "OpZero" msgstr "OpZero" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks/BookmarkNamed.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Named Bookmark" msgstr "Lägg till namngivet bokmärke" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks/BookmarkNamed.xml.h:2 msgid "Adds a Denemo bookmark combined with a custom Lilypond Rehearsal Mark" msgstr "Lägger till ett Denemo-bokmärke tillsammans med ett anpassat repetitionsmärke i LilyPond" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks/BookmarkNonPrinting.scm:5 msgid "Insert Non-printing Rehearsal Mark" msgstr "Infoga icke-tryckande repetitionsmärke" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks/BookmarkNonPrinting.scm:5 msgid "Give a name " msgstr "Ge ett namn " #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks/BookmarkNonPrinting.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Non-Printing Bookmark" msgstr "Lägg till bokmärke som inte skrivs ut" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks/BookmarkNonPrinting.xml.h:2 msgid "Adds a custom Denemo bookmark without Lilypond output." msgstr "Lägger till ett anpassat Denemo-bokmärke utan LilyPond-utdata." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks/NextBookmark.xml.h:1 msgid "Next Bookmark" msgstr "Nästa bokmärke" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks/NextBookmark.xml.h:2 msgid "Seach forward for bookmarks in the current staff." msgstr "Sök framåt efter bokmärken i det aktuella notsystemet." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks/PopCursorPosition.scm:2 msgid "No more positions are stored" msgstr "Inga fler positioner är lagrade" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks/PopCursorPosition.xml.h:1 msgid "Move to Stored Position" msgstr "Flytta till lagrad position" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks/PopCursorPosition.xml.h:2 msgid "Moves the cursor to the last stored position. You can store a sequence of positions and then return to them in one by one (a stack of positions)." msgstr "Flyttar markören till den senast lagrade positionen. Du kan lagra en sekvens av positioner och sedan återgå till dem en efter en (en stapel av positioner)." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks/PrevBookmark.xml.h:1 msgid "Prev Bookmark" msgstr "Föregående bokmärke" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks/PrevBookmark.xml.h:2 msgid "Seach backward for bookmarks in the current staff." msgstr "Sök bakåt efter bokmärken i det aktuella notsystemet." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks/PushCursorPosition.xml.h:1 msgid "Store Position" msgstr "Spara position" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks/PushCursorPosition.xml.h:2 msgid "Stores the current cursor position for returning to later." msgstr "Sparar den aktuella markörpositionen så att du kan återgå till den senare." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks/RehearsalMark.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/RehearsalMark.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Rehearsal/Bookmark" msgstr "Lägg till repetition/bokmärke" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks/RehearsalMark.xml.h:2 msgid "Adds a Denemo bookmark combined with a default Rehearsal Mark" msgstr "Lägger till ett Denemo-bokmärke kombinerat med ett standard-repetitionsmärke" #. Object found #. no object even in the second round. Go to start position. #. user abort #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks/SearchBookmark.xml.h:1 msgid "Search Bookmark" msgstr "Sök bokmärke" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks/SearchBookmark.xml.h:2 msgid "Searches for a named Bookmark in the current staff." msgstr "Söker efter ett namngivet bokmärke i det aktuella notsystemet." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/CursorToHighestNote.xml.h:1 msgid "Cursor to Highest Note" msgstr "Markör till högsta not" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/CursorToHighestNote.xml.h:2 msgid "Moves the cursor to the highest note on current horizontal position (in a chord or on a single note)" msgstr "Flyttar markören till den högsta noten på den aktuella horisontella positionen (i ett ackord eller på en enskild not)" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/CursorToLowestNote.xml.h:1 msgid "Cursor to Lowest Note" msgstr "Markör till lägsta not" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/CursorToLowestNote.xml.h:2 msgid "Moves the cursor to the lowest note on current horizontal position (in a chord or on a single note)" msgstr "Flyttar markören till den lägsta noten på den aktuella horisontella positionen (i ett ackord eller på en enstaka not)" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/GoToTypesetMeasureNumber.scm:5 msgid "Give destination: " msgstr "Ge destination: " #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/GoToTypesetMeasureNumber.xml.h:1 msgid "Go To Typeset Measure Number" msgstr "Gå till typsatt taktnummer" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/GoToTypesetMeasureNumber.xml.h:2 msgid "Goes to the measure number given taking into account any measure offset (normally this will be set to be the measure number as typeset)." msgstr "Går till det angivna taktnumret och tar hänsyn till eventuell taktförskjutning. Normalt är detta inställt på det taktnummer som typsätts." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/JumpDownOctave.xml.h:2 msgid "Moves cursor down an octave." msgstr "Flyttar markören en oktav nedåt." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/JumpLeft.xml.h:1 msgid "JumpLeft" msgstr "Hoppa vänster" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/JumpLeft.xml.h:2 msgid "Jumps to beginning of this measure or previous measure." msgstr "Hoppar till början av denna eller föregående takt." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/JumpRight.xml.h:1 msgid "JumpRight" msgstr "Hoppa höger" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/JumpRight.xml.h:2 msgid "Moves cursor to start of next bar or to end." msgstr "Flyttar markören till början av nästa takt eller till slutet." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/JumpUpOctave.xml.h:2 msgid "Moves cursor up one octave." msgstr "Flyttar markören uppåt en oktav." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/MoveToMovementBeginning.xml.h:1 msgid "Move To Movement Beginning" msgstr "Flytta till början av satsen" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/MoveToMovementBeginning.xml.h:2 msgid "Moves the cursor to the beginning of the movement without altering the selection" msgstr "Flyttar markören till början av satsen utan att ändra markeringen." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/MoveToMovementEnd.xml.h:1 msgid "Move To Movement End" msgstr "Flytta till slutet av satsen" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/MoveToMovementEnd.xml.h:2 msgid "Move the cursor to last measure, last staff without altering the selection." msgstr "Flyttar markören till sista takten i sista notsystemet utan att ändra markeringen." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/MoveToStaffDownAppending.xml.h:1 msgid "Move to Staff Down, Appending" msgstr "Flytta till notsystemet nedanför, lägg till" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/MoveToStaffDownAppending.xml.h:2 msgid "Moves to the appending position in the staff below." msgstr "Flyttar till tilläggspositionen i notsystemet nedanför." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/MoveToStaffUpAppending.xml.h:1 msgid "Move to Staff Up, Appending" msgstr "Flytta till notsystemet ovanför, lägg till" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/MoveToStaffUpAppending.xml.h:2 msgid "Moves to the appending position in the staff above." msgstr "Flyttar till tilläggspositionen i notsystemet ovanför." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/ToNextNote.xml.h:1 msgid "Cursor To Next Note" msgstr "Markör till nästa not" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/ToNextNote.xml.h:2 msgid "Moves to the next note, topping at blank measures. Sounds a warning if no more notes." msgstr "Går vidare till nästa not och stannar vid tomma takter. Låter en varning om det inte finns fler noter." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/VisibleStaffDown.xml.h:1 msgid "Move to Visible Staff Down" msgstr "Flytta till synligt notsystem nedanför" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/VisibleStaffDown.xml.h:2 msgid "Moves to the next staff or voice down skipping ones that are hidden in the display." msgstr "Flyttar till nästa notsystem eller stämma nedåt och hoppar över dem som är dolda i visningen." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/VisibleStaffUp.xml.h:1 msgid "Move to Visible Staff Up" msgstr "Flytta till synligt notsystem ovanför" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/VisibleStaffUp.xml.h:2 msgid "Moves to the next staff or voice up skipping ones that are hidden in the display." msgstr "Flyttar till nästa notsystem eller stämma uppåt och hoppar över dem som är dolda i visningen." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/WrapToNextStaff.xml.h:1 msgid "Next Staff, Wrapping" msgstr "Nästa notsystem, återgå" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/WrapToNextStaff.xml.h:2 msgid "Moves to the next staff, wrapping to the first staff when on the last staff." msgstr "Flyttar till nästa notsystem och återgår till det första när markören är i det sista." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/DenemoLink.scm:19 msgid "The cursor is " msgstr "Markören är " #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/DenemoLink.scm:23 msgid "There is no link before this bar in this staff, open the source document and click on it to place one." msgstr "Det finns ingen länk före denna stapel i den här staven, öppna källdokumentet och klicka på det för att placera en." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/DenemoLink.xml.h:1 msgid "Follow Link to Source" msgstr "Följ länk till källa" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/DenemoLink.xml.h:2 msgid "Follows the link at or before the cursor to a source document." msgstr "Följer länken vid eller före markören till ett källdokument." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/MIDI/CursorToMarkedMidiNotePosition.xml.h:1 msgid "Cursor to Marked Onset" msgstr "Markör till markerad startpunkt" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/MIDI/CursorToMarkedMidiNotePosition.xml.h:2 msgid "Moves the Denemo cursor to the note to which the marked MIDI note onset belongs." msgstr "Flyttar Denemo-markören till den not som den markerade MIDI-notstarten hör till." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/MIDI/FirstNoteOnset.scm:5 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/MIDI/NextNoteOnset.scm:8 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/MIDI/PreviousNoteOnset.scm:8 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/MIDI/UnmarkNoteOnset.scm:5 msgid "No MIDI file has been loaded" msgstr "Ingen MIDI-fil har laddats" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/MIDI/FirstNoteOnset.xml.h:1 msgid "First Note Onset" msgstr "Första anteckningens början" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/MIDI/FirstNoteOnset.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:182 msgid "The first recorded or imported MIDI note onset in the current track becomes marked so that entered durations will be given its pitch." msgstr "Den första inspelade eller importerade MIDI-notens början i det aktuella spåret markeras så att inmatade durationer får dess tonhöjd." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/MIDI/NextNoteOnset.scm:7 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/MIDI/PreviousNoteOnset.scm:7 msgid "No Onset has been marked" msgstr "Ingen Onset har markerats" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/MIDI/NextNoteOnset.xml.h:1 msgid "Next Note Onset" msgstr "Nästa anmärkning Onset" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/MIDI/NextNoteOnset.xml.h:2 msgid "Moves to the next MIDI note onset in the current recorded or imported MIDI track. Inserted durations will take their pitch from this note." msgstr "Flyttar till nästa MIDI-notstart i det aktuella inspelade eller importerade MIDI-spåret. Inlagda varaktigheter får sin pitch från denna not." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/MIDI/PreviousNoteOnset.xml.h:1 msgid "Previous Note Onset" msgstr "Tidigare anmärkning Onset" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/MIDI/PreviousNoteOnset.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:184 msgid "Moves the marked MIDI note onset to the one before the current one." msgstr "Flyttar den markerade MIDI-nodens början till den som ligger före den aktuella." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/MIDI/UnmarkNoteOnset.xml.h:1 msgid "Un-mark Note Onsets" msgstr "Avmarkera notansatser" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/MIDI/UnmarkNoteOnset.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:183 msgid "Removes the mark from the MIDI note onset, so that inserting durations have their normal meaning." msgstr "Tar bort markeringen från MIDI-nodens startpunkt, så att durationer som infogas får sin normala betydelse." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/MoveViewportLeft.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/MoveViewportRight.xml.h:1 msgid "Move Display Right" msgstr "Flytta displayen till höger" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/MoveViewportLeft.xml.h:2 msgid "Moves the view port (the Denemo Display) to the left, leaving the cursor on the same object as long as it is still in view." msgstr "Flyttar visningsporten (Denemo Display) åt vänster och låter markören stå kvar på samma objekt så länge som det fortfarande syns." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/MoveViewportRight.xml.h:2 msgid "Moves the view port (the Denemo Display) to the right, leaving the cursor on the same object as long as it is still in view." msgstr "Flyttar visningsporten (Denemo Display) till höger och låter markören stå kvar på samma objekt så länge som det fortfarande syns." #. #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/FindEditPoint.xml.h:1 msgid "Find Edit Point" msgstr "Hitta redigeringspunkt" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/FindEditPoint.xml.h:2 msgid "Searches backward for the start of non-printing notes." msgstr "Söker bakåt efter början på noter som inte skrivs ut." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/FindNextLowerNote.xml.h:1 msgid "Next Lower" msgstr "Nästa lägre" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/FindNextLowerNote.xml.h:2 msgid "Moves cursor to next note that is lower than the cursor." msgstr "Flyttar markören till nästa not som är lägre än markören." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/FindNextSimilar.xml.h:1 msgid "Find Next Similar" msgstr "Hitta nästa liknande" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/FindNextSimilar.xml.h:2 msgid "Finds the next object similar to the one at the cursor." msgstr "Hittar nästa objekt som liknar det som finns vid markören." #. #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/FindNote.xml.h:1 msgid "Find Note" msgstr "Hitta not" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/FindNote.xml.h:2 msgid "Moves the cursor forward until it is on the note given by the user." msgstr "Flyttar markören framåt tills den befinner sig på den not som användaren har angett." #. GoToEmptyMeasure #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/GoToEmptyMeasure.xml.h:1 msgid "Go To Next Empty Measure" msgstr "Gå till nästa tomhetsmått" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/GoToEmptyMeasure.xml.h:2 msgid "Move cursor to the next point in the current staff where the music ends." msgstr "Flytta markören till nästa punkt i det aktuella notsystemet där musiken slutar." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/GoToMeasureEnd.xml.h:1 msgid "Go To End of Measure" msgstr "Gå till slutet av åtgärden" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/MoveToEarliestEmptyMeasure.xml.h:1 msgid "Move to Earliest Empty Measure" msgstr "Flytta till tidigaste tomma mätning" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/MoveToEarliestEmptyMeasure.xml.h:2 msgid "Moves the cursor back until the a non-empty measure is found. Stops in the empty measure after that." msgstr "Flyttar markören bakåt tills ett mått som inte är tomt hittas. Stannar i det tomma måttet efter det." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/MoveToPreviousEmptyMeasure.xml.h:1 msgid "Move To Previous Empty Measure" msgstr "Flytta till föregående tomma mått" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/MoveToPreviousEmptyMeasure.xml.h:2 msgid "Move the cursor left until it finds an empty measure or the staffs beginning" msgstr "Flytta markören åt vänster tills den hittar en tom takt eller notsystemets början" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/NextHigher.xml.h:1 msgid "Next Higher" msgstr "Nästa högre" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/NextHigher.xml.h:2 msgid "Move cursor to next note higher than cursor position" msgstr "Flytta markören till nästa not som är högre än markörens position" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SearchMusic.scm:8 msgid "New search music from selection" msgstr "Ny sökmusik från urval" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SearchMusic.scm:9 msgid "Resume previous music search" msgstr "Återuppta tidigare musiksökning" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SearchMusic.scm:32 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SearchPattern.scm:33 msgid "Make a selection to search for" msgstr "Gör ett urval för att söka efter" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SearchMusic.scm:62 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SearchPattern.scm:66 msgid "Continue" msgstr "Fortsätt" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SearchMusic.scm:72 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SearchPattern.scm:79 msgid "Wrap to start of staff" msgstr "Omslag till början av staven" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SearchMusic.scm:73 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SearchPattern.scm:80 msgid "Wrap to next staff" msgstr "Omslag till nästa notsystem" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SearchMusic.xml.h:1 msgid "Search Note Sequence" msgstr "Sök notsekvens" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SearchMusic.xml.h:2 msgid "With a selection, searches from the cursor for the next occurrence of the notes of the selection. With no selection, continues the previous search. When a match (ignoring rests and duration) is found it offers to continue, stop or execute the script in the Scheme Window." msgstr "Med ett val, söker från markören efter nästa förekomst av noterna i valet. Utan val fortsätter den föregående sökningen. När en matchning (utan hänsyn till pauser och varaktighet) hittas erbjuder den att fortsätta, stoppa eller exekvera skriptet i Scheme Window." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SearchPattern.scm:8 msgid "New search pattern from selection" msgstr "Nytt sökmönster från urval" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SearchPattern.scm:9 msgid "Resume previous search" msgstr "Återuppta tidigare sökning" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SearchPattern.xml.h:1 msgid "Search Rhythmic Pattern" msgstr "Sök rytmiskt mönster" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SearchPattern.xml.h:2 msgid "With a selection, searches from the cursor for the next occurrence of the rhythmic patterm of the selection. With no selection, continues the previous search. When a match is found it offers to continue, stop or execute the script in the Scheme Window." msgstr "Med ett val, söker från markören efter nästa förekomst av det rytmiska mönstret för valet. Om inget val görs, fortsätter den föregående sökningen. När en matchning hittas erbjuds att fortsätta, stoppa eller exekvera skriptet i Scheme Window." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SeekLocations.scm:36 msgid "Search locations in all staffs" msgstr "Sökplatser i alla staber" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SeekLocations.scm:36 msgid "Search in only in staff" msgstr "Sök i endast i notsystem" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SeekLocations.scm:36 msgid "Choose where to search" msgstr "Välj var du vill söka" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SeekLocations.scm:40 msgid "Key Signature Changes" msgstr "Ändringar av nyckelsignatur" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SeekLocations.scm:41 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SeekLocations.scm:86 msgid "Time Signature Changes" msgstr "Förändringar i tidssignatur" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SeekLocations.scm:42 msgid "Changes of Clef" msgstr "Förändringar av klav" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SeekLocations.scm:43 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/OrnamentWithAccidentals.scm:16 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Anpassad" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SeekLocations.scm:47 msgid "Notes Higher Than Note" msgstr "Noter Högre än not" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SeekLocations.scm:48 msgid "Notes Lower Than Note" msgstr "Noter lägre än not" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SeekLocations.scm:52 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SeekLocations.scm:96 msgid "Denemo Directives tagged" msgstr "Denemo Direktiv taggade" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SeekLocations.scm:58 msgid "Note lower than" msgstr "Not lägre än" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SeekLocations.scm:69 msgid "Note higher than" msgstr "Not högre än" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SeekLocations.scm:81 msgid "Key Changes" msgstr "Viktiga förändringar" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SeekLocations.scm:91 msgid "Clef Changes" msgstr "Klavändringar" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SeekLocations.scm:106 msgid "" "You need a Scheme expression Scheme Script window\n" "to use this option\n" "Locations where the expression evaluates are true will be found." msgstr "" "Du behöver ett Scheme-uttryck i fönstret Scheme-skript\n" "för att använda alternativet.\n" "Platser där uttrycket utvärderas till sant hittas." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SeekLocations.scm:107 msgid "Install a template script in the Scheme Script window" msgstr "Installera ett mallskript i fönstret Scheme-skript" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SeekLocations.scm:107 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SeekLocations.xml.h:1 msgid "Seek Locations" msgstr "Sök efter platser" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SeekLocations.scm:110 msgid "Open View->Scheme Script to edit the script to test for the locations you want to find" msgstr "Öppna Visa → Scheme-skript för att redigera skriptet som testar platserna du vill hitta" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SeekLocations.scm:124 msgid "No locations found" msgstr "Inga platser hittades" #. (disp "menu-choices " menu-choices " \n\nwhich is a list " (list? menu-choices) "\n\n") #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SeekLocations.scm:128 msgid "Choose a location to go to (Movement, Staff, Measure, Object) and click OK" msgstr "Välj en plats att gå till (sats, notsystem, takt, objekt) och klicka på OK" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SeekLocations.xml.h:2 msgid "Seek for locations in the score satisfying a certain condition e.g. exceeding a range or at a clef change etc. A list of such locations is created which can be selected from. Repeating the command after choosing one location re-presents the remainder of the list." msgstr "Sök efter platser i partituret som uppfyller ett visst villkor, till exempel som överskrider ett omfång eller vid en klavändring. En lista med sådana platser skapas som du kan välja från. Om du upprepar kommandot efter att ha valt en plats visas resten av listan igen." #. (fixMeasures) loops infinitely? #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/ConvertMidiForBass.xml.h:1 msgid "Convert MIDI Chords Over Bass" msgstr "Konvertera MIDI-ackord över bas" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/ConvertMidiForBass.xml.h:2 msgid "Takes a MIDI recording over a bass line and inserts the chords by matching the bass notes. Each chord must include the bass note." msgstr "Tar en MIDI-inspelning över en baslinje och infogar ackorden genom att matcha basnoterna. Varje ackord måste innehålla basnoten." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/DenemoPlayCursorToEnd.xml.h:1 msgid "Play from Cursor to End" msgstr "Spela från markören till slutet" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/DenemoPlayCursorToEnd.xml.h:2 msgid "Playback all staffs from the current cursor position to the end of the movement." msgstr "Spela upp alla notsystem från markörens position till slutet av satsen." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Performance.scm:48 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Performance.scm:59 msgid "No fine found, assuming all" msgstr "Ingen fine hittades, antar alla" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Performance.scm:55 msgid "Dal Segno with no Segno - assuming Da Capo" msgstr "Dal segno utan segno – antar da capo" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Performance.xml.h:1 msgid "Performance (Start/Stop)" msgstr "Uppspelning (start/stopp)" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Performance.xml.h:2 msgid "Plays the current movement, observing repeats, Da Capo, fine and Dal Segno. If playing stops the performance" msgstr "Spelar den aktuella satsen och följer upprepningar, da capo, fine och dal segno. Stoppar uppspelningen om den redan pågår." #. PitchShift #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/PitchShift.scm:2 msgid "Pitch Change" msgstr "Ändra tonhöjd" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/PitchShift.scm:2 msgid "Give amount =/-" msgstr "Ange värde =/-" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/PitchShift.xml.h:1 msgid "Shift Pitch" msgstr "Förskjut tonhöjd" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/PitchShift.xml.h:2 msgid "Outputs a pitch bend signal to the synthesizer for the value +/- 64 given." msgstr "Skickar en Pitch Bend-signal till syntetisatorn för det angivna värdet ±64." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/PlayAllAtCursor.xml.h:1 msgid "Play Music at Cursor" msgstr "Spela musik vid markören" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/PlayAllAtCursor.xml.h:2 msgid "Plays the score for the duration of the note/chord at the cursor, starting at that note." msgstr "Spelar upp partituret under den tid som noten/ackordet vid markören varar, med början vid den noten." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/PlayAll.xml.h:1 msgid "Play All" msgstr "Spela alla" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/PlayAll.xml.h:2 msgid "Plays the current movement from the start, observing any mute objects placed in the staffs." msgstr "Spelar den aktuella satsen från början och tar hänsyn till eventuella dämpningsobjekt i notsystemen." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/PlayAndRecordMidiIn.xml.h:1 msgid "Playback and Record MIDI (Off/On)" msgstr "Spela upp och spela in MIDI (av/på)" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/PlayAndRecordMidiIn.xml.h:2 msgid "Starts (or stops) playing the score from the playhead start (green marker bar) and simultaneously records your playing from MIDI in. You can stop the playback at any time and then the first MIDI note you entered is marked. Entering duration keys now enters the notes you played into the score. If you have no click track at the top one is created - set the keysignature/enharmonic range before you start." msgstr "Startar eller stoppar uppspelningen av partituret från uppspelningshuvudets startpunkt (grön markör) och spelar samtidigt in ditt MIDI-spel. Du kan när som helst stoppa uppspelningen; då markeras den första MIDI-not du spelade. När du nu anger längdtangenter infogas de spelade noterna i partituret. Om det inte finns något klickspår överst skapas ett. Ange tonart och enharmoniskt omfång före start." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/PlayAtCursor.xml.h:1 msgid "Play Chord at Cursor" msgstr "Spela ackord med markören" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/PlayAtCursor.xml.h:2 msgid "Sounds the note or chord at the cursor, using the current staffs instrument." msgstr "Låter noten eller ackordet vid markören, med hjälp av det aktuella notinstrumentet." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/PlaybackView.scm:3 msgid "Please turn continuous typsetting off first" msgstr "Stäng av kontinuerlig typsättning först" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/PlaybackView.scm:33 msgid "You should typeset this movement first in the Print View, otherwise positioning may not work." msgstr "Du bör först typsätta satsen i utskriftsvyn, annars kanske positioneringen inte fungerar." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/PlaybackView.xml.h:2 msgid "Displays the music fully typeset on one long page (the Playback View). Click on a note to play from there or drag to loop play." msgstr "Visar musiken helt typsatt på en lång sida (uppspelningsvyn). Klicka på en not för att spela därifrån eller dra för att spela i slinga." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/PlayPause.xml.h:1 msgid "Play/Pause" msgstr "Spela/pausa" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/PlayPause.xml.h:2 msgid "Plays from the playback start marker in the current movement or Pauses if playing" msgstr "Spelar från uppspelningens startmarkör i den aktuella satsen eller pausar om uppspelningen pågår." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/AdjustTempoToMidiRecording.scm:15 msgid "Time at Denemo Cursor " msgstr "Tid vid Denemo-markör " #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/AdjustTempoToMidiRecording.scm:16 msgid "Time at Marked MIDI note " msgstr "Tid vid markerad MIDI-not " #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/AdjustTempoToMidiRecording.scm:17 msgid "" "Move the Denemo Cursor to another position and click on the MIDI note that should appear at that position\n" "And then re-execute this command." msgstr "" "Flytta Denemo-markören till en annan position och klicka på MIDI-noten som ska visas där.\n" "Kör sedan kommandot igen." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/AdjustTempoToMidiRecording.scm:27 msgid "Re-scaling out of range" msgstr "Omskalning utanför omfånget" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/AdjustTempoToMidiRecording.scm:28 msgid "Wrongly ordered adjustement points" msgstr "Felordnade justeringspunkter" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/AdjustTempoToMidiRecording.xml.h:1 msgid "Adjust Tempo to Recording" msgstr "Anpassa tempot till inspelningen" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/AdjustTempoToMidiRecording.xml.h:2 msgid "Adjusts the movement tempo to match the tempo of the MIDI recording. You have to designate two places to be synchronized." msgstr "Justerar satsens tempo så att det stämmer överens med MIDI-inspelningens tempo. Du måste ange två platser som ska synkroniseras." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/Audio/AudioPlay.xml.h:2 msgid "Plays the audio attached to the current movement. Use File->Open Audio to attach audio." msgstr "Spelar upp ljudet som är kopplat till den aktuella satsen. Använd Arkiv->Öppna ljud för att bifoga ljud." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/Audio/CloseSourceAudioFile.xml.h:1 msgid "Delete Audio Recording" msgstr "Radera ljudinspelning" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/Audio/CloseSourceAudioFile.xml.h:2 msgid "Deletes the current audio recording." msgstr "Raderar den aktuella ljudinspelningen." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/Audio/RecordAndAttach.scm:19 msgid "" "Play music you want to insert next\n" "Then re-issue this command." msgstr "" "Spela musiken du vill infoga härnäst.\n" "Kör sedan kommandot igen." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/Audio/RecordAndAttach.scm:29 msgid "" "Now the music is attached to the score starting at the cursor position.\n" "The timing of the notes is shown at the top of the score.\n" "You can drag the timing of start of the music by left-clicking above the blue line.\n" "You can insert the rhythm in your staff and check by invoking Play.\n" "When that's correct, press the Shift key to switch to Inserting/Appending Pitches and play in the music again." msgstr "" "Nu är musiken kopplad till partituret från markörens position.\n" "Noternas tidpunkter visas högst upp i partituret.\n" "Du kan dra musikens starttid genom att vänsterklicka ovanför den blå linjen.\n" "Du kan infoga rytmen i notsystemet och kontrollera med Spela.\n" "När det är korrekt trycker du på Skift för att växla till infogning eller tillägg av tonhöjder och spelar musiken igen." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/Audio/RecordAndAttach.xml.h:1 msgid "Record (Start/Stop) and Attach at Cursor" msgstr "Spela in (start/stopp) och koppla vid markören" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/Audio/RecordAndAttach.xml.h:2 msgid "The first invocation of this command starts recording - play the melody you want to notate. Then invoke the command again to stop the recording - the audio is attached to an (optional) click track created at the top of the staffs. The recording will play along with your notated music - ensure you have enough filled measures after the cursor to attach the audio to otherwise it won't play." msgstr "Den första anropningen av detta kommando startar inspelningen - spela den melodi du vill notera. Anropa sedan kommandot igen för att stoppa inspelningen - ljudet kopplas till ett (valfritt) klickspår som skapas högst upp i notsystemet. Inspelningen spelas upp tillsammans med din noterade musik - se till att du har tillräckligt många fyllda takter efter markören för att koppla ljudet till, annars spelas det inte upp." #. SaveRecording #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/Audio/SaveRecording.xml.h:1 msgid "Save Recording" msgstr "Spara inspelning" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/Audio/SaveRecording.xml.h:2 msgid "Saves the recorded autio to disk." msgstr "Sparar inspelat ljud på disken." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/Audio/SynchronizeAudio.xml.h:1 msgid "Synchronize Audio" msgstr "Synkronisera ljud" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/Audio/SynchronizeAudio.xml.h:2 msgid "Plays the audio attached to the current movement. Creates a timing bar for each space bar press. Music written in the staffs below will synchronize with the audio." msgstr "Spelar upp ljudet som är kopplat till den aktuella satsen. Skapar en tidslinje för varje tryck på mellanslagstangenten. Musik skriven i nedanstående notsystem kommer att synkroniseras med ljudet." #. ToggleAudioRecord #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/Audio/ToggleAudioRecord.xml.h:1 msgid "Record (Start/Stop)" msgstr "Spela in (start/stopp)" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/Audio/ToggleAudioRecord.xml.h:2 msgid "Starts/Stops recording the audio output from Denemo." msgstr "Startar eller stoppar inspelningen av ljudutdata från Denemo." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/BackupAndPlay.xml.h:1 msgid "Backup and Play Marked MIDI Note." msgstr "Säkerhetskopiera och spela markerad MIDI-not." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/BackupAndPlay.xml.h:2 msgid "Moves the marked MIDI note one note earlier and plays that." msgstr "Flyttar den markerade MIDI-noten en not bakåt och spelar den." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/DeleteLastRecordedMidi.xml.h:1 msgid "Delete Last Recorded Note" msgstr "Radera senast inspelade not" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/DeleteLastRecordedMidi.xml.h:2 msgid "Plays the last recorded note, deletes it and marks the new last note." msgstr "Spelar upp den senast inspelade noten, raderar den och markerar den nya sista noten." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/DeleteMidiAndClickTrack.xml.h:1 msgid "Delete Recorded MIDI and Click Track" msgstr "Ta bort inspelat MIDI- och klickspår" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/DeleteMidiAndClickTrack.xml.h:2 msgid "Deletes the MIDI recording and the click track that shows it and any trailing blank measures." msgstr "Raderar MIDI-inspelningen, klickspåret som visar den och eventuella efterföljande tomma takter." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/DeleteRecordedMidi.xml.h:1 msgid "Delete Imported/Recorded Midi" msgstr "Radera importerad/inspelad MIDI" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/DeleteRecordedMidi.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:177 msgid "Deletes the MIDI that has been imported or recorded via MIDI in." msgstr "Raderar MIDI som har importerats eller spelats in via MIDI-in." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/PlayAndAdvance.xml.h:1 msgid "Play and Advance Marked Midi Note" msgstr "Spela och gå vidare med markerad MIDI-not" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/PlayAndAdvance.xml.h:2 msgid "Plays the marked recorded MIDI note and advances the mark." msgstr "Spelar den markerade inspelade MIDI-noten och flyttar fram markeringen." #. PlayRecordedMidi #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/PlayRecordedMidi.xml.h:1 msgid "Play Recorded MIDI (Off/On)" msgstr "Spela upp inspelad MIDI (av/på)" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/PlayRecordedMidi.xml.h:2 msgid "Plays the recorded MIDI track from the marked MIDI note or beginning if no note is marked. Stops playing if already playing MIDI track." msgstr "Spelar upp det inspelade MIDI-spåret från den markerade MIDI-noten eller från början om ingen not är markerad. Stoppar uppspelningen om MIDI-spåret redan spelas." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/RecordMidiIn.xml.h:1 msgid "Record from MIDI in (Off/On)" msgstr "Spela in från MIDI-in (av/på)" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/RecordMidiIn.xml.h:2 msgid "Records/Stops recording notes played on MIDI keyboard. Notes are recorded on a track above a click track staff at the top of the score. Insert the notes into the score by pressing duration keys/Ins key." msgstr "Spelar in eller stoppar inspelning av noter som spelas på MIDI-tangentbordet. Noterna spelas in på ett spår ovanför ett klickspår högst upp i partituret. Infoga noterna i partituret med längdtangenterna eller Insert-tangenten." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/SetMarkedMidiFromEnd.scm:3 msgid "Repositioning Marked MIDI Note" msgstr "Omplacering av markerad MIDI-not" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/SetMarkedMidiFromEnd.scm:3 msgid "Give interval back from end (seconds):" msgstr "Ange intervall bakåt från slutet (sekunder):" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/SetMarkedMidiFromEnd.xml.h:1 msgid "Reposition Relative to End" msgstr "Flytta i förhållande till slutet" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/SetMarkedMidiFromEnd.xml.h:2 msgid "Asks for a number of seconds back from the end of the recording which you want to synchronize with the Denemo Cursor. Use this to find and position a passage you have just recorded ready for transcribing." msgstr "Frågar hur många sekunder före inspelningens slut som ska synkroniseras med Denemo-markören. Använd detta för att hitta och placera en nyinspelad passage som är klar för transkribering." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/SyncRecordingToCursor.scm:4 msgid "No Recorded MIDI note is marked." msgstr "Ingen inspelad MIDI-not är markerad." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/SyncRecordingToCursor.xml.h:1 msgid "Synchronize Marked Recorded Midi Note to Denemo Cursor Position" msgstr "Synkronisera markerad inspelad MIDI-not med Denemo-markörens position" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/SyncRecordingToCursor.xml.h:2 msgid "Alters the timing of the recorded MIDI notes so that the marked note plays at the time of the note currently at the Denemo cursor." msgstr "Ändrar tidpunkten för de inspelade MIDI-noterna så att den markerade noten spelas samtidigt som den not som för tillfället befinner sig vid Denemo-markören." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/ToggleHideOtherStaffsKeepingClick.xml.h:1 msgid "Hide Other Staffs (Off/On)" msgstr "Dölj andra notsystem (av/på)" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/ToggleHideOtherStaffsKeepingClick.xml.h:2 msgid "Hides/unhides other staffs in the display while keeping the MIDI track at the top visible." msgstr "Döljer eller visar andra notsystem medan MIDI-spåret överst förblir synligt." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/ToggleMuteClickTrack.xml.h:1 msgid "Unmute/Mute Recording Playback" msgstr "Inaktivera/Ljuddämpa Inspelning Uppspelning" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/ToggleMuteClickTrack.xml.h:2 msgid "Controls whether the recorded MIDI (and the click track) plays back with your score when you do Play." msgstr "Styr om inspelad MIDI (och klickspåret) ska spelas upp tillsammans med partituret när du spelar Play." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/RecreateTimebase.xml.h:1 msgid "Create Timebase" msgstr "Skapa en tidsbas" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/RecreateTimebase.xml.h:2 msgid "Recalculates the timing of each note." msgstr "Räknar om timingen för varje not." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/StopUnPause.xml.h:1 msgid "Stop/Forget Pause" msgstr "Stoppa/Förtränga Paus" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/StopUnPause.xml.h:2 msgid "Stops the playback or cancels the Pause, restoring the original start playback marker position." msgstr "Stoppar uppspelningen eller avbryter pausen och återställer den ursprungliga startpositionen för uppspelningsmarkören." #. ToggleConduct #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/ToggleConduct.xml.h:1 msgid "Mouse Conductor (Off/On)" msgstr "Musledare (av/på)" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/ToggleConduct.xml.h:2 msgid "Turns on/off moving the playback on by moving the mouse over the score area." msgstr "Aktiverar/inaktiverar att flytta uppspelningen genom att föra musen över partiturområdet." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/ToggleImmediatePlayback.xml.h:1 msgid "Toggle Immediate Playback" msgstr "Växla omedelbar uppspelning" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/ToggleImmediatePlayback.xml.h:2 msgid "Toggle on/off if you want to hear the note directly after inserting/changing." msgstr "Slå på/av om du vill höra noten direkt efter att den har infogats/bytts ut." #. TogglePlayAlongPlayback #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/TogglePlayAlongPlayback.xml.h:1 msgid "Play Along Playback (Off/On)" msgstr "Spela upp längs uppspelning (av/på)" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/TogglePlayAlongPlayback.xml.h:2 msgid "Turns off play along playback: when this is on the playback does not advance past the cursor unless you play along the correct note via Midi In." msgstr "Inaktiverar play along-uppspelning: när detta är aktiverat går uppspelningen inte förbi markören om du inte spelar med rätt not via Midi In." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/DisplayCurrentObject.xml.h:2 msgid "Pops up a window which displays the object at the cursor, including anything attached to it." msgstr "Öppnar ett fönster som visar objektet vid markören, inklusive allt som är kopplat till det." #. DisplayEditingTime #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/DisplayEditingTime.scm:2 msgid "This score has taken\n" msgstr "Denna poäng har tagit\n" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/DisplayEditingTime.scm:2 msgid " to create, not counting unsaved edits." msgstr " att skapa, och då räknas inte osparade redigeringar med." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/DisplayEditingTime.xml.h:1 msgid "Time Spent Editing" msgstr "Tidsåtgång för redigering" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/DisplayEditingTime.xml.h:2 msgid "Displays the cumulative time spent editing this score. The time counts any period between starting to edit and saving to disk. The time is accumulated over different editing sessions." msgstr "Visar den sammanlagda tid som använts för att redigera detta partitur. Tiden räknas från det att du börjar redigera till dess att du sparar på disken. Tiden ackumuleras under olika redigeringssessioner." #. Choose Palette #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Palettes/ChoosePalette.xml.h:1 msgid "Select a Palette to Show" msgstr "Välj en palett att visa" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Palettes/ChoosePalette.xml.h:2 msgid "Offers the available palettes to un-hide." msgstr "Erbjuder de tillgängliga paletter som ska döljas." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Palettes/CreateButtonForChordType.scm:9 msgid "Create Palette Button" msgstr "Skapa palett-knapp" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Palettes/CreateButtonForChordType.scm:9 msgid "Give a name for the chord" msgstr "Ge ett namn åt ackordet" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Palettes/CreateButtonForChordType.scm:18 msgid "Not on a chord" msgstr "Inte på ett ackord" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Palettes/CreateButtonForChordType.xml.h:1 msgid "Create Button for Chord Type" msgstr "Skapa knapp för ackordtyp" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Palettes/CreateButtonForChordType.xml.h:2 msgid "Creates a palette button which will insert the type of chord at the cursor, transposed to the cursor position when invoked. Use prepending sharp or flat to insert a chord with sharpened or flattened root note. Use for chord symbol chords." msgstr "Skapar en palettknapp som infogar den typ av ackord som finns vid markören, transponera till markörens position när den aktiveras. Använd prepending kors eller b för att infoga ett ackord med skärpt eller tillplattad grundton. Används för ackordsymbolackord." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Palettes/CreateButtonForObject.scm:127 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Palettes/CreateButtonForObject.scm:129 msgid "Object Clone" msgstr "Kloning av objekt" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Palettes/CreateButtonForObject.scm:127 msgid "Give (unique) label for button: " msgstr "Ange en (unik) etikett för knappen: " #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Palettes/CreateButtonForObject.scm:127 msgid "mylabel" msgstr "mylabel" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Palettes/CreateButtonForObject.scm:129 msgid "Give tooltip for button: " msgstr "Ge verktygstips för knappen: " #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Palettes/CreateButtonForObject.scm:129 msgid "Inserts object" msgstr "Infogar objekt" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Palettes/CreateButtonForObject.scm:133 msgid "Failed - duplicate label, no palette?" msgstr "Misslyckades - duplicerad etikett, ingen palett?" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Palettes/CreateButtonForObject.scm:134 msgid "Not implemented yet" msgstr "Ej implementerat ännu" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Palettes/CreateButtonForObject.xml.h:1 msgid "Create Button for Object" msgstr "Skapa en knapp för ett objekt" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Palettes/CreateButtonForObject.xml.h:2 msgid "Creates a palette button to insert a clone of the object at the cursor when the button is pressed." msgstr "Skapar en palettknapp som infogar en klon av objektet vid markören när knappen trycks in." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Palettes/UnhidePalettes.xml.h:1 msgid "Show Hidden Palettes" msgstr "Visa dolda paletter" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Palettes/UnhidePalettes.xml.h:2 msgid "Un-hides all non-empty palettes." msgstr "Döljer alla icke-tomma paletter." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/ShowLastChange.scm:4 msgid "The last change was:\n" msgstr "Den sista förändringen var:\n" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/ShowLastChange.scm:5 msgid "No change recorded in Undo stack" msgstr "Ingen ändring registrerad i Undo stack" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/ShowLastChange.xml.h:1 msgid "Show Last Change" msgstr "Visa senaste ändring" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/ShowLastChange.xml.h:2 msgid "Shows the last change recorded on the Undo stack." msgstr "Visar den senast registrerade ändringen på Undo-stacken." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/SwapSourcePosition.scm:2 msgid "No (un-iconized) source for transcribing is open" msgstr "Ingen (oikoniserad) källa för transkribering är öppen" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/SwapSourcePosition.xml.h:1 msgid "Swap Display and Source Window Positions" msgstr "Byt positioner för display- och källfönster" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/SwapSourcePosition.xml.h:2 msgid "Swaps the positions of the Denemo Display and the (first, un-iconized) Source Window currently open." msgstr "Byter position på Denemo-skärmen och det (första, ej ikoniserade) källfönstret som är öppet för tillfället." #. ToggleCursorHighlight #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/ToggleCursorHighlight.xml.h:1 msgid "Cursor Highlighting Off/On" msgstr "Markörmarkering Av/På" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/ToggleCursorHighlight.xml.h:2 msgid "Shows up the position of the cursor more clearly (off/on)" msgstr "Visar markörens position tydligare (av/på)" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Toggles/ToggleCommandManagerVisibility.xml.h:1 msgid "Toggle Command Center" msgstr "Växla kommandocentral" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Toggles/ToggleCommandManagerVisibility.xml.h:2 msgid "Hides/Unhides the Command Center" msgstr "Döljer/avslöjar kommandocentralen" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Toggles/ToggleLilyPondViewVisibility.xml.h:1 msgid "Toggle LilyPond View" msgstr "Växla LilyPond-vy" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Toggles/ToggleLilyPondViewVisibility.xml.h:2 msgid "Hides/Unhides the LilyPond View" msgstr "Döljer/avslöjar LilyPond-vyn" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Toggles/ToggleMidiInControlsVisibility.xml.h:1 msgid "Toggle MidiIn Controls" msgstr "Växla MidiIn-kontroller" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Toggles/ToggleMidiInControlsVisibility.xml.h:2 msgid "Hides/Unhides the Midi In Controls" msgstr "Döljer/avslöjar Midi In-kontrollerna" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Toggles/TogglePlaybackControlsVisibility.xml.h:1 msgid "Toggle Playback Controls" msgstr "Växla uppspelningskontroller" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Toggles/TogglePlaybackControlsVisibility.xml.h:2 msgid "Hides/Unhides the PlaybackControls" msgstr "Döljer/avslöjar PlaybackControls" #. TogglePrintViewVisibility #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Toggles/TogglePrintViewVisibility.xml.h:1 msgid "Toggle Print View" msgstr "Växla utskriftsvy" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Toggles/TogglePrintViewVisibility.xml.h:2 msgid "Hides/Unhides the Print View" msgstr "Döljer/avslöjar utskriftsvyn" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Toggles/ToggleSchemeViewVisibility.xml.h:1 msgid "Toggle Scheme View" msgstr "Växla vy för schema" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Toggles/ToggleSchemeViewVisibility.xml.h:2 msgid "Hides/Unhides the Scheme view" msgstr "Döljer/avslöjar schemavyn" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Zoom/ZoomDialog.scm:3 msgid "Scale Display" msgstr "Skala Display" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Zoom/ZoomDialog.scm:3 msgid "Give % scaling required" msgstr "Ge % scaling krävs" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Zoom/ZoomDialog.xml.h:1 msgid "Set Display Scale" msgstr "Ställ in displayskala" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Zoom/ZoomDialog.xml.h:2 msgid "Scales the display by value given by user." msgstr "Skalar displayen med det värde som användaren anger." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Zoom/ZoomIn.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Zoom/ZoomIn~.xml.h:1 msgid "Zoom In" msgstr "Zooma in" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Zoom/ZoomOut.xml.h:1 msgid "Zoom Out" msgstr "Zooma ut" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Zoom/ZoomReset.xml.h:2 #, no-c-format msgid "Zoom to 100%" msgstr "Zooma till 100" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Zoom/ZoomReset.xml.h:4 #, no-c-format msgid "Zoom to 100%, restore the original size" msgstr "Zooma till 100%, återställ originalstorleken" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpAugmented4.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Augmented 4th above base" msgstr "Lägg till Augmented 4th ovanför basen" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpAugmented4.xml.h:2 msgid "Add a tritone/augmented fourth as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards." msgstr "Lägg till en tritonus/förhöjd kvart som ackordnot i förhållande till den lägsta tonen uppåt." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpAugmented5.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Augmented 5th above base" msgstr "Lägg till förstärkt 5:a ovanför basen" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpAugmented5.xml.h:2 msgid "Add an augmented fifth as a chord note above the lowest note at the cursor." msgstr "Lägg till en förstärkt kvint som ackordnot ovanför den lägsta noten vid markören." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpDiminished5.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Diminished 5th above base" msgstr "Lägg till Diminerad 5:a över basen" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpDiminished5.xml.h:2 msgid "Add a diminished fifth as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards." msgstr "Lägg till en förminskad kvint som ackordnot i förhållande till den lägsta tonen uppåt." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpMajor2.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Major 2nd above base" msgstr "Lägg till Major 2:a ovanför basen" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpMajor2.xml.h:2 msgid "Add a major second as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards." msgstr "Lägg till en stor sekund som ackordnot i förhållande till den lägsta tonen uppåt." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpMajor3.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Major 3rd above base" msgstr "Lägg till Major 3rd ovanför basen" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpMajor3.xml.h:2 msgid "Add a major third as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards." msgstr "Lägg till en stor terts som ackordnot i förhållande till den lägsta tonen uppåt." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpMajor6.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Major 6th above base" msgstr "Lägg till Major 6:e ovanför basen" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpMajor6.xml.h:2 msgid "Add a major sixth as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards." msgstr "Lägg till en stor sext som ackordnot i förhållande till den lägsta tonen uppåt." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpMajor7.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Major 7th above base" msgstr "Lägg till Dur 7:e över basen" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpMajor7.xml.h:2 msgid "Add a major seventh as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards." msgstr "Lägg till en stor septim som ackordnot i förhållande till den lägsta tonen uppåt." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpMinor2.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Minor 2nd above base" msgstr "Lägg till Minor 2:a ovanför basen" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpMinor2.xml.h:2 msgid "Add a minor second as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards." msgstr "Lägg till en liten sekund som ackordnot i förhållande till den lägsta tonen uppåt." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpMinor3.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Minor 3rd above base" msgstr "Lägg till Minor 3:e ovanför basen" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpMinor3.xml.h:2 msgid "Add a minor third as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards." msgstr "Lägg till en liten terts som ackordnot i förhållande till den lägsta tonen uppåt." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpMinor6.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Minor 6th above base" msgstr "Lägg till Minor 6:e ovanför basen" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpMinor6.xml.h:2 msgid "Add a minor sixth as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards." msgstr "Lägg till en liten sext som ackordnot i förhållande till den lägsta tonen uppåt." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpMinor7.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Minor 7th above base" msgstr "Lägg till moll 7:e över basen" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpMinor7.xml.h:2 msgid "Add a minor seventh as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards." msgstr "Lägg till en liten septim som ackordnot i förhållande till den lägsta tonen uppåt." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpPerfect1.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Perfect 1st above base" msgstr "Lägg till Perfect 1st ovanför basen" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpPerfect1.xml.h:2 msgid "Add a perfect prime as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards." msgstr "Lägg till en perfekt grundton som ackordnot i förhållande till den lägsta tonen uppåt." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpPerfect4.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Perfect 4th above base" msgstr "Lägg till Perfect 4:e ovanför basen" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpPerfect4.xml.h:2 msgid "Add a perfect fourth as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards." msgstr "Lägg till en perfekt kvart som ackordnot i förhållande till den lägsta tonen uppåt." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpPerfect5.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Perfect 5th above base" msgstr "Lägg till Perfect 5:e ovanför basen" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpPerfect5.xml.h:2 msgid "Add a perfect fifth as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards." msgstr "Lägg till en perfekt kvint som ackordnot i förhållande till den lägsta tonen uppåt." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBassInversion.scm:15 msgid "Add Bass Note" msgstr "Lägg till basnot" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBassInversion.scm:15 msgid "" "Give bass note to add below root\n" "Use \"es\" for flat, \"is\" for sharp" msgstr "" "Ge basnoten för att lägga till under roten\n" "Använd \"es\" för platt, \"is\" för skarp" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBassInversion.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Bass Inversion" msgstr "Lägg till Bass Inversion" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBassInversion.xml.h:2 msgid "Adds a bass note to a chord, while keeping the current lowest note as the root of the chord. Use this on Chord Symbol staffs to create an inversion of the chord entered." msgstr "Lägger till en baston i ett ackord, samtidigt som den lägsta tonen behålls som ackordets grundton. Använd detta på ackordsymbolstavar för att skapa en inversion av det angivna ackordet." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownAugmented4.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Augmented 4th below top" msgstr "Lägg till förstärkt 4:e under toppen" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownAugmented4.xml.h:2 msgid "Add a augmented fourth as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards." msgstr "Lägg till en förstärkt kvart som ackordnot i förhållande till den högsta tonen nedåt." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownDiminished5.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Diminished 5th below top" msgstr "Lägg till Diminerad 5:a under toppen" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownDiminished5.xml.h:2 msgid "Add a tritone/diminished fifth as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards." msgstr "Lägg till en tritonus/diminuskvintett som ackordnot i förhållande till den högsta tonen nedåt." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownMajor2.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Major 2nd below top" msgstr "Lägg till Major 2:a under toppen" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownMajor2.xml.h:2 msgid "Add a major second as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards." msgstr "Lägg till en stor sekund som ackordnot i förhållande till den högsta tonen nedåt." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownMajor3.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Major 3rd below top" msgstr "Lägg till major 3:e under toppen" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownMajor3.xml.h:2 msgid "Add a major third as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards." msgstr "Lägg till en stor terts som ackordnot i förhållande till den högsta tonen nedåt." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownMajor6.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Major 6th below top" msgstr "Lägg till Dur 6:e under topp" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownMajor6.xml.h:2 msgid "Add a major sixth as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards." msgstr "Lägg till en stor sext som ackordnot i förhållande till den högsta tonen nedåt." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownMajor7.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Major 7th below top" msgstr "Lägg till Dur 7:e under topp" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownMajor7.xml.h:2 msgid "Add a major seventh as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards." msgstr "Lägg till en stor septim som ackordnot i förhållande till den högsta tonen nedåt." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownMinor2.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Minor 2nd below top" msgstr "Lägg till Minor 2:a under toppen" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownMinor2.xml.h:2 msgid "Add a minor second as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards." msgstr "Lägg till en liten sekund som ackordnot i förhållande till den högsta tonen nedåt." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownMinor3.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Minor 3rd below top" msgstr "Lägg till moll 3:e under toppen" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownMinor3.xml.h:2 msgid "Add a minor third as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards." msgstr "Lägg till en liten terts som ackordnot i förhållande till den högsta tonen nedåt." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownMinor6.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Minor 6th below top" msgstr "Lägg till liten sext under översta tonen" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownMinor6.xml.h:2 msgid "Add a minor sixth as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards." msgstr "Lägg till en liten sext som ackordnot i förhållande till den högsta tonen nedåt." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownMinor7.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Minor 7th below top" msgstr "Lägg till liten septima under översta tonen" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownMinor7.xml.h:2 msgid "Add a minor seventh as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards." msgstr "Lägg till en liten septim som ackordnot i förhållande till den högsta tonen nedåt." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownPerfect1.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Perfect 1st below top" msgstr "Lägg till ren prim under översta tonen" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownPerfect1.xml.h:2 msgid "Add a perfect prime as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards." msgstr "Lägg till en perfekt grundton som ackordnot i förhållande till den högsta tonen nedåt." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownPerfect4.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Perfect 4th below top" msgstr "Lägg till ren kvart under översta tonen" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownPerfect4.xml.h:2 msgid "Add a perfect fourth as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards." msgstr "Lägg till en perfekt kvart som ackordnot i förhållande till den högsta tonen nedåt." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownPerfect5.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Perfect 5th below top" msgstr "Lägg till ren kvint under översta tonen" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownPerfect5.xml.h:2 msgid "Add a perfect fifth as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards." msgstr "Lägg till en perfekt kvint som ackordnot i förhållande till den högsta tonen nedåt." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AlternateNote.xml.h:1 msgid "Alternate Note" msgstr "Alternativ not" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AlternateNote.xml.h:2 msgid "If there are two notes at the cursor height this command swaps them round. This affects which note will be acted on by commands such as fingering, string-number, sharpen, flatten etc." msgstr "Om det finns två noter i markörens höjd byter detta kommando om dem. Detta påverkar vilken not som kommer att påverkas av kommandon som fingersättning, strängnummer, skärpa, flata etc." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/Arpeggiate.xml.h:1 msgid "Arpeggiate" msgstr "Arpeggiera" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/Arpeggiate.xml.h:2 msgid "Transforms the three-note chord at the cursor into a triplet of notes." msgstr "Omvandlar tretonsackordet vid markören till en triol av noter." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/BassInversionSequence.scm:4 msgid "This directive places a sequence of bass note names after the next chord. You can delete it with the usual backspace and del commands." msgstr "Direktivet placerar en följd av basnotnamn efter nästa ackord. Du kan ta bort det med vanliga Backsteg- och Delete-kommandon." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/BassInversionSequence.scm:17 msgid "Give Next Note or Blank to finish" msgstr "Ange nästa not eller tomt för att avsluta" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/BassInversionSequence.scm:35 msgid "Place the cursor on chord to which bass sequence belongs" msgstr "Placera markören på det ackord som bassekvensen hör till" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/BassInversionSequence.xml.h:1 msgid "Bass Sequence" msgstr "Basföljd" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/BassInversionSequence.xml.h:2 msgid "Typesets a sequence of bass inversion notes." msgstr "Skriver en sekvens med basinversionsnoter." #. special rule for irregular notes #. all other notes #. else just stay on the same note #. body #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChangeEnharmonicDown.xml.h:1 msgid "Change Enharmonic Down" msgstr "Ändra enharmoniskt nedåt" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChangeEnharmonicDown.xml.h:2 msgid "Switch through enharmonic variants of the same sounding note in the direction of lower diatonic base notes" msgstr "Växla mellan enharmoniska varianter av samma klingande not i riktning mot lägre diatoniska basnoter" #. special rule for irregular notes #. all other notes #. else just stay on the same note #. body #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChangeEnharmonicUp.xml.h:1 msgid "Change Enharmonic Up" msgstr "Ändra enharmoniskt uppåt" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChangeEnharmonicUp.xml.h:2 msgid "Shift through enharmonic variants of the same sounding note in the direction of higher diatonic base notes." msgstr "Växla mellan enharmoniska varianter av samma klingande not i riktning mot högre diatoniska grundtoner." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChangePrintDuration/ChangePrintDuration0.xml.h:1 msgid "Change chord-member to whole note" msgstr "Ändra ackordton till helnot" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChangePrintDuration/ChangePrintDuration0.xml.h:2 msgid "Change one chord member to appear like a whole-note duration without changing the original logic like measure calculation or the duration of newly added chord members." msgstr "Ändrar en ackordton så att den visas med helnotslängd utan att ändra den ursprungliga logiken, som taktberäkning eller längden på nytillagda ackordtoner." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChangePrintDuration/ChangePrintDuration1.xml.h:1 msgid "Change chord-member to half note" msgstr "Ändra ackordton till halvnot" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChangePrintDuration/ChangePrintDuration1.xml.h:2 msgid "Change one chord member to appear like a half-note duration without changing the original logic like measure calculation or the duration of newly added chord members." msgstr "Ändrar en ackordton så att den visas med halvnotlängd utan att ändra den ursprungliga logiken, som taktberäkning eller längden på nytillagda ackordtoner." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChangePrintDuration/ChangePrintDuration2.xml.h:1 msgid "Change chord-member to quarter note" msgstr "Ändra ackordton till kvartsnot" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChangePrintDuration/ChangePrintDuration2.xml.h:2 msgid "Change one chord member to appear like a quarter-note duration without changing the original logic like measure calculation or the duration of newly added chord members." msgstr "Ändrar en ackordton så att den visas med kvartsnotslängd utan att ändra den ursprungliga logiken, som taktberäkning eller längden på nytillagda ackordtoner." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChangePrintDuration/ChangePrintDurationBreve.xml.h:1 msgid "Change chord-member to breve" msgstr "Ändra ackordton till breve" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChangePrintDuration/ChangePrintDurationBreve.xml.h:2 msgid "Change one chord member to appear like a breve duration without changing the original logic like measure calculation or the duration of newly added chord members." msgstr "Ändra en ackorddel så att den ser ut som en breve-duration utan att ändra den ursprungliga logiken, t.ex. taktberäkning eller durationen för nytillagda ackorddelar." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChangePrintDuration/ChangePrintDurationLonga.xml.h:1 msgid "Change chord-member to longa" msgstr "Ändra ackordton till longa" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChangePrintDuration/ChangePrintDurationLonga.xml.h:2 msgid "Change one chord member to appear like a longa duration without changing the original logic like measure calculation or the duration of newly added chord members." msgstr "Ändra en ackorddel så att den ser ut som en longa-duration utan att ändra den ursprungliga logiken, t.ex. taktberäkningen eller durationen för de nytillagda ackorddelarna." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChordNameOffset.scm:16 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChordNameOffset.scm:18 msgid "Chord Symbol Offset" msgstr "Offset för ackordsymbol" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChordNameOffset.scm:16 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FretDiagram.scm:65 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MultiLineTextAnnotation.scm:98 msgid "Give horizontal displacement required" msgstr "Ange erforderlig horisontell förskjutning" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChordNameOffset.scm:18 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FretDiagram.scm:66 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MultiLineTextAnnotation.scm:99 msgid "Give vertical displacement required" msgstr "Ange erforderlig vertikal förskjutning" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChordNameOffset.xml.h:1 msgid "Offset Chord Name" msgstr "Offset Ackordnamn" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChordNameOffset.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:208 msgid "Offsets the Chord symbol generated by the chord at the cursor." msgstr "Förskjuter ackordsymbolen som genereras av ackordet vid markören." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/CloseParenthesizeChord.xml.h:1 msgid "Close Parenthesis (Off/On)" msgstr "Stäng parentes (av/på)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/CloseParenthesizeChord.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints a close parenthesis after the chord at the cursor." msgstr "Skriver ut en sluten parentes efter ackordet vid markören." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/CompactChordScale.scm:17 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/CompactChordScale.scm:22 msgid "Chord Symbol Scale" msgstr "Ackordsymbol Skala" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/CompactChordScale.scm:17 msgid "Give horizontal scaling for next chord" msgstr "Ge horisontell skalning för nästa ackord" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/CompactChordScale.scm:22 msgid "Give vertical scaling for next chord" msgstr "Ge vertikal skalning för nästa ackord" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/CompactChordScale.xml.h:1 msgid "Scale Next Chord" msgstr "Skala Nästa ackord" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/CompactChordScale.xml.h:2 msgid "The next chord symbol will be scaled to the values given." msgstr "Nästa ackordsymbol kommer att skalas till de värden som anges." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/Directives/DeleteLilyPondOnChord.xml.h:1 msgid "Delete LilyPond on Chord" msgstr "Radera LilyPond på Chord" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/Directives/DeleteLilyPondOnChord.xml.h:2 msgid "Deletes the LilyPond attached to the chord at the cursor." msgstr "Raderar LilyPond som är kopplad till ackordet vid markören." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/Directives/InsertChordDirective.scm:11 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/InsertStandaloneDirective.scm:6 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/InsertNoteDirective.scm:11 msgid "New LilyPond Directive" msgstr "Nytt LilyPond-direktiv" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/Directives/InsertChordDirective.scm:13 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/InsertNoteDirective.scm:13 msgid "Delete " msgstr "Ta bort " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/Directives/InsertChordDirective.xml.h:1 msgid "Attach/Edit LilyPond to Chord" msgstr "Bifoga/Editera LilyPond till Chord" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/Directives/InsertChordDirective.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts LilyPond syntax you give before and after the chord at the cursor, also allows editing/deleting." msgstr "Infogar LilyPond-syntax som du anger före och efter ackordet vid markören, tillåter även redigering/radering." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/HideLilyPond.scm:4 msgid "hide" msgstr "dölj" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/HideLilyPond.xml.h:1 msgid "Hide on Printing" msgstr "Dölj vid utskrift" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/HideLilyPond.xml.h:2 msgid "Comments out the chord in the LilyPond output." msgstr "Kommentarer till ackordet i LilyPond-utgången." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/OpenParenthesizeChord.xml.h:1 msgid "Open Parenthesis (Off/On)" msgstr "Öppna parentes (av/på)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/OpenParenthesizeChord.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints an open parenthesis before the chord at the cursor." msgstr "Skriver ut en öppen parentes före ackordet vid markören." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ParenthesizeChord.xml.h:1 msgid "Parenthesize Chord (Off/On)" msgstr "Parenthesize-ackord (av/på)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ParenthesizeChord.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/ParenthesizeChord.xml.h:2 msgid "Enclose the chord in ( ) on printing." msgstr "Inkludera ackordet i ( ) vid utskrift." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/UseAddPrefix.xml.h:1 msgid "Use \"add\" Prefix" msgstr "Använd prefixet \"add\"" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/UseAddPrefix.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts the word \"add\" as a prefix for added notes in chord symbols after the cursor." msgstr "Infogar ordet \"add\" som prefix för tillagda toner i ackordsymboler efter markören." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/ClefChooser.scm:6 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/TypesetOnlyClef.scm:7 msgid "Treble Octava Bassa" msgstr "Diskant Octava Bassa" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/ClefChooser.scm:7 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/TypesetOnlyClef.scm:8 msgid "Bass Octava Bassa" msgstr "Bas: ottava bassa" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/ClefChooser.scm:11 msgid "Drum" msgstr "Trumma" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/ClefChooser.scm:18 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/TypesetOnlyClef.scm:14 msgid "Custom Clef" msgstr "Anpassad klav" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/ClefChooser.scm:18 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/TypesetOnlyClef.scm:14 msgid "Give LilyPond syntax for clef name" msgstr "Ge LilyPond syntax för clefnamn" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/ClefChooser.scm:25 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/TypesetOnlyClef.scm:22 msgid "" "N.B.The Denemo display will show notes using prevailing Denemo clef,\n" "but they will be typeset in the clef given" msgstr "" "N.B. Denemo-displayen visar noter med rådande Denemo-klyvning,\n" "men de kommer att sättas i den klav som anges" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/ClefChooser.scm:33 msgid "Drum Clef" msgstr "Trumklaver" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/ClefChooser.xml.h:1 msgid "Clef Chooser" msgstr "klav Väljare" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/ClefChooser.xml.h:2 msgid "Choose any sort of clef. If the cursor is at the start change initial clef, else insert chosen clef." msgstr "Välj valfri klav. Om markören är i början byter du initial klav, annars infogar du vald klav." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/ConditionalClefChange.xml.h:1 msgid "Conditional Clef Change" msgstr "Villkorlig clefändring" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/ConditionalClefChange.xml.h:2 msgid "Creates clef change at the cursor will *not* affect the typeset score if the specified condition is met." msgstr "Skapar nyckelbyte vid markören kommer *inte* att påverka det maskinskrivna partituret om det angivna villkoret uppfylls." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/HideClef.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/HideKeysig.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/HideTimesig.xml.h:1 msgid "(Print) Hide" msgstr "(Skriv ut) Dölj" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/HideClef.xml.h:2 msgid "On printing, omit the clef change at the cursor, or the initial clef if the cursor is not on a clef change." msgstr "Vid utskrift utelämnas clefbytet vid markören, eller den inledande clefen om markören inte är på ett clefbyte." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/SetDisplayClef.xml.h:1 msgid "Display Only Clef" msgstr "Endast display klav" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/SetDisplayClef.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a clef that affects only the display, not the printed form. Use this if, after a Change Staff, the staff the voice will be on is in a different clef (avoiding too many ledger lines in the display, making it hard to read). Also useful to display in a familiar clef music which you want to be printed in a less familiar one (e.g. display in treble or bass clef music to be printed for viola)." msgstr "Infogar en nyckel som endast påverkar visningen, inte den tryckta versionen. Använd detta om det notsystem som stämman kommer att spelas på efter ett notbyte har en annan nyckel (för att undvika alltför många ledlinjer i teckenfönstret som gör det svårläst). Används också för att visa musik i en välkänd notbild som du vill ska skrivas ut i en mindre välkänd notbild (t.ex. visa musik i diskant- eller basklav som ska skrivas ut för viola)." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/TypesetOnlyClef.xml.h:1 msgid "Typeset Only Clef" msgstr "Endast typsättning klav" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/TypesetOnlyClef.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a clef that affects only the typesetting, not the display. Use this for music transposed on typesetting (avoiding too many ledger lines in the display, making it hard to read). Also useful to enter music in a familiar clef which you want to be printed in a less familiar one (e.g. enter music in treble or bass clef music to be printed for viola)." msgstr "Infogar en nyckel som endast påverkar sättningen, inte visningen. Använd detta för musik som transponerats vid sättningen (för att undvika alltför många ledlinjer i displayen, vilket gör den svårläst). Används också för att ange musik i en välkänd notbild som du vill ska skrivas ut i en mindre välkänd notbild (t.ex. ange musik i diskant- eller basklav som ska skrivas ut för viola)." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/AmalgamateRepeatBarlines.xml.h:1 msgid "Amalgamate Repeat Barlines" msgstr "Amalgamera upprepa barlines" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/AmalgamateRepeatBarlines.xml.h:2 msgid "Replaces erroneous repeat end Directive followed by repeat start with (correct) repeat-end-start Directives throughout the score. (Only one type of barline can be present at one musical time in the score)." msgstr "Ersätter felaktigt direktiv om upprepningsslut följt av upprepningsstart med (korrekta) direktiv om upprepningsslut-start i hela partituret. (Endast en typ av taktstreck kan förekomma vid ett och samma musikaliska tillfälle i partituret)." #. 1 #. 2 #. 3 #. 4 #. 5 #. 6 #. 7 #. 8 #. 9 #. 0 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/ChooseBarline.xml.h:1 msgid "Choose Barline" msgstr "Välj taktstreck" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/ChooseBarline.xml.h:2 msgid "Choose a barline" msgstr "Välj en taktstreck" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/ClosingBarline.xml.h:1 msgid "Closing Barline" msgstr "Stängning av taktstreck" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/ClosingBarline.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:130 msgid "Inserts a closing barline (a double bar with last one thicker)." msgstr "Lägger in en stängande taktstreck (en dubbel taktstreck med den sista tjockare)." #. End of scheme script #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/DottedBarline.xml.h:1 msgid "Dotted Barline" msgstr "Prickad taktstreck" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/DottedBarline.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints dotted barline" msgstr "Utskrifter prickad streckad linje" #. DoubleBarline #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/DoubleBarline.xml.h:1 msgid "Double Bar" msgstr "Dubbel taktstreck" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/DoubleBarline.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:129 msgid "Insert a double barline at cursor position." msgstr "Infoga en dubbel strecklinje vid markörens position." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/DoubleBarRepeatStart.xml.h:1 msgid "Double Bar Repeat Start" msgstr "Dubbel stapel upprepad start" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/DoubleBarRepeatStart.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints a repeat start, with double bar on previous line if at a line break." msgstr "Skriver ut en upprepad start, med dubbelstreck på föregående rad om det är radbrytning." #. ForceBarline #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/ForceBarline.scm:2 msgid "" "Warning: Do not use this command to create an upbeat (or pickup) bar.\n" "It does not affect which notes appear in which measures.\n" "It simply draws a barline at the point in question, if no other barline will be drawn.\n" "Use the Measures->Anacrusis (Upbeat) command for a short measure." msgstr "" "Varning för detta: Använd inte det här kommandot för att skapa en takt med uppåtgående takt (eller pickup).\n" "Det påverkar inte vilka noter som förekommer i vilka takter.\n" "Det ritar bara en taktlinje vid den aktuella punkten, om ingen annan taktlinje kommer att ritas.\n" "Använd kommandot Measures->Anacrusis (Upbeat) för en kort takt." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/ForceBarline.scm:7 msgid "" "This object instructs the LilyPond typesetter to draw a barline here.\n" "The timing is not altered, use a hidden time signature change or the short measure or anacrusis command to do that." msgstr "" "Detta objekt instruerar LilyPonds sättare att rita en taktstreck här.\n" "Timingen ändras inte, använd en dold taktartsändring eller kommandot för kort takt eller anakrusis för att göra det." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/ForceBarline.xml.h:1 msgid "Insert Barline" msgstr "Infoga taktstreck" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/ForceBarline.xml.h:2 msgid "Insert barline at cursor, Denemo's measure count is unaffected." msgstr "Infoga taktstreck vid markören, Denemos måtträkning påverkas inte." #. Half Barline #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/HalfBarline.xml.h:1 msgid "Half Barline" msgstr "Halv taktstreck" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/HalfBarline.xml.h:2 msgid "Insert a barline with only half of its original size" msgstr "Infoga en taktstreck med bara hälften av sin ursprungliga storlek" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/InsertFirstAndSecondTimeBars.scm:13 msgid "Only for appending to music - use the individual first and second time bar commands to insert within music." msgstr "Endast för att infoga i musik - använd de individuella kommandona för första och andra taktstrecket för att infoga i musik." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/InsertFirstAndSecondTimeBars.xml.h:1 msgid "Insert 1st & 2nd Time Bars" msgstr "Infoga 1:a & 2:a taktpinnen" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/InsertFirstAndSecondTimeBars.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts first and second time bars each with a whole measure rest. You can then edit this to suit your music, e.g by inserting extra bars, deleting the repeat start etc." msgstr "Infogar första och andra taktpinnen, var och en med en hel taktpaus. Du kan sedan redigera detta så att det passar din musik, t.ex. genom att infoga extra takter, ta bort upprepningsstarten etc." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/NoBarline.xml.h:1 msgid "(Print) Omit Barline" msgstr "(Skriv ut) Utelämna taktstreck" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/NoBarline.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:131 msgid "Skips the printing of any automatic barline here - allows line break." msgstr "Skippar utskrift av automatisk taktstreck här - tillåter radbrytning." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/RepeatEndStart.xml.h:1 msgid "Repeat End-Start" msgstr "Upprepa Slut-Start" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/RepeatEndStart.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:128 msgid "Inserts a barline ending one repeated section and starting another" msgstr "Infogar en taktstreck som avslutar ett upprepat avsnitt och påbörjar ett nytt" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/RepeatEnd.xml.h:1 msgid "Repeat End Barline" msgstr "Repeat End taktstreck" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/RepeatEnd.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:127 msgid "Insert a barline indicating the end of a repeated section." msgstr "Infoga en streckmarkering som anger slutet på ett upprepat avsnitt." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/RepeatStart.xml.h:1 msgid "Repeat Start Barline" msgstr "Upprepa Start taktstreck" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/RepeatStart.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:126 msgid "Insert a barline indicating the start of a repeated section." msgstr "Infoga en strecklinje som anger början på ett upprepat avsnitt." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/CheckDirectivePairs.scm:17 msgid "Bad End Cue Marker" msgstr "Bad End kömarkör" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/CheckDirectivePairs.scm:21 msgid "Bad Start Cue Marker" msgstr "Felaktig startmarkör för cue" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/CheckDirectivePairs.scm:32 msgid "Start Cue without End Cue Marker" msgstr "Start Cue utan End Cue-markör" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/CheckDirectivePairs.xml.h:1 msgid "Check Paired Directives" msgstr "Kontrollera parade direktiv" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/CheckDirectivePairs.xml.h:2 msgid "Checks that paired directives match from the cursor to the end of the staff." msgstr "Kontrollerar att parade direktiv matchar från markören till slutet av notsystemet." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Comment.scm:7 msgid "Comment is currently set to: \n" msgstr "Kommentar är för närvarande inställd på:\n" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Comment.scm:11 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Comment.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChordComment.scm:5 msgid "Insert Comment" msgstr "Infoga kommentar" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Comment.scm:11 msgid "Give comment text " msgstr "Ge kommentar text " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Comment.scm:16 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/CriticalComment.scm:18 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChordComment.scm:10 msgid "Cursor has Moved" msgstr "Markören har flyttats" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Comment.scm:16 msgid "Insert comment at new position of cursor?" msgstr "Infoga kommentar vid markörens nya position?" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Comment.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a comment at the cursor position. The music typesetting is unaffected." msgstr "Infogar en kommentar vid markörens position. Musikens sättning påverkas inte." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Conditional-Directives/ChooseCondition.xml.h:1 msgid "Choose Condition" msgstr "Välj tillstånd" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Conditional-Directives/ChooseCondition.xml.h:2 msgid "Gives a menu for choosing whether the directive at the cursor should apply to the current part only or the default score or all layouts," msgstr "Ger en meny för att välja om direktivet vid markören ska gälla endast för den aktuella delen eller standardpartituret eller alla layouter," #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Conditional-Directives/ForAllLayouts.scm:9 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Conditional-Directives/NotForLayout.scm:21 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Conditional-Directives/OnlyForLayout.scm:21 msgid "This Directive " msgstr "Detta direktiv " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Conditional-Directives/ForAllLayouts.scm:9 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/Conditional-Directives/DirectiveForAllLayouts.scm:19 msgid " will be typeset for all layouts " msgstr " kommer att sättas för alla layouter " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Conditional-Directives/ForAllLayouts.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/Conditional-Directives/DirectiveForAllLayouts.xml.h:1 msgid "Reset for All Layouts" msgstr "Återställning för alla layouter" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Conditional-Directives/ForAllLayouts.xml.h:2 msgid "Clears conditional behaviour of this layout. The Directive will apply to all score layouts." msgstr "Rensar villkorligt beteende för denna layout. Direktivet kommer att gälla för alla poänglayouter." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Conditional-Directives/NotForLayout.scm:21 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/Conditional-Directives/DirectiveNotForLayout.scm:23 msgid " will not be typeset for the layout " msgstr " kommer inte att sättas för layouten " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Conditional-Directives/NotForLayout.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/Conditional-Directives/DirectiveNotForLayout.xml.h:1 msgid "Ignore for Current Layout" msgstr "Ignorera för nuvarande layout" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Conditional-Directives/NotForLayout.xml.h:2 msgid "The Denemo Directive at the cursor will be ignored when printing from the current score layout (See View->Score Layout)" msgstr "Denemo-direktivet vid markören kommer att ignoreras vid utskrift från den aktuella scorelayouten (se View->partitur Layout)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Conditional-Directives/OnlyForLayout.scm:21 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/Conditional-Directives/DirectiveOnlyForLayout.scm:24 msgid " will be typeset for the layout " msgstr " kommer att sättas för layouten " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Conditional-Directives/OnlyForLayout.xml.h:1 msgid "Exclusive to Current Layout" msgstr "Exklusivt för nuvarande layout" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Conditional-Directives/OnlyForLayout.xml.h:2 msgid "The Denemo Directive at the cursor will apply for the current Score Layout (see View->Score Layout)" msgstr "Denemo-direktivet vid markören kommer att gälla för det aktuella poängupplägget (se Visa->poängupplägg)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/CriticalComment.scm:11 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/CriticalComment.scm:27 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/CriticalComment.xml.h:1 msgid "Critical Comment" msgstr "Kritisk kommentar" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/CriticalComment.scm:11 msgid "Give Comment" msgstr "Ge en kommentar" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/CriticalComment.scm:18 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChordComment.scm:10 msgid "Apply Command to new position of cursor?" msgstr "Tillämpa kommandot på markörens nya position?" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/CriticalComment.xml.h:2 msgid "Adds a comment which can be printed in a critical commentary at the end of all the movements (see CriticalCommentary command to create this)." msgstr "Lägger till en kommentar som kan skrivas ut i en kritisk kommentar i slutet av alla satser (se kommandot CriticalCommentary för att skapa detta)." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/EnableAccordion16v.xml.h:1 msgid "Enable Accordion 16'" msgstr "Aktivera dragspel 16'" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/EnableAccordion16v.xml.h:2 msgid "Defines the accordions shifts for this score. The command Menu of Objects to Insert will allow them to be inserted." msgstr "Definierar dragspelsskiftena för detta partitur. Kommandot Menu of Objects to Insert gör det möjligt att infoga dem." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/InsertDefinedLilyPond.scm:18 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/OrnamentWithAccidentals.scm:32 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/ToggleCustomOrnament.scm:60 msgid "No Definitions have been created for this score" msgstr "Inga definitioner har skapats för denna partitur" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/InsertDefinedLilyPond.xml.h:1 msgid "Menu of Objects to Insert" msgstr "Meny med objekt som ska infogas" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/InsertDefinedLilyPond.xml.h:2 msgid "Gives a menu of previously created LilyPondDefinition commands (see Score->LilyPond Definition menu for this)" msgstr "Ger en meny med tidigare skapade LilyPondDefinition-kommandon (se partitur->LilyPond Definition-menyn för detta)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/InsertStandaloneDirective.xml.h:1 msgid "Insert/Edit Lilypond" msgstr "Infoga/redigera Lilypond" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/InsertStandaloneDirective.xml.h:2 msgid "Insert or edit a directive in the LilyPond music typesetting language. This can be used for extra spacing, transposing or almost anything. See LilyPond documentation for ideas." msgstr "Infoga eller redigera ett direktiv i LilyPonds musiksättningsspråk. Detta kan användas för extra avstånd, transponering eller nästan vad som helst. Se LilyPond-dokumentationen för idéer." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/ConditionalSecondTimeBar.scm:5 msgid "" "Duplicate the selected music\n" "for use as second time bar(s)\n" "when not typesetting this part on its own" msgstr "" "Duplicera den valda musiken\n" "för användning som andra taktstreck\n" "när du inte sätter den här delen på egen hand" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/ConditionalSecondTimeBar.scm:14 msgid "" "Duplicate from cursor to end\n" "for use as second time bar(s)\n" "when not typesetting this part on its own" msgstr "" "Duplicera från markören till slutet\n" "för användning som andra gången taktstreck(s)\n" "när du inte sätter den här delen på egen hand" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/ConditionalSecondTimeBar.scm:21 msgid "End of Movement" msgstr "Slut på sats" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/ConditionalSecondTimeBar.scm:21 msgid "Mid-Movement" msgstr "Mittsats" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/ConditionalSecondTimeBar.scm:40 msgid "Now place first and second time markings in the part(s) that have distinct first and second time bars" msgstr "Placera nu markeringar för första och andra takt i de delar som har distinkta första och andra taktarter" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/ConditionalSecondTimeBar.xml.h:1 msgid "Conditional 2nd Time Bar(s)" msgstr "Villkorlig 2:a tidslinje(r)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/ConditionalSecondTimeBar.xml.h:2 msgid "If there is no selection: Duplicates the bar(s) from the cursor to the end as an identical 2nd time bar(s) to be used only when not typesetting the part on its own. If there is a selection: Duplicates the selection for the same purpose. Inserts a end- (or end/start-) repeat barline for use only when typesetting the part. Use to avoid a part having two identical bars marked first and second time." msgstr "Om det inte finns något val: Duplicerar raden/raderna från markören till slutet som en identisk 2:a gångs rad/rader som endast ska användas när du inte sätter delen på egen hand. Om det finns ett val: Duplicerar markeringen för samma ändamål. Infogar ett slut- (eller slut/start-) upprepningsstreck som endast används vid sättning av delen. Används för att undvika att en del har två identiska takter markerade första och andra gången." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/EndVolta.scm:9 msgid "This closes a 1st, 2nd, ... n'th time bar" msgstr "Detta stänger en 1:a, 2:a, … nionde gången taktstreck" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/EndVolta.xml.h:1 msgid "End Volta (1st, 2nd ... Time Bar)" msgstr "Slut Volta (1:a, 2:a … Time taktstreck)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/EndVolta.xml.h:2 msgid "Ends a volta, that is a n'th time bar; without this the opening of a first (Nth) time bar will not be printed." msgstr "Avslutar en volta, det vill säga en n:te taktpinne; utan denna kommer öppnandet av en första (n:te) taktpinne inte att tryckas." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/OpenFirstTimeBar.xml.h:1 msgid "Start a First Time Bar" msgstr "Starta en taktstreck för första gången" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/OpenFirstTimeBar.xml.h:2 msgid "(Print) start (a) first time bar(s), use the End Volta command at the end of the first time bar(s)" msgstr "(Print) starta (en) första tidssträcka(r), använd kommandot End Volta i slutet av den första tidssträckan" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/OpenNthTimeBar.scm:68 msgid "1st Time Bar" msgstr "1:a gången taktstreck" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/OpenNthTimeBar.scm:69 msgid "2nd Time Bar" msgstr "2:a Time taktstreck" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/OpenNthTimeBar.scm:70 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/TextAbove.xml.h:1 msgid "Arbitrary Text" msgstr "Godtycklig text" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/OpenNthTimeBar.scm:74 msgid "This marks the start of one or more measures to be played on one or more of the repeats. There must be a later End Volta mark else nothing prints" msgstr "Detta markerar början på en eller flera satser som ska spelas på en eller flera av upprepningarna. Det måste finnas en senare End Volta-markering, annars skrivs ingenting ut" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/OpenNthTimeBar.scm:90 msgid "Set/Unset Bold" msgstr "Set/Unset fet stil" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/OpenNthTimeBar.scm:91 msgid "Set/Unset Italic" msgstr "Set/Unset Kursiv" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/OpenNthTimeBar.scm:92 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MultiLineTextAnnotation.scm:70 msgid "Edit Size" msgstr "Redigera storlek" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/OpenNthTimeBar.scm:97 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/OpenNthTimeBar.scm:101 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/OpenNthTimeBar.scm:111 msgid "Nth Time Bar Text" msgstr "Nionde gången taktstreck Text" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/OpenNthTimeBar.scm:97 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/OpenNthTimeBar.scm:111 msgid "Give text: " msgstr "Ge text: " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/OpenNthTimeBar.scm:101 msgid "Give size: " msgstr "Ge storlek: " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/OpenNthTimeBar.xml.h:1 msgid "Start an Nth Time Bar" msgstr "Starta en taktstreck för nionde gången" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/OpenNthTimeBar.xml.h:2 msgid "Start passage to be played on one or more of the repeats as indicated by the text given by the user (e.g. 3 for third time bar). Finish the passage using the End Volta command." msgstr "Starta passagen som ska spelas på en eller flera av de upprepningar som anges av texten som användaren har angett (t.ex. 3 för tredje taktstrecket). Avsluta passagen med kommandot End Volta." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/OpenSecondTimeBar.scm:21 msgid "Start Second Time Bar" msgstr "Start Andra Tid taktstreck" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/OpenSecondTimeBar.scm:21 msgid "Adjust the typeset bar number to ignore second time bar(s)" msgstr "Justera det maskinskrivna barnumret för att ignorera andra tidens taktstreck(s)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/OpenSecondTimeBar.xml.h:1 msgid "Start a Second Time Bar" msgstr "Starta en andra tidsgräns" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/OpenSecondTimeBar.xml.h:2 msgid "(Print) start (a) second time bar(s), use the End Volta command at the end of the first time bar(s)" msgstr "(Print) starta (en) andra tidslinje(r), använd kommandot End Volta i slutet av den första tidslinjen" #. if BaseBeat is not specified, must query the user as to what should be the first beat unit: #. use old BPM if there. Bug: Only good for 4=... #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/BeatChange.scm:10 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/BeatChange.scm:26 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/MetronomeMark.scm:24 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/MetronomeMark.scm:40 msgid "Metronome Marking" msgstr "Markering av metronom" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/BeatChange.scm:10 msgid "" "Give unit beat duration (e.g., 4. for 𝅘𝅥. ) \n" " or enter n for none:" msgstr "" "Ange enhetens taktlängd (t.ex. 4. för 𝅘𝅥. )\n" " eller ange n för ingen:" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/BeatChange.scm:12 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/MetronomeMark.scm:26 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/AppendPostscript.scm:93 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:94 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:156 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/GraphicTitlePage.scm:106 msgid "n" msgstr "n" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/BeatChange.scm:26 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/MetronomeMark.scm:40 msgid "Give number of these " msgstr "Ange antal av dessa " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/BeatChange.scm:26 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/MetronomeMark.scm:40 msgid " beats per minute:" msgstr " slag per minut:" #. let #. define GetBPM #. Begin of main function #. Input from the user what kind of beat change they want: #. Input from the user text to be placed before #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/BeatChange.scm:48 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/BeatChange.scm:54 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/BeatChange.scm:56 msgid "Beat Change" msgstr "Beat Change" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/BeatChange.scm:49 msgid "Enter beat change as [beat1]=[beat2] with the beats in LilyPond syntax," msgstr "Ange taktändring som [takt1]=[takt2] med takten i LilyPond-syntax," #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/BeatChange.scm:50 msgid "" "\n" "i.e. 4 for 𝅘𝅥, 8. for dotted 𝅘𝅥𝅮, etc." msgstr "" "\n" "d.v.s. 4 för 𝅘𝅥, 8 för prickad 𝅘𝅥𝅮, etc." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/BeatChange.scm:51 msgid "" "\n" "Place immediately after a barline to center the beat change over the barline." msgstr "" "\n" "Placera omedelbart efter en taktstreck för att centrera taktbytet över taktstrecket." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/BeatChange.scm:55 msgid "Enter text (if any) to appear before the [beat1]=[beat2]" msgstr "Ange text (om någon) som ska visas före [beat1]=[beat2]" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/BeatChange.scm:57 msgid "Enter text (if any) to appear after the [beat1]=[beat2]" msgstr "Ange text (om någon) som ska visas efter [beat1]=[beat2]" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/BeatChange.xml.h:1 msgid "Beat Change (e.g. 𝅗𝅥 = 𝅘𝅥 .)" msgstr "Beat Change (t.ex. 𝅗𝅥 = 𝅘𝅥 .)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/BeatChange.xml.h:2 msgid "Insert a change of beat at the cursor position. The playback tempo is adjusted to match." msgstr "Lägg in en taktändring vid markörens position. Uppspelningstempot justeras för att matcha." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/CustomRehearsalMark.scm:14 msgid "Text or Custom Rehearsal Mark" msgstr "Text eller anpassad repetitionsmarkering" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/CustomRehearsalMark.scm:14 msgid "Give text to use for Mark" msgstr "Ge text att använda för Mark" #. in case the user pressed Escape do nothing #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/CustomRehearsalMark.scm:16 msgid "left" msgstr "vänster" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/CustomRehearsalMark.scm:16 msgid "center" msgstr "center" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/CustomRehearsalMark.scm:16 msgid "right" msgstr "höger" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/CustomRehearsalMark.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Mark (Text/Rehearsal/Book)" msgstr "Add Mark (Text/Repetition/Bok)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/CustomRehearsalMark.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a Mark in the score at the cursor. Marks can be placed in each part and will appear only once (above the top part) in the score (provided they occur at the same moment in each part and are identical). Any size, font, effect can be chosen. A preview button allows you to check the appearance/syntax used. The text position can be dragged in the print view if needed. If there is any slight difference in the text of multiple text marks at the same moment a warning will be given on manually typesetting the score, to avoid this copy and paste or clone the mark you want to place in each part." msgstr "Infogar en markering i partituret vid markören. Markeringar kan placeras i varje del och visas bara en gång (ovanför den översta delen) i partituret (förutsatt att de förekommer vid samma tidpunkt i varje del och är identiska). Storlek, typsnitt och effekt kan väljas. En förhandsgranskningsknapp gör att du kan kontrollera utseendet/syntaxen som används. Textpositionen kan dras i utskriftsvyn om det behövs. Om det finns någon liten skillnad i texten för flera textmärken i samma ögonblick kommer en varning att ges vid manuell sättning av partituret, för att undvika detta kopiera och klistra in eller klona det märke du vill placera i varje del." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/DynamicText.scm:66 msgid "Custom dynamic" msgstr "Anpassad dynamisk" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/DynamicText.scm:66 msgid "Enter dynamic text:" msgstr "Skriv in dynamisk text:" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/DynamicText.scm:73 msgid "Dynamic setting" msgstr "Dynamisk inställning" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/DynamicText.scm:73 msgid "Enter loudness level (0-127):" msgstr "Ange loudness-nivå (0-127):" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/DynamicText.xml.h:2 msgid "Choose dynamics and midi volume level." msgstr "Välj dynamik och midi-volymnivå." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FreeCoda.scm:13 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FreeSegno.scm:13 msgid "Show if at end of line" msgstr "Visa om i slutet av raden" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FreeCoda.scm:14 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FreeSegno.scm:14 msgid "Show if at start of line" msgstr "Visa om i början av raden" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FreeCoda.xml.h:1 msgid "Standalone Coda (for barlines)" msgstr "Standalone Coda (för barlines)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FreeCoda.xml.h:2 msgid "Coda symbol attached to the net object, for example a barline. But shown between notes." msgstr "Coda-symbol kopplad till nätobjektet, t.ex. en taktstreck. Men visas mellan noterna." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FreeFermata.xml.h:1 msgid "(Print) Standalone Fermata (for Barlines)" msgstr "(Skriv ut) Standalone Fermata (för Barlines)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FreeFermata.xml.h:2 msgid "Adds a standalone fermata which has no playback effect. Can be used to place a Fermata on a barline." msgstr "Lägger till en fristående fermata som inte har någon playback-effekt. Kan användas för att placera en Fermata på en taktstreck." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FreeSegno.xml.h:1 msgid "Standalone Segno (for barlines)" msgstr "Standalone Segno (för barlines)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FreeSegno.xml.h:2 msgid "Typesets a segno over the barline." msgstr "Sätter en segno över barlinjen." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FretDiagram.scm:14 msgid "String: " msgstr "Sträng: " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FretDiagram.scm:14 msgid "" "Give Fret Number\n" "or o or x" msgstr "" "Ge brätte nummer\n" "eller o eller x" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FretDiagram.scm:17 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FretDiagram.scm:25 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FretDiagram.scm:28 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FretDiagram.scm:31 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FretDiagram.scm:38 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FretDiagram.scm:86 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FretDiagram.xml.h:1 msgid "Fret Diagram" msgstr "Ackorddiagram" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FretDiagram.scm:25 msgid "Barre from string (or cancel for none) " msgstr "Barré från sträng (eller avbryt för ingen) " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FretDiagram.scm:28 msgid "Barre to string (or cancel for none) " msgstr "Barré till sträng (eller avbryt för ingen) " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FretDiagram.scm:31 msgid "Barre at fret (or cancel for none) " msgstr "Barré på frett (eller avbryt för ingen) " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FretDiagram.scm:38 msgid "Give size for diagram " msgstr "Ange storlek för diagram " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FretDiagram.scm:56 msgid "Edit Fret Diagram" msgstr "Redigera Fret-diagram" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FretDiagram.scm:56 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MultiLineTextAnnotation.scm:69 msgid "Edit Space Occupied" msgstr "Edit Utrymme upptaget" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FretDiagram.scm:56 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MultiLineTextAnnotation.scm:72 msgid "Edit Position" msgstr "Redigera position" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FretDiagram.scm:60 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MultiLineTextAnnotation.scm:93 msgid "Space Occupied by Text/Music" msgstr "Utrymme som upptas av text/musik" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FretDiagram.scm:60 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MultiLineTextAnnotation.scm:93 msgid "" "Give space:\n" "(0 prevents dragging position\n" "Blank for natural size.)" msgstr "" "Ge utrymme:\n" "(0 förhindrar att positionen dras\n" "Tomt för naturlig storlek.)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FretDiagram.scm:65 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FretDiagram.scm:66 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MultiLineTextAnnotation.scm:98 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MultiLineTextAnnotation.scm:99 msgid "Offsets" msgstr "Offset-värden" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FretDiagram.scm:86 msgid "Give Number of Strings " msgstr "Ange antal strängar " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FretDiagram.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:219 msgid "Creates a dialog for you to enter a description of the fret diagram to be typeset at the cursor position." msgstr "Skapar en dialogruta där du kan ange en beskrivning av det fretdiagram som ska sättas vid markörens position." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/MetronomeMark.scm:24 msgid "" "Give unit beat duration (e.g., 4. for dotted-quarter) \n" " or enter n for none:" msgstr "" "Ange enhetens taktlängd (t.ex. 4. för prickad kvart)\n" " eller ange n för ingen:" #. want * 3/2 for dotted,*4 since midi uses quarters and divide by duration, #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/MetronomeMark.scm:52 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/MetronomeMark.scm:55 msgid "BPM Printed" msgstr "BPM tryckt" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/MetronomeMark.scm:52 msgid "BPM Not Printed" msgstr "BPM ej utskriven" #. begin #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/MetronomeMark.scm:60 msgid "Incorrect BPM syntax." msgstr "Felaktig BPM-syntax." #. this did not fire using d-PopUpMenu so changed to RadioBoxMenu #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/MetronomeMark.xml.h:1 msgid "Tempi and Metronome Marks" msgstr "Tempi och metronommarkeringar" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/MetronomeMark.xml.h:2 msgid "Insert tempi and/or metronome marks, printed or not, adjust playback tempo to suit" msgstr "Infoga tempi och/eller metronommarkeringar, utskrivna eller ej, justera uppspelningstempot så att det passar" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Agrement.xml.h:1 msgid "Agréments" msgstr "Utrustningar" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Agrement.xml.h:2 msgid "Insert a (French 18th c) agrément on the note at the cursor." msgstr "Infoga en (fransk 18:e c) agrément på noten vid markören." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.scm:7 msgid "Add Accidental/Ornament" msgstr "Lägg till Accidental/Ornament" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.scm:7 msgid "Re-order Accidentals/Ornaments" msgstr "Omplacering av tillfälliga föremål/prydnadsföremål" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.scm:23 msgid "No Note to apply ornament to" msgstr "Ingen not att applicera ornament på" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.scm:26 msgid "Further from Staff" msgstr "Ytterligare från notsystemet" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.scm:26 msgid "Closer to Staff" msgstr "Närmare notsystemet" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.scm:34 msgid "Priority now " msgstr "Prioritet nu " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.scm:34 msgid " you may need to repeat this command to get a suitable value to re-order this ornament with respect to other ornaments on the same note." msgstr " kan du behöva upprepa detta kommando för att få ett lämpligt värde för att omordna detta ornament i förhållande till andra ornament på samma not." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.scm:49 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/OrnamentWithAccidentals.scm:9 msgid "Trill" msgstr "Trill" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.scm:50 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/ArbitraryKeySignature.scm:19 msgid "Sharp" msgstr "Skarp" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.scm:51 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/ArbitraryKeySignature.scm:18 msgid "Flat" msgstr "Platt" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.scm:52 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/ArbitraryKeySignature.scm:17 msgid "Natural" msgstr "Naturlig" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.scm:53 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/OrnamentWithAccidentals.scm:12 msgid "Mordent" msgstr "Mordent" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.scm:54 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/OrnamentWithAccidentals.scm:10 msgid "Turn" msgstr "Sätt" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.scm:55 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/OrnamentWithAccidentals.scm:11 msgid "Reverse Turn" msgstr "Omvänd vändning" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.scm:56 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/OrnamentWithAccidentals.scm:13 msgid "Prall" msgstr "Prall" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.scm:57 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/OrnamentWithAccidentals.scm:14 msgid "Up Prall" msgstr "Upp Prall" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.scm:58 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/OrnamentWithAccidentals.scm:15 msgid "Down Prall" msgstr "Down Prall" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.scm:59 msgid "Prall Up" msgstr "Prall upp" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.scm:60 msgid "Prall Down" msgstr "Prall Down" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.scm:61 msgid "Prall Prall" msgstr "Prall Prall" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.scm:62 msgid "Prall Mordent" msgstr "Prall Mordent" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.scm:63 msgid "Up Mordent" msgstr "Upp Mordent" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.scm:64 msgid "Down Mordent" msgstr "Down Mordent" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.scm:133 msgid "Above Note" msgstr "Ovan not" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.scm:134 msgid "Below Note" msgstr "Nedanstående not" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.scm:135 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/AttachedText.scm:19 msgid "Auto Position" msgstr "Auto Position" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.xml.h:1 msgid "Insert/Edit Ornament" msgstr "Infoga/redigera prydnad" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.xml.h:2 msgid "Select an ornament to insert as an object at the cursor (it will be typeset on the following note), or edit the ornament already present. Ornament here includes accidentals to be placed over or under other ornaments, as well as multiple ornaments stacked on one note/chord." msgstr "Välj ett ornament som ska infogas som ett objekt vid markören (det kommer att sättas på följande not), eller redigera det ornament som redan finns. Ornament inkluderar här förtecken som ska placeras över eller under andra ornament, samt flera ornament staplade på en not/ett ackord." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/RehearsalMark.scm:9 msgid "More Editing Options" msgstr "Fler redigeringsalternativ" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/RehearsalMark.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a rehearsal mark in the score. The default is to typeset as the letters A, B, ... The display shows simply A for all bookmarks. This mark also acts as a Denemo bookmark which can be searched for." msgstr "Infogar en repetitionsmarkering i partituret. Standardinställningen är att sätta som bokstäverna A, B, … På displayen visas bara A för alla bokmärken. Detta märke fungerar också som ett Denemo-bokmärke som kan sökas efter." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/CadenzaOn.xml.h:1 msgid "Start Cadenza" msgstr "Starta kadens" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/CadenzaOn.xml.h:2 msgid "Turns off automatic barlines, beaming etc and sets small sized notes for a cadenza. You can break up the cadenza in the Denemo Display into Denemo \"bars\" if the cadenza is too long. You will need to insert barlines or use the Allow Page/Line break command to let the typesetter break lines. Add Ignore Measure Duration Error directives in each bar if you want to use Check Score." msgstr "Stänger av automatiska taktstreck, beaming etc och ställer in små noter för en kadens. Du kan dela upp kadensen i Denemo Display i Denemo \"takter\" om kadensen är för lång. Du måste infoga taktstreck eller använda kommandot Allow Page/Line break för att låta sättaren bryta rader. Lägg till Ignore Measure Duration Error-direktiv i varje takt om du vill använda Check partitur." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/FinishCadenza.xml.h:1 msgid "End Cadenza" msgstr "Avsluta kadens" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/FinishCadenza.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts Cadenza end at the current cursor position which should be at the start of a (Denemo) bar. See Start Cadenza for details." msgstr "Infogar Cadenza-slut vid den aktuella markörpositionen som bör vara i början av en (Denemo) takt. Se Starta Cadenza för mer information." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/LigatureEnd.scm:7 msgid "Ligature End" msgstr "Ligaturände" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/LigatureEnd.xml.h:1 msgid "End Ligature" msgstr "Avsluta ligatur" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/LigatureEnd.xml.h:2 msgid "End drawing a square bracket above the notes. Must be preceded by a Start Ligature earlier in the same staff." msgstr "Slutar med att rita en fyrkantig parentes ovanför noterna. Måste föregås av en Start-ligatur tidigare i samma notsystem." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/LigatureStart.scm:7 msgid "Ligature Start" msgstr "Ligatur börjar" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/LigatureStart.xml.h:1 msgid "Start Ligature" msgstr "Starta ligatur" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/LigatureStart.xml.h:2 msgid "Starts drawing a square bracket above the notes from the cursor. Use End Ligature to mark the place where the bracket should end. Used in transcribing mensural music notation." msgstr "Börjar rita en fyrkantig parentes ovanför noterna från markören. Använd End Ligature för att markera den plats där parentesen ska sluta. Används vid transkribering av mensural musiknotation." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/Ottava.scm:5 msgid "Give -1 for ottava bassa, 1 for ottava alta and 0 for end ottava" msgstr "Ange -1 för ottava bassa, 1 för ottava alta och 0 för att avsluta ottava" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/Ottava.scm:9 msgid "End Ottava" msgstr "Avsluta ottava" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/Ottava.xml.h:1 msgid "Ottava" msgstr "Ottava" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/Ottava.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts an 8va mark (or 15ma) mark or terminates one already started. Either octave up or octave down can be specified. The notes should be entered at the true (sounding) pitch. Combine with a Print Transposition if you want to see the notes in the display at the transposed pitch (affects the MIDI playback)." msgstr "Lägger in en 8va-mark (eller 15ma-mark) eller avslutar en redan påbörjad mark. Antingen oktav upp eller oktav ner kan anges. Noterna ska anges med den sanna (klingande) tonhöjden. Kombinera med en Print Transposition om du vill se noterna i displayen i den transponera tonhöjden (påverkar MIDI-uppspelningen)." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/StartTrillSpan.scm:8 msgid "No \"tr\" at start." msgstr "Inget \"tr\" i början." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/StartTrillSpan.scm:11 msgid "This marks the start of a trill extending over several notes. The leading \"tr\" can be omitted if desired." msgstr "Detta markerar början på en trill som sträcker sig över flera toner. Det inledande \"tr\" kan utelämnas om så önskas." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/StartTrillSpan.scm:27 msgid "Cursor must be on the note where the trill is to start" msgstr "Markören måste vara på den not där trillingen ska börja" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/StartTrillSpan.xml.h:1 msgid "Start Trill" msgstr "Starta trill" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/StartTrillSpan.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:81 msgid "Starts a spanning trill from the note at the cursor." msgstr "Startar en trill som sträcker sig från noten vid markören." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/StopTrillSpan.scm:4 msgid "This marks the end of a trill spanning several notes" msgstr "Detta markerar slutet på en trill som sträcker sig över flera toner" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/StopTrillSpan.xml.h:1 msgid "Stop Trill" msgstr "Stoppa trill" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/StopTrillSpan.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:82 msgid "Ends a previously started trill at the next note." msgstr "Avslutar en tidigare påbörjad trill på nästa ton." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/SustainOff.xml.h:1 msgid "Sustain Off" msgstr "Sustain av" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/SustainOff.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:35 msgid "Prints a Sustain Off Mark" msgstr "Skriver ut en Sustain Off-markering" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/SustainOn.xml.h:1 msgid "Sustain On" msgstr "Sustain på" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/SustainOn.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:33 msgid "Prints a Sustain Pedal On Mark" msgstr "Skriver ut en Sustain Pedal On-markering" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/StandaloneFootnote.scm:18 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/StandaloneFootnote.scm:19 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Footnote.scm:14 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Footnote.scm:17 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Footnote.xml.h:1 msgid "Footnote" msgstr "Fotnot" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/StandaloneFootnote.scm:18 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Footnote.scm:17 msgid "Give footnote text" msgstr "Ge fotnotstext" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/StandaloneFootnote.scm:19 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Footnote.scm:14 msgid "Give footnote marker" msgstr "Ge fotnotsmarkör" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/StandaloneFootnote.scm:23 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/StandaloneFootnote.scm:36 msgid "Orig. " msgstr "Orig. " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/StandaloneFootnote.xml.h:1 msgid "Insert Footnote" msgstr "Infoga fotnot" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/StandaloneFootnote.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a footnote at the cursor position as a standalone object. WARNING does not appear if followed by a chord, single notes only!" msgstr "Infogar en fotnot vid markörens position som ett fristående objekt. VARNING: Den visas inte om den följs av ett ackord, endast vid enstaka noter." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/BreathMark.xml.h:1 msgid "Breath Mark" msgstr "Andningsmärke" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/BreathMark.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a Breath Mark" msgstr "Infogar ett andningsmärke" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/Caesura.xml.h:1 msgid "Caesura" msgstr "Caesura" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/Caesura.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints a caesura (pause) at the cursor position." msgstr "Skriver ut en caesura (paus) vid markörens position." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/DaCapo.xml.h:1 msgid "D.C al fine" msgstr "D.C. al fine" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/DaCapo.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts D.C. al fine marking as a standalone Denemo Directive." msgstr "Sätter in D.C. al fine-märkning som ett fristående Denemo-direktiv." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/Fine.xml.h:1 msgid "Fine (i.e. end)" msgstr "Fin (d.v.s. slut)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/Fine.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts Fine marking as standalone Denemo Directive." msgstr "Infogar en fine-markering som fristående Denemo-direktiv." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/InsertGraphic.scm:14 msgid "Scaling Graphic" msgstr "Skalning av grafik" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/InsertGraphic.scm:14 msgid "Give scale to be used: " msgstr "Ange vilken skala som ska användas: " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/InsertGraphic.scm:24 msgid "Graphic File" msgstr "Grafisk fil" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/InsertGraphic.xml.h:1 msgid "Insert Graphic" msgstr "Infoga grafik" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/InsertGraphic.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a graphic in the music. This should be created as an encapsulated postscript file." msgstr "Infogar en grafik i musiken. Detta bör skapas som en inkapslad postscript-fil." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MultiLineTextAnnotation.scm:15 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MultiLineTextAnnotation.scm:19 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/AttachedText.scm:24 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/TextAbove.scm:6 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/FilledTitleLine.scm:11 msgid "Text" msgstr "Text" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MultiLineTextAnnotation.scm:15 msgid "Give text for Denemo Display" msgstr "Ange text för Denemo-visning" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MultiLineTextAnnotation.scm:20 msgid "" "Type the text in the lower pane. The preview pane above will show the typeset appearance. You can type any text, however the characters \\, \", ¶, { and } have a special meaning in the text. New lines will be started from the ¶ character (if allowed). The backslash \\ starts some LilyPond syntax called 'markup', the {} and \"\" have to surround other text in pairs - one on its own will not typeset. The Insert menu and Selection menu contain pre-packaged markup for various effects.\n" "For other possible markup commands \\wordwrap, \\circle, \\tiny etc, see LilyPond documentation." msgstr "" "Skriv in texten i den nedre rutan. Förhandsgranskningsfönstret ovan visar hur texten ser ut. Du kan skriva vilken text som helst, men tecknen \\, \", ¶, { och } har en speciell betydelse i texten. Nya rader startas från tecknet ¶ (om det är tillåtet). Backslash \\ startar en LilyPond-syntax som kallas \"markup\", {} och \"\" måste omge annan text i par - ett tecken ensamt kommer inte att sättas. Insert-menyn och Selection-menyn innehåller färdigpaketerade markeringar för olika effekter.\n" "För andra möjliga markeringskommandon \\wordwrap, \\circle, \\tiny etc, se LilyPond-dokumentationen." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MultiLineTextAnnotation.scm:25 msgid "Scaling Text" msgstr "Skalning av text" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MultiLineTextAnnotation.scm:25 msgid "Give text size: " msgstr "Ange textstorlek: " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MultiLineTextAnnotation.scm:73 msgid "Edit Display Text" msgstr "Redigera visningstext" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MultiLineTextAnnotation.scm:74 msgid "Edit Others" msgstr "Redigera andra" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MultiLineTextAnnotation.scm:176 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/AttachedText.scm:30 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/TextAbove.scm:18 msgid "Delete this text?" msgstr "Radera den här texten?" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MultiLineTextAnnotation.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/AttachedText.xml.h:1 msgid "Multi-line Text and Music" msgstr "Text och musik med flera rader" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MultiLineTextAnnotation.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts multi-line text object which can include music snippets, Fret Diagrams and Note Names/Chord Symbols. LilyPond Markup can be used and a preview button is available to check the syntax." msgstr "Infogar ett flerradigt textobjekt som kan innehålla musiksnuttar, ackorddiagram och notnamn/ackordsymboler. LilyPond-markup kan användas och det finns en förhandsgranskningsknapp för att kontrollera syntaxen." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:5 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:532 msgid "rests" msgstr "vilar" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:6 msgid "0" msgstr "0" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:7 msgid "1" msgstr "1" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:8 msgid "0o" msgstr "0o" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:9 msgid "1o" msgstr "1o" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:10 msgid "M3" msgstr "m3" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:11 msgid "M2" msgstr "m2" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:12 msgid "M1" msgstr "M1" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:13 msgid "M1o" msgstr "M1o" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:14 msgid "2" msgstr "2" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:15 msgid "2classical" msgstr "2klassisk" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:16 msgid "3" msgstr "3" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:17 msgid "4" msgstr "4" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:18 msgid "5" msgstr "5" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:19 msgid "6" msgstr "6" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:20 msgid "7" msgstr "7" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:22 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:577 msgid "accidentals" msgstr "olyckshändelser" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:23 msgid "sharp" msgstr "skarp" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:24 msgid "sharp.arrowup" msgstr "skarp.pil upp" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:25 msgid "sharp.arrowdown" msgstr "skarp.arrowdown" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:26 msgid "sharp.arrowboth" msgstr "vass.pilbåda" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:27 msgid "sharp.slashslash.stem" msgstr "skarp.snedstreck snedstreck.stam" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:28 msgid "sharp.slashslashslash.stemstem" msgstr "skarp.snedstreck snedstreck snedstreck.stamstam" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:29 msgid "sharp.slashslashslash.stem" msgstr "skarp.snedstreck snedstreck snedstreck.stam" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:30 msgid "sharp.slashslash.stemstemstem" msgstr "vass.snedstreck snedstreck.stamstamstam" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:31 msgid "natural" msgstr "naturlig" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:32 msgid "natural.arrowup" msgstr "naturlig.pil upp" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:33 msgid "natural.arrowdown" msgstr "naturlig.arrowdown" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:34 msgid "natural.arrowboth" msgstr "naturlig.pilbåda" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:35 msgid "flat" msgstr "platt" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:36 msgid "flat.arrowup" msgstr "platt.pil upp" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:37 msgid "flat.arrowdown" msgstr "platt.arrowdown" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:38 msgid "flat.arrowboth" msgstr "platt.pilbåda" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:39 msgid "flat.slash" msgstr "platt.snedstreck" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:40 msgid "flat.slashslash" msgstr "platt.snedstreck snedstreck" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:41 msgid "mirroredflat.flat" msgstr "spegelvänd.b.b" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:42 msgid "mirroredflat" msgstr "spegelblank" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:43 msgid "mirroredflat.backslash" msgstr "spegelvänd.backslash" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:44 msgid "flatflat" msgstr "flatflat" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:45 msgid "flatflat.slash" msgstr "plattflat.snedstreck" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:46 msgid "doublesharp" msgstr "dubbelharpa" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:47 msgid "rightparen" msgstr "rättparen" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:48 msgid "leftparen" msgstr "vänsterparen" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:50 msgid "arrowheads" msgstr "pilspetsar" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:51 msgid "open.01" msgstr "öppna.01" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:52 msgid "open.0M1" msgstr "öppen.0M1" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:53 msgid "open.11" msgstr "öppna.11" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:54 msgid "open.1M1" msgstr "öppen.1M1" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:55 msgid "close.01" msgstr "stäng.01" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:56 msgid "close.0M1" msgstr "nära.0M1" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:57 msgid "close.11" msgstr "nära.11" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:58 msgid "close.1M1" msgstr "nära.1M1" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:60 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:614 msgid "dots" msgstr "prickar" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:61 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:241 msgid "dot" msgstr "punkt" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:63 msgid "scripts" msgstr "skript" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:64 msgid "ufermata" msgstr "ufermata" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:65 msgid "dfermata" msgstr "dfermata" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:66 msgid "ushortfermata" msgstr "ushortfermata" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:67 msgid "dshortfermata" msgstr "dshortfermata" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:68 msgid "ulongfermata" msgstr "ulongfermata" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:69 msgid "dlongfermata" msgstr "dlongfermata" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:70 msgid "uverylongfermata" msgstr "uverylongfermata" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:71 msgid "dverylongfermata" msgstr "dverylongfermata" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:72 msgid "thumb" msgstr "thumb" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:73 msgid "sforzato" msgstr "sforzato" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:74 msgid "espr" msgstr "espr" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:75 msgid "staccato" msgstr "staccato" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:76 msgid "ustaccatissimo" msgstr "ustaccatissimo" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:77 msgid "dstaccatissimo" msgstr "dstaccatissimo" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:78 msgid "tenuto" msgstr "tenuto" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:79 msgid "uportato" msgstr "uportato" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:80 msgid "dportato" msgstr "dportato" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:81 msgid "umarcato" msgstr "umarcato" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:82 msgid "dmarcato" msgstr "dmarcato" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:84 msgid "more scripts" msgstr "fler skript" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:85 msgid "open" msgstr "öppen" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:86 msgid "halfopen" msgstr "halvöppen" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:87 msgid "halfopenvertical" msgstr "halvöppen vertikalt" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:88 msgid "stopped" msgstr "stoppad" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:89 msgid "upbow" msgstr "uppstråk" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:90 msgid "downbow" msgstr "nedstråk" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:91 msgid "reverseturn" msgstr "återgång" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:92 msgid "turn" msgstr "varv" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:93 msgid "trill" msgstr "trilla" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:94 msgid "upedalheel" msgstr "upedalheel" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:95 msgid "dpedalheel" msgstr "dpedalhjul" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:96 msgid "upedaltoe" msgstr "upedaltoe" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:97 msgid "dpedaltoe" msgstr "dpedaltoe" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:98 msgid "flageolet" msgstr "flageolett" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:99 msgid "segno" msgstr "segno" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:100 msgid "varsegno" msgstr "varsegno" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:101 msgid "coda" msgstr "coda" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:102 msgid "varcoda" msgstr "varcoda" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:103 msgid "rcomma" msgstr "kommatecken" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:104 msgid "lcomma" msgstr "lcomma" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:105 msgid "rvarcomma" msgstr "rvar kommatecken" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:106 msgid "lvarcomma" msgstr "lvarkommatecken" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:108 msgid "and more scripts" msgstr "och fler skript" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:109 msgid "arpeggio" msgstr "arpeggio" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:110 msgid "trill_element" msgstr "trill_element" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:111 msgid "arpeggio.arrow.M1" msgstr "arpeggio.pil.M1" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:112 msgid "arpeggio.arrow.1" msgstr "arpeggio.pil.1" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:113 msgid "trilelement" msgstr "trilelement" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:114 msgid "prall" msgstr "prall" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:115 msgid "mordent" msgstr "mordent" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:116 msgid "prallprall" msgstr "prallprall" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:117 msgid "prallmordent" msgstr "prallmordent" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:118 msgid "upprall" msgstr "upprall" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:119 msgid "upmordent" msgstr "uppmordsbenägen" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:120 msgid "pralldown" msgstr "pralldown" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:121 msgid "downprall" msgstr "nedprallning" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:122 msgid "downmordent" msgstr "nedlåtande" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:123 msgid "prallup" msgstr "prallup" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:124 msgid "lineprall" msgstr "lineprall" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:125 msgid "caesura.curved" msgstr "caesura.curved" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:126 msgid "caesura.straight" msgstr "caesura.straight" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:127 msgid "tickmark" msgstr "fästingmärke" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:128 msgid "snappizzicato" msgstr "snappizzicato" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:130 msgid "ictus" msgstr "ictus" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:131 msgid "uaccentus" msgstr "uaccentus" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:132 msgid "daccentus" msgstr "daccentus" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:133 msgid "usemicirculus" msgstr "usemicirculus" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:134 msgid "dsemicirculus" msgstr "dsemicirculus" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:135 msgid "circulus" msgstr "cirkulus" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:136 msgid "augmentum" msgstr "augmentum" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:137 msgid "usignumcongruentiae" msgstr "usignumcongruentiae" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:138 msgid "dsignumcongruentiae" msgstr "dsignumcongruentiae" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:139 msgid "barline.kievan" msgstr "taktstreck.kievan" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:142 msgid "clefs" msgstr "klavar" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:143 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/ArbitraryKeySignature.scm:5 msgid "C" msgstr "C" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:144 msgid "C_change" msgstr "C-_andring" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:145 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Tablature/MinimumFret.scm:12 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/ArbitraryKeySignature.scm:8 msgid "F" msgstr "F" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:146 msgid "F_change" msgstr "F-_andring" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:147 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/ArbitraryKeySignature.scm:9 msgid "G" msgstr "G" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:148 msgid "G_change" msgstr "G_förändring" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:149 msgid "percussion" msgstr "slagverk" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:150 msgid "percussion_change" msgstr "slagverk_andring" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:151 msgid "tab" msgstr "flik" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:152 msgid "tab_change" msgstr "flik_andring" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:154 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:176 msgid "more clefs" msgstr "fler klavar" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:155 msgid "vaticana.do" msgstr "vaticana.do" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:156 msgid "vaticana.do_change" msgstr "vaticana.gora_andring" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:157 msgid "vaticana.fa" msgstr "vaticana.fa" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:158 msgid "vaticana.fa_change" msgstr "vaticana.fa_förändring" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:159 msgid "medicaea.do" msgstr "medicaea.do" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:160 msgid "medicaea.do_change" msgstr "medicaea.do_change" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:161 msgid "medicaea.fa" msgstr "medicaea.fa" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:162 msgid "medicaea.fa_change" msgstr "medicaea.fa_förändring" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:163 msgid "neomensural.c" msgstr "neomensural.c" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:164 msgid "neomensural.c_change" msgstr "neomensural.c_förändring" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:165 msgid "petrucci.c1" msgstr "petrucci.c1" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:166 msgid "petrucci.c1_change" msgstr "petrucci.c1_change" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:167 msgid "petrucci.c2" msgstr "petrucci.c2" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:168 msgid "petrucci.c2_change" msgstr "petrucci.c2_change" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:169 msgid "petrucci.c3" msgstr "petrucci.c3" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:170 msgid "petrucci.c3_change" msgstr "petrucci.c3_change" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:171 msgid "petrucci.c4" msgstr "petrucci.c4" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:172 msgid "petrucci.c4_change" msgstr "petrucci.c4_change" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:173 msgid "petrucci.c5" msgstr "petrucci.c5" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:174 msgid "petrucci.c5_change" msgstr "petrucci.c5_förändring" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:177 msgid "mensural.c" msgstr "mensural.c" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:178 msgid "mensural.c_change" msgstr "mensural.c_förändring" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:179 msgid "blackmensural.c" msgstr "blackmensural.c" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:180 msgid "blackmensural.c_change" msgstr "svartmensural.c_förändring" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:181 msgid "petrucci.f" msgstr "petrucci.f" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:182 msgid "petrucci.f_change" msgstr "petrucci.f_change" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:183 msgid "mensural.f" msgstr "mensural.f" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:184 msgid "mensural.f_change" msgstr "mensural.f_förändring" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:185 msgid "petrucci.g" msgstr "petrucci.g" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:186 msgid "petrucci.g_change" msgstr "petrucci.g_change" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:187 msgid "mensural.g" msgstr "mensural.g" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:188 msgid "mensural.g_change" msgstr "mensural.g_förändring" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:189 msgid "hufnagel.do" msgstr "hufnagel.do" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:190 msgid "hufnagel.do_change" msgstr "hufnagel.do_change" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:191 msgid "hufnagel.fa" msgstr "hufnagel.fa" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:192 msgid "hufnagel.fa_change" msgstr "hufnagel.fa_andring" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:193 msgid "hufnagel.do.fa" msgstr "hufnagel.do.fa" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:194 msgid "hufnagel.do.fa_change" msgstr "hufnagel.do.fa_byte" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:195 msgid "kievan.do" msgstr "kievan.do" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:196 msgid "kievan.do_change" msgstr "kievan.do_change" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:198 msgid "timesig" msgstr "timesig" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:199 msgid "C44" msgstr "C44" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:200 msgid "C22" msgstr "C22" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:202 msgid "mensural timesig" msgstr "mensural tidsställning" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:203 msgid "mensural44" msgstr "mensural44" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:204 msgid "mensural22" msgstr "mensural22" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:205 msgid "mensural32" msgstr "mensural32" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:206 msgid "mensural64" msgstr "mensural64" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:207 msgid "mensural94" msgstr "mensural94" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:208 msgid "mensural34" msgstr "mensural34" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:209 msgid "mensural68" msgstr "mensural68" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:210 msgid "mensural98" msgstr "mensural98" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:211 msgid "mensural48" msgstr "mensural48" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:212 msgid "mensural68alt" msgstr "mensural68alt" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:213 msgid "mensural24" msgstr "mensural24" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:214 msgid "neomensural44" msgstr "neomensural44" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:215 msgid "neomensural22" msgstr "neomensural22" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:216 msgid "neomensural32" msgstr "neomensural32" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:217 msgid "neomensural64" msgstr "neomensural64" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:218 msgid "neomensural94" msgstr "neomensural94" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:219 msgid "neomensural34" msgstr "neomensural34" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:220 msgid "neomensural68" msgstr "neomensural68" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:221 msgid "neomensural98" msgstr "neomensural98" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:222 msgid "neomensural48" msgstr "neomensural48" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:223 msgid "neomensural68alt" msgstr "neomensural68alt" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:224 msgid "neomensural24" msgstr "neomensural24" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:226 msgid "pedal" msgstr "pedal" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:227 msgid "*" msgstr "*" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:228 msgid "M" msgstr "M" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:229 msgid "." msgstr "." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:230 msgid "P" msgstr "P" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:231 msgid "d" msgstr "d" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:232 msgid "e" msgstr "l" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:233 msgid "Ped" msgstr "Ped" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:235 msgid "brackettips" msgstr "konsoltips" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:236 msgid "up" msgstr "upp" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:237 msgid "down" msgstr "ner" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:239 msgid "accordion" msgstr "dragspel" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:240 msgid "discant" msgstr "diskant" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:242 msgid "freebass" msgstr "freebass" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:243 msgid "stdbass" msgstr "stdbass" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:244 msgid "bayanbass" msgstr "bayanbass" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:245 msgid "oldEE" msgstr "gamlaEE" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:246 msgid "push" msgstr "tryck" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:247 msgid "pull" msgstr "dra" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:249 msgid "ties" msgstr "band" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:250 msgid "lyric.short" msgstr "lyric.short" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:251 msgid "lyric.default" msgstr "lyrik.standard" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:253 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:292 msgid "noteheads" msgstr "nothuvuden" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:254 msgid "uM2" msgstr "uM2" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:255 msgid "dM2" msgstr "dM2" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:256 msgid "sM1" msgstr "sM1" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:257 msgid "sM1double" msgstr "sM1dubbel" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:258 msgid "s0" msgstr "s0" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:259 msgid "s1" msgstr "s1" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:260 msgid "s2" msgstr "s2" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:261 msgid "s0diamond" msgstr "s0diamond" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:262 msgid "s1diamond" msgstr "s1diamond" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:263 msgid "s2diamond" msgstr "s2diamond" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:264 msgid "s0triangle" msgstr "s0triangel" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:265 msgid "d1triangle" msgstr "d1triangel" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:266 msgid "u1triangle" msgstr "u1triangel" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:267 msgid "u2triangle" msgstr "u2triangel" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:268 msgid "d2triangle" msgstr "d2triangel" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:269 msgid "s0slash" msgstr "s0slash" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:270 msgid "s1slash" msgstr "s1slash" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:271 msgid "s2slash" msgstr "s2slash" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:272 msgid "s0cross" msgstr "s0cross" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:273 msgid "s1cross" msgstr "s1cross" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:274 msgid "s2cross" msgstr "s2cross" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:275 msgid "s2xcircle" msgstr "s2xcircle" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:276 msgid "s0do" msgstr "s0do" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:277 msgid "d1do" msgstr "d1do" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:278 msgid "u1do" msgstr "u1do" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:279 msgid "d2do" msgstr "d2do" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:280 msgid "u2do" msgstr "u2do" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:281 msgid "s0doThin" msgstr "s0doThin" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:282 msgid "d1doThin" msgstr "d1doThin" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:283 msgid "u1doThin" msgstr "u1doThin" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:284 msgid "d2doThin" msgstr "d2doThin" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:285 msgid "u2doThin" msgstr "u2doThin" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:286 msgid "s0re" msgstr "s0re" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:287 msgid "u1re" msgstr "u1re" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:288 msgid "d1re" msgstr "d1re" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:289 msgid "u2re" msgstr "u2re" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:290 msgid "d2re" msgstr "d2re" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:293 msgid "s0reThin" msgstr "s0reThin" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:294 msgid "u1reThin" msgstr "u1reThin" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:295 msgid "d1reThin" msgstr "d1reThin" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:296 msgid "u2reThin" msgstr "u2reThin" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:297 msgid "d2reThin" msgstr "d2reThin" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:298 msgid "s0mi" msgstr "s0mi" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:299 msgid "s1mi" msgstr "s1mi" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:300 msgid "s2mi" msgstr "s2mi" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:301 msgid "s0miMirror" msgstr "s0miMirror" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:302 msgid "s1miMirror" msgstr "s1miSpegel" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:303 msgid "s2miMirror" msgstr "s2miSpegel" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:304 msgid "s0miThin" msgstr "s0miThin" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:305 msgid "s1miThin" msgstr "s1miThin" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:306 msgid "s2miThin" msgstr "s2miThin" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:307 msgid "u0fa" msgstr "u0fa" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:308 msgid "d0fa" msgstr "d0fa" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:309 msgid "u1fa" msgstr "u1fa" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:310 msgid "d1fa" msgstr "d1fa" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:311 msgid "u2fa" msgstr "u2fa" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:312 msgid "d2fa" msgstr "d2fa" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:313 msgid "u0faThin" msgstr "u0faThin" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:314 msgid "d0faThin" msgstr "d0faThin" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:315 msgid "u1faThin" msgstr "u1faThin" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:316 msgid "d1faThin" msgstr "d1faThin" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:317 msgid "u2faThin" msgstr "u2faThin" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:318 msgid "d2faThin" msgstr "d2faThin" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:319 msgid "s0sol" msgstr "s0sol" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:320 msgid "s1sol" msgstr "s1sol" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:321 msgid "s2sol" msgstr "s2sol" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:322 msgid "s0la" msgstr "s0la" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:323 msgid "s1la" msgstr "s1la" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:324 msgid "s2la" msgstr "s2la" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:325 msgid "s0laThin" msgstr "s0laThin" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:326 msgid "s1laThin" msgstr "s1laThin" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:327 msgid "s2laThin" msgstr "s2laThin" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:328 msgid "s0ti" msgstr "s0ti" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:329 msgid "u1ti" msgstr "u1ti" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:330 msgid "d1ti" msgstr "d1ti" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:331 msgid "u2ti" msgstr "u2ti" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:332 msgid "d2ti" msgstr "d2ti" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:333 msgid "s0tiThin" msgstr "s0tiThin" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:334 msgid "u1tiThin" msgstr "u1tiThin" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:335 msgid "d1tiThin" msgstr "d1tiThin" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:336 msgid "u2tiThin" msgstr "u2tiThin" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:337 msgid "d2tiThin" msgstr "d2tiThin" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:339 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:360 msgid "Funk noteheads" msgstr "Funk nothuvuden" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:340 msgid "u0doFunk" msgstr "u0doFunk" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:341 msgid "d0doFunk" msgstr "d0doFunk" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:342 msgid "u1doFunk" msgstr "u1doFunk" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:343 msgid "d1doFunk" msgstr "d1doFunk" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:344 msgid "u2doFunk" msgstr "u2doFunk" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:345 msgid "d2doFunk" msgstr "d2doFunk" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:346 msgid "u0reFunk" msgstr "u0reFunk" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:347 msgid "d0reFunk" msgstr "d0reFunk" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:348 msgid "u1reFunk" msgstr "u1reFunk" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:349 msgid "d1reFunk" msgstr "d1reFunk" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:350 msgid "u2reFunk" msgstr "u2reFunk" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:351 msgid "d2reFunk" msgstr "d2reFunk" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:352 msgid "u0miFunk" msgstr "u0miFunk" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:353 msgid "d0miFunk" msgstr "d0miFunk" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:354 msgid "u1miFunk" msgstr "u1miFunk" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:355 msgid "d1miFunk" msgstr "d1miFunk" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:356 msgid "s2miFunk" msgstr "s2miFunk" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:357 msgid "u0faFunk" msgstr "u0faFunk" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:358 msgid "d0faFunk" msgstr "d0faFunk" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:361 msgid "u1faFunk" msgstr "u1faFunk" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:362 msgid "d1faFunk" msgstr "d1faFunk" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:363 msgid "u2faFunk" msgstr "u2faFunk" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:364 msgid "d2faFunk" msgstr "d2faFunk" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:365 msgid "s0solFunk" msgstr "s0solFunk" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:366 msgid "s1solFunk" msgstr "s1solFunk" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:367 msgid "s2solFunk" msgstr "s2solFunk" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:368 msgid "s0laFunk" msgstr "s0laFunk" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:369 msgid "s1laFunk" msgstr "s1laFunk" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:370 msgid "s2laFunk" msgstr "s2laFunk" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:371 msgid "u0tiFunk" msgstr "u0tiFunk" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:372 msgid "d0tiFunk" msgstr "d0tiFunk" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:373 msgid "u1tiFunk" msgstr "u1tiFunk" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:374 msgid "d1tiFunk" msgstr "d1tiFunk" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:375 msgid "u2tiFunk" msgstr "u2tiFunk" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:376 msgid "d2tiFunk" msgstr "d2tiFunk" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:378 msgid "Walker noteheads" msgstr "Walker nothuvuden" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:379 msgid "s0doWalker" msgstr "s0doWalker" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:380 msgid "u1doWalker" msgstr "u1doWalker" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:381 msgid "d1doWalker" msgstr "d1doWalker" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:382 msgid "u2doWalker" msgstr "u2doWalker" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:383 msgid "d2doWalker" msgstr "d2doWalker" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:384 msgid "s0reWalker" msgstr "s0reWalker" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:385 msgid "u1reWalker" msgstr "u1reWalker" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:386 msgid "d1reWalker" msgstr "d1reWalker" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:387 msgid "u2reWalker" msgstr "u2reWalker" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:388 msgid "d2reWalker" msgstr "d2reWalker" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:389 msgid "s0miWalker" msgstr "s0miWalker" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:390 msgid "s1miWalker" msgstr "s1miWalker" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:391 msgid "s2miWalker" msgstr "s2miWalker" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:392 msgid "s0faWalker" msgstr "s0faWalker" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:393 msgid "u1faWalker" msgstr "u1faWalker" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:394 msgid "d1faWalker" msgstr "d1faWalker" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:395 msgid "u2faWalker" msgstr "u2faWalker" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:396 msgid "d2faWalker" msgstr "d2faWalker" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:397 msgid "s0laWalker" msgstr "s0laWalker" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:398 msgid "s1laWalker" msgstr "s1laWalker" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:399 msgid "s2laWalker" msgstr "s2laWalker" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:400 msgid "s0tiWalker" msgstr "s0tiWalker" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:401 msgid "u1tiWalker" msgstr "u1tiWalker" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:402 msgid "d1tiWalker" msgstr "d1tiWalker" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:403 msgid "u2tiWalker" msgstr "u2tiWalker" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:404 msgid "d2tiWalker" msgstr "d2tiWalker" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:406 msgid "mensural noteheads" msgstr "mensurala nothuvuden" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:407 msgid "uM3neomensural" msgstr "uM3neomensural" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:408 msgid "dM3neomensural" msgstr "dM3neomensural" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:409 msgid "uM2neomensural" msgstr "uM2neomensural" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:410 msgid "dM2neomensural" msgstr "dM2neomensural" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:411 msgid "sM1neomensural" msgstr "sM1neomensural" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:412 msgid "urM3neomensural" msgstr "urM3neomensural" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:413 msgid "drM3neomensural" msgstr "drM3neomensural" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:414 msgid "urM2neomensural" msgstr "urM2neomensural" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:415 msgid "drM2neomensural" msgstr "drM2neomensural" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:416 msgid "srM1neomensural" msgstr "srM1neomensural" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:417 msgid "s0neomensural" msgstr "s0neomensural" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:418 msgid "s1neomensural" msgstr "s1neomensural" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:419 msgid "s2neomensural" msgstr "s2neomensural" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:420 msgid "s0harmonic" msgstr "s0harmonic" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:421 msgid "s2harmonic" msgstr "s2harmonisk" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:422 msgid "uM3mensural" msgstr "uM3mensurell" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:423 msgid "dM3mensural" msgstr "dM3mensural" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:424 msgid "sM3ligmensural" msgstr "sM3ligmensural" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:425 msgid "uM2mensural" msgstr "uM2mensural" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:426 msgid "dM2mensural" msgstr "dM2mensural" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:427 msgid "sM2ligmensural" msgstr "sM2ligmensural" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:428 msgid "sM1mensural" msgstr "sM1mensural" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:429 msgid "urM3mensural" msgstr "urM3mensural" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:430 msgid "drM3mensural" msgstr "drM3mensural" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:431 msgid "srM3ligmensural" msgstr "srM3ligmensural" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:432 msgid "urM2mensural" msgstr "urM2mensural" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:433 msgid "drM2mensural" msgstr "drM2mensural" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:434 msgid "srM2ligmensural" msgstr "srM2ligmensural" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:436 msgid "more mensural noteheads" msgstr "fler mensurala nothuvuden" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:437 msgid "srM1mensural" msgstr "srM1mensural" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:438 msgid "uM3semimensural" msgstr "uM3semimensural" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:439 msgid "dM3semimensural" msgstr "dM3semimensural" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:440 msgid "sM3semiligmensural" msgstr "sM3semiligmensural" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:441 msgid "uM2semimensural" msgstr "uM2semimensural" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:442 msgid "dM2semimensural" msgstr "dM2semimensural" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:443 msgid "sM2semiligmensural" msgstr "sM2semiligmensural" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:444 msgid "sM1semimensural" msgstr "sM1semimensural" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:445 msgid "urM3semimensural" msgstr "urM3semimensural" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:446 msgid "drM3semimensural" msgstr "drM3semimensural" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:447 msgid "srM3semiligmensural" msgstr "srM3semiligmensural" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:448 msgid "urM2semimensural" msgstr "urM2semimensural" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:449 msgid "drM2semimensural" msgstr "drM2semimensural" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:450 msgid "srM2semiligmensural" msgstr "srM2semiligmensural" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:451 msgid "srM1semimensural" msgstr "srM1semimensural" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:452 msgid "uM3blackmensural" msgstr "uM3svartmensural" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:453 msgid "dM3blackmensural" msgstr "dM3svartmensural" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:454 msgid "sM3blackligmensural" msgstr "sM3blackligmensural" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:455 msgid "uM2blackmensural" msgstr "uM2svartmensural" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:456 msgid "dM2blackmensural" msgstr "dM2svartmensural" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:457 msgid "sM2blackligmensural" msgstr "sM2blackligmensural" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:458 msgid "sM1blackmensural" msgstr "sM1svartmensural" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:459 msgid "s0mensural" msgstr "s0mensural" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:460 msgid "s1mensural" msgstr "s1mensural" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:461 msgid "s2mensural" msgstr "s2mensural" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:462 msgid "s0blackmensural" msgstr "s0svartmensural" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:464 msgid "ancient noteheads" msgstr "historiska nothuvuden" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:465 msgid "s0petrucci" msgstr "s0petrucci" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:466 msgid "s1petrucci" msgstr "s1petrucci" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:467 msgid "s2petrucci" msgstr "s2petrucci" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:468 msgid "s0blackpetrucci" msgstr "s0blackpetrucci" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:469 msgid "s1blackpetrucci" msgstr "s1blackpetrucci" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:470 msgid "s2blackpetrucci" msgstr "s2blackpetrucci" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:471 msgid "svaticana.punctum" msgstr "svaticana.punctum" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:472 msgid "svaticana.punctum.cavum" msgstr "svaticana.punctum.cavum" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:473 msgid "svaticana.linea.punctum" msgstr "svaticana.linea.punctum" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:474 msgid "svaticana.linea.punctum.cavum" msgstr "svaticana.linea.punctum.cavum" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:475 msgid "svaticana.inclinatum" msgstr "svaticana.inclinatum" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:476 msgid "svaticana.lpes" msgstr "svaticana.lpes" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:477 msgid "svaticana.vlpes" msgstr "svaticana.vlpes" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:478 msgid "svaticana.upes" msgstr "svaticana.upes" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:479 msgid "svaticana.vupes" msgstr "svaticana.vupes" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:480 msgid "svaticana.plica" msgstr "svaticana.plica" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:481 msgid "svaticana.vplica" msgstr "svaticana.vplica" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:482 msgid "svaticana.epiphonus" msgstr "svaticana.epifonus" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:483 msgid "svaticana.vepiphonus" msgstr "svaticana.vepiphonus" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:484 msgid "svaticana.reverse.plica" msgstr "svaticana.reverse.plica" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:485 msgid "svaticana.reverse.vplica" msgstr "svaticana.reverse.vplica" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:486 msgid "svaticana.inner.cephalicus" msgstr "svaticana.inre.cephalicus" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:487 msgid "svaticana.cephalicus" msgstr "svaticana.cephalicus" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:488 msgid "svaticana.quilisma" msgstr "svaticana.quilisma" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:490 msgid "more ancient noteheads" msgstr "fler historiska nothuvuden" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:491 msgid "ssolesmes.incl.parvum" msgstr "ssolesmes.inkl.parvum" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:492 msgid "ssolesmes.auct.asc" msgstr "ssolesmes.auct.asc" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:493 msgid "ssolesmes.auct.desc" msgstr "ssolesmes.auct.desc" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:494 msgid "ssolesmes.incl.auctum" msgstr "ssolesmes.inkl.auctum" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:495 msgid "ssolesmes.stropha" msgstr "ssolesmes.stropha" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:496 msgid "ssolesmes.stropha.aucta" msgstr "ssolesmes.stropha.aucta" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:497 msgid "ssolesmes.oriscus" msgstr "ssolesmes.oriscus" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:498 msgid "smedicaea.inclinatum" msgstr "smedicaea.inclinatum" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:499 msgid "smedicaea.punctum" msgstr "smedicaea.punctum" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:500 msgid "smedicaea.rvirga" msgstr "smedicaea.rvirga" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:501 msgid "smedicaea.virga" msgstr "smedicaea.virga" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:502 msgid "shufnagel.punctum" msgstr "shufnagel.punctum" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:503 msgid "shufnagel.virga" msgstr "shufnagel.virga" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:504 msgid "shufnagel.lpes" msgstr "shufnagel.lpes" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:506 msgid "kievan noteheads" msgstr "kievanska nothuvuden" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:507 msgid "sM2kievan" msgstr "sM2kievan" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:508 msgid "sM1kievan" msgstr "sM1kievan" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:509 msgid "s0kievan" msgstr "s0kievan" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:510 msgid "d2kievan" msgstr "d2kievan" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:511 msgid "u2kievan" msgstr "u2kievan" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:512 msgid "s1kievan" msgstr "s1kievan" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:513 msgid "sr1kievan" msgstr "sr1kievan" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:514 msgid "d3kievan" msgstr "d3kievan" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:515 msgid "u3kievan" msgstr "u3kievan" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:518 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:587 msgid "flags" msgstr "flaggor" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:519 msgid "u3" msgstr "u3" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:520 msgid "u4" msgstr "u4" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:521 msgid "u5" msgstr "u5" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:522 msgid "u6" msgstr "u6" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:523 msgid "u7" msgstr "u7" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:524 msgid "d3" msgstr "d3" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:525 msgid "d4" msgstr "d4" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:526 msgid "d5" msgstr "d5" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:527 msgid "d6" msgstr "d6" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:528 msgid "d7" msgstr "d7" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:529 msgid "ugrace" msgstr "ugrace" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:530 msgid "dgrace" msgstr "dgrace" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:533 msgid "M3neomensural" msgstr "M3neomensural" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:534 msgid "M2neomensural" msgstr "M2neomensural" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:535 msgid "M1neomensural" msgstr "M1neomensural" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:536 msgid "0neomensural" msgstr "0neomensural" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:537 msgid "1neomensural" msgstr "1neomensural" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:538 msgid "2neomensural" msgstr "2neomensural" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:539 msgid "3neomensural" msgstr "3neomensural" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:540 msgid "4neomensural" msgstr "4neomensural" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:541 msgid "M3mensural" msgstr "M3mensural" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:542 msgid "M2mensural" msgstr "M2mensural" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:543 msgid "M1mensural" msgstr "M1mensural" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:544 msgid "0mensural" msgstr "0mensural" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:545 msgid "1mensural" msgstr "1mensural" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:546 msgid "2mensural" msgstr "2mensural" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:547 msgid "3mensural" msgstr "3mensural" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:548 msgid "4mensural" msgstr "4mensural" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:551 msgid "custodes" msgstr "custos" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:552 msgid "hufnagel.u0" msgstr "hufnagel.u0" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:553 msgid "hufnagel.u1" msgstr "hufnagel.u1" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:554 msgid "hufnagel.u2" msgstr "hufnagel.u2" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:555 msgid "hufnagel.d0" msgstr "hufnagel.d0" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:556 msgid "hufnagel.d1" msgstr "hufnagel.d1" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:557 msgid "hufnagel.d2" msgstr "hufnagel.d2" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:558 msgid "medicaea.u0" msgstr "medicaea.u0" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:559 msgid "medicaea.u1" msgstr "medicaea.u1" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:560 msgid "medicaea.u2" msgstr "medicaea.u2" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:561 msgid "medicaea.d0" msgstr "medicaea.d0" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:562 msgid "medicaea.d1" msgstr "medicaea.d1" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:563 msgid "medicaea.d2" msgstr "medicaea.d2" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:564 msgid "vaticana.u0" msgstr "vaticana.u0" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:565 msgid "vaticana.u1" msgstr "vaticana.u1" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:566 msgid "vaticana.u2" msgstr "vaticana.u2" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:567 msgid "vaticana.d0" msgstr "vaticana.d0" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:568 msgid "vaticana.d1" msgstr "vaticana.d1" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:569 msgid "vaticana.d2" msgstr "vaticana.d2" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:570 msgid "mensural.u0" msgstr "mensural.u0" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:571 msgid "mensural.u1" msgstr "mensural.u1" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:572 msgid "mensural.u2" msgstr "mensural.u2" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:573 msgid "mensural.d0" msgstr "mensural.d0" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:574 msgid "mensural.d1" msgstr "mensural.d1" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:575 msgid "mensural.d2" msgstr "mensural.d2" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:578 msgid "medicaeaM1" msgstr "medicaeaM1" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:579 msgid "vaticanaM1" msgstr "vaticanaM1" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:580 msgid "vaticana0" msgstr "vaticana0" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:581 msgid "mensural1" msgstr "mensural1" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:582 msgid "mensuralM1" msgstr "mensuralM1" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:583 msgid "hufnagelM1" msgstr "hufnagelM1" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:584 msgid "kievan1" msgstr "kievan1" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:585 msgid "kievanM1" msgstr "kievanM1" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:588 msgid "mensuralu03" msgstr "mensuralu03" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:589 msgid "mensuralu13" msgstr "mensuralu13" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:590 msgid "mensuralu23" msgstr "mensuralu23" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:591 msgid "mensurald03" msgstr "mensurald03" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:592 msgid "mensurald13" msgstr "mensurald13" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:593 msgid "mensurald23" msgstr "mensurald23" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:594 msgid "mensuralu04" msgstr "mensuralu04" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:595 msgid "mensuralu14" msgstr "mensuralu14" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:596 msgid "mensuralu24" msgstr "mensuralu24" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:597 msgid "mensurald04" msgstr "mensurald04" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:598 msgid "mensurald14" msgstr "mensurald14" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:599 msgid "mensurald24" msgstr "mensurald24" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:600 msgid "mensuralu05" msgstr "mensuralu05" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:601 msgid "mensuralu15" msgstr "mensuralu15" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:602 msgid "mensuralu25" msgstr "mensuralu25" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:603 msgid "mensurald05" msgstr "mensurald05" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:604 msgid "mensurald15" msgstr "mensurald15" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:605 msgid "mensurald25" msgstr "mensurald25" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:606 msgid "mensuralu06" msgstr "mensuralu06" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:607 msgid "mensuralu16" msgstr "mensuralu16" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:608 msgid "mensuralu26" msgstr "mensuralu26" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:609 msgid "mensurald06" msgstr "mensurald06" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:610 msgid "mensurald16" msgstr "mensurald16" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:611 msgid "mensurald26" msgstr "mensurald26" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:615 msgid "dotvaticana" msgstr "dotvaticana" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:616 msgid "dotkievan" msgstr "dotkievan" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:619 msgid "..." msgstr "…" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:620 msgid "space" msgstr "mellanslag" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:621 msgid "plus" msgstr "plus" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:622 msgid "comma" msgstr "komma" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:623 msgid "hyphen" msgstr "bindestreck" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:624 msgid "period" msgstr "period" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:625 msgid "zero" msgstr "noll" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:626 msgid "one" msgstr "en" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:627 msgid "two" msgstr "två" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:628 msgid "three" msgstr "tre" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:629 msgid "four" msgstr "fyra" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:630 msgid "five" msgstr "fem" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:631 msgid "six" msgstr "sex" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:632 msgid "seven" msgstr "sju" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:633 msgid "eight" msgstr "åtta" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:634 msgid "nine" msgstr "nio" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:635 msgid "f" msgstr "f" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:636 msgid "m" msgstr "m" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:637 msgid "p" msgstr "p" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:638 msgid "r" msgstr "r" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:639 msgid "s" msgstr "s" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:640 msgid "z" msgstr "z" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.xml.h:1 msgid "Music Glyph" msgstr "Musikglyf" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.xml.h:2 msgid "Allows placing any musical glyph which can then be dragged in the final typeset view for fine control over positioning. The complete list of glyphs is in the LilyPond documentation. Note! Do not place this directive at the end of a staff as it will not be typeset, place it before the last note and then right-click on it in the typeset (print) view to adjust its position if needed." msgstr "Gör det möjligt att placera en valfri musikglyf som sedan kan dras i den slutliga typsättningsvyn för finjusterad placering. Den fullständiga listan över glyfer finns i LilyPond-dokumentationen. Obs! Placera inte direktivet i slutet av ett notsystem eftersom det då inte typsätts. Placera det före sista noten och högerklicka sedan i typsättningsvyn för att justera positionen vid behov." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/TextAnnotation.scm:12 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertHighlightedLyricSyllable.scm:5 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertStanzaNumber.scm:5 msgid "Light" msgstr "Ljus" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/TextAnnotation.scm:44 msgid "" "This directive has to be placed before a note, chord or rest.\n" "The text itself can be re-positioned by right-clicking in the typeset (print) view" msgstr "" "Detta direktiv måste placeras före en not, ett ackord eller en paus.\n" "Själva texten kan omplaceras genom att högerklicka i sättningsvyn (utskriftsvyn)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/TextAnnotation.scm:64 msgid "This directive must be placed before a note to work" msgstr "Direktivet måste placeras före en not för att fungera" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/TextAnnotation.scm:70 msgid "Text Annotation" msgstr "Textanteckning" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/TextAnnotation.scm:71 msgid "" "Give text to be placed in score at cursor\n" "(it can be dragged in the typeset view)" msgstr "" "Ange text som ska placeras i partituret vid markören\n" "(den kan dras i typsättningsvyn)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/TextAnnotation.xml.h:1 msgid "Textual Annotation" msgstr "Textannotation" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/TextAnnotation.xml.h:2 msgid "Allows placing arbitrary text on the score which can then be dragged in the final typeset view for fine control over positioning. Note! Do not place this directive at the end of a staff as it will not be typeset, place it before the last note and then right-click on it in the typeset (print) view to adjust its position if needed." msgstr "Gör det möjligt att placera godtycklig text på partituret som sedan kan dras i den slutliga typsättningsvyn för finjusterad placering. Obs! Placera inte direktivet i slutet av ett notsystem eftersom det då inte typsätts. Placera det före sista noten och högerklicka sedan i typsättningsvyn för att justera positionen vid behov." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeBalance.xml.h:1 msgid "8 Balance" msgstr "8 Balans" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeBalance.xml.h:2 msgid "Balance. Typically used for a stereo signal tweak without changing the pan itself. Like a CD player." msgstr "Balansera. Används vanligen för att justera stereosignalen utan att ändra själva panoreringen. Som en CD-spelare." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeChannel.xml.h:1 msgid "Channel" msgstr "Kanal" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeChannel.xml.h:2 msgid "Change the Channel of a staff" msgstr "Ändra kanal för ett notsystem" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeExpression.xml.h:1 msgid "11 Expression" msgstr "11 Uttryck" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeExpression.xml.h:2 msgid "AKA \"Sub Volume\" or \"Percent Volume\". The \"real\" volume. Use Volume as initial value for each staff/channel and change further cresc/dim with expression." msgstr "Även kallad \"delvolym\" eller \"procentvolym\". Den \"verkliga\" volymen. Använd Volume som startvärde för varje notsystem/kanal och ändra ytterligare cresc/dim med uttryck." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeGeneric.xml.h:1 msgid "Generic Control Change" msgstr "Allmän kontrolländring" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeGeneric.xml.h:2 msgid "Generic 0xB Control Change - User can give the midi bytes, too." msgstr "Allmän 0xB-kontrolländring – användaren kan även ange MIDI-byte." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeHold2Pedal.xml.h:1 msgid "69 Hold Pedal #2 On/Off" msgstr "69 Håll pedal 2 på/av" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeHold2Pedal.xml.h:2 msgid "Longer release time but notes will fade out eventually." msgstr "Längre uttoningstid, men noterna tonar så småningom ut." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeHoldPedal.xml.h:1 msgid "64 Hold Pedal (Right Piano Pedal)" msgstr "64 Hållpedal (höger pianopedal)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeHoldPedal.xml.h:2 msgid "Hold Pedal On/Off (Right Piano Pedal). Deactivates Note-Off until set to \"Off\"" msgstr "Hållpedal på/av (höger pianopedal). Förhindrar Note Off tills den ställs till av." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeLegatoPedal.xml.h:1 msgid "68 Legato Pedal On/Off" msgstr "68 Legato-pedal på/av" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeLegatoPedal.xml.h:2 msgid "Skips the attack portion of the VCA's envelope. For phrasing like wind or brass or guitar hammer-on." msgstr "Hoppar över anslagsdelen av VCA:ns kuvert. För frasering i exempelvis blås- eller brassinstrument eller vid gitarrhammer-on." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeModwheel.xml.h:1 msgid "1 Modwheel" msgstr "Modulationshjul 1" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeModwheel.xml.h:2 msgid "Change the Modwheel value of a channel/staff" msgstr "Ändra modulationshjulsvärdet för en kanal eller ett notsystem" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangePan.xml.h:1 msgid "10 Pan" msgstr "10 panorering" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangePan.xml.h:2 msgid "Where in the stereo field the channel sound will be placed." msgstr "Var i stereofältet kanalljudet placeras." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangePortamento.xml.h:1 msgid "65 Portamento On/Off" msgstr "65 Portamento på/av" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangePortamento.xml.h:2 msgid "Slides between 2 notes. Can be adjusted with 5 - Portamento Time" msgstr "Glider mellan 2 toner. Kan justeras med 5 - Portamento Time" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeProgram.xml.h:1 msgid "Program" msgstr "Program" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeProgram.xml.h:2 msgid "Change the Program of the current channel/staff" msgstr "Ändra programmet för den aktuella kanalen eller det aktuella notsystemet" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeSoftPedal.xml.h:1 msgid "67 Soft Pedal On/Off (Left Piano Pedal)" msgstr "67 Softpedal på/av (vänster pianopedal)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeSoftPedal.xml.h:2 msgid "Left Piano Pedal. Lowers the volume of any notes played." msgstr "Vänster pianopedal. Sänker volymen på alla noter som spelas." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeSustenutoPedal.xml.h:1 msgid "66 Sostenuto Pedal On/Off (Middle Grand Piano Pedal)" msgstr "66 Sostenuto-pedal på/av (pedal för mellanflygel)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeSustenutoPedal.xml.h:2 msgid "Middle Grand Piano Pedal. All Notes currently active (without a note off) will not have a note-off until Sostenuto Off." msgstr "Pedal för mellanflygel. Alla noter som för närvarande är aktiva, utan Note Off, får inte Note Off förrän sostenuto stängs av." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeTimbre.scm:3 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeTimbre.scm:7 msgid "Change Instrument Timbre" msgstr "Ändra instrumentets klangfärg" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeTimbre.scm:3 msgid "Give MIDI program number (1-256): " msgstr "Ange MIDI-programmets nummer (1-256): " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeTimbre.scm:7 msgid "Give accompanying text to typset here (if any): " msgstr "Ange eventuell tillhörande text att typsätta här: " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeTimbre.xml.h:1 msgid "Change Timbre (Instrument Sound)" msgstr "Ändra klangfärg (instrumentljud)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeTimbre.xml.h:2 msgid "Changes the MIDI instrument for the following notes, optionally typesetting some text here. Use for pizz. trem. etc." msgstr "Ändrar MIDI-instrumentet för följande noter och typsätter vid behov text här. Använd till exempel för pizz. eller trem." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeVolume.xml.h:2 msgid "Change the Volume of a channel/staff" msgstr "Ändra volymen för en kanal eller ett notsystem" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChannelChange.xml.h:1 msgid "Change Midi Channel" msgstr "Ändra MIDI-kanal" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChannelChange.xml.h:2 msgid "Changes the MIDI channel of a staff" msgstr "Ändrar MIDI-kanalen för ett notsystem" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ClarinetInA.xml.h:1 msgid "Clarinet in A" msgstr "Klarinett i A" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ClarinetInA.xml.h:2 msgid "MIDI playback minor third lower than printed, marks as Clarinet in A" msgstr "MIDI-avspelning liten terts lägre än tryckt, markeras som Klarinett i A" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ClarinetInBb.xml.h:1 msgid "Clarinet in B flat" msgstr "Klarinett i B-dur" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ClarinetInBb.xml.h:2 msgid "MIDI output is one tone lower than printed, inscribes clarinet in B flat above music" msgstr "MIDI-utdata ligger en helton lägre än den typsatta tonen och anger klarinett i B♭ ovanför musiken." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/CloseTransposingInstrument.xml.h:1 msgid "Close Transposing Instrument" msgstr "Avsluta transponerande instrument" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/CloseTransposingInstrument.xml.h:2 msgid "Returns MIDI output to transposition set on staff properties." msgstr "Återställer MIDI-utdata till transponeringen i notsystemets egenskaper." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/MidiTempo.xml.h:1 msgid "Set Tempo" msgstr "Ställ in tempo" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/MidiTempo.xml.h:2 msgid "Send a Midi command to change the tempo to a new bpm. No printout." msgstr "Skickar ett MIDI-kommando som ändrar tempot till ett nytt BPM-värde. Ingen utskrift." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/Temperament/StartEqualTemperament.xml.h:1 msgid "Equal Temperament Start" msgstr "Starta liksvävande temperatur" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/Temperament/StartEqualTemperament.xml.h:2 msgid "MIDI tuning becomes equal temperament from this point." msgstr "MIDI-stämningen blir liksvävande från denna punkt." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/Temperament/StartQCMeanTone.xml.h:1 msgid "Quarter Comma Meantone" msgstr "Kvartskomma-meantone" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/Temperament/StartQCMeanTone.xml.h:2 msgid "MIDI output becomes 1/4 comma mean tone from this point" msgstr "MIDI-utdata blir kvartskomma-meantone från denna punkt." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/SetTuningAllStaffs.scm:4 msgid "All Staffs: " msgstr "Alla notsystem: " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/SetTuningAllStaffs.xml.h:1 msgid "Set Tuning Across All Staffs" msgstr "Ange stämning för alla notsystem" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/SetTuningAllStaffs.xml.h:2 msgid "At this time during playback switch to the temperament set when this command was invoked." msgstr "Vid denna tidpunkt under uppspelningen växlar du till det temperament som ställdes in när detta kommando aktiverades." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/SetTuningStaff.scm:4 msgid "This Staff: " msgstr "Detta notsystem: " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/SetTuningStaff.xml.h:1 msgid "Set Tuning for Current Staff" msgstr "Ange stämning för aktuellt notsystem" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/SetTuningStaff.xml.h:2 msgid "At this time in playback the current staff's tuning will switch to the temperament selected when this command is invoked." msgstr "Vid denna tidpunkt i uppspelningen växlar det aktuella notsystemets stämning till den temperatur som var vald när kommandot aktiverades." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/AutoAccidentals.scm:4 msgid "This directive sets the style of typesetting for accidentals" msgstr "Direktivet anger typsättningsstilen för förtecken" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/AutoAccidentals.scm:6 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsDefault.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl/ChooseNotehead.scm:17 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/SlurStyle.scm:6 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/TieStyle.scm:6 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/AccidentalStyle.scm:8 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ScoreRehearsalMarkFormat.scm:4 msgid "Default" msgstr "Standard" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/AutoAccidentals.scm:7 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/AccidentalStyle.scm:10 msgid "Modern" msgstr "Modern" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/AutoAccidentals.scm:8 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/AccidentalStyle.scm:11 msgid "Modern Cautionary" msgstr "Modern med varningsförtecken" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/AutoAccidentals.scm:9 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/AccidentalStyle.scm:15 msgid "Neo-Modern" msgstr "Nymodernt" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/AutoAccidentals.scm:10 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/AccidentalStyle.scm:19 msgid "Teaching" msgstr "Undervisning" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/AutoAccidentals.scm:11 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/AccidentalStyle.scm:21 msgid "Forget" msgstr "Glömma" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/AutoAccidentals.xml.h:1 msgid "(Print) Accidental Printing" msgstr "(Skriv ut) Utskrift av förtecken" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/AutoAccidentals.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints accidentals according to a chosen style" msgstr "Skriver ut förtecken enligt vald stil" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/BeamingOff.scm:10 msgid "No Beaming" msgstr "Ingen balkning" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/BeamingOff.xml.h:1 msgid "Stop Beaming" msgstr "Avsluta balkning" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/BeamingOff.xml.h:2 msgid "(Print) Stop automatic beaming from current position in score." msgstr "(Skriv ut) Avsluta automatisk balkning från aktuell position i partituret." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/BeamingOn.scm:10 msgid "Normal Beaming" msgstr "Normal balkning" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/BeamingOn.xml.h:1 msgid "Start Beaming" msgstr "Starta balkning" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/BeamingOn.xml.h:2 msgid "(Print) Start automatic beaming at this point in score. (Used after turning beaming off)." msgstr "(Skriv ut) Starta automatisk balkning vid denna punkt i partituret. Används efter att balkning har stängts av." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ChangeStencil.scm:4 msgid "Augmentation Dot" msgstr "Augmentation Dot" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ChangeStencil.scm:6 msgid "Note Head" msgstr "Not Huvud" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ChangeStencil.scm:8 msgid "Clef Modifier" msgstr "klav Modifierare" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ChangeStencil.scm:9 msgid "Cue Clef" msgstr "Cue klav" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ChangeStencil.scm:10 msgid "Cue End Clef" msgstr "Cue Slut klav" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ChangeStencil.scm:12 msgid "Key Cancellation" msgstr "Nyckel Avbokning" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ChangeStencil.scm:14 msgid "Arpeggio" msgstr "Arpeggio" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ChangeStencil.scm:15 msgid "Breath" msgstr "Andning" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ChangeStencil.scm:16 msgid "Custos" msgstr "Custos" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ChangeStencil.scm:17 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/Fingering.scm:3 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/Fingering.scm:11 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/TweakFingeringPosition.scm:8 msgid "Fingering" msgstr "Fingersättning" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ChangeStencil.scm:18 msgid "Multi-Measure Rest" msgstr "paus med flera takter" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ChangeStencil.scm:19 msgid "Rest" msgstr "Vila" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ChangeStencil.scm:22 msgid "Markup to use for " msgstr "Markup att använda för " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ChangeStencil.xml.h:1 msgid "Change Stencil for Object" msgstr "Ändra stencil för objekt" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ChangeStencil.xml.h:2 msgid "Lets you create your own stencil for typesetting the next occurence of the chosen layout object. The stencil is created using LilyPond markup - this can be anything from a single character to a drawing in encapsulated Postscript format. See LilyPond documentation for details." msgstr "Låter dig skapa din egen stencil för sättning av nästa förekomst av det valda layoutobjektet. Stencilen skapas med hjälp av LilyPond-markup - det kan vara allt från ett enda tecken till en ritning i inkapslat Postscript-format. Se LilyPond-dokumentationen för mer information." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ChordChangesOnly.scm:4 msgid "This Directive turns off repeations of the chord except at the start of a new line" msgstr "Detta direktiv stänger av upprepningar av ackordet utom i början av en ny rad" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ChordChangesOnly.scm:8 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ChordChangesOnly.xml.h:1 msgid "Chord Changes Only" msgstr "Endast ackordändringar" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ChordChangesOnly.xml.h:2 msgid "From the cursor position on only chord changes are typeset (either Chord Symbols or Fret Diagrams), except at the beginning of the line." msgstr "Från markörens position och framåt skrivs endast ackordbyten (antingen ackordsymboler eller greppdiagram), utom i början av raden." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ChordSymbols/ColorChordSymbol.scm:7 msgid "Color for Next Chord" msgstr "Färg för nästa ackord" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ChordSymbols/ColorChordSymbol.scm:13 msgid "Color" msgstr "Färg" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ChordSymbols/ColorChordSymbol.xml.h:1 msgid "Color Next Symbol" msgstr "Färg Nästa symbol" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ChordSymbols/ColorChordSymbol.xml.h:2 msgid "Typesets the next chord symbol in a color you choose." msgstr "Skriv nästa ackordsymbol i en färg som du väljer." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/DynamicUp.xml.h:1 msgid "Dynamics Above" msgstr "Dynamik ovanför" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/DynamicUp.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a directive to cause dynamics to be printed above the staff." msgstr "Lägger in ett direktiv om att dynamik ska skrivas ut ovanför notsystemet." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/HideNotes.xml.h:1 msgid "(Print) Stop Drawing Notes" msgstr "(Skriv ut) Stoppa ritningsanteckningar" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/HideNotes.xml.h:2 msgid "Stops the Lilypond engraving of notes" msgstr "Stoppar Lilypond-gravyren av noter" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/HideStems.scm:4 msgid "This directive turns off stems" msgstr "Detta direktiv stänger av stjälkar" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/HideStems.xml.h:1 msgid "Hide Stems" msgstr "Göm stjälkar" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/HideStems.xml.h:2 msgid "Hides stems on notes from this point on." msgstr "Döljer stjälkar på noter från och med nu." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Hide.xml.h:1 msgid "(Print) Hide object" msgstr "(Skriv ut) Dölj objekt" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Hide.xml.h:2 msgid "Hides the object at cursor position with a lilypond directive. Currently only Notes and the three Signatures. No rests!" msgstr "Döljer objektet vid markörens position med ett lilypond-direktiv. För närvarande endast Notes och de tre signaturerna. Inga pauser!" #. IgnoreOff #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/IgnoreOff.scm:2 msgid "Stop Ignore" msgstr "Sluta ignorera" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/IgnoreOff.xml.h:1 msgid "Ignore Off" msgstr "Ignorera av" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/IgnoreOff.xml.h:2 msgid "End commenting-out of the LilyPond output. Normal typesetting resumes from this point." msgstr "Avsluta utkommentering av LilyPond-utdata. Normal typsättning återupptas från denna punkt." #. IgnoreOn #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/IgnoreOn.scm:2 msgid "Start Ignore" msgstr "Börja ignorera" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/IgnoreOn.xml.h:1 msgid "Ignore On" msgstr "Ignorera på" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/IgnoreOn.xml.h:2 msgid "Start commenting-out of the LilyPond output when typesetting the current part. You must resume the typesetting with Ignore Off before the end of the staff or the score will not typeset." msgstr "Börjar kommentera ut LilyPond-utdata vid typsättning av den aktuella stämman. Återuppta typsättningen med Ignorera av före slutet av notsystemet, annars typsätts inte partituret." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/InstallCue.scm:9 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertMirroredVerse.scm:8 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/SubstituteMusic.scm:18 msgid " on Staff " msgstr " på notsystem " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/InstallCue.scm:11 msgid "Transpose Cue" msgstr "Transponera cue" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/InstallCue.scm:11 msgid "" "Give note (in LilyPond notation) that middle C should transpose to\n" "in this cue:" msgstr "" "Ange noten i LilyPond-notation som mitt-C ska transponeras till\n" "i denna cue:" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/InstallCue.scm:40 msgid "" "This marks the end of a cue - where notes from another part are printed.\n" "This marker can be cut and pasted to another position to alter the extent of the cue." msgstr "" "Markerar slutet på en cue, där noter från en annan stämma skrivs ut.\n" "Markören kan klippas ut och klistras in på en annan position för att ändra cue:ns omfattning." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/InstallCue.scm:41 msgid "" "This marks the start of a cue - if you make an alteration to the number of staffs you will need to delete this cue and remake it.\n" "Watch out that you do not end up with two End Cue directives\n" "as this will not typeset." msgstr "" "Markerar början på en cue. Om du ändrar antalet notsystem måste du ta bort cue:n och skapa den på nytt.\n" "Se upp så att du inte får två Slut cue-direktiv,\n" "eftersom partituret då inte typsätts." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/InstallCue.scm:62 msgid "There are no other staffs for this one to take a cue from." msgstr "Det finns inga andra notsystem som den här kan hämta en cue från." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/InstallCue.scm:71 msgid "Start Cue" msgstr "Starta cue" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/InstallCue.scm:80 msgid "Nowhere to place the End Cue marker" msgstr "Ingenstans att placera markören för End Cue" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/InstallCue.scm:86 msgid "End Cue" msgstr "Avsluta cue" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/InstallCue.xml.h:1 msgid "Install Cue" msgstr "Installera cue" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/InstallCue.xml.h:2 msgid "Starts quoting music from another staff as a cue. The end cue marker is placed at the end of the measure, but can be moved with cut and paste to the desired position." msgstr "Börjar citera musik från ett annat notsystem som cue. Slut cue-markören placeras vid taktens slut men kan flyttas med klipp ut och klistra in." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/MeasureCountDelimeter.scm:4 msgid "This directive instructs the LilyPond typesetter to start/stop placing a count above the measures." msgstr "Direktivet instruerar LilyPonds typsättare att börja eller sluta placera en räknare ovanför takterna." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/MeasureCountDelimeter.scm:31 msgid "Stop Count" msgstr "Stoppa räkningen" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/MeasureCountDelimeter.scm:40 msgid "Start Count" msgstr "Starta räkning" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/MeasureCountDelimeter.xml.h:1 msgid "Measure Count Start or End" msgstr "Börja eller avsluta takträkning" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/MeasureCountDelimeter.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a directive to start or stop the printing of a counter above each measure. Use for repeated measures to assist the performer count the number of repetitions." msgstr "Infogar ett direktiv som börjar eller slutar skriva ut en räknare ovanför varje takt. Använd för upprepade takter så att musikern kan räkna antalet upprepningar." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/MMRExpandLimit.scm:7 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/MultiMeasureRests.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffMultiMeasureRests.xml.h:1 msgid "Multi-Measure Rests" msgstr "Flertaktspauser" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/MMRExpandLimit.scm:7 msgid "Give limit for use of church rests" msgstr "Ange gräns för användning av kyrkopauser" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/MMRExpandLimit.scm:13 msgid "MMR Limit" msgstr "MMR-gränsvärde" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/MMRExpandLimit.xml.h:1 msgid "Multi-Measure Rest Expand Limit" msgstr "Utökningsgräns för flertaktspaus" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/MMRExpandLimit.xml.h:2 msgid "In Multi-Measure rests: controls how many measures rest are notated as church rests before numbers are used." msgstr "För flertaktspauser: styr hur många takters paus som noteras som kyrkopaus innan siffror används." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/NewSpacing.scm:5 msgid "Spacing" msgstr "Avstånd" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/NewSpacing.scm:5 msgid "Give new spacing: " msgstr "Ange nytt avstånd: " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/NewSpacing.scm:13 msgid "To restore the prevailing music spacing delete this directive object." msgstr "Ta bort direktivobjektet för att återställa aktuellt notavstånd." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/NewSpacing.scm:14 msgid "Note spacing unaltered." msgstr "Notavståndet är oförändrat." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/NewSpacing.xml.h:1 msgid "Start New Spacing" msgstr "Börja nytt notavstånd" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/NewSpacing.xml.h:2 msgid "Spaces notes from cursor onwards based on the spacing given." msgstr "Ger noterna från markören och framåt avstånd enligt det angivna värdet." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/PrintLayout/AllowLineBreak.scm:4 msgid "This sign allows a Line Break. The bar can be broken across a line at this point. Delete using Del or Backspace key." msgstr "Tecknet tillåter radbrytning. Takten kan brytas över en rad här. Ta bort med Delete eller Backsteg." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/PrintLayout/AllowLineBreak.scm:8 msgid "The cursor is on a voice. Put line breaks in the main staff that the voice belongs to." msgstr "Markören är på en stämma. Lägg radbrytningar i det huvudnotsystem som stämman tillhör." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/PrintLayout/AllowLineBreak.xml.h:1 msgid "Allow Line/Page Break" msgstr "Tillåt rad-/sidbrytning" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/PrintLayout/AllowLineBreak.xml.h:2 msgid "Permits the typesetter to break the line at this point." msgstr "Tillåter sättaren att bryta linjen vid denna punkt." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/PrintLayout/LineBreak.scm:12 msgid "This Line Break will have no effect if there is no barline at this point. You can use Allow Line/Page Break to insert an invisible one if you need it" msgstr "Radbrytningen har ingen effekt om det inte finns något taktstreck här. Du kan använda Tillåt rad-/sidbrytning för att infoga ett osynligt taktstreck vid behov." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/PrintLayout/LineBreak.xml.h:2 msgid "(Print) Start a new line (i.e. system) at this measure. This will be ignored if it breaks a beam or tuplet. Use Allow Line Break to break mid-measure." msgstr "(Skriv ut) Börja ett nytt system vid denna takt. Detta ignoreras om det bryter en balk eller tuplett. Använd Tillåt radbrytning för att bryta mitt i en takt." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/PrintLayout/NoLineBreak.xml.h:1 msgid "No Line Break" msgstr "Ingen radbrytning" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/PrintLayout/NoLineBreak.xml.h:2 msgid "Disallow a line break at this measure." msgstr "Tillåt inte radbrytning vid denna takt." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/PrintLayout/PageBreak.scm:11 msgid "This Page Break will have no effect if there is no barline at this point. You can use Allow Line/Page Break to insert an invisible one if you need it" msgstr "Sidbrytningen har ingen effekt om det inte finns något taktstreck här. Du kan använda Tillåt rad-/sidbrytning för att infoga ett osynligt taktstreck vid behov." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/PrintLayout/PageBreak.xml.h:2 msgid "(Print) Forces a new page at this barline." msgstr "(Skriv ut) Tvingar fram en ny sida vid detta taktstreck." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/PrintLayout/StaffSpacer.scm:12 msgid "Spacing for Staff" msgstr "Avstånd för notsystem" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/PrintLayout/StaffSpacer.scm:12 msgid "Give value for extra space: " msgstr "Ange värde för extra utrymme: " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/PrintLayout/StaffSpacer.scm:16 msgid "Space Above Staff" msgstr "Utrymme ovanför notsystem" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/PrintLayout/StaffSpacer.scm:17 msgid "Space Below Staff" msgstr "Utrymme under notsystem" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/PrintLayout/StaffSpacer.xml.h:1 msgid "Staff/System/Titles Spacer" msgstr "Avstånd för notsystem/system/titlar" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/PrintLayout/StaffSpacer.xml.h:2 msgid "Forces extra space between this staff and the adjacent one at this point in the score. If in the top staff of a system, forces the systems apart in the line at the cursor. If in the top staff on the top line gives more room below the titles." msgstr "Ger extra utrymme mellan detta notsystem och det intilliggande vid denna punkt i partituret. I ett systems översta notsystem ökar det avståndet mellan systemen på raden vid markören. I det översta notsystemet på översta raden ger det mer utrymme under titlarna." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/RevertSpacing.xml.h:1 msgid "Revert Spacing" msgstr "Återställ notavstånd" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/RevertSpacing.xml.h:2 msgid "Spaces notes from cursor onwards in default manner." msgstr "Ger noterna från markören och framåt standardavstånd." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/SetBarNumber.scm:2 msgid "Change Barnumber in typeset score" msgstr "Ändra taktnummer i typsatt partitur" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/SetBarNumber.scm:2 msgid "Please enter a number to set the current bar number. The typeset score will continue to count up from there." msgstr "Ange ett tal för att ställa in aktuellt taktnummer. Det typsatta partituret fortsätter räkna därifrån." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/SetBarNumber.scm:6 msgid "BarNumber = " msgstr "BarNumber = " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/SetBarNumber.xml.h:1 msgid "(Print) Set Bar Number" msgstr "(Skriv ut) Ange taktnummer" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/SetBarNumber.xml.h:2 msgid "Enter a number to change the bar number in the typeset score. The printout will continue to count up from there." msgstr "Ange ett tal för att ändra taktnumret i det typsatta partituret. Utskriften fortsätter räkna därifrån." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ShiftNext.scm:5 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ShiftNext.scm:6 msgid "X-Y shift" msgstr "X-Y-förskjutning" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ShiftNext.scm:5 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/DisplaceHorizontally.scm:5 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/DisplaceRestHorizontally.scm:2 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ShiftDot.scm:2 msgid "Give horizontal shift required" msgstr "Ange önskad horisontell förskjutning" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ShiftNext.scm:6 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ShiftDot.scm:3 msgid "Give vertical shift required" msgstr "Ange önskad vertikal förskjutning" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ShiftNext.scm:10 msgid "This type of object cannot be shifted by this method" msgstr "Denna typ av objekt kan inte flyttas med denna metod" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ShiftNext.xml.h:1 msgid "(Print) Shift Object" msgstr "(Skriv ut) Förskjut objekt" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ShiftNext.xml.h:2 msgid "Asks for horizontal and vertical offsets and inserts a directive to displace the object at the cursor on printing." msgstr "Frågar efter horisontella och vertikala förskjutningar och infogar ett direktiv för att förskjuta objektet vid markören vid utskrift." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ShowStems.scm:4 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ShowStems.xml.h:2 msgid "This directive turns on typesetting of stems on notes." msgstr "Direktivet aktiverar typsättning av notskaft på noter." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ShowStems.xml.h:1 msgid "Show Stems" msgstr "Visa notskaft" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/SmallFontEnd.xml.h:1 msgid "End Small Size" msgstr "Avsluta liten storlek" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/SmallFontEnd.xml.h:2 msgid "Printing resumes normal size music." msgstr "Utskriften återgår till musik i normal storlek." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/SmallFontStart.xml.h:1 msgid "Small Size" msgstr "Liten storlek" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/SmallFontStart.xml.h:2 msgid "Music after this is printed in a small size." msgstr "Musik efter detta skrivs ut i liten storlek." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/StartStaff.xml.h:1 msgid "(Print) Start Drawing Staff (Again)" msgstr "(Print) Börja rita notsystem (igen)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/StartStaff.xml.h:2 msgid "Reverts the \"Stop Drawing Staff\" command" msgstr "Återställer kommandot \"Stoppa ritning av notsystem\"" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/StopStaff.xml.h:1 msgid "(Print) Stop Drawing Staff" msgstr "(Skriv ut) Sluta dra notsystem" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/StopStaff.xml.h:2 msgid "Stop drawing the staff and barlines in Lilypond. Notes are still drawn." msgstr "Sluta rita notsystem- och strecklinjer i Lilypond. noter ritas fortfarande." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Tablature/MinimumFret.scm:6 msgid "Minimum Fret Number" msgstr "Minsta nummer på brädan" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Tablature/MinimumFret.scm:6 msgid "Give lowest fret number wanted: " msgstr "Ge lägsta önskade fretnummer: " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Tablature/MinimumFret.xml.h:1 msgid "Minimum Fret Number Allowed" msgstr "Minsta tillåtna antal fretar" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Tablature/MinimumFret.xml.h:2 msgid "In a Tab staff, restrict the frets available to larger than the given value." msgstr "I en Tab-notation begränsar du de tillgängliga bandet till större än det angivna värdet." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Tablature/RestrainOpenStrings.xml.h:1 msgid "Restrain Open Strings" msgstr "Håll tillbaka öppna strängar" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Tablature/RestrainOpenStrings.xml.h:2 msgid "Restrains the use of open strings in Tablature." msgstr "Begränsar användningen av öppna strängar i tabulatur." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Tablature/TabFull.scm:5 msgid "" "This directive causes the tab to be notated fully with beaming and other notation added\n" "Delete the directive to undo the effect." msgstr "" "Det här direktivet gör att tabulaturen noteras fullständigt med stråkar och andra notationer som läggs till\n" "Ta bort direktivet för att upphäva effekten." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Tablature/TabFull.scm:16 msgid "This Directive can only be added in a Tab Staff. See Staff menu." msgstr "Detta direktiv kan bara läggas till i ett tabulaturnotsystem. Se menyn Notsystem." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Tablature/TabFull.xml.h:1 msgid "Full Tab Notation On" msgstr "Fullständig tabulaturnotation på" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Tablature/TabFull.xml.h:2 msgid "Typeset beaming etc with Tablature from the cursor position on." msgstr "Sätter balkar med mera i tabulaturen från markörens position och framåt." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Transposition/CloseLilyBlock.scm:4 msgid "This Denemo Directive closes a block of music with a close curly brace }. It must be preceded earlier in the save voice by a corresponding open {, otherwise the music will not typeset" msgstr "Detta Denemo-direktiv stänger ett musikblock med en stängande hakparentes }. Det måste föregås tidigare i den sparade stämman av en motsvarande öppen {, annars kommer musiken inte att sättas" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Transposition/CloseLilyBlock.xml.h:1 msgid "(Print) Close } a LilyPond Block" msgstr "(Skriv ut) Nära } ett LilyPond-kvarter" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Transposition/CloseLilyBlock.xml.h:2 msgid "Closes a LilyPond Block (there must be a matching open, {, earlier)" msgstr "Stänger ett LilyPond-block (det måste finnas ett motsvarande öppet, {, tidigare)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Transposition/OpenEnharmonicFlatten.scm:4 msgid "This Denemo Directive starts block of music that will be enhamonically flattened. The block of music should be closed with a curly brace }.t" msgstr "Detta Denemo-direktiv startar ett musikblock som kommer att plattas till enhamoniskt. Musikblocket ska avslutas med en hakparentes }.t" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Transposition/OpenEnharmonicFlatten.scm:8 msgid "Enh-" msgstr "Enh-" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Transposition/OpenEnharmonicFlatten.xml.h:1 msgid "Open Enharmonic Flatten" msgstr "Öppen Enharmonisk Platta" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Transposition/OpenEnharmonicFlatten.xml.h:2 msgid "Opens a block of music that will be sharpened enharmonically (D-sharp becomes E-flat etc). The block should be closed with a curly brace }" msgstr "Öppnar ett block med musik som ska skärpas enharmoniskt (D-dist blir Ess osv.). Blocket ska avslutas med en hakparentes }" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Transposition/OpenEnharmonicSharpen.scm:4 msgid "This Denemo Directive starts block of music that will be enhamonically sharpened. The block of music should be closed with a curly brace }.t" msgstr "Detta Denemo-direktiv startar ett musikblock som kommer att vässas enhamoniskt. Musikblocket bör avslutas med en klammer }.t" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Transposition/OpenEnharmonicSharpen.scm:8 msgid "Enh+" msgstr "Enh+" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Transposition/OpenEnharmonicSharpen.xml.h:1 msgid "Open Enharmonic Sharpen" msgstr "Öppna enharmonisk höjning" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Transposition/OpenEnharmonicSharpen.xml.h:2 msgid "Opens a block of music that will be sharpened enharmonically (E-flat becomes D-sharp etc). The block should be close with a curly brace }" msgstr "Öppnar ett block med musik som ska skärpas enharmoniskt (E-b blir D-kors etc). Blocket bör avslutas med en hakparentes }" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Transposition/OpenOctaveDown.scm:4 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Transposition/OpenOctaveUp.scm:4 msgid "This Denemo Directive starts block of music that will be transposed up one octave. The block of music should be closed with a curly brace }.t" msgstr "Detta Denemo-direktiv startar ett musikblock som ska transponeras upp en oktav. Musikblocket ska avslutas med en hakparentes }.t" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Transposition/OpenOctaveDown.scm:8 msgid "Down8va" msgstr "Down8va" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Transposition/OpenOctaveDown.xml.h:1 msgid "(Print) Open { Octave Down" msgstr "(Skriv ut) Open { Octave Down" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Transposition/OpenOctaveDown.xml.h:2 msgid "Opens a block printing an octave lower: must be terminated with CloseLilyBlock" msgstr "Öppnar ett block som skriver ut en oktav lägre: måste avslutas med CloseLilyBlock" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Transposition/OpenOctaveUp.scm:8 msgid "Up8va" msgstr "Up8va" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Transposition/OpenOctaveUp.xml.h:1 msgid "(Print) Open { Octave Up" msgstr "(Print) Öppna {Oktav upp" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Transposition/OpenOctaveUp.xml.h:2 msgid "Opens a block to be transposed up one octave This must be followed by a CloseBlock \"}\" to end the transposed section." msgstr "Öppnar ett block som ska transponeras upp en oktav Detta måste följas av ett CloseBlock \"}\" för att avsluta det transponerade avsnittet." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/TypesettingOff.xml.h:1 msgid "TypesettingOff" msgstr "SättningOff" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/TypesettingOff.xml.h:2 msgid "Turns off typesetting from that point until turned on." msgstr "Stänger av sättningen från den punkten tills den slås på igen." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/TypesettingOn.xml.h:1 msgid "TypesettingOn" msgstr "Typsättning På" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/TypesettingOn.xml.h:2 msgid "Turns on typesetting from this point forward in all staffs." msgstr "Slår på sättning från och med nu i alla staber." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/UnHideNotes.xml.h:1 msgid "(Print) Start Drawing Notes (Again)" msgstr "(Skriv ut) Börja rita noter (igen)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/UnHideNotes.xml.h:2 msgid "Reverts the \"Stop drawing notes\" command" msgstr "Återställer kommandot \"Sluta rita noter\"" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoicePreset1.xml.h:1 msgid "Voice Preset 1 (Stems Up)" msgstr "Förinställning för stämma 1 (stammar upp)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoicePreset1.xml.h:2 msgid "Preset for first voice. Stems up" msgstr "Förinställd för första stämman. Stammar upp" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoicePreset2.xml.h:1 msgid "Voice Preset 2 (Stems Down)" msgstr "Voice Preset 2 (notskaft Down)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoicePreset2.xml.h:2 msgid "Preset for second voice. Stems down." msgstr "Förinställd för andra stämman. Stammar ner." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoicePreset3.xml.h:1 msgid "Voice Preset 3 (Stems Up)" msgstr "Förinställning för stämma 3 (stammar upp)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoicePreset3.xml.h:2 msgid "Preset for third voice. Stems up." msgstr "Förinställd för tredje stämman. Stammar upp." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoicePreset4.xml.h:1 msgid "Voice Preset 4 (Stems Down)" msgstr "Voice Preset 4 (notskaft Down)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoicePreset4.xml.h:2 msgid "Preset for voice four. Stems down." msgstr "Förinställning för stämma fyra. Stammar ner." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoicePresetAutomatic.xml.h:1 msgid "Voice Preset Automatic" msgstr "Förinställd stämma Automatisk" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoicePresetAutomatic.xml.h:2 msgid "Automatic voice preset. Resets to normal behaviour." msgstr "Automatisk förinställning av stämma. Återställs till normalt beteende." #. 1 #. 2 #. 3 #. 4 #. 5 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoicesDoublestroke.xml.h:1 msgid "Voice Preset" msgstr "Förinställd stämma" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoicesDoublestroke.xml.h:2 msgid "Choose a preset for four voices or automatic voice." msgstr "Välj en förinställning för fyra stämmor eller automatisk stämma." #. VoiceSetting #. InitialVoiceSetting #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoiceSetting.scm:2 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoiceSetting.scm:4 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoice.scm:2 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoice.scm:4 msgid "Voice 1" msgstr "Stämma 1" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoiceSetting.scm:2 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoiceSetting.scm:6 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoice.scm:2 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoice.scm:6 msgid "Voice 2" msgstr "Stämma 2" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoiceSetting.scm:2 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoiceSetting.scm:8 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoice.scm:2 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoice.scm:8 msgid "Voice 3" msgstr "Stämma 3" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoiceSetting.scm:2 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoiceSetting.scm:10 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoice.scm:2 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoice.scm:10 msgid "Voice 4" msgstr "Stämma 4" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoiceSetting.scm:2 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoiceSetting.scm:12 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoice.scm:2 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoice.scm:12 msgid "Automatic Voice" msgstr "Automatisk stämma" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoiceSetting.xml.h:1 msgid "Choose Voice" msgstr "Välj stämma" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoiceSetting.xml.h:2 msgid "The Voice 1,2,3,4 commands set up the voices so that first and third voices get stems up, second and fourth voices get stems down, third and fourth voice note heads are horizontally shifted, and rests in the respective voices are automatically moved to avoid collisions. The Automatic Voice command returns all the voice settings to the neutral default directions. The Denemo display shows automatic stem directions, use StemDown and StemUp commands if you wish to affect the display." msgstr "Kommandona Voice 1,2,3,4 ställer in stämmorna så att första och tredje stämman får notskaft uppåt, andra och fjärde stämman får notskaft nedåt, tredje och fjärde stämmans nothuvuden förskjuts horisontellt och pauser i respektive stämma flyttas automatiskt för att undvika kollisioner. Med kommandot Automatic Voice återställs alla stämmainställningar till de neutrala standardriktningarna. Denemo-displayen visar automatiska stämriktningar, använd kommandona StemDown och StemUp om du vill påverka displayen." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Void.xml.h:1 msgid "Hide Next" msgstr "Dölj nästa" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Void.xml.h:2 msgid "On printing the next music item will be omitted from the score. Use with conditional directives to leave out music for certain layouts." msgstr "Vid utskrift kommer nästa musikstycke att utelämnas från partituret. Används med villkorliga direktiv för att utelämna musik för vissa layouter." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/ArbitraryKeySignature.scm:6 msgid "D" msgstr "D" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/ArbitraryKeySignature.scm:7 msgid "E" msgstr "Ö" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/ArbitraryKeySignature.scm:10 msgid "A" msgstr "A" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/ArbitraryKeySignature.scm:11 msgid "B" msgstr "B" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/ArbitraryKeySignature.scm:13 msgid "Finish" msgstr "Slutför" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/ArbitraryKeySignature.scm:20 msgid "Double Sharp" msgstr "Dubbelt skarp" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/ArbitraryKeySignature.scm:21 msgid "Double Flat" msgstr "Dubbel lägenhet" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/ArbitraryKeySignature.xml.h:1 msgid "Arbitrary Key Signature" msgstr "Signatur med godtycklig nyckel" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/ArbitraryKeySignature.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints a key signature composed of an arbitrary combination of accidentals. For any step of the scale which needs an accidental to show choose the note name and accidental. Note that the Denemo Display will ignore this, so you have to enter the accidentals as if it wasn't there. LilyPond will typeset the key signature specified and display accidentals before notes correspondingly." msgstr "Skriver ut en tonart som består av en godtycklig kombination av förtecken. För varje steg i skalan som behöver ett förtecken för att visas väljer du notnamn och förtecken. Observera att Denemo Display ignorerar detta, så du måste skriva in förtecken som om det inte fanns där. LilyPond kommer att skriva in den angivna tonarten och visa förtecken före noter på motsvarande sätt." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/FlattenInitialKeysigs.xml.h:1 msgid "♭ Initial" msgstr "♭ Initial" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/FlattenInitialKeysigs.xml.h:2 msgid "Flattens the inital key signature by one degree on all staffs/voices." msgstr "Plattar ut den ursprungliga tonarten med en grad på alla stämmor." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/FlattenKeysig.xml.h:1 msgid "♭" msgstr "♭" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/FlattenKeysig.xml.h:2 msgid "Flattens the key signature by one degree. If no key signature at the cursor, operates on the initial key signature." msgstr "Plattar till nyckeltecknet med en grad. Om det inte finns någon tonart vid markören, används den ursprungliga tonarten." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/HideKeysig.xml.h:2 msgid "On printing, omit the key signature change at the cursor, or the initial key signature if the cursor is not on a key signature change." msgstr "Vid utskrift utelämnas ändringen av tonartssignaturen vid markören, eller den ursprungliga tonartssignaturen om markören inte befinner sig på en ändring av tonartssignaturen." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/SharpenInitialKeysigs.xml.h:1 msgid "♯ Initial" msgstr "♯ Initial" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/SharpenInitialKeysigs.xml.h:2 msgid "Sharpens the inital key signature by one degree on all staffs/voices." msgstr "Skärper den ursprungliga nyckelteckningen med en grad på alla stämmor." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/SharpenKeysig.xml.h:1 msgid "♯" msgstr "♯" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/SharpenKeysig.xml.h:2 msgid "Sharpens the key signature by one degree. If no key signature at cursor, sharpens the initial key signature." msgstr "Skärper nyckelns signatur med en grad. Om det inte finns någon nyckelsignatur vid markören skärps den ursprungliga nyckelsignaturen." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/DeleteCurrentVerse.scm:4 msgid "Delete Current Verse (no undo!)" msgstr "Ta bort aktuell vers (ingen ångerrätt!)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/DeleteCurrentVerse.xml.h:2 msgid "Deletes the current verse - copy the text first if needed." msgstr "Raderar den aktuella versen - kopiera texten först om det behövs." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/EditLyricAtCursor.scm:2 msgid "No verse has been created for this staff. Use Add Lyric Verse in Lyrics menu." msgstr "Ingen vers har skapats för detta notsystem. Använd Lägg till lyrisk vers i Lyrics-menyn." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/EditLyricAtCursor.xml.h:1 msgid "Edit Lyric at Cursor" msgstr "Redigera text på markören" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/EditLyricAtCursor.xml.h:2 msgid "Switches keyboard input to the lyrics pane, placing the cursor on the syllable that belongs to the cursor note." msgstr "Växlar tangentbordsinmatning till textfönstret och placerar markören på den stavelse som hör till markörnoten." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertHighlightedLyricSyllable.scm:16 msgid "Highlighted Syllable" msgstr "Markerad stavelse" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertHighlightedLyricSyllable.scm:17 msgid "Give syllable to insert:" msgstr "Ge stavelse för att infoga:" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertHighlightedLyricSyllable.xml.h:1 msgid "Insert a Highlighted Lyric" msgstr "Infoga en markerad text" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertHighlightedLyricSyllable.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a syllable which can be bold and/or italic." msgstr "Infogar en stavelse som kan vara fetstilt och/eller kursivt." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertHyphenBetweenSyllables.xml.h:1 msgid "Divide Syllables with Hyphen" msgstr "Dela upp stavelser med bindestreck" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertHyphenBetweenSyllables.xml.h:2 msgid "Typesets a hyphen between the syllables at the cursor, if there is sufficient room." msgstr "Skriver ett bindestreck mellan stavelserna vid markören, om det finns tillräckligt med utrymme." #. InsertLyricAlignment #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertLyricAlignment.scm:2 msgid "Center" msgstr "Centrera" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertLyricAlignment.scm:4 msgid "Note: start lyrics on a new line" msgstr "Obs: starta texten på en ny rad" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertLyricAlignment.xml.h:1 msgid "Syllable Alignment" msgstr "Justering av stavelser" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertLyricAlignment.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts some syntax into the lyric verse to determine the alignment of syllables under notes. Lyrics to be affected should be on the following lines." msgstr "Infogar viss syntax i den lyriska versen för att bestämma inriktningen av stavelser under noter. Texter som ska påverkas bör vara på följande rader." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertLyricTie.scm:3 msgid "Printed as \"ˬ\" (lyric tie symbol)" msgstr "Tryckt som \"ˬ\" (lyric bindebåge symbol)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertLyricTie.scm:4 msgid "Printed as space" msgstr "Tryckt som rymd" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertLyricTie.xml.h:1 msgid "Lyric Tie" msgstr "Lyrisk bindebåge" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertLyricTie.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a lyric tie between two words at the cursor. Use this instead of a space between two words that are sung to the same note (do not leave a space as well). It will be typeset as a tie or space between the words." msgstr "Infogar en lyrisk bindning mellan två ord vid markören. Använd detta i stället för ett mellanslag mellan två ord som sjungs på samma ton (lämna inte heller ett mellanslag). Det kommer att sättas som ett band eller mellanslag mellan orden." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertMelisma.scm:3 msgid "During Word, with Slur" msgstr "Under ord, med sludder" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertMelisma.scm:4 msgid "Word End, with Slur" msgstr "Ordändelse, med legatobåge" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertMelisma.scm:5 msgid "During Word, no Slur" msgstr "Under ord, ingen sludder" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertMelisma.scm:6 msgid "Word End, no Slur" msgstr "Ordslut, ingen legatobåge" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertMelisma.scm:7 msgid "Extend Melisma" msgstr "Förlänga Melisma" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertMelisma.xml.h:1 msgid "Melismata" msgstr "Melismata" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertMelisma.xml.h:2 msgid "Extends a syllable over the next note with hyphenated line (within word) or extender line (at end of word)." msgstr "Förlänger en stavelse över nästa not med bindestreckslinje (inom ordet) eller förlängningslinje (i slutet av ordet)." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertMirroredVerse.scm:21 msgid "this inserts the verse " msgstr "detta infogar versen " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertMirroredVerse.scm:22 msgid " from " msgstr " från " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertMirroredVerse.scm:36 msgid "There are no verses above this one to mirror from." msgstr "Det finns inga verser ovanför den här att spegla sig i." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertMirroredVerse.xml.h:1 msgid "Insert Mirrored Verse" msgstr "Infoga spegelvända verser" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertMirroredVerse.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts special syntax to typeset a verse from another staff under this staff. This syntax should be on a line of its own." msgstr "Infogar särskild syntax för att placera en vers från ett annat notsystem under detta notsystem. Syntaxen bör stå på en egen rad." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertStanzaNumber.scm:17 msgid "Give non-lyric text to insert" msgstr "Ge icke-lyrisk text att infoga" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertStanzaNumber.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a stanza number (or other text that is not part of the lyrics) in the current verse at the cursor position." msgstr "Infogar ett strofnummer (eller annan text som inte är en del av texten) i den aktuella versen vid markörens position." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertSyllableSkips.scm:9 msgid "Skip Syllables" msgstr "Hoppa över stavelser" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertSyllableSkips.scm:10 msgid "Give number of syllables to skip" msgstr "Ange antal stavelser som ska hoppas över" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertSyllableSkips.xml.h:1 msgid "Skip Syllables in Selection" msgstr "Hoppa över stavelser i urval" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertSyllableSkips.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts blanks for the syllables from the start of the notes selected in the Denemo Display to the cursor. With no selection asks for a number of syllables to skip and inserts the skip at the lyric cursor." msgstr "Infogar blanksteg för stavelserna från början av de noter som valts i Denemo Display till markören. Utan något val frågar efter ett antal stavelser som ska hoppas över och infogar hoppet vid textmarkören." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/LyricFont.scm:3 msgid "Font Name" msgstr "Teckensnitt namn" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/LyricFont.scm:4 msgid "Give font name" msgstr "Ange namn på teckensnitt" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/LyricFontSize.scm:4 msgid "Give font size magnification (0 = default, negative = smaller)" msgstr "Ge teckenstorleksförstoring (0 = standard, negativ = mindre)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/LyricFontSize.xml.h:1 msgid "Larger/Smaller Font Size" msgstr "Större/mindre teckenstorlek" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/LyricFontSize.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a code in the current lyric verse to change to larger or smaller font size. Keep this code on a separate line." msgstr "Infogar en kod i den aktuella textversen för att ändra till större eller mindre teckenstorlek. Håll denna kod på en separat rad." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/LyricFont.xml.h:1 msgid "Change Font" msgstr "Ändra teckensnitt" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/LyricFont.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts into the current lyric verse a change of font. Keep this code on a line of its own." msgstr "Infogar en ändring av teckensnittet i den aktuella textversen. Håll den här koden på en egen rad." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/LyricVerseDynamic.xml.h:1 msgid "Dynamic" msgstr "Dynamiskt" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/LyricVerseDynamic.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a dynamic marking in the current verse at the insertion point in the lyrics pane. Use this to indicate dynamics which change from one verse to another." msgstr "Infogar en dynamisk markering i den aktuella versen vid infogningspunkten i textfönstret. Använd den här markeringen för att ange dynamik som ändras från en vers till en annan." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/ShowLyricVerse.xml.h:1 msgid "Show Verse" msgstr "Visa vers" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/ShowLyricVerse.xml.h:2 msgid "Opens up the lyric pane that contains the verse(s) for this staff (if any)" msgstr "Öppnar textfönstret som innehåller verserna för den här staven (om det finns några)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/ToggleTypesetOfLyrics.scm:16 msgid "Lyrics will appear in the Print View for the default layout" msgstr "Texterna visas i utskriftsvyn för standardlayouten" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/ToggleTypesetOfLyrics.scm:17 msgid "Lyrics will be omitted in the Print View for the default layout" msgstr "Texterna kommer att utelämnas i utskriftsvyn för standardlayouten" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/ToggleTypesetOfLyrics.xml.h:1 msgid "Typeset Lyrics (Off/On)" msgstr "Typsatt text (av/på)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/ToggleTypesetOfLyrics.xml.h:2 msgid "Turns Off/On typesetting of lyrics for the entire score. The score will revert to typesetting verses when reloaded (except for any custom score layouts created) - the command does not count as a change in the score." msgstr "Slår av/på sättning av texter för hela partituret. Partituret återgår till att sätta verser när det laddas om (med undantag för eventuella anpassade partiturlayouter som skapats) - kommandot räknas inte som en ändring i partituret." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/TypesetVersesAtEnd.scm:6 msgid "Append verses to current text" msgstr "Lägga till verser till aktuell text" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/TypesetVersesAtEnd.scm:6 msgid "Edit current end-of-movement text" msgstr "Redigera aktuell text vid satsens slut" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/TypesetVersesAtEnd.scm:6 msgid "Replace with verses" msgstr "Ersätt med verser" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/TypesetVersesAtEnd.scm:28 msgid "Typesetting Verses at End" msgstr "Typsätta verser vid slutet" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/TypesetVersesAtEnd.scm:28 msgid "Which verse to start at?" msgstr "Vilken vers ska jag börja med?" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/TypesetVersesAtEnd.scm:43 msgid "Verse " msgstr "Vers " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/TypesetVersesAtEnd.scm:52 msgid "No verses found" msgstr "Inga verser hittades" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/TypesetVersesAtEnd.xml.h:1 msgid "Typeset Verses at End" msgstr "Typsätt verser vid slutet" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/TypesetVersesAtEnd.xml.h:2 msgid "Let's you choose a number of verses to print at the end of the piece (movement), instead of underlaying the music. The verses are copied to the end so can be deleted once copied to prevent them from appearing beneath the music in addition." msgstr "Låter dig välja ett antal verser som ska skrivas ut i slutet av stycket eller satsen i stället för under musiken. Verserna kopieras till slutet och kan sedan tas bort så att de inte även visas under musiken." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/AddDuplicateMeasure.xml.h:1 msgid "Insert Duplicate Measure After" msgstr "Infoga duplicerad takt efter" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/AddDuplicateMeasure.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a copy of the current measure after the present measure." msgstr "Infogar en kopia av den aktuella takten efter den aktuella takten." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/CheckBeamsInMeasure.scm:22 msgid "Beam Start command on a note with no beam" msgstr "Kommandot Starta balk på en not utan balk" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/CheckBeamsInMeasure.scm:27 msgid "Second start Beam" msgstr "Andra start av balk" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/CheckBeamsInMeasure.scm:35 msgid "Beam End command on a note with no beam" msgstr "Kommandot Avsluta balk på en not utan balk" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/CheckBeamsInMeasure.scm:40 msgid "End Beam with no start" msgstr "Avsluta balk utan start" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/CheckBeamsInMeasure.scm:50 msgid "Start Beam with no end" msgstr "Starta balk utan slut" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/CheckBeamsInMeasure.scm:55 msgid "No problem detected with beams in measure" msgstr "Inga problem med balkar upptäcktes i takten" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/CheckBeamsInMeasure.xml.h:1 msgid "Check Beaming" msgstr "Kontrollera balkning" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/CheckBeamsInMeasure.xml.h:2 msgid "Checks the current measure for beaming errors." msgstr "Kontrollerar den aktuella takten för balkningsfel." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/CheckTupletsInMeasure.scm:26 msgid "End Tuplet with no start" msgstr "Avsluta tuplett utan start" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/CheckTupletsInMeasure.scm:40 msgid "Start Tuplet with no end" msgstr "Starta tuplett utan slut" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/CheckTupletsInMeasure.scm:45 msgid "All tuplets in measure are terminated" msgstr "Alla tupletter i takten är avslutade" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/CheckTupletsInMeasure.xml.h:1 msgid "Check Tuplets" msgstr "Kontrollera tupletter" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/CheckTupletsInMeasure.xml.h:2 msgid "Checks that start/end tuplets match in the current measure." msgstr "Kontrollerar att start- och sluttupletter matchar i den aktuella takten." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/DeleteEmptyMeasures.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffDeleteEmptyMeasures.xml.h:1 msgid "Delete Empty Measures" msgstr "Ta bort tomma takter" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/DeleteEmptyMeasures.xml.h:2 msgid "Deletes all empty measures from the cursor until the next music." msgstr "Raderar alla tomma takter från markören till nästa musik." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/DisplayEffects/DisplayMeasureNumber.scm:2 msgid "Display Measure Number" msgstr "Visa taktnummer" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/DisplayEffects/DisplayMeasureNumber.scm:2 msgid "Enter the number you wish to display as the bar number for the current bar. Does not affect the typeset score." msgstr "Ange numret som ska visas som taktnummer för den aktuella takten. Påverkar inte det typsatta partituret." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/DisplayEffects/DisplayMeasureNumber.xml.h:1 msgid "Measure Number" msgstr "Taktnummer" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/DisplayEffects/DisplayMeasureNumber.xml.h:2 msgid "Changes the bar number displayed for this and subsequent bars. Does not affect the print out, see Set Bar Number command for that." msgstr "Ändrar taktnumret som visas för denna och efterföljande takter. Påverkar inte utskriften; använd kommandot Ange taktnummer för det." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/DuplicateTwoMeasures.xml.h:1 msgid "Duplicate Two Measures" msgstr "Duplicera två takter" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/DuplicateTwoMeasures.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a copy of the previous and the current measure after the curreent measure." msgstr "Infogar en kopia av föregående och aktuell takt efter den aktuella takten." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/HiddenMeasure.scm:7 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/HiddenMeasure.xml.h:1 msgid "Hidden Measure" msgstr "Dold takt" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/HiddenMeasure.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a dummy whole measure rest. The measure is not seen by the LilyPond typesetter, it just takes up space in the display. Use for polymetric music to even up the staff lengths for the display." msgstr "Infogar en tom hel taktpaus. Takten syns inte av LilyPonds typsättare utan tar bara plats i visningen. Använd för polymetrisk musik för att jämna ut notsystemens längd i visningen." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/IgnoreMeasureDurationError.scm:3 msgid "This Directive tells Denemo not to signal an error if there are too many notes or rests after this point (or too few) for a complete measure." msgstr "Direktivet säger åt Denemo att inte signalera fel om det efter denna punkt finns för många eller för få noter eller pauser för en komplett takt." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/IgnoreMeasureDurationError.scm:11 msgid "Partial Measure is Acceptable" msgstr "Delvis takt är tillåten" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/IgnoreMeasureDurationError.scm:12 msgid "Partial Measure" msgstr "Partiell takt" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/IgnoreMeasureDurationError.xml.h:1 msgid "Ignore Measure Duration Error" msgstr "Ignorera fel i taktlängd" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/IgnoreMeasureDurationError.xml.h:2 msgid "Allow too few notes/rests in this measure. Only affects the Denemo display and error checking, the typesetting will place barlines according to the actual durations of notes as usual." msgstr "Tillåt för få noter/vilor i denna takt. Påverkar endast Denemos visning och felkontroll, i sättningen placeras taktstrecken enligt noternas faktiska varaktighet som vanligt." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/InsertBreakInStaff.xml.h:1 msgid "Create Gap" msgstr "Skapa gap" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/InsertBreakInStaff.xml.h:2 msgid "Creates a gap between the previous measure and the current one. The clef is re-instated after the gap. The gap size can be adjusted by inserting or deleting empty measures in between." msgstr "Skapar ett mellanrum mellan föregående takt och den aktuella. Klaven återinförs efter mellanrummet. Mellanrummets storlek kan justeras genom att infoga eller ta bort tomma takter däremellan." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/MergeWithNextMeasure.xml.h:1 msgid "Merge with Next Measure" msgstr "Sammanfoga med nästa takt" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/MergeWithNextMeasure.xml.h:2 msgid "Joins two measures together." msgstr "Sammanfogar två takter." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Repeats/CloseReopenRepeat.xml.h:1 msgid "Close and Reopen Repeat" msgstr "Avsluta och öppna upprepning" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Repeats/CloseReopenRepeat.xml.h:2 msgid "Closes an open repeat block and opens a new one." msgstr "Avslutar ett öppet upprepningsblock och öppnar ett nytt." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Repeats/CloseRepeat.xml.h:1 msgid "Close a Repeat Section" msgstr "Avsluta en upprepningssektion" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Repeats/CloseRepeat.xml.h:2 msgid "Closes a section that starts with an Open Repeat. Not needed with 1st and 2nd time bars. (Printing)" msgstr "Avslutar ett avsnitt som börjar med en öppen upprepning. Behövs inte med första och andra volta." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Repeats/EndSecondTimeBar.xml.h:1 msgid "Close Second Time Bar" msgstr "Avsluta andra volta" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Repeats/EndSecondTimeBar.xml.h:2 msgid "Closes the second time bar previously opened (printing)" msgstr "Avslutar den tidigare öppnade andra voltan." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Repeats/FirstTimeBar.xml.h:1 msgid "First Time Bar" msgstr "Första volta" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Repeats/FirstTimeBar.xml.h:2 msgid "Closes a repeated section and starts a first time bar (printing)" msgstr "Avslutar ett upprepat avsnitt och börjar första volta." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Repeats/HelpForRepeats.scm:1 msgid "Repeats are usually inserted using commands to insert repeat barlines and to insert first/second/nth time bar markings from the Directives menu - look these up in the Command Center. This menu is just for those that want the normal LilyPond syntax for repeats - use right-click->More Commands to un-hide these." msgstr "Upprepningar infogas vanligtvis med hjälp av kommandon för att infoga upprepade taktstreck och för att infoga första/andra/nionde gångens taktmarkeringar från menyn Directives - se dessa i Command Center. Den här menyn är bara för dem som vill ha den normala LilyPond-syntaxen för upprepningar - använd högerklick->Fler kommandon för att dölja dessa." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Repeats/HelpForRepeats.xml.h:1 msgid "Help for Repeats" msgstr "Hjälp vid upprepningar" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Repeats/HelpForRepeats.xml.h:2 msgid "Explains the different ways of creating repeats." msgstr "Förklarar de olika sätten att skapa upprepningar." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Repeats/OpenRepeat.xml.h:1 msgid "Open Repeat Section" msgstr "Öppna upprepningssektion" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Repeats/OpenRepeat.xml.h:2 msgid "Marks the point where a repeat will start. A correspond close, or first and second time bars are needed." msgstr "Markerar punkten där en upprepning börjar. En motsvarande avslutning eller första och andra volta behövs." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Repeats/SecondTimeBar.xml.h:1 msgid "Second Time Bar" msgstr "Andra volta" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Repeats/SecondTimeBar.xml.h:2 msgid "Closes first time bars and starts second time bar(s) (printing)" msgstr "Avslutar första volta och börjar andra volta." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/ShortMeasure.scm:8 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Upbeat.scm:8 msgid "Upbeat/Short Measure can only be used in an underfull, non-empty measure" msgstr "Upptakt/kort takt kan endast användas i en underfull, icke-tom takt" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/ShortMeasure.scm:46 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/ShortMeasure.scm:52 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Upbeat.scm:59 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Upbeat.scm:65 msgid "Re-calculate" msgstr "Räkna om" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/ShortMeasure.scm:51 msgid "This object fills up the duration of this measure, without taking space in the typeset score. Use if for partial measures in first and second repeats. It needs to be renewed if you change the duration of the notes in the partial measure - use Re-calculate for this, or simply delete it and re-run the Short command." msgstr "Objektet fyller ut taktens längd utan att ta plats i det typsatta partituret. Använd det för deltakter i första och andra upprepningar. Det måste förnyas om du ändrar noternas längd i deltaken; använd Räkna om eller ta bort objektet och kör kommandot Kort takt igen." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/ShortMeasure.xml.h:1 msgid "Short Measure" msgstr "Kort takt" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/ShortMeasure.xml.h:2 msgid "Allow too few notes/rests in this measure. LilyPond will engrave this measure (in all staffs) with the short duration given by notes already present when this command was issued." msgstr "Tillåter för få noter eller pauser i takten. LilyPond typsätter takten i alla notsystem med den korta längd som noterna hade när kommandot användes." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/SplitMeasure.xml.h:1 msgid "Split Measure at Cursor" msgstr "Dela takt vid markören" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/SplitMeasure.xml.h:2 msgid "Split the current measure into two at the cursor." msgstr "Dela den aktuella takten i två vid markören." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Upbeat.scm:64 msgid "This object fills up the duration of this measure, so that the notes in the measure form an upbeat. It needs to be renewed if you change the duration of the notes in the measure - use Re-calculate for this, or simply delete it and re-run the Upbeat command." msgstr "Objektet fyller ut taktens längd så att noterna i takten bildar en upptakt. Det måste förnyas om du ändrar noternas längd; använd Räkna om eller ta bort objektet och kör kommandot Upptakt igen." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Upbeat.xml.h:1 msgid "Anacrusis (Upbeat, Pickup)" msgstr "Anakrusis (upptakt, pickup)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Upbeat.xml.h:2 msgid "Convert the current measure to a partial measure so that it is complete with just the beats already inserted." msgstr "Konverterar den aktuella takten till en delvis takt så att den är komplett med enbart de redan infogade slagen." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/WholeMeasureRepeat.scm:25 msgid "Measure Repeat" msgstr "Taktsupprepning" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/WholeMeasureRepeat.xml.h:1 msgid "Whole Measure Repeat" msgstr "Upprepa hel takt" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/WholeMeasureRepeat.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:206 msgid "Inserts a whole measure repeat sign." msgstr "Infogar ett tecken för upprepning av en hel takt." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/CaptureScore/CaptureMeasures.xml.h:1 msgid "Capture Measures (Score)" msgstr "Kapningsåtgärder (poäng)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/CaptureScore/CaptureMeasures.xml.h:2 msgid "Creates blank measures one for each measure captured as a screenshot from a source score. Display the source score using any program. Click on opposite corners of each measure in turn to capture that measure as an image into Denemo. Right-click or scroll-wheel to switch corners to adjust. Press any key to finish. This command is for capturing in score form; to underlay each part with its own source measure use CaptureMeasuresPartPerStaff" msgstr "Skapar tomma mått, ett för varje mått som fångats som en skärmdump från en källpoäng. Visa källpartituret med valfritt program. Klicka på motsatta hörn av varje takt i tur och ordning för att fånga den takten som en bild i Denemo. Högerklicka eller skrolla med hjulet för att byta hörn att justera. Tryck på valfri tangent för att avsluta. Detta kommando är för att fånga i partiturform; för att lägga under varje del med sin egen källåtgärd använd CaptureMeasuresPartPerStaff" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/CaptureScore/DeleteCapturedMeasure.xml.h:1 msgid "Delete Captured Measure" msgstr "Ta bort fångad takt" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/CaptureScore/DeleteCapturedMeasure.xml.h:2 msgid "Deletes the captured image of the source measure for the current measure." msgstr "Raderar den tagna bilden av källmätningen för den aktuella mätningen." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/CaptureScore/InsertCaptureMeasure.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/CaptureScore/InsertCaptureMeasureForStaff.xml.h:1 msgid "Capture and Insert One Measure" msgstr "Fånga och infoga ett mått" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/CaptureScore/InsertCaptureMeasure.xml.h:2 msgid "Capture the image of a single measure (as screenshot) inserting at the current measure." msgstr "Ta en bild av ett enskilt mått (som skärmdump) som infogas vid det aktuella måttet." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/CheckForIncompleteMeasures.scm:21 msgid "All measures appear complete." msgstr "Alla takter verkar vara slutförda." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/CheckForIncompleteMeasures.scm:25 msgid "This measure has the wrong duration." msgstr "Denna takt har fel varaktighet." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/CheckForIncompleteMeasures.xml.h:1 msgid "Check for Irregular Measures" msgstr "Kontrollera för oregelbundna takter" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/CheckForIncompleteMeasures.xml.h:2 msgid "Checks each Denemo measure in the current movement for complete number of beats. Unless you explicitly set otherwise, on typesetting the notes will be re-distributed to the correct measures, which can lead to strange effects." msgstr "Kontrollerar varje Denemo-takt i den aktuella satsen för fullständigt antal slag. Om du inte uttryckligen anger något annat kommer noterna att omfördelas till rätt takter vid sättningen, vilket kan leda till märkliga effekter." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/CheckTimeSignatures.scm:17 msgid "Time Signature does not match " msgstr "Tidssignaturen stämmer inte överens " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/CheckTimeSignatures.scm:36 msgid "Time Signature not at start of measure" msgstr "taktart inte i början av måttet" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/CheckTimeSignatures.scm:54 msgid "Polymetric Staffs not checked" msgstr "Polymetric Staffs ej kontrollerad" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/CheckTimeSignatures.scm:54 msgid "No problem detected with time signature changes" msgstr "Inga problem upptäcks med ändringar av taktart" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/CheckTimeSignatures.xml.h:1 msgid "Check Time Signatures" msgstr "Kontrollera tidssignaturer" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/CheckTimeSignatures.xml.h:2 msgid "Checks the movement for miss-matched or miss-placed time signature changes." msgstr "Kontrollerar satsen för missmatchade eller felplacerade taktartsändringar." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/CreateIntro.scm:36 msgid "Non Empty Intro staff" msgstr "Ej tom Intro notsystem" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/CreateIntro.xml.h:1 msgid "Create Intro" msgstr "Skapa intro" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/CreateIntro.xml.h:2 msgid "Creates a new staff with a bar for nothing (an intro of the right number of beats)" msgstr "Skapar en ny notbild med en takt för ingenting (ett intro med rätt antal takter)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/DisplayEffects/AllStaffsHidden.xml.h:1 msgid "Hide All Staffs" msgstr "Dölj alla staber" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/DisplayEffects/AllStaffsHidden.xml.h:2 msgid "Makes all the staffs hidden in the display except for the one with the cursor." msgstr "Gör att alla notsystem döljs i displayen utom den med markören." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/DisplayEffects/AllStaffsVisible.xml.h:1 msgid "Show All Staffs" msgstr "Visa alla staber" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/DisplayEffects/AllStaffsVisible.xml.h:2 msgid "Makes all the staffs visible in the display." msgstr "Gör alla staber synliga i displayen." #. ChoseMinimumStaffSpacing #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/DisplayEffects/ChooseMinimumStaffSpacing.scm:2 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/DisplayEffects/ChooseMinimumStaffSpacing.xml.h:1 msgid "Minimum Staff Spacing" msgstr "Minsta avstånd mellan stavarna" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/DisplayEffects/ChooseMinimumStaffSpacing.scm:2 msgid "Give Value " msgstr "Ge värde " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/DisplayEffects/ChooseMinimumStaffSpacing.scm:5 msgid "Staffs in the Display will be at least " msgstr "Notsystem i skärm kommer att vara minst " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/DisplayEffects/ChooseMinimumStaffSpacing.scm:5 msgid " pixels apart" msgstr " pixlar ifrån varandra" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/DisplayEffects/ChooseMinimumStaffSpacing.xml.h:2 msgid "Sets the minimum distance in pixels between adjacent staffs in the Denemo Display. Staffs move further apart to accomodate leger lines where needed, unless fixed staff spacing is turned on. No effect on typesetting." msgstr "Ställer in det minsta avståndet i pixlar mellan intilliggande notsystem i Denemo Display. Stavarna flyttas längre ifrån varandra för att ge plats åt legeringslinjer där det behövs, såvida inte fast stavavstånd är aktiverat. Ingen effekt på sättningen." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/DuplicateOrMergeMovements.scm:5 msgid "Duplicate Movement" msgstr "Duplicera sats" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/DuplicateOrMergeMovements.scm:5 msgid "Merge with Previous Movement" msgstr "Sammanslagning med tidigare sats" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/DuplicateOrMergeMovements.scm:27 msgid "No Movement Before" msgstr "Ingen sats före" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/DuplicateOrMergeMovements.xml.h:1 msgid "Duplicate or Merge" msgstr "Duplicera eller sammanfoga" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/DuplicateOrMergeMovements.xml.h:2 msgid "Offers choice to duplicate the current movement or merge this movement with the previous one." msgstr "Erbjuder valet att duplicera den nuvarande satsen eller slå samman denna sats med den tidigare." #. #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/EvenOutStaffLengths.xml.h:1 msgid "Even Up the Staffs" msgstr "Jämna ut notsystemstyrkan" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/EvenOutStaffLengths.xml.h:2 msgid "Appends empty measures to any staffs that are too short." msgstr "Lägger till tomma mått till alla notsystem som är för korta." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/HideMovement.scm:11 msgid "This movement is a sketch - it will not be typeset with the default layout. You must have at least one movement that is typeset" msgstr "Den här satsen är en skiss - den kommer inte att sättas med standardlayouten. Du måste ha minst en sats som är typsatt" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/HideMovement.scm:12 msgid "Movement will be typeset normally" msgstr "Satsen kommer att sättas normalt" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/HideMovement.xml.h:1 msgid "Hide Movement as Sketch (Off/On)" msgstr "Dölj sats som skiss (Av/På)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/HideMovement.xml.h:2 msgid "Stops the current movement from being typeset (use for fragments of music, sketches etc). At least one movement must be typeset." msgstr "Stoppar den aktuella satsen från att sättas (används för musikfragment, skisser etc.). Minst en sats måste sättas." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/InsertMovement/AddMovement.xml.h:2 msgid "Adds a new movement with new time signature and titles." msgstr "Lägger till en ny sats med ny taktart och nya titlar." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/MvntComment.scm:6 msgid "Click to edit comment" msgstr "Klicka för att redigera kommentaren" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/MvntComment.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChordComment.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/ScoreComment.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/StaffComment.xml.h:1 msgid "Comment" msgstr "Kommentar" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/MvntComment.xml.h:2 msgid "Stores textual comments for this movement" msgstr "Lagrar textkommentarer för denna sats" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Playback/MuteStaffs.scm:12 msgid "Choose Staffs to Mute" msgstr "Välj notsystem som ska tystas" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Playback/SetMovementTempo.scm:3 msgid "Tempo of Movement" msgstr "Tempo i satsn" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Playback/SetMovementTempo.scm:3 msgid "Give quarter notes per minute:" msgstr "Ge kvartsnoter per minut:" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Playback/SetMovementTempo.xml.h:1 msgid "MIDI Tempo" msgstr "MIDI Tempo" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Playback/SetMovementTempo.xml.h:2 msgid "Sets the (initial) tempo in quarter notes per minute." msgstr "Ställer in (start)tempot i fjärdedelsnoter per minut." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Playback/TransposeOnPlayback.scm:10 msgid "Playback Transposition" msgstr "Transposition för uppspelning" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Playback/TransposeOnPlayback.scm:10 msgid "Give semitones (+/-)" msgstr "Ge halvtoner (+/-)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Playback/TransposeOnPlayback.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Playback/TransposeScoreOnPlayback.scm:5 msgid "Transpose on Playback" msgstr "Transponera vid uppspelning" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Playback/TransposeOnPlayback.xml.h:2 msgid "Sets the MIDI transpose on each staff of the current movement up or down by the number of semitones given." msgstr "Ställer in MIDI-transponeringen för varje notsystem i den aktuella satsen uppåt eller nedåt med det antal halvtoner som anges." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:25 msgid "" "There are unclosed tuplets in this bar.\n" " Please fix - see CheckTuplets command." msgstr "" "Det finns oavslutade tuplets i denna taktstreck.\n" " Vänligen åtgärda - se kommandot CheckTuplets." #. query the user: should we split the note, or let him/her do it? #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:333 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:336 msgid "Split This Note" msgstr "Dela denna not" #. need to stop if we hit cancel #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:333 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:335 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:336 msgid "Split All" msgstr "Dela alla" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:333 msgid "Stop Here" msgstr "Stanna här" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:365 msgid "" "This measure's discrepancy requires a tuplet.\n" "Please adjust manually and run this script again." msgstr "" "Den här åtgärdens avvikelse kräver en tuplet.\n" "Justera manuellt och kör skriptet igen." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:385 msgid "Search for under/overfull bars" msgstr "Sök efter under/överfyllda staplar" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:386 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:389 msgid "Pad underfull bars with rests" msgstr "Stoppa underfyllda barer med viloplatser" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:386 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:388 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:389 msgid "Pad underfull bars with blank rests" msgstr "Fylla underfyllda barer med tomma viloplatser" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:387 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:390 msgid "Rebar-Merge underfull, split overfull bars" msgstr "Armeringsjärn-Sammanfoga underfyllda, dela överfyllda stänger" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:391 msgid "Entire Staff" msgstr "Hela notsystemet" #. let's try to return cursor to here when done. #. Start at top staff, top voice #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:391 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:398 msgid "This Point Onwards" msgstr "Denna punkt och framåt" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:391 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:395 msgid "Entire Movement" msgstr "Hela satsn" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:422 msgid "Problem with measure length" msgstr "Problem med mätlängd" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.xml.h:1 msgid "Adjust the Measure Lengths" msgstr "Justera mätlängderna" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.xml.h:2 msgid "Removes gaps in duration of measures, redistributes the notes according to the time signature." msgstr "Tar bort luckor i taktens längd, omfördelar noterna enligt taktarten." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/SplitMovementAtCursor.xml.h:1 msgid "Split Movement" msgstr "Delad sats" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/SplitMovementAtCursor.xml.h:2 msgid "Splits the movement at the cursor. Place the cursor after any time signature or key signature change that applies to the split-off movement." msgstr "Delar upp satsen vid markören. Placera markören efter varje ändring av taktart eller tonart som gäller för den uppdelade satsen." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/AppendPostscript.scm:3 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:3 msgid "" "Wait for your vector graphics editor to start.\n" "It will open an SVG file of the same name, if available,\n" "but be sure to save as encapsulated postscript (eps).\n" "You will need to refresh the print view to see your changes.\n" "When saving your eps it is good to save as SVG file format as well, \n" "as this will give better editing later. \n" "Quit your graphics editor before quitting this dialog\n" "to return to work in Denemo." msgstr "" "Vänta tills din vektorgrafikredigerare startar.\n" "Den kommer att öppna en SVG-fil med samma namn, om den finns tillgänglig,\n" "men se till att spara som encapsulated postscript (eps).\n" "Du kommer att behöva uppdatera utskriftsvyn för att se dina ändringar.\n" "När du sparar din eps-fil är det bra att även spara den som SVG-fil,\n" "eftersom detta ger bättre redigering senare. \n" "Avsluta din grafikredigerare innan du avslutar denna dialog\n" "för att återgå till arbetet i Denemo." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/AppendPostscript.scm:21 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/AppendPostscript.scm:75 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:20 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:76 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:23 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:136 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/GraphicTitlePage.scm:22 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/GraphicTitlePage.scm:79 msgid "Edit the file " msgstr "Redigera filen " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/AppendPostscript.scm:21 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:20 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/GraphicTitlePage.scm:22 msgid "Edit width and position " msgstr "Redigera bredd och position " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/AppendPostscript.scm:26 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/AppendPostscript.scm:27 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/AppendPostscript.scm:28 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/AppendPostscript.scm:71 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/AppendPostscript.scm:93 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/InsertSpaceBeforeMovement.scm:8 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:25 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:26 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:27 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:70 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:73 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:74 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:75 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:94 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:32 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:124 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:132 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:156 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/GraphicTitlePage.scm:27 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/GraphicTitlePage.scm:28 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/GraphicTitlePage.scm:29 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/GraphicTitlePage.scm:75 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/GraphicTitlePage.scm:91 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/GraphicTitlePage.scm:106 msgid "Encapsulated Postscript File" msgstr "Inkapslad Postscript-fil" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/AppendPostscript.scm:26 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:25 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:73 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:32 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/GraphicTitlePage.scm:27 msgid "Give width required:" msgstr "Ange önskad bredd:" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/AppendPostscript.scm:27 msgid "Give space above required:" msgstr "Ge utrymme ovan som krävs:" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/AppendPostscript.scm:28 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:27 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:75 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/GraphicTitlePage.scm:29 msgid "Give space to the left required:" msgstr "Ge utrymme till vänster som krävs:" #. (if filename #. (d-WarningDialog (_ "This will replace the current definition"))) #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/AppendPostscript.scm:61 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:60 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:114 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/GraphicTitlePage.scm:63 msgid "Start From Template" msgstr "Starta från mall" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/AppendPostscript.scm:75 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:76 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:136 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/GraphicTitlePage.scm:79 msgid "Use the file unedited" msgstr "Använd filen oredigerad" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/AppendPostscript.scm:91 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:92 msgid "The file " msgstr "Filen " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/AppendPostscript.scm:91 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:92 msgid "" "does not exist\n" "Perhaps you saved to a different directory?" msgstr "" "finns inte\n" "Du kanske sparade i en annan katalog?" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/AppendPostscript.scm:93 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:94 msgid "Delete prepended postscript?" msgstr "Ta bort prepended postscript?" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/AppendPostscript.scm:96 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:97 msgid "Prepended Postscript Deleted" msgstr "Inledande PostScript borttaget" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/AppendPostscript.xml.h:1 msgid "Append Encapsulated Postscript" msgstr "Append Inkapslad Postscript" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/AppendPostscript.xml.h:2 msgid "Places text/graphics from an encapsulated postscript file at the end of the current movement. Use this for columns of text or images, fancy titles etc. prepared in other programs which are to appear after the music." msgstr "Placerar text/grafik från en inkapslad postscript-fil i slutet av den aktuella satsen. Använd detta för kolumner med text eller bilder, snygga titlar etc. som förberetts i andra program och som ska visas efter musiken." #. Chapter #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/BookTitles/Chapter.scm:2 msgid "Give heading or blank out to delete: " msgstr "Ge rubrik eller bläddra ut för att radera: " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/BookTitles/Chapter.xml.h:1 msgid "Heading" msgstr "Rubrik" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/BookTitles/Chapter.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints a heading the current movement" msgstr "Skriver ut en rubrik för den aktuella satsn" #. Piece #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/BookTitles/Piece.scm:2 msgid "Give name for this piece of the current movement or blank out to delete: " msgstr "Ge namn åt denna del av den nuvarande satsn eller bläddra ut för att radera: " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/BookTitles/Piece.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/SimpleTitles/MovementPiece.xml.h:1 msgid "Piece" msgstr "Stycke" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/BookTitles/Piece.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints a piece name for the Movement" msgstr "Skriver ut ett stycknamn för satsn" #. Section #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/BookTitles/Section.scm:2 msgid "Give name for movement sub-title or blank out to delete: " msgstr "Ange namn för satsns undertitel eller bläddra ut för att radera: " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/BookTitles/Section.xml.h:1 msgid "Sub-Title" msgstr "Undertitel" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/BookTitles/Section.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints a subtitle for the Movement" msgstr "Skriver ut en undertext för satsn" #. TitledPiece #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/BookTitles/TitledPiece.scm:2 msgid "Give title for the movement or blank out to delete: " msgstr "Ange en titel för satsen eller töm fältet för att ta bort den: " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/BookTitles/TitledPiece.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/SimpleTitles/MovementTitle.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookTitle.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreTitle.xml.h:1 msgid "Title" msgstr "Titel" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/BookTitles/TitledPiece.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints title for the current movement" msgstr "Skriver ut titel för den aktuella satsn" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/InsertSpaceBeforeMovement.scm:8 msgid "Give space between title and score:" msgstr "Ge utrymme mellan titel och not:" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/InsertSpaceBeforeMovement.scm:15 msgid "Delete spacer?" msgstr "Ta bort distansen?" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/InsertSpaceBeforeMovement.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:221 msgid "Inserts blank space above the movement." msgstr "Infogar tomt utrymme ovanför satsn." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/MarkupAtEnd.scm:6 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/MarkupAtEnd.scm:15 msgid "Markup At End" msgstr "Markup i slutet" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/MarkupAtEnd.scm:15 msgid "Edit markup:" msgstr "Redigera markup:" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/MarkupAtEnd.xml.h:1 msgid "Text after Movement" msgstr "Text efter sats" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/MarkupAtEnd.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts the given Lilypond markup syntax after the current movement." msgstr "Infogar den angivna Lilypond-markupsyntaxen efter den aktuella satsn." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:26 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:74 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/GraphicTitlePage.scm:28 msgid "Give space below required:" msgstr "Ge utrymme nedan som krävs:" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.xml.h:1 msgid "Prepend Encapsulated Postscript" msgstr "Prepend Inkapslad Postscript" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.xml.h:2 msgid "Places text/graphics from an encapsulated postscript file at the start of the current movement. Use this for columns of text or images, fancy titles etc. prepared in other programs which are to appear before the music." msgstr "Placerar text/grafik från en inkapslad postscript-fil i början av den aktuella satsen. Använd detta för kolumner med text eller bilder, snygga titlar etc. som förberetts i andra program och som ska visas före musiken." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/SimpleTitles/MovementComposer.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookComposer.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreComposer.xml.h:1 msgid "Composer" msgstr "Kompositör" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/SimpleTitles/MovementComposer.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints a composer name for current movement." msgstr "Skriver ut kompositörens namn för aktuell sats." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/SimpleTitles/MovementPiece.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints the name given above and to the left at the start of the movement." msgstr "Skriver ut det namn som anges ovan och till vänster i början av satsn." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/SimpleTitles/MovementSubtitle.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreSubtitle.xml.h:1 msgid "Subtitle" msgstr "Underrubrik" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/SimpleTitles/MovementSubtitle.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints the name given below the title of this movement." msgstr "Skriv ut det namn som anges under titeln på denna sats." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/SimpleTitles/MovementTitles.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreTitles.xml.h:1 msgid "Set Titles" msgstr "Uppsättning Titlar" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/SimpleTitles/MovementTitles.xml.h:2 msgid "Set titles for this movement. The names of the various titles are just suggestions, any sort of title can be placed in any field. See the manual for the default positioning of each title." msgstr "Ställ in titlar för denna sats. Namnen på de olika titlarna är bara förslag, alla typer av titlar kan placeras i alla fält. Se manualen för standardpositionering av varje titel." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/SimpleTitles/MovementTitle.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints the name given as a title above the current movement." msgstr "Skriver ut det namn som anges som titel ovanför den aktuella satsn." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/AllowBreakAtBeat.xml.h:1 msgid "Allow Breaks at Beats" msgstr "Tillåt pauser vid Beats" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/AllowBreakAtBeat.xml.h:2 msgid "Allows the typesetter to break lines at each beat in a bar, instead of just at the end. Time signature changes must be handled manually (using Allow Page/Line Break command)." msgstr "Gör det möjligt för sättaren att bryta raderna vid varje taktslag i en takt, istället för bara i slutet. Taktartsändringar måste hanteras manuellt (med kommandot Allow Page/Line Break)." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/AllowBreakAtHalfBar.xml.h:1 msgid "Allow Breaks at Half Measure" msgstr "Tillåt pauser vid halva måttet" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/AllowBreakAtHalfBar.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a non-printing barline half-way through each bar from the cursor position onwards, which allows the typesetter to choose a line or page break at those places." msgstr "Infogar en icke-tryckbar strecklinje halvvägs genom varje streck från markörpositionen och framåt, vilket gör det möjligt för sättaren att välja en rad- eller sidbrytning på dessa ställen." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/BlankPage.scm:11 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/BlankPage.scm:20 msgid "Give text to appear on blank page, if any " msgstr "Ange eventuell text som ska visas på den tomma sidan " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/BlankPage.scm:11 msgid "This page is intentionally left blank" msgstr "Denna sida är avsiktligt lämnad tom" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/BlankPage.xml.h:1 msgid "Blank Page Before" msgstr "Blank sida före" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/BlankPage.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a blank page (with optional text) before the current movement." msgstr "Infogar en tom sida (med valfri text) före den aktuella satsn." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/Custos.xml.h:1 msgid "Custos (On/Off)" msgstr "Custos (På/Av)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/Custos.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints a custos at the end of each line for the current movement. Repeat command to turn custos off." msgstr "Skriver ut en custos i slutet av varje rad för den aktuella satsen. Upprepa kommandot för att stänga av custos." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/HideBarlines.scm:7 msgid "Hide Barlines" msgstr "Dölj strecklinjer" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/HideBarlines.xml.h:1 msgid "(Print) Hide Barlines" msgstr "(Skriv ut) Dölj strecklinjer" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/HideBarlines.xml.h:2 msgid "Omits barlines when printing." msgstr "Utelämnar strecklinjer vid utskrift." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/HideEmptyStaffsAllSystems.scm:15 msgid "Empty staffs hidden in all systems" msgstr "Tomma staber dolda i alla system" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/HideEmptyStaffsAllSystems.xml.h:1 msgid "Hide Empty Staffs on All Systems (Off/On)" msgstr "Dölj tomma notsystem på alla system (av/på)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/HideEmptyStaffsAllSystems.xml.h:2 msgid "Hides empty staffs on the first and subsequent systems (Off/On). See also the command \"Hide Empty Staffs (Off/On)\" which keeps all staffs for the first system." msgstr "Döljer tomma notsystem i första och efterföljande system (av/på). Se även kommandot ”Dölj tomma notsystem (av/på)”, som behåller alla notsystem i första systemet." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/HideEmptyStaffs.scm:9 msgid "Empty Systems Hidden" msgstr "Tomma system dolda" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/HideEmptyStaffs.xml.h:1 msgid "Hide Empty Staffs (Off/On)" msgstr "Dölj tomma notsystem (av/på)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/HideEmptyStaffs.xml.h:2 msgid "Controls whether staffs containing only rests are printed in the current movement. All staffs are printed on the first system (line) thereafter any staff that has only rests for a entire system is dropped. Use this in large scores to fit more systems per page." msgstr "Styr om notsystem som endast innehåller pauser skrivs ut i den aktuella satsen. Alla notsystem skrivs ut i första systemet. Därefter utelämnas notsystem som endast har pauser genom ett helt system. Använd detta i stora partitur för att få plats med fler system per sida." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/MovementBeamingRules.xml.h:1 msgid "Beaming Rules" msgstr "Balkningsregler" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/MovementBeamingRules.xml.h:2 msgid "Add/Replace rules to be used for beaming in the current movement. With no selection gets the beat for beams to be divided for the prevailing time signature at the cursor. If a there is a selection this will be used as the set of rules. In this case indicate the beaming desired using the manual beam commands [ and ], giving all the beaming rules wanted using several measures if needed (no other rules are used). Repeat with different selections to add further rules." msgstr "Lägg till eller ersätt regler för balkning i den aktuella satsen. Utan markering används taktslagen som ska delas för aktuell taktart vid markören. Om det finns en markering används den som regeluppsättning. Ange då önskad balkning med de manuella balkkommandona [ och ] och använd flera takter vid behov för alla regler. Upprepa med olika markeringar för att lägga till fler regler." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/MovementPageBreak.scm:4 msgid "Page Break Removed before Movement Title" msgstr "Sidbrytning borttagen före satstitel" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/MovementPageBreak.scm:5 msgid "Page Break Inserted before Movement Title" msgstr "Sidbrytning infogad före satstitel" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/MovementPageBreak.scm:20 msgid "Make Conditional" msgstr "Gör villkorligt" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/MovementPageBreak.scm:20 msgid "Delete Page Break" msgstr "Ta bort sidbrytning" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/MovementPageBreak.xml.h:1 msgid "Page Break Before" msgstr "Sidbrytning före" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/MovementPageBreak.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints this movement starting on a new page" msgstr "Skriver ut satsen med början på en ny sida" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsBaroque.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl/ChooseNotehead.scm:5 msgid "Baroque" msgstr "Barock" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsBaroque.xml.h:2 msgid "Baroque note head style for the current movement." msgstr "Barock nothuvudstil för den aktuella satsen." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsCross.xml.h:2 msgid "Cross note head style for the current movement." msgstr "Korsformat nothuvud för den aktuella satsen." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsDefault.xml.h:2 msgid "Default note head style for the current movement." msgstr "Standardnothuvudstil för den aktuella satsen." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsDelete.xml.h:1 msgid "Delete Movement Notehead Settings" msgstr "Ta bort nothuvudinställningar för satsen" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsDelete.xml.h:2 msgid "Delete note head style of this movement. Reset to whatever Score or Lilypond has set as default." msgstr "Tar bort nothuvudstil för satsen och återställer till den standard som partituret eller LilyPond har angett." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsDiamond.xml.h:2 msgid "Diamond note head style for the current movement." msgstr "Rombformat nothuvud för den aktuella satsen." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsHarmonic-black.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsHarmonic-mixed.xml.h:1 msgid "Harmonic-black" msgstr "Harmonic-svart" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsHarmonic-black.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsHarmonic-mixed.xml.h:2 msgid "Harmonic-black note head style for the current movement." msgstr "Harmonic-black-nothuvudstil för den aktuella satsen." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsHarmonic.xml.h:2 msgid "Harmonic note head style for the current movement." msgstr "Harmonisk nothuvudstil för den aktuella satsen." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsMensural.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl/ChooseNotehead.scm:7 msgid "Mensural" msgstr "Mensural" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsMensural.xml.h:2 msgid "Mensural note head style for the current movement." msgstr "Mensural nothuvudstil för den aktuella satsen." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsNeomensural.xml.h:1 msgid "Neomensural" msgstr "Neomensural" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsNeomensural.xml.h:2 msgid "Neomensural note head style for the current movement." msgstr "Neomensural nothuvudstil för den aktuella satsen." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsPetrucci.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl/ChooseNotehead.scm:8 msgid "Petrucci" msgstr "Petrucci" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsPetrucci.xml.h:2 msgid "Petrucci note head style for the current movement." msgstr "Petrucci-nothuvudstil för den aktuella satsen." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsSlash.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl/ChooseNotehead.scm:16 msgid "Slash" msgstr "Slash" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsSlash.xml.h:2 msgid "Slash note head style for the current movement." msgstr "Slash-nothuvudstil för den aktuella satsen." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsXcircle.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl/ChooseNotehead.scm:15 msgid "Triangle" msgstr "Triangel" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsXcircle.xml.h:2 msgid "Triangle note head style for the current movement." msgstr "Triangelformat nothuvud för den aktuella satsen." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/PolymetricStaffs.scm:6 msgid "Polymetric Staffs will no longer typeset" msgstr "Polymetriska notsystem typsätts inte längre" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/PolymetricStaffs.scm:24 msgid "Staffs can have differing time signatures" msgstr "Notsystem kan ha olika taktarter" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/PolymetricStaffs.xml.h:1 msgid "Polymetric Staffs (Off/On)" msgstr "Polymetriska notsystem (av/på)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/PolymetricStaffs.xml.h:2 msgid "Turns on/off independent time signatures and barline on the staffs. Use for polymetric notation." msgstr "Slår på eller av oberoende taktarter och taktstreck i notsystemen. Använd för polymetrisk notation." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/PrintLayout/Indent.scm:6 msgid "Choose indent for Current Movement" msgstr "Välj indrag för aktuell sats" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/PrintLayout/Indent.scm:6 msgid "Give indent or Cancel to unset movement indent" msgstr "Ange indrag eller Avbryt för att ta bort satsindrag" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/PrintLayout/Indent.scm:11 msgid "Indent= " msgstr "Indrag= " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/PrintLayout/Indent.scm:15 msgid "Movement indent dropped. Score indent will be used for this movement" msgstr "Satsens indrag har tagits bort. Partiturets indrag används för satsen." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/PrintLayout/Indent.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/ScoreIndent.xml.h:1 msgid "Indent" msgstr "Dra in" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/PrintLayout/Indent.xml.h:2 msgid "Alter the indent of the opening system for the current movement." msgstr "Ändra indraget i första systemet för den aktuella satsen." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/PrintLayout/RaggedRight.scm:7 msgid "Flush Right" msgstr "Högerjustera" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/PrintLayout/RaggedRight.xml.h:1 msgid "Ragged Right (On/Off)" msgstr "Ojämn högerkant (på/av)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/PrintLayout/RaggedRight.xml.h:2 msgid "If the current movement has only one system it will be stretched to the right margin. Run the command again to turn this off." msgstr "Om den aktuella satsen bara har ett system kommer den att sträckas ut till högermarginalen. Kör kommandot igen för att stänga av detta." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SeparateMovement.scm:4 msgid "Cannot use this command with Book Titles" msgstr "Det går inte att använda detta kommando med boktitlar" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SeparateMovement.scm:9 msgid "Separated Movement status dropped" msgstr "Status för separerad sats borttagen" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SeparateMovement.scm:13 msgid "Movement will be separated from others" msgstr "Satsen kommer att separeras från andra" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SeparateMovement.xml.h:1 msgid "Separated Movement (On/Off)" msgstr "Separera sats (på/av)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SeparateMovement.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints this movement on its own page(s). Not for use with Book Titles." msgstr "Skriver ut denna sats på en eller flera egna sidor. Används inte med boktitlar." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/ReduceSystemSpacing.scm:4 msgid "Normal System Spacing is restored" msgstr "Normalt systemavstånd har återställts" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/ReduceSystemSpacing.xml.h:1 msgid "Reduce Space Between Systems (On/Off)" msgstr "Minska avståndet mellan system (på/av)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/ReduceSystemSpacing.xml.h:2 msgid "Reduces the gap between the systems of staffs on a page for the current movement." msgstr "Minskar avståndet mellan notsystemens system på en sida för den aktuella satsen." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/SwitchMensuralBarlines.xml.h:1 msgid "(Print) Mensural Barlines (On/Off)" msgstr "(Skriv ut) Mensurala taktstreck (på/av)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/SwitchMensuralBarlines.xml.h:2 msgid "Draw the barlines only between the staves but not inside." msgstr "Ritar taktstreck endast mellan notsystemen, inte genom dem." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/TransposeMovementPrint.scm:6 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/TransposeScorePrint.scm:51 msgid "Set Transpose Interval" msgstr "Ställ in transponeringens intervall" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/TransposeMovementPrint.scm:6 msgid "" "Give Interval to transpose by as two note names, \n" " for example \"c g\" means transpose 5th up.\n" " Note names are in Dutch!!! a,b,c ... are the same but\n" " \"es\" = flat, so e.g. bes means b-flat\n" " \"is\" = sharp so e.g fis means f-sharp\n" " Use commas for octave(s) down, \n" " single-quotes for octave(s) up\n" " e.g. c c' means octave up.\n" " You do not have to start with c\n" " e.g. d e means a tone higher.\n" " " msgstr "Ange transponeringsintervallet som två notnamn. Till exempel betyder \"c g\" att du transponerar upp en kvint. Notnamnen använder nederländsk notation: a,b,c … är desamma, men \"es\" = ♭, så t.ex. betyder bes b♭ \"is\" = ♯, så t.ex. betyder cis c♯." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/TransposeMovementPrint.xml.h:1 msgid "Transpose on Print" msgstr "Transponera vid utskrift" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/TransposeMovementPrint.xml.h:2 msgid "The current movement will be printed transposed by the interval given." msgstr "Den aktuella satsen skrivs ut transponerad med det angivna intervallet." #. (d-MoveCursorRight) #. (d-RefreshDisplay))) #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/Beam1234.xml.h:1 msgid "Beam 4 Beats" msgstr "Balkar om fyra slag" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/Beam1234.xml.h:2 msgid "Beams end on each quarter note (up to 4)." msgstr "Balkarna avslutas vid varje kvartsnot, upp till fyra." #. BeamLeftNone #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/BeamLeftNone.xml.h:1 msgid "No Beam Left" msgstr "Ingen balk åt vänster" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/BeamLeftNone.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:147 msgid "Typeset the note at the cursor with no beam to the left." msgstr "Typsätter noten vid markören utan balk åt vänster." #. BeamLeftOne #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/BeamLeftOne.xml.h:1 msgid "One Beam Left" msgstr "En balk åt vänster" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/BeamLeftOne.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:149 msgid "Prints with just one beam linking to left." msgstr "Typsätter med endast en balk åt vänster." #. BeamLeftThree #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/BeamLeftThree.xml.h:1 msgid "Three Beams Left" msgstr "Tre balkar åt vänster" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/BeamLeftThree.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:153 msgid "Prints with just three beams linking to the left." msgstr "Typsätter med endast tre balkar åt vänster." #. BeamLeftTwo #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/BeamLeftTwo.xml.h:1 msgid "Two Beams Left" msgstr "Två balkar åt vänster" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/BeamLeftTwo.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:151 msgid "Prints with just two beams linking to the left." msgstr "Typsätter med endast två balkar åt vänster." #. BeamRightNone #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/BeamRightNone.xml.h:1 msgid "No Beam Right" msgstr "Ingen balk åt höger" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/BeamRightNone.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:146 msgid "Typeset the note at the cursor with no beam to the right." msgstr "Typsätter noten vid markören utan balk åt höger." #. BeamRightOne #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/BeamRightOne.xml.h:1 msgid "One Beam Right" msgstr "En balk åt höger" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/BeamRightOne.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:148 msgid "Prints with just one beam linking to the right." msgstr "Typsätter med endast en balk åt höger." #. BeamRightThree #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/BeamRightThree.xml.h:1 msgid "Three Beams Right" msgstr "Tre balkar åt höger" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/BeamRightThree.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:152 msgid "Prints with just three beams linking to the right." msgstr "Typsätter med endast tre balkar åt höger." #. BeamRightTwo #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/BeamRightTwo.xml.h:1 msgid "Two Beams Right" msgstr "Två balkar åt höger" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/BeamRightTwo.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:150 msgid "Prints with just two beams linking to the right." msgstr "Typsätter med endast två balkar åt höger." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/DeleteBeamingDirective.xml.h:1 msgid "Delete Beaming Directive" msgstr "Ta bort balkningsdirektiv" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/DeleteBeamingDirective.xml.h:2 msgid "Deletes a ] or [ (end or start beam) directive on the current chord." msgstr "Tar bort ett ]- eller [-direktiv för slut respektive start av balk vid det aktuella ackordet." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/EndBeam.xml.h:1 msgid "End Beam" msgstr "Avsluta balk" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/EndBeam.xml.h:2 msgid "Instructs LilyPond engraver to stop previously started manual beaming. Print effect only." msgstr "Instruerar LilyPonds typsättare att avsluta tidigare påbörjad manuell balkning. Påverkar endast utskrift." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/NoBeam.scm:13 msgid "No beam possible here" msgstr "Ingen balk möjlig här" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/NoBeam.xml.h:1 msgid "No Beam" msgstr "Ingen balk" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/NoBeam.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:154 msgid "(Print) Removes beam from current note" msgstr "(Print) Tar bort strålen från aktuell not" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/ReplicateManualBeams.scm:144 msgid "Selection must start and end in the same bar" msgstr "Urvalet måste börja och sluta i samma taktstreck" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/ReplicateManualBeams.xml.h:1 msgid "Replicate Beams from Selection" msgstr "Replikera balkar från urval" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/ReplicateManualBeams.xml.h:2 msgid "Copies the manual beams set in the current selection to occurrences of the same rhythmic pattern at the same beat (in the same time signature) in the rest of the staff. Include rests if they are part of the pattern." msgstr "Kopierar de manuella balkar som ställts in i det aktuella urvalet till förekomster av samma rytmiska mönster på samma taktslag (i samma taktart) i resten av notsystemet. Inkludera vilopauser om de är en del av mönstret." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/StartBeam.xml.h:1 msgid "Start Beam" msgstr "Start Stråle" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/StartBeam.xml.h:2 msgid "Instructs the LilyPond engraver to start a beam here. (Print effect only)" msgstr "Instruerar LilyPond-graveraren att starta en balk här. (Endast utskriftseffekt)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/Augment.xml.h:1 msgid "Augment" msgstr "Augment" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/Augment.xml.h:2 msgid "Doubles the duration of the note/chord/rest at the cursor or the selection. E.g. Quarter Note becomes Half Note." msgstr "Fördubblar längden på noten/ackordet/vilan vid markören eller markeringen. T.ex. kvartsnot blir halvnot." #. not music #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/ChangeBreve.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Breve.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/InsertDuration/InsertBreve.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/SelectDuration/SetBreve.xml.h:1 msgid "Breve" msgstr "Breve" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/ChangeBreve.xml.h:2 msgid "Change current note duration to Breve" msgstr "Ändra aktuell notlängd till Breve" #. not a chord #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/ChangeLonga.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Longa.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/InsertDuration/InsertLonga.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/SelectDuration/SetLonga.xml.h:1 msgid "Longa" msgstr "Longa" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/ChangeLonga.xml.h:2 msgid "Change current note duration to Longa" msgstr "Ändra nuvarande anteckningslängd till Longa" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/ChangeTo0.xml.h:1 msgid "Change Duration To 𝅝" msgstr "Ändra varaktighet till 𝅝" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/ChangeTo0.xml.h:2 msgid "Changes the note or rest at the cursor to 𝅝 duration. Works also in appending position." msgstr "Ändrar noten eller vilan vid markören till 𝅝 duration. Fungerar även i hängande position." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/ChangeTo1.xml.h:1 msgid "Change Duration To 𝅗𝅥" msgstr "Ändra varaktighet till 𝅗𝅥" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/ChangeTo1.xml.h:2 msgid "Changes the note or rest at the cursor to 𝅗𝅥 duration. Works also in appending position." msgstr "Ändrar noten eller vilan vid markören till 𝅗𝅥 duration. Fungerar även i bifogad position." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/ChangeTo2.xml.h:1 msgid "Change Duration To 𝅘𝅥" msgstr "Ändra varaktighet till 𝅘𝅥" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/ChangeTo2.xml.h:2 msgid "Changes the note or rest at the cursor to 𝅘𝅥 duration. Works also in appending position." msgstr "Ändrar noten eller vilan vid markören till 𝅘𝅥 duration. Fungerar även i bifogad position." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/ChangeTo3.xml.h:1 msgid "Change Duration To 𝅘𝅥𝅮" msgstr "Ändra varaktighet till 𝅘𝅥𝅮" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/ChangeTo3.xml.h:2 msgid "Changes the note or rest at the cursor to 𝅘𝅥𝅮 duration. Works also in appending position." msgstr "Ändrar noten eller vilan vid markören till 𝅘𝅥𝅮 duration. Fungerar även i bifogad position." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/ChangeTo4.xml.h:1 msgid "Change Duration To 𝅘𝅥𝅯" msgstr "Ändra varaktighet till 𝅘𝅥𝅯" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/ChangeTo4.xml.h:2 msgid "Changes the note or rest at the cursor to 𝅘𝅥𝅯 duration. Works also in appending position." msgstr "Ändrar noten eller vilan vid markören till 𝅘𝅥𝅯 duration. Fungerar även i bifogad position." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/ChangeTo5.xml.h:1 msgid "Change Duration To 𝅘𝅥𝅰" msgstr "Ändra varaktighet till 𝅘𝅥𝅰" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/ChangeTo5.xml.h:2 msgid "Changes the note or rest at the cursor to 𝅘𝅥𝅰 duration. Works also in appending position." msgstr "Ändrar noten eller vilan vid markören till 𝅘𝅥𝅰 duration. Fungerar även i bifogad position." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/ChangeTo6.xml.h:1 msgid "Change Duration To 𝅘𝅥𝅱" msgstr "Ändra varaktighet till 𝅘𝅥𝅱" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/ChangeTo6.xml.h:2 msgid "Changes the note or rest at the cursor to 𝅘𝅥𝅱 duration. Works also in appending position." msgstr "Ändrar noten eller vilan vid markören till 𝅘𝅥𝅱 duration. Fungerar även i bifogad position." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/ChangeTo7.xml.h:1 msgid "Change Duration To 𝅘𝅥𝅲" msgstr "Ändra varaktighet till 𝅘𝅥𝅲" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/ChangeTo7.xml.h:2 msgid "Changes the note or rest at the cursor to 𝅘𝅥𝅲 duration. Works also in appending position." msgstr "Ändrar noten eller vilan vid markören till 𝅘𝅥𝅲 duration. Fungerar även i bifogad position." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/Diminish.xml.h:1 msgid "Diminish" msgstr "Förminska" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/Diminish.xml.h:2 msgid "Halves the duration of the note/chord/rest at the cursor or the selection. E.g. Quarter Note becomes Eighth Note." msgstr "Halverar längden på noten/ackordet/vilan vid markören eller markeringen. T.ex. kvartsnot blir åttondelsnot." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/DotDoubleDotNoDot.scm:11 msgid "Cursor must be on a chord/note/rest" msgstr "Markören måste vara på ett ackord/not/paus" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/DotDoubleDotNoDot.xml.h:1 msgid "Dot" msgstr "Punkt" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/DotDoubleDotNoDot.xml.h:2 msgid "Adds a dot to the note/rest/chord at the cursor, or removes them if double dotted." msgstr "Lägger till en prick till noten/vilan/ackordet vid markören, eller tar bort dem om de är dubbelprickiga." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/DottedRhythmSlurred.xml.h:1 msgid "Create Slurred, Dotted Rhythm" msgstr "Skapa sluddrig, prickig rytm" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/DottedRhythmSlurred.xml.h:2 msgid "In appending position, dots the note or rest at the cursor and appends a note of half the duration so as to create a dotted rhythm. Slurs the two notes together." msgstr "I tilläggsposition prickar du noten eller vilan vid markören och lägger till en not med halva varaktigheten så att du skapar en prickad rytm. Slurrar ihop de två noterna." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/DottedRhythm.xml.h:1 msgid "Create Dotted Rhythm" msgstr "Skapa prickig rytm" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/DottedRhythm.xml.h:2 msgid "In appending position, dots the note or rest at the cursor and appends a note of half the duration so as to create a dotted rhythm." msgstr "I tilläggsposition prickar du noten eller vilan vid markören och lägger till en not med halva varaktigheten för att skapa en prickad rytm." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/Dottify2.xml.h:1 msgid "Dottify2" msgstr "Dottify2" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/Dottify2.xml.h:2 msgid "As Dottify command but dotted rhythm created is dotted note plus two notes of a quarter the duration. Total duration is unchanged." msgstr "Som Dottify-kommandot men den prickade rytmen som skapas är prickad not plus två noter med en kvarts varaktighet. Total varaktighet är oförändrad." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/Dottify.xml.h:1 msgid "Dottify" msgstr "Dottify" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/Dottify.xml.h:2 msgid "Turns the note on or before the cursor into a dotted rhythm with the same total duration." msgstr "Förvandlar noten på eller före markören till en prickad rytm med samma totala varaktighet." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/JoinChordsToMergedChord.xml.h:1 msgid "Join music objects to new chord" msgstr "Sammanfoga musikobjekt till nytt ackord" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/JoinChordsToMergedChord.xml.h:2 msgid "Joins all notes, chords and rests in the selection and inserts all selected notes as chord. May create tied notes." msgstr "Sammanfogar alla noter, ackord och pauser i markeringen och infogar alla markerade noter som ackord. Kan skapa bundna noter." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/JoinChords.xml.h:1 msgid "Join music objects" msgstr "Sammanfoga musikobjekt" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/JoinChords.xml.h:2 msgid "Joins all notes, chords and rests in the selection and inserts a new, longer note instead. May create tied notes. Uses the cursor position as pitch." msgstr "Sammanfogar alla noter, ackord och pauser i markeringen och infogar en ny, längre not i stället. Kan skapa bundna noter. Använder markörens position som tonhöjd." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/SplitChord.xml.h:1 msgid "Split Note/Chord" msgstr "Delad not/ackord" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/SplitChord.xml.h:2 msgid "Split a chord into a specific amount of smaller notes while preserving original duration, generating tuplets if necessary. Not for rests." msgstr "Dela upp ett ackord i ett visst antal mindre noter med bibehållen ursprunglig duration, generera tuplets vid behov. Inte för vilopauser." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChordComment.scm:5 msgid "Comment this chord" msgstr "Kommentera detta ackord" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChordComment.xml.h:2 msgid "Attach a textual comment to the chord at the cursor" msgstr "Lägg till en textkommentar till ackordet vid markören" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/Conditional-Directives/DirectiveForAllLayouts.scm:19 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/Conditional-Directives/DirectiveNotForLayout.scm:23 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/Conditional-Directives/DirectiveOnlyForLayout.scm:24 msgid "Directive " msgstr "Direktiv " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/Conditional-Directives/DirectiveForAllLayouts.scm:19 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/Conditional-Directives/DirectiveNotForLayout.scm:23 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/Conditional-Directives/DirectiveOnlyForLayout.scm:24 msgid " on " msgstr " på " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/Conditional-Directives/DirectiveForAllLayouts.scm:19 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/Conditional-Directives/DirectiveNotForLayout.scm:23 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/Conditional-Directives/DirectiveOnlyForLayout.scm:24 msgid "Note" msgstr "not" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/Conditional-Directives/DirectiveForAllLayouts.scm:19 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/Conditional-Directives/DirectiveNotForLayout.scm:23 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/Conditional-Directives/DirectiveOnlyForLayout.scm:24 msgid "Chord" msgstr "Ackord" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/Conditional-Directives/DirectiveForAllLayouts.xml.h:2 msgid "Makes a (chosen) directive on the note/chord at the cursor be typeset normally, i.e for all layouts. The cursor should be positioned at the note height if a directive attached to the note is intended." msgstr "Gör att ett (valt) direktiv på noten/ackordet vid markören sätts normalt, dvs. för alla layouter. Markören bör placeras på notens höjd om ett direktiv som är kopplat till noten är avsett." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/Conditional-Directives/DirectiveNotForLayout.xml.h:2 msgid "Makes a (chosen) directive on the note/chord at the cursor be ignored for typesetting the current layout. The cursor should be positioned at the note height if a directive attached to the note is intended." msgstr "Gör så att ett (valt) direktiv på noten/ackordet vid markören ignoreras vid sättning av den aktuella layouten. Markören bör vara placerad i nothöjd om ett direktiv som är kopplat till noten ska användas." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/Conditional-Directives/DirectiveOnlyForLayout.xml.h:1 msgid "Allow for Current Layout" msgstr "Tillåt för nuvarande layout" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/Conditional-Directives/DirectiveOnlyForLayout.xml.h:2 msgid "Makes a (chosen) directive on the note/chord at the cursor take effect for typesetting the current layout. The cursor should be positioned at the note height if a directive attached to the note is intended." msgstr "Gör att ett (valt) direktiv på noten/ackordet vid markören får effekt för sättning av den aktuella layouten. Markören bör vara placerad i nothöjd om ett direktiv som är kopplat till noten ska användas." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/DeleteLilyPondOnNote.xml.h:1 msgid "Delete LilyPond on Note" msgstr "Ta bort LilyPond på Note" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/DeleteLilyPondOnNote.xml.h:2 msgid "Deletes the LilyPond attached to the note where the cursor is." msgstr "Raderar LilyPond som är kopplad till noten där markören är." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/InsertNoteDirective.xml.h:1 msgid "Attach/Edit LilyPond to Note" msgstr "Bifoga/Editera LilyPond till not" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/InsertNoteDirective.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts LilyPond syntax you give before and after the note at the cursor height, also allows editing/deleting." msgstr "Infogar LilyPond-syntax som du anger före och efter noten i markörens höjd, tillåter även redigering/radering." #. DisplaceRestHorizontally #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/DisplaceHorizontally.scm:5 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/DisplaceRestHorizontally.scm:2 msgid "Horizontal shift" msgstr "Horisontell förskjutning" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/DisplaceHorizontally.xml.h:1 msgid "(Print) Displace Horizontally" msgstr "(Print) Förskjutning horisontellt" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/DisplaceHorizontally.xml.h:2 msgid "Shifts the next note, chord or rest and its markings horizontally by the amount given. Use this to refine the positioning, but be aware that notes in other staffs will not be affected. For polyphony, see NoteColumnShift under the Voices menu" msgstr "Flyttar nästa not, ackord eller paus och dess markeringar horisontellt med den angivna mängden. Använd denna funktion för att förfina positioneringen, men tänk på att noter i andra notsystem inte påverkas. För polyfoni, se NoteColumnShift under menyn Voices" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Breve.xml.h:2 msgid "Append/Insert Breve. N.B. turns off spillover to next measure if set in preferences." msgstr "Lägg till/insätt Breve. N.B. stänger av spillover till nästa mått om det är inställt i preferenser." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Longa.xml.h:2 msgid "Append/Insert Longa. N.B. turns off spillover to next measure if set in preferences." msgstr "Lägg till/insätt Longa. N.B. stänger av spillover till nästa mått om det är inställt i preferenser." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurred/Slur0.xml.h:1 msgid "⏜ 𝅝" msgstr "⏜ 𝅝" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurred/Slur0.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a 𝅝 and slurs to it, extending previous slur." msgstr "Infogar en 𝅝 och slurfar till den, förlänger föregående legatobåge." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurred/Slur1.xml.h:1 msgid "⏜ 𝅗𝅥" msgstr "⏜ 𝅗𝅥" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurred/Slur1.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a 𝅗𝅥 and slurs to it, extending previous slur." msgstr "Infogar en 𝅗𝅥 och slurkar till den, förlänger föregående legatobåge." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurred/Slur2.xml.h:1 msgid "⏜ 𝅘𝅥" msgstr "⏜ 𝅘𝅥" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurred/Slur2.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a 𝅘𝅥 and slurs to it, extending previous slur." msgstr "Infogar en 𝅘𝅥 och slurkar till den, förlänger föregående legatobåge." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurred/Slur3.xml.h:1 msgid "⏜ 𝅘𝅥𝅮" msgstr "⏜ 𝅘𝅥𝅮" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurred/Slur3.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a 𝅘𝅥𝅮 and slurs to it, extending previous slur." msgstr "Infogar en 𝅘𝅥𝅮 och slurkar till den, förlänger tidigare slurkar." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurred/Slur4.xml.h:1 msgid "⏜ 𝅘𝅥𝅯" msgstr "⏜ 𝅘𝅥𝅯" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurred/Slur4.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a 𝅘𝅥𝅯 and slurs to it, extending previous slur." msgstr "Infogar en 𝅘𝅥𝅯 och slurkar till den, förlänger tidigare slurkar." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurred/Slur5.xml.h:1 msgid "⏜ 𝅘𝅥𝅰" msgstr "⏜ 𝅘𝅥𝅰" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurred/Slur5.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a 𝅘𝅥𝅰 and slurs to it, extending previous slur." msgstr "Infogar en 𝅘𝅥𝅰 och slurkar till den, förlänger tidigare legatobåge." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurred/Slur6.xml.h:1 msgid "⏜ 𝅘𝅥𝅱" msgstr "⏜ 𝅘𝅥𝅱" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurred/Slur6.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a 𝅘𝅥𝅱 and slurs to it, extending previous slur." msgstr "Infogar en 𝅘𝅥𝅱 och slurkar till den, förlänger tidigare slurkar." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurred/Slur7.xml.h:1 msgid "⏜ 𝅘𝅥𝅲" msgstr "⏜ 𝅘𝅥𝅲" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurred/Slur7.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a 𝅘𝅥𝅲 and slurs to it, extending previous slur." msgstr "Infogar en 𝅘𝅥𝅲 och slurkar till den, förlänger tidigare slurkar." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurred/SlurBreve.xml.h:1 msgid "⏜ 𝅜" msgstr "⏜ 𝅜" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurred/SlurBreve.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a 𝅜 and slurs to it, extending previous slur." msgstr "Infogar en 𝅜 och slurfar till den, förlänger föregående legatobåge." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurred/SlurLonga.xml.h:1 msgid "⏜ 𝅛" msgstr "⏜ 𝅛" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurred/SlurLonga.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a 𝅛 and slurs to it, extending previous slur." msgstr "Infogar en 𝅛 och slurfar till den, förlänger föregående legatobåge." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/AddDotSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:2 msgid "Adds dots" msgstr "Lägger till prickar" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/CautionaryAccidental.xml.h:1 msgid "Cautionary Accidental" msgstr "Försiktighet Oavsiktlig" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/CautionaryAccidental.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:71 msgid "Forces the accidental on the note to be printed." msgstr "Tvingar fram en utskrift av den tillfälliga anteckningen." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/ChangeNoteEnharmonicDown.xml.h:1 msgid "Change Note Enharmonic -" msgstr "Byt not Enharmoniskt -" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/ChangeNoteEnharmonicDown.xml.h:2 msgid "Changes the note at the cursor to its enharmonic equivalent one step lower. Use for individual notes in chords." msgstr "Ändrar noten vid markören till dess enharmoniska motsvarighet ett steg lägre. Används för enskilda toner i ackord." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/ChangeNoteEnharmonicUp.xml.h:1 msgid "Change Note Enharmonic +" msgstr "Byt not Enharmonic +" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/ChangeNoteEnharmonicUp.xml.h:2 msgid "Changes the note at the cursor to its enharmonic equivalent one step higher. Use for individual notes in chords." msgstr "Ändrar noten vid markören till dess enharmoniska motsvarighet ett steg högre. Används för enskilda toner i ackord." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/Ficta.xml.h:1 msgid "Ficta Accidental" msgstr "Ficta Oavsiktlig" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/Ficta.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints the accidental above rather than before the note. In European music from before about 1600, singers were expected to chromatically alter notes at their own initiative according to certain rules. This is called musica ficta. In modern transcriptions, these accidentals are usually printed over the note." msgstr "Skriver ut accidenten ovanför noten i stället för före noten. I europeisk musik från tiden före ca 1600 förväntades sångare att kromatiskt ändra noter på eget initiativ enligt vissa regler. Detta kallas musica ficta. I moderna transkriptioner skrivs dessa förtecken vanligen ut över noten." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/FlattenNote.xml.h:1 msgid "Flatten or Append Flattened" msgstr "Platta till eller bifoga Platta till" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/FlattenNote.xml.h:2 msgid "Flatten note at cursor, or if appending flatten next note entered." msgstr "Platta till noten vid markören, eller om den är bifogad, platta till nästa inmatade not." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/HideAccidental.xml.h:1 msgid "Hide Accidental" msgstr "Dölj Accidental" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/HideAccidental.xml.h:2 msgid "Hides the accidental on the note at the cursor on printing. Does not affect the pitch." msgstr "Döljer accidental på noten vid markören vid utskrift. Påverkar inte tonhöjden." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/MoveNoteToCursor.xml.h:1 msgid "To Cursor" msgstr "Till markör" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/MoveNoteToCursor.xml.h:2 msgid "Moves the nearest note to join the cursor" msgstr "Flyttar närmaste not så att den ansluter till markören" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/ReminderAccidental.xml.h:1 msgid "Reminder Accidental" msgstr "Påminnelse Oavsiktlig" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/ReminderAccidental.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:72 msgid "Prints the accidental in ()." msgstr "Skriver ut det oavsiktliga i ()." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/RemoveDotSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:2 msgid "Remove one dot for each note in the selection or single note" msgstr "Ta bort en punkt för varje not i urvalet eller enstaka not" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/SharpenNote.xml.h:1 msgid "Sharpen or Append Sharpened" msgstr "Skärpa eller lägga till skärpt" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/SharpenNote.xml.h:2 msgid "Sharpens the note at the cursor, or if appending sharpen next entered note." msgstr "Skärper noten vid markören, eller om den följer skärper nästa inmatade not." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/SuggestFlat.xml.h:1 msgid "Suggest Flat" msgstr "Föreslå platt" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/SuggestFlat.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints flat sign over note" msgstr "Utskrifter platt skylt över not" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/SuggestNatural.xml.h:1 msgid "Suggest Natural" msgstr "Föreslå naturlig" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/SuggestNatural.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints a natural over the note at the cursor" msgstr "Skriver ut en naturlig över noten vid markören" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/SuggestSharp.xml.h:1 msgid "Suggest Sharp" msgstr "Föreslå kors" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/SuggestSharp.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints a sharp above the note/chord" msgstr "Skriver ut ett streck över noten/ackordet" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/FingeringsDoublestroke.xml.h:2 msgid "Place a fingerin instruction on a note" msgstr "Placera ett fingerinstruktion på en not" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes/GraceAfter.scm:7 msgid "GraceAfter" msgstr "GraceAfter" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes/GraceAfter.xml.h:1 msgid "Grace After (Off/On)" msgstr "Grace efter (av/på)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes/GraceAfter.xml.h:2 msgid "The grace note(s) following the current note will be typeset attached to the current note, rather than the note that follows them." msgstr "Den eller de grace-noter som följer efter den aktuella noten kommer att sättas i anslutning till den aktuella noten, snarare än till noten som följer efter dem." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes/GraceNoteSwitcher.xml.h:1 msgid "Grace Note (On/Off)" msgstr "Grace Note (På/Av)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes/GraceNoteSwitcher.xml.h:2 msgid "Transforms the current selected notes into grace notes." msgstr "Omvandlar de aktuella markerade noterna till grace-noter." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes/GraceTermination.xml.h:1 msgid "Termination" msgstr "Avslutande" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes/GraceTermination.xml.h:2 msgid "Appends two grace notes, slurred to current note. Follow with a duration key to set duration of grace notes to be appended." msgstr "Lägger till två förslagsnoter, bundna med legatobåge till aktuell not. Ange sedan en längdtangent för förslagsnoternas längd." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes/InsertTwoGraceNotesBeamed.scm:4 msgid "Press a duration key to get two, beamed, grace notes" msgstr "Tryck på en längdtangent för att få två förslagsnoter som balkas tillsammans" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes/InsertTwoGraceNotesBeamed.scm:33 msgid "" "To use this function correctly you need to give a duration.\n" "This will insert two grace notes, beamed together if needed, with the given duration" msgstr "" "För att använda funktionen korrekt måste du ange en längd.\n" "Det infogar två förslagsnoter med angiven längd, som balkas tillsammans vid behov." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes/InsertTwoGraceNotesBeamed.xml.h:1 msgid "Insert Two" msgstr "Infoga två" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes/InsertTwoGraceNotesBeamed.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts two grace notes at the cursor beaming them together. Follow with a duration key." msgstr "Infogar två förslagsnoter vid markören och balkar dem tillsammans. Ange sedan en längdtangent." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes/InstallGraceNoteHints.scm:65 msgid "Grace note hints installed" msgstr "Tips för förslagsnoter installerade" #. #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes/InstallGraceNoteHints.xml.h:1 msgid "Install Grace Note Hints" msgstr "Installera tips för förslagsnoter" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes/InstallGraceNoteHints.xml.h:2 msgid "Where a grace note occurs at a boundary the LilyPond typesetter requires extra hints about positioning. This command installs them for the whole movement. It is usually run in the Check Score routine." msgstr "När en förslagsnot förekommer vid en gräns kräver LilyPonds typsättare extra information om positionering. Kommandot installerar den för hela satsen och körs vanligen i Kontrollera partitur." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes/MakeGrace.xml.h:1 msgid "Grace/UnGrace" msgstr "Gör till/från förslagsnot" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes/MakeGrace.xml.h:2 msgid "Changes the note at the cursor to/from being a grace note. Gives audio feedback." msgstr "Ändrar noten vid markören till eller från förslagsnot och ger ljudåterkoppling." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes/UnGraceAfter.scm:29 msgid "The cursor is not on a grace note after a main note or chord\n" msgstr "Markören står inte på en förslagsnot efter en huvudnot eller ett ackord\n" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes/UnGraceAfter.xml.h:1 msgid "Un-Grace After" msgstr "Ta bort förslagsnot efter" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes/UnGraceAfter.xml.h:2 msgid "Remove grace after created with Denemo versions before 2.4" msgstr "Ta bort efterföljande förslagsnoter skapade med Denemo-versioner före 2.4" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/DuplicateChord.xml.h:1 msgid "Duplicate Note/Chord" msgstr "Duplicera not/ackord" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/DuplicateChord.xml.h:2 msgid "Duplicates the current note or chord at the cursor. Not for rests." msgstr "Duplicerar den aktuella noten eller ackordet vid markören. Inte för pauser." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/DuplicateRestNoteChord.xml.h:1 msgid "Duplicate Rest, Note, Chord" msgstr "Duplicera vila, not, ackord" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/DuplicateRestNoteChord.xml.h:2 msgid "Duplicates the rest, note or chord at or before the cursor." msgstr "Duplicerar resten, noten eller ackordet vid eller före markören." #. #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/FillMeasure.xml.h:1 msgid "Fill Measure" msgstr "Fyll takt" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/FillMeasure.xml.h:2 msgid "Duplicates the note/chord/rest at or before the cursor until the measure is full or over-full. In a full measure duplicates the measure, in an empty measure insert the current duration." msgstr "Duplicerar noten, ackordet eller pausen vid eller före markören tills takten är full eller överfull. I en full takt dupliceras takten; i en tom takt infogas aktuell längd." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/FillUpMeasure.xml.h:1 msgid "Duplicate to Fill Measure" msgstr "Duplicera för att fylla takt" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/FillUpMeasure.xml.h:2 msgid "Duplicates the notes in the current measure until the measure is full or over-full. If already full, duplicates the previous and current measure." msgstr "Duplicerar noterna i den aktuella takten tills den är full eller överfull. Om den redan är full dupliceras föregående och aktuell takt." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/InsertDuration/InsertBreve.xml.h:2 msgid "Insert Breve" msgstr "Infoga breve" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/InsertDuration/InsertLonga.xml.h:2 msgid "Insert a Longa" msgstr "Infoga longa" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/InsertDuration/InsertOneNote.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a note in the prevailing duration." msgstr "Infogar en not med aktuell längd." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/PercentRepeat.scm:4 msgid "This Denemo Directive is part of a set of four creating a \"Percent Repeat\". Be sure to delete them all if you delete one of them." msgstr "Detta Denemo-direktiv är en del av en uppsättning om fyra som skapar en \"procentuell upprepning\". Var noga med att radera dem alla om du raderar en av dem." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/PercentRepeat.scm:6 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/PercentRepeat.scm:11 msgid "Percent Repeat" msgstr "Procentupprepning" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/PercentRepeat.scm:6 msgid "Give number of further repeats 1,2,..." msgstr "Ange antal ytterligare upprepningar 1, 2, …" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/PercentRepeat.scm:11 msgid "Give frequency of numbering 0, 1,..." msgstr "Ange frekvens för numrering 0, 1, …" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/PercentRepeat.xml.h:1 msgid "Insert Percent Style Repeat" msgstr "Infoga upprepning i procentstil" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/PercentRepeat.xml.h:2 msgid "Creates a repeat from the selection, typeset in \\\"percent\\\" style." msgstr "Skapar en upprepning från markeringen, typsatt i ”procentstil”." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/AccentSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleAccent.xml.h:1 msgid "Accent (Off/On)" msgstr "Accent (av/på)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/AccentSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:2 msgid "Adds the > accent" msgstr "Lägger till accenttecknet >" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ArpeggioSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleArpeggio.xml.h:1 msgid "Arpeggio (Off/On)" msgstr "Arpeggio (av/på)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ArpeggioSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:87 msgid "Mark/Unmark the selected notes arpeggio" msgstr "Markera eller avmarkera arpeggio för de markerade noterna" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ArticulationOutsideSlur.xml.h:1 msgid "Articulation Outside Slur (Off/On)" msgstr "Artikulation utanför legatobåge (av/på)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ArticulationOutsideSlur.xml.h:2 msgid "The articulation(s) on this note will be placed outside the slur (furthest from the note). Repeat the command to return the slur to the outside." msgstr "Artikulationen på noten placeras utanför legatobågen, längst bort från noten. Upprepa kommandot för att återställa placeringen." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/DownbowSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleDownBow.xml.h:1 msgid "DownBow (Off/On)" msgstr "DownBow (av/på)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/DownbowSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:85 msgid "Mark/Unmark selection or current object" msgstr "Markera eller avmarkera markering eller aktuellt objekt" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/FermataSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleFermata.xml.h:1 msgid "Fermata (Off/On)" msgstr "Fermata (av/på)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/FermataSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:118 msgid "Mark/Unmark current selection or object with a fermata" msgstr "Markera eller avmarkera aktuell markering eller objekt med ett fermat" #. (d-DirectivePut-chord-gy "Flageolet" 12) #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/FlageoletSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleFlageolet.xml.h:1 msgid "Flageolet (Off/On)" msgstr "Flageolet (av/på)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/FlageoletSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:2 msgid "Mark/Unmark current selection of object with a Flageolet" msgstr "Markera eller avmarkera aktuell objektmarkering med flageolett" #. (d-DirectivePut-chord-gy "Harmonic" 12) #. (d-DirectivePut-chord-gx "Harmonic" -2) #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/HarmonicSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleHarmonic.xml.h:1 msgid "Harmonic (Off/On)" msgstr "Harmonisk (Av/På)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/HarmonicSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:86 msgid "Mark/Unmark current selection or object with a harmonic" msgstr "Markera eller avmarkera aktuell markering eller objekt med flageoletton" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/LheelSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleLheel.xml.h:1 msgid "Lheel (Off/On)" msgstr "Lheel (av/på)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/LheelSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:2 msgid "Marks/Unmaks the selection with the Lheel" msgstr "Markera/avmarkera urvalet med Lheel" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/LtoeSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleLtoe.xml.h:1 msgid "Ltoe (Off/On)" msgstr "Ltoe (av/på)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/LtoeSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:2 msgid "Marks/Unmaks the selection with the Ltoe" msgstr "Markeringar/avmarkeringar av urvalet med Ltoe" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/MarcatoSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleMarcato.xml.h:1 msgid "Marcato (Off/On)" msgstr "Marcato (av/på)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/MarcatoSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:123 msgid "Mark/Unmark the selected notes marcato" msgstr "Markera eller avmarkera marcato för de markerade noterna" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/PortatoSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/TogglePortato.xml.h:1 msgid "Portato (Off/On)" msgstr "Portato (Av/På)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/PortatoSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:88 msgid "Marks/Unmaks the selection with the Portato" msgstr "Markeringar/omarkeringar av urvalet med Portato" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/RheelSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleRheel.xml.h:1 msgid "Rheel (Off/On)" msgstr "Rheel (av/på)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/RheelSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:2 msgid "Marks/Unmaks the selection with the Rheel" msgstr "Markera/avmarkera urvalet med Rheel" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/RtoeSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleRtoe.xml.h:1 msgid "Rtoe (Off/On)" msgstr "Rtoe (av/på)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/RtoeSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:2 msgid "Marks/Unmaks the selection with the Rtoe" msgstr "Markerar/avmarkerar urvalet med Rtoe" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/SignumcongruentiaeSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleSignumcongruentiae.xml.h:1 msgid "Signumcongruentiae (Off/On)" msgstr "Signumcongruentiae (av/på)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/SignumcongruentiaeSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:2 msgid "Mark/Unmark the selected notes signumcongruentiae" msgstr "Markera/avmarkera de valda anteckningarna signumcongruentiae" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/StaccatissimoSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleStaccatissimo.xml.h:1 msgid "Staccatissimo (Off/On)" msgstr "Staccatissimo (av/på)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/StaccatissimoSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:120 msgid "Toggles Staccatissimo" msgstr "Växlar staccatissimo" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/StaccatoSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleStaccato.xml.h:1 msgid "Staccato (Off/On)" msgstr "Staccato (av/på)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/StaccatoSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:119 msgid "Adds the staccato dot or removes it" msgstr "Lägger till eller tar bort staccatopunkten" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/StoppedSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleStopped.xml.h:1 msgid "Stopped (Off/On)" msgstr "Stoppad (av/på)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/StoppedSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:89 msgid "Mark/Unmark the selected notes stopped" msgstr "Markera/avmarkera de valda noterna stoppade" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/TenutoSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleTenuto.xml.h:1 msgid "Tenuto (Off/On)" msgstr "Tenuto (av/på)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/TenutoSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:121 msgid "Toggles the Tenuto Line _ On/Off" msgstr "Växlar tenuto-linjen på/av" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ThumbSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleThumb.xml.h:1 msgid "Thumb (Off/On)" msgstr "Tummen (av/på)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ThumbSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:2 msgid "Marks/Unmaks the selection with the Thumb" msgstr "Markera/avmarkera urvalet med tummen" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleAccent.xml.h:2 msgid "Mark/Unmark the current chord accented" msgstr "Markera eller avmarkera aktuellt ackord som accentuerat" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleArpeggio.xml.h:2 msgid "Mark/Unmark chord with an arpeggio" msgstr "Markera eller avmarkera ackordet med ett arpeggio" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleDownBow.xml.h:2 msgid "Mark/Unmark chord with a Down Bow" msgstr "Markera eller avmarkera ackordet med nedstråk" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleFermata.xml.h:2 msgid "Mark/Unmark the chord with a fermata" msgstr "Markera eller avmarkera ackordet med ett fermat" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleFlageolet.xml.h:2 msgid "Mark/Unmark chord with a Flageolet" msgstr "Markera eller avmarkera ackordet med flageolett" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleHarmonic.xml.h:2 msgid "Mark/Unmark chord with a harmonic" msgstr "Markera eller avmarkera ackordet med flageoletton" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleLheel.xml.h:2 msgid "Mark/Unmark the current note lheel" msgstr "Markera eller avmarkera aktuell not med lheel" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleLongFermata.xml.h:1 msgid "LongFermata (Off/On)" msgstr "LongFermata (av/på)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleLongFermata.xml.h:2 msgid "Mark/Unmark the current chord longfermata" msgstr "Markera/avmarkera det aktuella ackordets longfermata" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleLtoe.xml.h:2 msgid "Mark/Unmark the current note ltoe" msgstr "Markera/avmarkera den aktuella noten ltoe" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleMarcato.xml.h:2 msgid "Mark/Unmark the current chord marcato" msgstr "Markera eller avmarkera aktuellt ackord med marcato" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/TogglePortato.xml.h:2 msgid "Mark/Unmark the chord Portato" msgstr "Markera eller avmarkera ackordet med portato" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleRheel.xml.h:2 msgid "Mark/Unmark the current note rheel" msgstr "Markera/avmarkera den aktuella anteckningen rheel" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleRtoe.xml.h:2 msgid "Mark/Unmark the current note rtoe" msgstr "Markera/avmarkera den aktuella noten rtoe" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleShortFermata.xml.h:1 msgid "ShortFermata (Off/On)" msgstr "ShortFermata (Av/På)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleShortFermata.xml.h:2 msgid "Mark/Unmark the current chord shortfermata" msgstr "Markera/avmarkera det aktuella ackordets shortfermata" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleSignumcongruentiae.xml.h:2 msgid "Mark/Unmark the current chord signumcongruentiae" msgstr "Markera/avmarkera det aktuella ackordets signumcongruentiae" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleStaccatissimo.xml.h:2 msgid "Mark/Unmark chord as Staccatissimo" msgstr "Markera/avmarkera ackord som Staccatissimo" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleStaccato.xml.h:2 msgid "Mark/Unmark the chord staccato" msgstr "Markera/avmarkera ackordet staccato" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleStopped.xml.h:2 msgid "Mark/Unmark the current chord stopped" msgstr "Markera/avmarkera det aktuella ackordet stoppat" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleTenuto.xml.h:2 msgid "Mark/Unmark the chord Tenuto" msgstr "Markera/avmarkera ackordet Tenuto" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleThumb.xml.h:2 msgid "Mark/Unmark the current chord thumb" msgstr "Markera/avmarkera det aktuella ackordets tumme" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleUpBow.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/UpBowSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:1 msgid "UpBow (Off/On)" msgstr "UpBow (av/på)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleUpBow.xml.h:2 msgid "Mark/Unmark chord with an Up Bow" msgstr "Markera/avmarkera ackord med en uppåtgående båge" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleVeryLongFermata.xml.h:1 msgid "VeryLongFermata (Off/On)" msgstr "VeryLongFermata (Av/På)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleVeryLongFermata.xml.h:2 msgid "Mark/Unmark the current chord with very long fermata" msgstr "Markera/avmarkera aktuellt ackord med mycket lång fermata" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/Tongue.scm:24 msgid "Tonguing Indication" msgstr "Tonguing Indikation" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/Tongue.scm:24 msgid "Give number of dots required: " msgstr "Ange antal prickar som krävs: " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/Tongue.xml.h:1 msgid "Tongue" msgstr "Tunga" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/Tongue.xml.h:2 msgid "Adds a tonguing indication, (a number of staccato dots) to the current note." msgstr "Lägger till en tonguing-markering, ett antal staccatopunkter, på den aktuella noten." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/UpBowSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:84 msgid "Mark/Unmark current selection or note with UpBow" msgstr "Markera/avmarkera aktuellt val eller not med UpBow" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/ChordSymbols/CompactChordSymbol.scm:27 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/ChordSymbols/CompactChordSymbol.scm:30 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/ChordSymbols/CompactChordSymbol.scm:31 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/ChordSymbols/CompactChordSymbol.scm:42 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/ChordSymbols/CompactChordSymbol.scm:45 msgid "Chord Symbol" msgstr "Ackordsymbol" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/ChordSymbols/CompactChordSymbol.scm:27 msgid "Give text of chord symbol" msgstr "Ange ackordsymbolens text" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/ChordSymbols/CompactChordSymbol.scm:30 msgid "Give horizontal scale" msgstr "Ge horisontell skala" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/ChordSymbols/CompactChordSymbol.scm:31 msgid "Give vertical scale" msgstr "Ge vertikal skala" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/ChordSymbols/CompactChordSymbol.scm:42 msgid "Give horizontal shift" msgstr "Ge horisontell förskjutning" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/ChordSymbols/CompactChordSymbol.scm:45 msgid "Give vertical shift" msgstr "Ge vertikal förskjutning" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/ChordSymbols/CompactChordSymbol.scm:57 msgid "Insert Root note of chord for symbol to attach to" msgstr "Infoga ackordets grundton som symbolen ska fästas vid" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/ChordSymbols/CompactChordSymbol.xml.h:1 msgid "Chord Chart Symbol" msgstr "Ackordschemasymbol" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/ChordSymbols/CompactChordSymbol.xml.h:2 msgid "Creates an arbitrary chord symbol text for the root note at the cursor - used in compact chord charts for uncommon chords." msgstr "Skapar en valfri ackordsymboltext för grundtonen vid markören. Används i kompakta ackordscheman för ovanliga ackord." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/CrescendoTextSpanner.scm:3 msgid "\\bold cresc. (or poco if continuing the cresc.)" msgstr "\\fett krusiduller (eller poco om man fortsätter krusiduller)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/CrescendoTextSpanner.scm:13 msgid "Sorry, this operation needs to be applied to the start of the crescendo." msgstr "Tyvärr måste den här åtgärden tillämpas på början av crescendot." #. End of scheme script #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/CrescendoTextSpanner.scm:31 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/CrescendoTextSpanner.xml.h:1 msgid "Crescendo Text Spanner" msgstr "Textspann för crescendo" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/CrescendoTextSpanner.scm:31 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/DecrescendoTextSpanner.scm:31 msgid "Give text for start or continuation" msgstr "Ge text för start eller fortsättning" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/CrescendoTextSpanner.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints text to start or continue a crescendo extending over a passage. Use for cresc. poco a poco, for example. Terminate with End Crescendo marking or a dynamic mark, else nothing will be printed. LilyPond markup, such as \\\\bold can be used." msgstr "Skriver ut text för att börja eller fortsätta ett crescendo över en passage, till exempel cresc. poco a poco. Avsluta med markeringen Avsluta crescendo eller en dynamik, annars skrivs inget ut. LilyPond-markup, till exempel \\\\bold, kan användas." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/Cresc.scm:11 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/Dim.scm:11 msgid "Not yet implemented" msgstr "Inte implementerat ännu" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/Cresc.scm:14 msgid "cresc. start deleted. The end crescendo should also be deleted ..." msgstr "cresc.-start borttagen. Även slutet på crescendot bör tas bort …" #. End of scheme script #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/Cresc.xml.h:1 msgid "Cresc (Off/On)" msgstr "Cresc (Av/På)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/Cresc.xml.h:2 msgid "Starts textual cresc. (or deletes one already present at cursor). Terminate with End Crescendo or with a dynamic." msgstr "Startar textcrescendo (eller tar bort ett som redan finns vid markören). Avsluta med End Crescendo eller med en dynamik." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/DecrescendoTextSpanner.scm:3 msgid "\\bold cresc. (or poco if continuing the dim.)" msgstr "\\bold cresc. (eller poco om man fortsätter med dim.)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/DecrescendoTextSpanner.scm:13 msgid "Sorry, this operation needs to be applied to the start of the Decrescendo." msgstr "Tyvärr måste den här åtgärden tillämpas på början av Decrescendo." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/DecrescendoTextSpanner.scm:31 msgid "Decrescendo Text Spanner" msgstr "Textspann för decrescendo" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/DecrescendoTextSpanner.xml.h:1 msgid "Diminuendo Text Spanner" msgstr "Textspann för diminuendo" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/DecrescendoTextSpanner.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints text to start or continue a crescendo extending over a passage. Use for cresc. poco a poco, for example. Terminate with End Diminuendo marking or a dynamic mark, else nothing will be printed. LilyPond markup, such as \\\\bold can be used." msgstr "Skriver ut text för att börja eller fortsätta ett diminuendo över en passage, till exempel dim. poco a poco. Avsluta med markeringen Avsluta diminuendo eller en dynamik, annars skrivs inget ut. LilyPond-markup, till exempel \\\\bold, kan användas." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/Dim.scm:14 msgid "dim. start deleted. The end diminuendo should also be deleted ..." msgstr "dim. början borttagen. Slutet diminuendo bör också raderas …" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/Dim.xml.h:1 msgid "Dim (Off/On)" msgstr "Dim (Av/På)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/Dim.xml.h:2 msgid "Starts a textual diminuendo. Terminate with End Diminuendo or a dynamic." msgstr "Startar ett textuellt diminuendo. Avsluta med Avsluta diminuendo eller en dynamik." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/DynamicsExtraSpace.scm:4 msgid "Dynamics Spacing" msgstr "Avstånd för dynamik" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/DynamicsExtraSpace.scm:4 msgid "Give extra spacing required" msgstr "Ge extra avstånd som krävs" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/DynamicsExtraSpace.xml.h:1 msgid "Extra Spacing" msgstr "Extra avstånd" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/DynamicsExtraSpace.xml.h:2 msgid "Music is spaced out by the extra amount given to avoid textual dynamic markings colliding. Not for hairpins." msgstr "Ger musiken extra avstånd för att undvika kollisioner mellan textbaserade dynamikmarkeringar. Inte för hårnålar." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/LengthenHairpin.scm:4 msgid "Hairpin Length" msgstr "Hårnålslängd" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/LengthenHairpin.scm:4 msgid "Give extra length required" msgstr "Ge extra längd som krävs" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/LengthenHairpin.xml.h:1 msgid "Lengthen Hairpin" msgstr "Förläng hårnål" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/LengthenHairpin.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a directive to lengthen the following cresc or dim hairpin." msgstr "Infogar ett direktiv som förlänger följande cresc.- eller dim.-hårnål." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/TerminateHairpinAtBarline.scm:5 msgid "End Hairpin" msgstr "Avsluta hårnål" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/TerminateHairpinAtBarline.xml.h:1 msgid "Terminate Hairpin at Barline" msgstr "Avsluta hårnål vid taktstreck" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/TerminateHairpinAtBarline.xml.h:2 msgid "Ends a cresc. or dim, hairpin at the barline following the current note/chord. This command inserts a standalone Denemo Directive after the note/chord at the cursor." msgstr "Avslutar en cresc. eller dim, hårnål vid barlinjen efter aktuell not/ackord. Detta kommando infogar ett fristående Denemo-direktiv efter noten/ackordet vid markören." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass/AdjustBassFigureHeight.scm:12 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass/AdjustFiguredBassHeights.scm:3 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass/AdjustFiguredBassHeights.scm:12 msgid "Figured Bass Height" msgstr "Höjd för generalbas" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass/AdjustBassFigureHeight.scm:12 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass/AdjustFiguredBassHeights.scm:12 msgid "Give height adjustment (unit = staff space): " msgstr "Ge höjdjustering (enhet = notsystemutrymme): " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass/AdjustBassFigureHeight.xml.h:1 msgid "Height of Bass Figure" msgstr "Basfigurens höjd" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass/AdjustBassFigureHeight.xml.h:2 msgid "Sets the height of the bass figure above the note. The unit is the distance between adjacent lines in the staff." msgstr "Anger basfigurens höjd över noten. Enheten är avståndet mellan intilliggande linjer i notsystemet." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass/AdjustFiguredBassHeights.scm:3 msgid "Give number of groups: " msgstr "Ange antal grupper: " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass/AdjustFiguredBassHeights.xml.h:1 msgid "Heights of Groups" msgstr "Gruppernas höjder" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass/AdjustFiguredBassHeights.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:162 msgid "Allows several groups of figures to be individually adjusted for height." msgstr "Gör att flera grupper av figurer kan justeras individuellt i höjdled." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass/AutoBassFigureHeight.xml.h:1 msgid "Adjust All Heights" msgstr "Justera alla höjder" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass/AutoBassFigureHeight.xml.h:2 msgid "Sets the heights of the bass figures above the notes throughout the score to avoid ungainly positions. The bass figures must be on the lowest staff" msgstr "Anger höjden för basfigurer över noterna i hela partituret för att undvika olämpliga positioner. Basfigurerna måste finnas i det lägsta notsystemet." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass/FiguredBassTweak.xml.h:1 msgid "Tweak Default Appearance" msgstr "Justera standardutseende" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass/FiguredBassTweak.xml.h:2 msgid "Alters the default figured bass appearance to a more 18th c. look." msgstr "Ändrar standardutseendet för generalbas till ett utseende från 1700-talet." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass/OrnamentBassFigureHeight.xml.h:1 msgid "Fix Bass Figure/Marking Clashes." msgstr "Åtgärda kollisioner mellan basfigurer och markeringar." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass/OrnamentBassFigureHeight.xml.h:2 msgid "Shifts bass figures up to avoid clashes with markings on the bass note." msgstr "Flyttar upp basfigurer för att undvika kollisioner med markeringar på basnoten." #. PlaceFiguredBassBelow #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass/PlaceFiguredBassBelow.xml.h:1 msgid "Place Figures Below Bass Notes" msgstr "Placera siffror under basnoter" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass/PlaceFiguredBassBelow.xml.h:2 msgid "Places an instruction (between $ ... $) which tells the engraver to place the figures below from this note on. Any figure for this note should follow the last $" msgstr "Placerar en instruktion (mellan $ ... $) som säger till gravören att placera figurerna nedan från och med denna not. Varje figur för denna not bör följa den sista $ ... $" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass/SingleExtender.scm:4 msgid "Figured Bass Extenders" msgstr "Förlängare för generalbas" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass/SingleExtender.scm:4 msgid "Give Figure to Extend" msgstr "Ange figur att förlänga" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass/SingleExtender.xml.h:1 msgid "Single Extender" msgstr "Enstaka förlängare" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass/SingleExtender.xml.h:2 msgid "Create a single extender for the group of figures on the previous note. Append |0 to the group and use 0 for the extender to leave a little space between the group and the start of the extender." msgstr "Skapa en enda extender för siffergruppen i föregående not. Lägg till |0 till gruppen och använd 0 för förlängningen för att lämna lite utrymme mellan gruppen och början av förlängningen." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/AdjustCustomOrnament.scm:35 msgid "No Custom Ornaments at cursor position" msgstr "Inga egna ornament vid markörens position" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/AdjustCustomOrnament.xml.h:1 msgid "Adjust Ornament" msgstr "Justera prydnad" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/AdjustCustomOrnament.xml.h:2 msgid "Place the ornament attached to the note at the cursor above/below or adjust padding around it." msgstr "Placera ornamentet som är kopplat till noten vid markören över/under eller justera utfyllnaden runt det." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/Claveciniste/TogglePince.xml.h:1 msgid "Pincé" msgstr "Pincé" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/Claveciniste/TogglePince.xml.h:2 msgid "Pincé ornament (Off/On)" msgstr "Pincé-ornament (Off/On)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/Claveciniste/ToggleSuspension.xml.h:1 msgid "Suspension" msgstr "Avstängning" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/Claveciniste/ToggleSuspension.xml.h:2 msgid "Suspension ornament (Off/On)" msgstr "Upphängningsprydnad (Off/On)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/Claveciniste/ToggleTremblementAppuye.xml.h:1 msgid "Tremblement Appuyé" msgstr "Tremblement Appuyé" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/Claveciniste/ToggleTremblementAppuye.xml.h:2 msgid "Attaches tremblement appuyé to the note/chord at the cursor, or removes it if already present." msgstr "Lägger till tremblement appuyé till noten/ackordet vid markören, eller tar bort det om det redan finns." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/Claveciniste/ToggleTremblement.xml.h:1 msgid "Tremblement" msgstr "Förödmjukelse" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/Claveciniste/ToggleTremblement.xml.h:2 msgid "Attach a tremblement to the current note/chord or remove it if already present." msgstr "Koppla en tremblement till den aktuella noten/ackordet eller ta bort den om den redan finns." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:4 msgid "" "Wait for your vector graphics editor to start.\n" "It will open an SVG file of the same name, if available,\n" "but be sure to save as encapsulated postscript (eps),\n" "using the name given.\n" "You will need to refresh the print view to see your changes.\n" "When saving your eps it is good to save as SVG file format as well, \n" "as this will give better editing later. \n" "Quit your graphics editor before quitting this dialog\n" "to return to work in Denemo." msgstr "" "Vänta tills din vektorgrafikredigerare startar.\n" "Den kommer att öppna en SVG-fil med samma namn, om den finns tillgänglig,\n" "men var noga med att spara som inkapslad postscript (eps),\n" "med det namn som angetts.\n" "Du kommer att behöva uppdatera utskriftsvyn för att se dina ändringar.\n" "När du sparar din eps är det bra att också spara som SVG-filformat,\n" "eftersom detta ger bättre redigering senare. \n" "Avsluta din grafikredigerare innan du avslutar denna dialog\n" "för att återgå till arbetet i Denemo." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:23 msgid "Edit width " msgstr "Redigera bredd " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:53 msgid "No definitions created for this score" msgstr "Inga definitioner skapade för denna partitur" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:77 msgid "No definitions selected" msgstr "Inga definitioner valda" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:83 msgid "Custom Ornament" msgstr "Egen prydnad" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:83 msgid "Give Ornament Name" msgstr "Ge prydnaden ett namn" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:114 msgid "Choose Custom Template" msgstr "Välj anpassad mall" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:147 msgid "Attaches (or removes) this ornament from the current note/chord." msgstr "Fäster (eller tar bort) detta ornament från den aktuella noten/ackordet." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:152 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/GraphicTitlePage.scm:102 msgid "The file \"" msgstr "Filen \"" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:152 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/GraphicTitlePage.scm:102 msgid "" "\"\n" "does not (yet) exist, or no longer exists.\n" "Typesetting will silently fail until the file exists.\n" "Either create the file or delete the Graphic Title Page now" msgstr "" "\"\n" "inte (ännu) existerar, eller inte längre existerar.\n" "Sättningen kommer att misslyckas tills filen finns.\n" "Skapa antingen filen eller ta bort den grafiska titelsidan nu" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:156 msgid "Delete Custom Ornament?" msgstr "Ta bort anpassad prydnad?" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:159 msgid "Custom Ornament Definition Deleted" msgstr "Definition av anpassad prydnad Deleted" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.xml.h:1 msgid "Create Custom Ornament" msgstr "Skapa egen prydnad" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.xml.h:2 msgid "Allows the user to create a customized ornament (or load one previously created) into this score's definitions. Ornament names should be start in lower case and have no numerals. If a standard ornament is used, e.g. trill, then this will replace the standard ornament throughout the score." msgstr "Gör det möjligt för användaren att skapa ett anpassat ornament (eller ladda in ett tidigare skapat) i detta partiturs definitioner. Ornamentnamn ska inledas med gemener och inte innehålla några siffror. Om ett standardornament används, t.ex. trill, kommer detta att ersätta standardornamentet i hela partituret." #. EditCustomOrnamentDefinition #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/EditCustomOrnamentDefinition.xml.h:1 msgid "Edit Custom Ornament Definition" msgstr "Redigera definition av anpassad prydnad" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/EditCustomOrnamentDefinition.xml.h:2 msgid "Edit the definition (size or appearance) of a custom ornament definition. The definition must already have been created/loaded in this score." msgstr "Redigera definitionen (storlek eller utseende) för en anpassad ornamentdefinition. Definitionen måste redan ha skapats/lästs in i detta partitur." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/OrnamentAccidentalBelow.xml.h:1 msgid "Accidental Below" msgstr "Oavsiktligt under" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/OrnamentAccidentalBelow.xml.h:2 msgid "Places the accidental on the ornament below rather than above." msgstr "Placerar olyckshändelsen på ornamentet nedanför i stället för ovanför." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/OrnamentFlat.xml.h:1 msgid "Attach ♭ (Off/On)" msgstr "Bifoga ♭ (Av/På)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/OrnamentFlat.xml.h:2 msgid "Places a flat above the ornament on the note at the cursor." msgstr "Placerar en b över ornamentet på noten vid markören." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/OrnamentSharp.xml.h:1 msgid "Attach ♯ (Off/On)" msgstr "Bifoga ♯ (Av/På)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/OrnamentSharp.xml.h:2 msgid "Places a sharp above the ornament on the note at the cursor." msgstr "Placerar ett dikta över ornamentet på noten vid markören." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/OrnamentWithAccidentals.scm:20 msgid "No accidental above" msgstr "Ingen olycka ovan" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/OrnamentWithAccidentals.scm:21 msgid "No accidental below" msgstr "Ingen olycka nedan" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/OrnamentWithAccidentals.xml.h:1 msgid "Ornament with Accidentals" msgstr "Prydnad med tillfälligheter" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/OrnamentWithAccidentals.xml.h:2 msgid "Create an ornament with accidentals above and/or below the ornament." msgstr "Skapa ett ornament med förtecken ovanför och/eller nedanför ornamentet." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/ToggleCustomOrnament.scm:21 msgid "Edit this individual ornament" msgstr "Redigera denna individuella prydnad" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/ToggleCustomOrnament.scm:22 msgid "Edit the ornament definition" msgstr "Redigera definitionen av prydnadsföremål" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/ToggleCustomOrnament.scm:24 msgid "Position editing not implemented" msgstr "Positionsredigering ej implementerad" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/ToggleCustomOrnament.xml.h:1 msgid "Attach Custom Ornament (Off/On)" msgstr "Fäst anpassad prydnad (av/på)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/ToggleCustomOrnament.xml.h:2 msgid "Typesets a custom ornament on the current note/chord. Removes that ornament if already present." msgstr "Skapar ett eget ornament på den aktuella noten/ackordet. Tar bort ornamentet om det redan finns där." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/ToggleDownPrall.xml.h:1 msgid "Down Prall (Off/On)" msgstr "Down Prall (Av/På)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/ToggleDownPrall.xml.h:2 msgid "Typesets a down prall on the current note/chord. Removes that ornament if already present." msgstr "Slår upp ett ornament på den aktuella noten/ackordet. Tar bort ornamentet om det redan finns där." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/ToggleMordent.xml.h:1 msgid "Mordent (Off/On)" msgstr "Mordent (av/på)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/ToggleMordent.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:76 msgid "Adds/Removes a Mordent to the note" msgstr "Lägger till/tar bort en Mordent till noten" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/TogglePrallPrall.xml.h:1 msgid "PrallPrall (Off/On)" msgstr "PrallPrall (Av/På)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/TogglePrallPrall.xml.h:2 msgid "Adds/Removes a PrallPrall to the note" msgstr "Lägger till/tar bort en PrallPrall till anteckningen" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/TogglePrall.xml.h:1 msgid "Prall (Off/On)" msgstr "Prall (av/på)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/TogglePrall.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:77 msgid "Adds/Removes a prall to the note" msgstr "Lägger till/tar bort en prall i anteckningen" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/ToggleReverseTurn.xml.h:1 msgid "Reverse Turn (Off/On)" msgstr "Omvänd vändning (av/på)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/ToggleReverseTurn.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:80 msgid "Add/Removes a Reverse Turn to the note" msgstr "Lägger till/tar bort en omvänd vändning i noten" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/ToggleTrill.xml.h:1 msgid "Trill (Off/On)" msgstr "Trill (av/på)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/ToggleTrill.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:23 msgid "Adds/Removes a trill to the note" msgstr "Lägger till/tar bort en trill till noten" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/ToggleTurn.xml.h:1 msgid "Turn (Off/On)" msgstr "Vrid (av/på)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/ToggleTurn.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:79 msgid "Add/Removes a Turn to the note" msgstr "Lägger till/tar bort en sväng i noten" #. (d-DirectivePut-chord-gy "UpPrall" -100) #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/ToggleUpPrall.xml.h:1 msgid "Up Prall (Off/On)" msgstr "Upp Prall (Av/På)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/ToggleUpPrall.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:78 msgid "Adds/Removes Up Prall ornament" msgstr "Lägger till/tar bort Prallprydnad" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/Trill+Above.xml.h:1 msgid "18th c. Trill Above" msgstr "18:e århundradet Trill ovan" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/Trill+Above.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts 18th c style trill above note" msgstr "Infogar trill i 18:e c-stil ovanför noten" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/Trill+Below.xml.h:1 msgid "18th c Trill Below" msgstr "18:e sekel Trill nedan" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/Trill+Below.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts 18th c style trill below note" msgstr "Infogar trill i 18:e c-stil under noten" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/FingeringPosition.scm:46 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/AttachedText.scm:19 msgid "Above" msgstr "Ovan" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/FingeringPosition.scm:46 msgid "Places the fingering above the chord" msgstr "Placerar fingersättningen ovanför ackordet" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/FingeringPosition.scm:47 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/AttachedText.scm:19 msgid "Below" msgstr "Nedan" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/FingeringPosition.scm:47 msgid "Places the fingering below the chord" msgstr "Placerar fingersättningen under ackordet" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/FingeringPosition.scm:48 msgid "Places the fingering to the left of the chord" msgstr "Placerar fingersättningen till vänster om ackordet" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/FingeringPosition.scm:49 msgid "Places the fingering to the right of the chord" msgstr "Placerar fingersättningen till höger om ackordet" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/FingeringPosition.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/TweakFingeringPosition.scm:12 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/TweakFingeringPosition.scm:18 msgid "Fingering Position" msgstr "Fingring Position" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/FingeringPosition.xml.h:2 msgid "Allows you to specify the position of the fingering relative to the note at the cursor." msgstr "Gör det möjligt att ange fingersättningens position i förhållande till noten vid markören." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/Finger0.xml.h:1 msgid "Finger 0" msgstr "Finger 0" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/Finger0.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:90 msgid "Inserts fingering for open string" msgstr "Infogar fingersättning för öppen sträng" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/Finger1.xml.h:1 msgid "Finger 1" msgstr "Finger 1" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/Finger1.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:91 msgid "Inserts fingering for finger 1" msgstr "Infogar fingersättning för finger 1" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/Finger2.xml.h:1 msgid "Finger 2" msgstr "Finger 2" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/Finger2.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:92 msgid "Inserts fingering for finger 2" msgstr "Infogar fingersättning för finger 2" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/Finger3.xml.h:1 msgid "Finger 3" msgstr "Finger 3" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/Finger3.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:93 msgid "Inserts fingering for finger 3" msgstr "Infogar fingersättning för finger 3" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/Finger4.xml.h:1 msgid "Finger 4" msgstr "Finger 4" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/Finger4.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:94 msgid "Inserts fingering for finger 4" msgstr "Infogar fingersättning för finger 4" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/Finger5.xml.h:1 msgid "Finger 5" msgstr "Finger 5" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/Finger5.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:95 msgid "Inserts fingering for finger 5" msgstr "Infogar fingersättning för finger 5" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/Fingering.scm:3 msgid "Give finger number" msgstr "Ge fingernummer" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/Fingering.scm:11 msgid "Delete this fingering?" msgstr "Ta bort den här fingersättningen?" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/FingeringSwap.scm:2 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/FingeringSwap.scm:5 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/FingeringSwap.xml.h:1 msgid "Fingering Swap" msgstr "Fingersättningsbyte" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/FingeringSwap.scm:2 msgid "Give first fingering" msgstr "Ge första fingersättningen" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/FingeringSwap.scm:5 msgid "Give second fingering" msgstr "Ge andra fingersättningen" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/FingeringSwap.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints two fingerings joined to indicate a change of fingering on one note." msgstr "Anger två fingersättningar tillsammans för att indikera en förändring av fingersättningen på en not." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/Fingering.xml.h:1 msgid "Set Finger" msgstr "Ange fingersättning" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/Fingering.xml.h:2 msgid "Attaches a fingering to the note at the cursor. Blank deletes the fingering." msgstr "Fäster en fingersättning vid noten vid markören. Tomt tar bort fingersättningen." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/ToggleFingeringVisibility.scm:6 msgid "No fingering on note at cursor" msgstr "Ingen fingersättning på noten vid markören" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/ToggleFingeringVisibility.xml.h:1 msgid "Hide/Show Fingering" msgstr "Dölj/visa fingersättning" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/ToggleFingeringVisibility.xml.h:2 msgid "Hides/Shows the fingering on the note at the cursor height in the typeset score." msgstr "Döljer/visar fingersättningen på noten vid markörens höjd i det maskinskrivna partituret." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/TweakFingeringPosition.scm:8 msgid "Give finger number: " msgstr "Ge fingernummer: " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/TweakFingeringPosition.scm:12 msgid "Give horizontal shift required: " msgstr "Ange önskad horisontell förskjutning: " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/TweakFingeringPosition.scm:18 msgid "Give vertical shift required: " msgstr "Ange önskad vertikal förskjutning: " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/TweakFingeringPosition.xml.h:1 msgid "Tweak Position" msgstr "Justera position" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/TweakFingeringPosition.xml.h:2 msgid "Shifts the position of the fingering indication by the amounts given." msgstr "Flyttar fingersättningsmarkeringen med de angivna förskjutningarna." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/RHFinger.xml.h:1 msgid "Right Hand Fingering" msgstr "Fingersättning för höger hand" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/RHFinger.xml.h:2 msgid "Asks for a finger number and typesets p,m,i as appropriate. Use cancel to delete." msgstr "Frågar efter ett fingernummer och skriver p,m,i som lämpligt. Använd Avbryt för att radera." #. d-StringNum #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/StringNum.xml.h:1 msgid "String Number" msgstr "Strängnummer" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/StringNum.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:97 msgid "Followed by a number, places string number on note." msgstr "Följt av ett tal placeras strängnumret på noten." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/ToggleStemSupport.xml.h:1 msgid "Avoid Collisions with Stems" msgstr "Undvik kollisioner med notskaft" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/ToggleStemSupport.xml.h:2 msgid "Fingerings and String numbers will be moved to avoid colliding with stems on typesetting." msgstr "Fingersättningar och strängnummer flyttas för att undvika kollisioner med notskaft vid typsättning." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/ArbitraryTextAbove.scm:3 msgid "Give string" msgstr "Ge sträng" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/ArbitraryTextAbove.scm:3 msgid "give your text" msgstr "ge din text" #. End of scheme script #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/ArbitraryTextAbove.xml.h:1 msgid "Arbitrary Text Above" msgstr "Godtycklig text ovan" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/ArbitraryTextAbove.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints the text you give above the chord." msgstr "Skriver ut den text du anger ovanför ackordet." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/AttachedText.scm:24 msgid "" "Give text to appear with note/chord:\n" "The characters \\, \", §, { and } have a special meaning in the text,\n" "the backslash \\ starts some LilyPond syntax, the others must be paired.\n" "To apply italic or bold to a group of words enclose them in {}, e.g. \\bold {These words are bold}.\n" "Other markup commands \\super, \\tiny etc, see LilyPond documentation." msgstr "" "Ange text som ska visas med not eller ackord:\n" "Tecknen \\, \", §, { och } har särskild betydelse i texten.\n" "Bakstrecket \\ startar LilyPond-syntax; de övriga tecknen måste paras ihop.\n" "Omge en grupp ord med {} för kursiv eller fet stil, till exempel \\bold {Dessa ord är feta}.\n" "Se LilyPond-dokumentationen för andra markup-kommandon som \\super och \\tiny." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/AttachedText.xml.h:2 msgid "Attaches multi-line text which can include music snippets, transposing note/chord names, fret-diagrams, with control over bold, italic font size and more. Double quotes and {} must be paired - check with the Preview button before okaying the markup. Newlines are triggered by the paragraph sign." msgstr "Fäster flerradig text som kan innehålla musiksnuttar, transponerade not- eller ackordnamn och ackorddiagram, med kontroll över fetstil, kursiv stil, teckenstorlek med mera. Dubbla citattecken och {} måste paras ihop. Kontrollera med knappen Förhandsgranska innan du godkänner markup. Nya rader utlöses av stycketecknet." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Congruentia.xml.h:1 msgid "Congruentia" msgstr "Kongruens" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Congruentia.xml.h:2 msgid "Print congruentia / canon symbol" msgstr "Skriv ut congruentia-/kanonsymbol" #. End of scheme script #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DalSegno.xml.h:1 msgid "Dal Segno" msgstr "Dal Segno" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DalSegno.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints Dal Segno below the chord at the cursor." msgstr "Skriver ut Dal Segno under ackordet vid markören." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DCAlFine.scm:9 msgid "Replacing Text" msgstr "Ersätt text" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DCAlFine.scm:9 msgid "Give new text" msgstr "Ge ny text" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DCAlFine.scm:9 msgid "D.C. Al Fine" msgstr "D.C. Al Fine" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DCAlFine.scm:51 msgid "No note or rest at cursor" msgstr "Ingen not eller vila vid markören" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DCAlFine.xml.h:1 msgid "D. C. al fine" msgstr "D.C. al fine" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DCAlFine.xml.h:2 msgid "Puts Da Capo al fine over the chord at the cursor." msgstr "Placerar Da Capo al fine över ackordet vid markören." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DynamicMarkings/DeleteDynamic.xml.h:2 msgid "Deletes a dynamic attached to the chord at the cursor." msgstr "Raderar en dynamik som är kopplad till ackordet vid markören." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DynamicMarkings/Forte.xml.h:1 msgid "Forte" msgstr "Forte" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DynamicMarkings/Forte.xml.h:2 msgid "Attaches Forte to chord and MIDI volume" msgstr "Fäster forte vid ackordet och anger MIDI-volym" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DynamicMarkings/Fortissimo.xml.h:1 msgid "Fortissimo" msgstr "Fortissimo" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DynamicMarkings/Fortissimo.xml.h:2 msgid "Places a ff sign on the chord at the cursor" msgstr "Placerar ett ff-tecken på ackordet vid markören" #. End of scheme script #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DynamicMarkings/Largo.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/TempoIndications/Largo.xml.h:1 msgid "Largo" msgstr "Largo" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DynamicMarkings/Largo.xml.h:2 msgid "Print Largo above note at cursor" msgstr "Skriv ut largo ovanför noten vid markören" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DynamicMarkings/MezzoForte.xml.h:1 msgid "Mezzo Forte" msgstr "Mezzo Forte" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DynamicMarkings/MezzoForte.xml.h:2 msgid "Attach mf indication to a chord." msgstr "Fäst mf-markering vid ett ackord." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DynamicMarkings/MezzoPiano.xml.h:1 msgid "Mezzo Piano" msgstr "Mezzo Piano" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DynamicMarkings/MezzoPiano.xml.h:2 msgid "prints mp and outputs MIDI vol change#" msgstr "skriver ut mp och skickar MIDI-volymändring." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Footnote.scm:9 msgid "Fn" msgstr "Fn" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Footnote.scm:20 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Footnote.scm:23 msgid "Footnote Mark" msgstr "Fotnotsmarkör" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Footnote.scm:20 msgid "Give horizontal offset for the marker" msgstr "Ange horisontell förskjutning för markören" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Footnote.scm:23 msgid "Give vertical offset for the marker" msgstr "Ge vertikal förskjutning för markören" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Footnote.scm:65 msgid "No note or chord at cursor to attach footnote to" msgstr "Ingen not eller inget ackord vid markören att fästa fotnoten vid" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Footnote.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints a footnote at the bottom of the current page. The mark is placed above the note at the cursor." msgstr "Skriver ut en fotnot längst ner på den aktuella sidan. Markeringen placeras ovanför noten vid markören." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Glissando.scm:4 msgid "Minimum Length" msgstr "Minilängd" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Glissando.scm:10 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Glissando.xml.h:1 msgid "Glissando" msgstr "Glissando" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Glissando.scm:10 msgid "Give minimum length for glissando line: " msgstr "Ange minsta längd för glissandolinjen: " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Glissando.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a glissando (portamento, slide), a line joining the notehead of this and the next note. You may need to displace the following note horizontally to make the gliss marking visible enough." msgstr "Infogar ett glissando (portamento, slide), en linje som förbinder nothuvudet för denna och nästa not. Du kan behöva förskjuta följande not horisontellt för att glissandomarkeringen ska bli tillräckligt synlig." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/ParenthesizeChord.xml.h:1 msgid "Parenthesize Chord" msgstr "Parentesackord" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/ParenthesizeNote.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ParenthesizeNote.xml.h:1 msgid "Parenthesize Note" msgstr "Parentesanteckning" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/ParenthesizeNote.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ParenthesizeNote.xml.h:2 msgid "Enclose the note at the cursor in ( ) when printed." msgstr "Omsluter noten vid markören med parenteser vid utskrift." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Spanning/TextSpanStart.scm:16 msgid "Sorry, not yet implemented" msgstr "Tyvärr, ännu inte implementerat" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Spanning/TextSpanStart.scm:29 msgid "Text Span Start deleted. The end text span later should also be deleted ..." msgstr "Text Span Start borttagen. Sluttextfältet senare bör också raderas …" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Spanning/TextSpanStart.scm:33 msgid "Text Spanner" msgstr "Textspann" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Spanning/TextSpanStart.scm:33 msgid "Give text " msgstr "Ge text " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Spanning/TextSpanStart.xml.h:1 msgid "Text Span Start" msgstr "Starta textspann" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Spanning/TextSpanStart.xml.h:2 msgid "Starts text which spans several notes, e.g. rallentando poco a poco. Terminate with Stop Text Span command." msgstr "Startar text som sträcker sig över flera noter, till exempel rallentando poco a poco. Avsluta med kommandot Avsluta textspann." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Spanning/TextSpanStop.xml.h:1 msgid "Text Span Stop" msgstr "Avsluta textspann" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Spanning/TextSpanStop.xml.h:2 msgid "Stops the spanning text started earlier." msgstr "Avslutar textspannet som startades tidigare." #. End of scheme script #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/TempoIndications/AllegroAssai.xml.h:1 msgid "Allegro Assai" msgstr "Allegro Assai" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/TempoIndications/AllegroAssai.xml.h:2 msgid "Gives Allegro Assai tempo indication" msgstr "Anger tempot Allegro assai" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/TempoIndications/Allegro.xml.h:1 msgid "Allegro" msgstr "Allegro" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/TempoIndications/Allegro.xml.h:2 msgid "Print Allegro in bold italics above the chord." msgstr "Skriv ut allegro med fet kursiv stil ovanför ackordet." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/TempoIndications/Andante.xml.h:1 msgid "Andante" msgstr "Andante" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/TempoIndications/Andante.xml.h:2 msgid "Print Andante in bold italics above the chord." msgstr "Skriv ut andante med fet kursiv stil ovanför ackordet." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/TempoIndications/Largo.xml.h:2 msgid "Attaches Largo to chord" msgstr "Fäster largo vid ackordet" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/TempoIndications/Presto.xml.h:1 msgid "Presto" msgstr "Presto" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/TempoIndications/Presto.xml.h:2 msgid "Print Presto in bold italics above the chord." msgstr "Skriv ut presto med fet kursiv stil ovanför ackordet." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/TextAbove.scm:6 msgid "Give text to appear above music: " msgstr "Ge text som ska visas ovanför musiken: " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/TextAbove.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints your text above the music at this point" msgstr "Skriver ut din text ovanför musiken här." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/ToggleCoda.xml.h:1 msgid "Coda (Off/On)" msgstr "Coda (av/på)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/ToggleCoda.xml.h:2 msgid "Adds/Removes a Coda to the note" msgstr "Lägger till eller tar bort en coda på noten" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/ToggleFine.xml.h:1 msgid "Fine (end). (Off/On)" msgstr "Fine (slut) (av/på)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/ToggleFine.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints the musical instruction \"fine\", in italics." msgstr "Skriver ut den musikaliska instruktionen fine med kursiv stil." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/ToggleSegno.xml.h:1 msgid "Segno (Off/On)" msgstr "Segno (Av/På)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/ToggleSegno.xml.h:2 msgid "Adds/Removes a Segno to the note" msgstr "Lägger till eller tar bort ett segno på noten" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Vibrato.scm:3 msgid "Start a vibrato" msgstr "Starta vibrato" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Vibrato.scm:3 msgid "Stop a vibrato" msgstr "Avsluta vibrato" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Vibrato.scm:14 msgid "Vibrato End" msgstr "Vibrato slutar" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Vibrato.scm:20 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Vibrato.scm:29 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Vibrato.scm:32 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Vibrato.xml.h:1 msgid "Vibrato" msgstr "Vibrato" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Vibrato.scm:20 msgid "Give amplitude or 0 to finish giving amplitudes" msgstr "Ange amplitud eller 0 för att avsluta angivandet av amplituder" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Vibrato.scm:29 msgid "Give wavelength for wavy line " msgstr "Ge våglängd för vågig linje " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Vibrato.scm:32 msgid "Give thickness for wavy line " msgstr "Ge tjocklek för vågig linje " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Vibrato.xml.h:2 msgid "Start or Stop a wavy line above the notes. The waves can be made longer/shorter via the wavelength given and can be made to swell and or diminish, several times if desired by giving one or more amplitudes." msgstr "Startar eller avslutar en vågig linje ovanför noterna. Vågorna kan göras längre eller kortare med angiven våglängd och kan fås att svälla eller minska flera gånger genom att ange en eller flera amplituder." #. InsertMarkedMidi #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/MIDI/InsertMarkedMidi.xml.h:1 msgid "Insert Marked MIDI" msgstr "Infoga markerad MIDI" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/MIDI/InsertMarkedMidi.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts the marked MIDI note from the current track, using the duration suggested. Use duration keys to insert the same note with a different duration." msgstr "Infogar den markerade MIDI-noten från aktuellt spår med föreslagen längd. Använd längdtangenter för att infoga samma not med en annan längd." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl/ArtificialHarmonic.scm:8 msgid "" "This note will typeset with a diamond notehead, to indicate a harmonic\n" "You can sharpen or flatten this note using the standard commands." msgstr "" "Noten typsätts med diamantformat nothuvud för att ange flageoletton.\n" "Du kan höja eller sänka noten med standardkommandona." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl/ArtificialHarmonic.xml.h:1 msgid "Artificial Harmonic" msgstr "Konstgjord flageoletton" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl/ArtificialHarmonic.xml.h:2 msgid "Places a diamond shape notehead at the cursor. Invoke this command with the cursor above the note to be fingered/fretted to notate an artificial harmonic." msgstr "Placerar ett diamantformat nothuvud vid markören. Använd kommandot med markören ovanför noten som ska fingersättas eller bandtryckas för att notera en konstgjord flageoletton." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl/ChooseNotehead.scm:6 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl/NeoMensuralNotehead.xml.h:1 msgid "Neo-mensural" msgstr "Neo-mensural" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl/ChooseNotehead.scm:10 msgid "Harmonic Black" msgstr "Harmonisk svart" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl/ChooseNotehead.scm:11 msgid "Harmonic Mixed" msgstr "Harmoniskt blandad" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl/ChooseNotehead.scm:14 msgid "XCircle" msgstr "XCirkel" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl/ChooseNotehead.scm:18 msgid "AltDefault" msgstr "AltDefault" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl/ChooseNotehead.xml.h:1 msgid "Choose Notehead" msgstr "Välj nothuvud" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl/ChooseNotehead.xml.h:2 msgid "(Print) Gives a choice between all the notehead types available." msgstr "(Print) Ger möjlighet att välja mellan alla tillgängliga nothuvudtyper." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl/IndividualNoteheadSize.scm:10 msgid "Notehead Font Magnification" msgstr "Förstoring av nothuvudets teckensnitt" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl/IndividualNoteheadSize.scm:10 msgid "Give size required: " msgstr "Ange önskad storlek: " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl/IndividualNoteheadSize.xml.h:1 msgid "Individual Note Head Size" msgstr "Individuell nothuvudstorlek" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl/IndividualNoteheadSize.xml.h:2 msgid "Allows the notehead that the cursor is on to be made larger of smaller than normal." msgstr "Gör det möjligt att göra nothuvudet vid markören större eller mindre än normalt." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl/NeoMensuralNotehead.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints note with neomensural style notehead." msgstr "Skriver ut noten med neomensural nothuvudstil." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadSizes/NormalSizeNotehead.xml.h:1 msgid "(Print) Normal Size" msgstr "(Skriv ut) Normal storlek" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadSizes/NormalSizeNotehead.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints out note heads in normal size" msgstr "Skriver ut nothuvuden i normal storlek." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadSizes/SmallNotehead.xml.h:1 msgid "(Print) Small Size" msgstr "(Skriv ut) Liten storlek" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadSizes/SmallNotehead.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints out note heads in small size" msgstr "Skriver ut nothuvuden i liten storlek." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadSizes/TinyNotehead.xml.h:1 msgid "(Print) Tiny Size" msgstr "(Skriv ut) Liten storlek" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadSizes/TinyNotehead.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints out note heads in tiny size" msgstr "Skriver ut nothuvuden i mycket liten storlek." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/OmitChord-Note-Rest.xml.h:1 msgid "Omit (Print)" msgstr "Utelämna (Skriv ut)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/OmitChord-Note-Rest.xml.h:2 msgid "Omits the current chord, note or rest when typesetting. By default this will be conditional: exclusive to current layout. Use the Object Editor to change the condition if needed." msgstr "Utelämnar aktuellt ackord, not eller vila vid sättning. Som standard kommer detta att vara villkorligt: exklusivt för aktuell layout. Använd objektredigeraren för att ändra villkoret om det behövs." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ParenthesizeNote.scm:22 msgid "Applies to Note, Chord or Rest" msgstr "Gäller för not, ackord eller paus" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Percussion/BassDrum.xml.h:1 msgid "Bass Drum" msgstr "Bass Drum" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Percussion/BassDrum.xml.h:2 msgid "Insert Bass Drum in the prevailing duration." msgstr "Infoga bastrumma med aktuell längd." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Percussion/DrumGM2Custom.xml.h:1 msgid "Drum GM2 Custom" msgstr "Trumma GM2 Custom" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Percussion/DrumGM2Custom.xml.h:2 msgid "Convert General Midi drum-staffs to user-notation drum-staffs. Please edit the script to enter your own values." msgstr "Konvertera General MIDI-trumnotsystem till trumnotsystem med användarnotation. Redigera skriptet för att ange egna värden." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Percussion/HiHatFoot.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Percussion/HiHat.xml.h:1 msgid "Hi Hat with Foot" msgstr "Hi Hat med fot" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Percussion/HiHatFoot.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Percussion/HiHat.xml.h:2 msgid "Insert HiHat with foot in the prevailing duration." msgstr "Infoga fot-hihat med aktuell längd." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Percussion/HiTom.xml.h:1 msgid "Hi Tom" msgstr "Hög tom" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Percussion/HiTom.xml.h:2 msgid "Insert Hi Tom in the prevailing duration." msgstr "Infoga hög tom med aktuell längd." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Percussion/RideBell.xml.h:1 msgid "Ride Bell" msgstr "Ride Bell" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Percussion/RideBell.xml.h:2 msgid "Insert Ride Bell in the prevailing duration." msgstr "Sätt in Ride Bell i den aktuella varaktigheten." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Percussion/Ride.xml.h:1 msgid "Ride" msgstr "Ride-cymbal" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Percussion/Ride.xml.h:2 msgid "Insert Ride in the prevailing duration." msgstr "Infoga ride-cymbal med aktuell längd." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Percussion/TimbalesStyle.xml.h:1 msgid "Timbales Style Staff" msgstr "Notsystem i timbales-stil" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Percussion/TimbalesStyle.xml.h:2 msgid "Changes to print as a drum staff in timbales style" msgstr "Ändrar typsättning till ett trumnotsystem i timbalesstil." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Playback/ChangeSoundingDuration.scm:6 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Playback/ChangeSoundingDuration.xml.h:1 msgid "Change Sounding Duration" msgstr "Ändra klingande längd" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Playback/ChangeSoundingDuration.scm:7 msgid "Choose a duration in \"ticks\" (𝅘𝅥 = 384 ticks): " msgstr "Välj en varaktighet i \"ticks\" (𝅘𝅥 = 384 ticks): " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Playback/ChangeSoundingDuration.xml.h:2 msgid "Changes the duration of the note a the cursor for playback purposes, typesetting unaffected." msgstr "Ändrar längden på noten vid markören för uppspelning utan att påverka typsättningen." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ReplaceChord.xml.h:1 msgid "Replace LilyPond" msgstr "Ersätt LilyPond" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ReplaceChord.xml.h:2 msgid "Suppresses the normal LilyPond typesetting for the current note/chord/rest replacing it with syntax provided by user." msgstr "Undertrycker den normala LilyPond-sättningen för den aktuella noten/ackordet/vilan och ersätter den med syntax som tillhandahålls av användaren." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/ConvertToWholeMeasureRests.xml.h:1 msgid "Convert to Whole Measure Rests" msgstr "Omvandla till heltaktspauser" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/ConvertToWholeMeasureRests.xml.h:2 msgid "Changes rests throughout the score that have the duration of the whole measure to whole measure rests (typeset as whole-note rest by convention)" msgstr "Ändrar pauser i hela partituret som har längden av en hel takt till heltaktspauser, som enligt konvention typsätts som helnotspauser." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/DisplaceRestHorizontally.xml.h:1 msgid "Displace Rest Horizontally" msgstr "Flytta resten horisontellt" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/DisplaceRestHorizontally.xml.h:2 msgid "Asks for a horizontal shift and moves the rest at the cursor by that much when printing." msgstr "Frågar efter en horisontell förskjutning och flyttar resten vid markören lika mycket vid utskrift." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/EnterRest.xml.h:1 msgid "Insert Rest" msgstr "Infoga paus" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/EnterRest.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a rest in the prevailing duration" msgstr "Infogar en paus med aktuell längd." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/InsertBreveRest.xml.h:1 msgid "Breve Rest" msgstr "Breve vila" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/InsertBreveRest.xml.h:2 msgid "Insert a rest with breve duration" msgstr "Infoga en vila med breve-varaktighet" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/InsertLongaRest.xml.h:1 msgid "Longa Rest" msgstr "Longapaus" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/InsertLongaRest.xml.h:2 msgid "Insert a rest with longa duration" msgstr "Infoga en vila med lång varaktighet" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/InsertWholeMeasureRest.xml.h:1 msgid "Insert Whole Measure Rest" msgstr "Infoga heltaktspaus" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/InsertWholeMeasureRest.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts/Appends a rest measure; if the current measure is empty, it simply places the whole measure rest in it." msgstr "Infogar eller lägger till en heltaktspaus. Om den aktuella takten är tom placeras heltaktspausen i den." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/MoveRest.xml.h:1 msgid "Displace Rest Vertically" msgstr "Förskjuta resten vertikalt" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/MoveRest.xml.h:2 msgid "Turns the rest at the cursor into a polyphonic rest at the cursor height." msgstr "Förvandlar vilan vid markören till en polyfonisk vila i markörens höjd." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/MultiMeasureRestNumber.xml.h:1 msgid "Multi-Measure Rest Number (Off/On)" msgstr "Nummer för flertaktspaus (av/på)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/MultiMeasureRestNumber.xml.h:2 msgid "Turns the printing of the multi-measure rest number off or on. Use this when merging rests to avoid the number appearing twice." msgstr "Slår av eller på utskrift av numret för flertaktspausen. Använd detta vid sammanslagning av pauser för att undvika att numret visas två gånger." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/MultiMeasureRests.scm:76 msgid "Grouped in mm rest" msgstr "Grupperad i mm paus" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/MultiMeasureRests.scm:94 msgid "" "This whole measure rest is grouped with adjacent ones to form a multi-measure rest.\n" "The first of the group should be the multi-measure rest itself. Place the cursor on that object to do editing." msgstr "" "Denna hela taktpaus grupperas med intilliggande för att bilda en flertaktig vila.\n" "Den första i gruppen bör vara den flertaktiga vilan själv. Placera markören på det objektet för att göra redigering." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/MultiMeasureRests.scm:98 msgid "Recalculate" msgstr "Räkna om" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/MultiMeasureRests.scm:98 msgid "Un-group" msgstr "Icke-grupp" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/MultiMeasureRests.scm:101 msgid "" "This represents a number of whole measure rests.\n" "The following measure rests are grouped with this one when typeset on their own. In full score they are typeset separately to match the other parts.\n" "If you add further grouped whole measure rests, this Directive will need re-calculating.\n" "The check score routine that is run before printing will do this for you." msgstr "" "Detta representerar ett antal hela taktpauser.\n" "De följande taktpauserna grupperas med denna när de sätts för sig själva. I fullständigt partitur sätts de separat för att matcha de andra delarna.\n" "Om du lägger till fler grupperade heldragspauser måste detta direktiv beräknas på nytt.\n" "Rutinen Check partitur som körs före utskrift gör detta åt dig." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/MultiMeasureRests.scm:106 msgid "Creating Multi-Measure Rests" msgstr "Skapande av multi-mätningar" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/MultiMeasureRests.scm:106 msgid "Give number of whole measure rests to insert" msgstr "Ange antal vilopauser i hela takter som ska infogas" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/MultiMeasureRests.xml.h:2 msgid "Creates a multi-measure rest from the whole measure rests after the cursor, or inserts the number of rests you specify after the cursor, making them a multi-measure rest. Multi-measure rests will be typeset as individual whole measure rests if any other part being typeset has music during them. Note: Whole measure rests to be converted must be unbroken by any other objects such as links to source, rehearsal marks etc. else they will be split into separate groups on multi-measure rests." msgstr "Skapar en vila i flera takter från vilorna i hela takter efter markören, eller infogar det antal vilor du anger efter markören, vilket gör dem till en vila i flera takter. Flertaktiga vilopauser kommer att sättas som enskilda heltaktiga vilopauser om någon annan del som sätts har musik under dem. Obs: Hela taktpauser som ska konverteras måste vara obrutna av andra objekt, t.ex. länkar till källan, repetitionsmarkeringar etc., annars delas de upp i separata grupper på flertaktiga pauser." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/WholeMeasureRest.scm:7 msgid "Duration of whole measure rest has been re-calculated" msgstr "Hela taktens viloperiod har räknats om" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/WholeMeasureRest.xml.h:1 msgid "Whole Measure Rest" msgstr "Heltaktspaus" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/WholeMeasureRest.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a whole measure rest at the cursor" msgstr "Infogar en hel taktrest vid markören" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/WholeMeasureSpacer.xml.h:1 msgid "Insert Whole Measure Spacer" msgstr "Sätt in distans för hela måttet" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/WholeMeasureSpacer.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a non-printing whole measure after the current measure with a directive to omit the barline. This gives a one measure spacer." msgstr "Infogar en icke-tryckande hel sats efter den aktuella satsen med ett direktiv om att utelämna taktstrecket. Detta ger ett mellanrum på ett mått." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/SelectDuration/SetBreve.xml.h:2 msgid "Sets Prevailing Duration to Breve" msgstr "Ställer in rådande varaktighet till Breve" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/SelectDuration/SetLonga.xml.h:2 msgid "Sets Longa as the prevailing duration, installing it as a musical snippet." msgstr "Ställer in Longa som den rådande varaktigheten och installerar den som en musiksnutt." #. ShiftDot #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ShiftDot.scm:2 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ShiftDot.scm:3 msgid "Dot Position" msgstr "Punktposition" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ShiftDot.xml.h:1 msgid "(Print) Move Dot" msgstr "(tryck) Flytta prick" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ShiftDot.xml.h:2 msgid "Adjust the position of the dot on the current note by the amounts given (in units of staff line spaces)." msgstr "Justera prickens position på den aktuella noten med de angivna värdena (i enheter av notlinjer)." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/AvoidSlurAccidentalCollision.scm:7 msgid "Slur/Accidental avoidance removed" msgstr "legatobåge/Accidental avoidance borttagen" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/AvoidSlurAccidentalCollision.scm:17 msgid "Use only on a slur start to make the slur avoid accidentals on following notes" msgstr "Använd endast på en legatobåge start för att göra sluren undvik förtecken på följande noter" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/AvoidSlurAccidentalCollision.xml.h:1 msgid "Avoid Slur Collision" msgstr "Undvik legatobåge-kollision" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/AvoidSlurAccidentalCollision.xml.h:2 msgid "Avoids slur colliding with accidental (Print)" msgstr "Undviker att legatobåge kolliderar med oavsiktlig (Print)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/BeginPhrasingSlur.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/ToggleBeginPhrasingSlur.xml.h:1 msgid "Begin Phrasing Slur" msgstr "Börja Frasering legatobåge" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/BeginPhrasingSlur.xml.h:2 msgid "Begins a phrasing slur (which can have slurs within it)" msgstr "Inleder en fraseringsslinga (som kan ha flera slingor inom sig)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/DeleteSlur.scm:5 msgid "Slur Deleted" msgstr "legatobåge raderad" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/DeleteSlur.scm:10 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/DeleteSlur.scm:17 msgid "Not on a slur" msgstr "Inte på en förolämpning" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/DeleteSlur.xml.h:2 msgid "Deletes the slur that includes the current cursor position." msgstr "Raderar den legatobåge som inkluderar den aktuella markörpositionen." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/EndPhrasingSlur.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/ToggleEndPhrasingSlur.xml.h:1 msgid "End Phrasing Slur" msgstr "Avsluta Frasering legatobåge" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/EndPhrasingSlur.xml.h:2 msgid "Ends a phrasing slur (which can have slurs within it)" msgstr "Avslutar en fraseringsslur (som kan ha slurar inom sig)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/ExtendSlur.xml.h:1 msgid "Extend Slur" msgstr "Förläng slurfen" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/ExtendSlur.xml.h:2 msgid "Extends the slur finishing at the cursor." msgstr "Förlänger slangen och avslutar vid markören." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/LaterSlurStart.xml.h:1 msgid "Shorten Slur from Start" msgstr "Förkorta legatobåge från Start" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/LaterSlurStart.xml.h:2 msgid "Moves the Slur start from the note at the cursor to the following note." msgstr "Flyttar legatobåge-starten från noten vid markören till följande not." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/MarkingInsideSlur.scm:5 msgid "This makes the next marking on a note etc move inside the slur." msgstr "Detta gör att nästa markering på en not etc flyttas in i slurfen." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/MarkingInsideSlur.scm:10 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/TextInsideSlur.scm:10 msgid "Inside Slur " msgstr "Insidan legatobåge " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/MarkingInsideSlur.xml.h:1 msgid "Marking Inside Slur" msgstr "Markering inuti legatobåge" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/MarkingInsideSlur.xml.h:2 msgid "(Print) Next marking will be placed inside the slur." msgstr "(Print) Nästa markering kommer att placeras inuti slurfen." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/ReduceSlur.xml.h:1 msgid "Shorten Slur" msgstr "Förkorta legatobåge" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/ReduceSlur.xml.h:2 msgid "Shorten a slur that ends or starts at the cursor." msgstr "Förkorta en slurry som slutar eller börjar vid markören." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/SlurDown.xml.h:1 msgid "Slur Down" msgstr "legatobåge Down" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/SlurDown.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints slur below" msgstr "Trycker slurry nedan" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/SlurNeutral.xml.h:1 msgid "Auto Slur Directions" msgstr "Auto legatobåge Vägbeskrivning" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/SlurNeutral.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints slurs as normal" msgstr "Skriver ut snedstreck som normalt" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/SlurStyle.scm:4 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/TieStyle.scm:4 msgid "Dashed" msgstr "Streckad" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/SlurStyle.scm:5 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/TieStyle.scm:5 msgid "Dotted" msgstr "Prickad" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/SlurStyle.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/TieStyle.xml.h:1 msgid "Dashed or Dotted" msgstr "Streckad eller prickad" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/SlurStyle.xml.h:2 msgid "Make the slur starting from this note dashed or dotted." msgstr "Gör slurfen med start från denna not streckad eller prickad." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/SlurThree.xml.h:1 msgid "Slur with Next Two Notes" msgstr "legatobåge med nästa två noter" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/SlurThree.xml.h:2 msgid "Slur over next two notes." msgstr "Slurra över de två följande tonerna." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/SlurTwo.xml.h:1 msgid "Slur with Next Note" msgstr "legatobåge med nästa not" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/SlurTwo.xml.h:2 msgid "Creates a slur from current note to next note." msgstr "Skapar en legatobåge från aktuell not till nästa not." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/SlurUp.xml.h:1 msgid "Slur Up" msgstr "Slurra upp" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/SlurUp.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints slurs up" msgstr "Utskrifter legatobågar up" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/TextInsideSlur.scm:5 msgid "This makes the next text marking on a note etc move inside the slur." msgstr "Detta gör att nästa textmarkering på en not etc flyttas in i slurfen." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/TextInsideSlur.xml.h:1 msgid "Text Inside Slur" msgstr "Text inuti legatobåge" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/TextInsideSlur.xml.h:2 msgid "(Print) Next text marking will be placed inside the slur." msgstr "(Print) Nästa textmarkering kommer att placeras inuti slurfen." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/ToggleBeginDownSlur.xml.h:1 msgid "Begin Slur Below (Off/On)" msgstr "Börja slurra nedanför (av/på)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/ToggleBeginDownSlur.xml.h:2 msgid "Starts (or deletes) a slur below the chord at the cursor. If deleting be sure to delete the end slur as well." msgstr "Startar (eller raderar) en legatobåge under ackordet vid markören. Om du tar bort en legatobåge, se till att även ta bort den sista sluren." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/ToggleBeginPhrasingSlur.xml.h:2 msgid "Begin a phrasing slur on the current note. You can have normal slurs (partially) inside a phrasing slur." msgstr "Starta en fraseringsslur på den aktuella noten. Du kan ha normala slurar (delvis) inuti en phrasing-legatobåge." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/ToggleBeginUpSlur.xml.h:1 msgid "Begin Slur Up (Off/On)" msgstr "Börja slurra upp (av/på)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/ToggleBeginUpSlur.xml.h:2 msgid "Starts (or deletes) a slur above the chord at the cursor. Follow with End Slur on a later chord." msgstr "Startar (eller tar bort) en legatobåge över ackordet vid markören. Följ upp med End legatobåge på ett senare ackord." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/ToggleEndPhrasingSlur.xml.h:2 msgid "End a phrasing slur on the current note." msgstr "Avsluta en fraseringsslur på den aktuella noten." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/StemControl/DesignateVoice.scm:3 msgid "OneVoice: Default-For a single voice on a staff" msgstr "OneVoice: Standard-För en enda stämma på en notsystem" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/StemControl/DesignateVoice.scm:4 msgid "VoiceOne: Designate as upper voice" msgstr "VoiceOne: Utse som övre stämma" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/StemControl/DesignateVoice.scm:5 msgid "VoiceTwo: Designate as lower voice" msgstr "VoiceTwo: Utse som lägre stämma" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/StemControl/DesignateVoice.scm:5 msgid "" "VoiceThree: \n" "Horizontally offset upper voice" msgstr "" "VoiceThree:\n" "Horisontellt förskjuten övre stämma" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/StemControl/DesignateVoice.scm:7 msgid "VoiceFour: Horizontally offset lower voice" msgstr "VoiceFour: Horisontellt förskjuten lägre stämma" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/StemControl/DesignateVoice.scm:13 msgid "Voice1" msgstr "Stämma1" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/StemControl/DesignateVoice.scm:15 msgid "Voice2" msgstr "Voice2" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/StemControl/DesignateVoice.scm:17 msgid "Voice3" msgstr "Stämma3" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/StemControl/DesignateVoice.scm:19 msgid "Voice4" msgstr "Voice4" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/StemControl/DesignateVoice.scm:21 msgid "1Voice" msgstr "1Stämma" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/StemControl/DesignateVoice.xml.h:1 msgid "Designate Voice" msgstr "Utse stämma" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/StemControl/DesignateVoice.xml.h:2 msgid "These commands are used when entering several voices per staff. VoiceOne is for the upper voice-it sets the direction of slurs, beams, etc. up to avoid clashes. VoiceTwo is for the lower voice, and it sets the directions down. Additional voices beyond two are offset slightly to the right." msgstr "Dessa kommandon används när du anger flera stämmor per notsystem. VoiceOne är för den övre stämman - den ställer in riktningen för legatobågar, balkar etc. uppåt för att undvika kollisioner. VoiceTwo är för den lägre stämman och anger riktningen nedåt. Ytterligare stämmor utöver två förskjuts något åt höger." #. HelpForStemControl #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/StemControl/HelpForStemControl.scm:2 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/StemControl/HelpForStemControl.xml.h:2 msgid "Stem direction (up, down or automatic - depending on the note height on the staff- is normally controlled by selecting the LilyPond voice for the music on the staff. This menu is for primitive commands that force stems in one direction without altering slur, tie, ornament directions. Use right-click More Commands to un-hide these primitives if needed." msgstr "Stammens riktning (uppåt, nedåt eller automatiskt - beroende på nothöjden på notsystemet) styrs normalt genom att välja LilyPond-stämma för musiken på notsystemet. Den här menyn innehåller primitiva kommandon som tvingar stämmorna i en riktning utan att ändra riktningen för legatobåge, bindebåge och ornament. Använd högerklicket Fler kommandon för att dölja dessa primitiver om det behövs." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/StemControl/HelpForStemControl.xml.h:1 msgid "Help for Stem Control" msgstr "Hjälp om styrning av notskaft" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/StemControl/StartDownStems.xml.h:1 msgid "Stems Down" msgstr "Notskaft nedåt" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/StemControl/StartDownStems.xml.h:2 msgid "Stems from now on point downward." msgstr "Notskaften pekar nedåt från och med nu." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/StemControl/StartUpStems.xml.h:1 msgid "Stems Up" msgstr "Notskaft uppåt" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/StemControl/StartUpStems.xml.h:2 msgid "Stems from now on point upward." msgstr "Notskaften pekar uppåt från och med nu." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/ConvertIncorrectSlursToTies.xml.h:1 msgid "Convert Incorrect Slurs to Ties" msgstr "Konvertera inkorrekta legatobågar till bindebågar" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/ConvertIncorrectSlursToTies.xml.h:2 msgid "Corrects for the slur/tie error common in imported scores. Scans entire score for pairs of identical notes slurred together as a pair. Changes these to a tied note. Do not use in the unusual case of identical notes slurred (e.g. across strings)." msgstr "Rättar felet med legatobåge/bindebåge som är vanligt i importerade partitur. Söker igenom hela partituret efter par av identiska noter som är sammanbundna med legatobåge och ändrar dem till bindebågar. Använd inte när identiska noter avsiktligt har legatobåge, till exempel över strängar." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/InsertTiedNoteDuration.xml.h:1 msgid "Attach Tied Note" msgstr "Bifoga bunden not" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/InsertTiedNoteDuration.xml.h:2 msgid "Toggles a tie on the note at the cursor and moves right for inserting a note to tie to with duration key. Gives audible feedback." msgstr "Växlar bindebåge för noten vid markören och flyttar åt höger för att infoga en not att binda till med längdtangent. Ger ljudåterkoppling." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/LaissezVibrer.scm:15 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/RepeatTie.scm:15 msgid "This command only applies to notes or chords." msgstr "Detta kommando gäller endast för noter eller ackord." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/LaissezVibrer.xml.h:1 msgid "Laissez Vibrer" msgstr "Laissez Vibrer" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/LaissezVibrer.xml.h:2 msgid "Places a tie after the note at the cursor, tying to nothing. Use for laissez vibrer or when a tie comes at a final repeat." msgstr "Placerar en bindebåge efter noten vid markören utan en följande not. Använd för laissez vibrer eller när en bindebåge hamnar vid en sista upprepning." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/RepeatTie.xml.h:1 msgid "Repeat Tie" msgstr "Upprepningsbindebåge" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/RepeatTie.xml.h:2 msgid "The note at the cursor ends a tie that has begun elsewhere, usually in a first time bar. That is it is a repeat of the tie ending." msgstr "Noten vid markören avslutar en bindebåge som har börjat någon annanstans, vanligen i första volta. Det innebär en upprepning av bindebågens avslutning." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/Shape/ShapeTieFlatter.scm:10 msgid "Convexity of Tie" msgstr "Bindebågens konvexitet" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/Shape/ShapeTieFlatter.scm:10 msgid "Give extra to flatten by (+/-):" msgstr "Ge extra för att plana ut med (+/-):" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/Shape/ShapeTieFlatter.xml.h:1 msgid "Flatter/More Curved" msgstr "Plattare/mer böjd" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/Shape/ShapeTieFlatter.xml.h:2 msgid "Makes the next tie more or less curved depending on the value given. The change is relative to the current shape, not the default shape." msgstr "Gör nästa bindebåge mer eller mindre krökt beroende på det angivna värdet. Förändringen är relativ till den aktuella formen, inte till standardformen." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/Shape/ShapeTieHigher.scm:10 msgid "Height of Tie" msgstr "Bindebågens höjd" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/Shape/ShapeTieHigher.scm:10 msgid "Give amount to raise (unit = staff line space):" msgstr "Ange värde för höjning (enhet = utrymme för notsystemrad):" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/Shape/ShapeTieHigher.xml.h:1 msgid "Higher/Lower" msgstr "Högre/Lägre" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/Shape/ShapeTieHigher.xml.h:2 msgid "Moves the next tie higher/lower by the amount given from the current position." msgstr "Flyttar nästa bindebåge högre/lägre med det angivna värdet från den aktuella positionen." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/Shape/ShapeTieWider.scm:14 msgid "Width of Tie" msgstr "Bindebågens bredd" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/Shape/ShapeTieWider.scm:14 msgid "Give additional width (unit = staff line space):" msgstr "Ange ytterligare bredd (enhet = avstånd mellan notsystemets linjer):" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/Shape/ShapeTieWider.xml.h:1 msgid "Widen/Make Narrower" msgstr "Bredda/gör smalare" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/Shape/ShapeTieWider.xml.h:2 msgid "Makes the next tie wider/narrower by the amount given. The change is relative to the default value." msgstr "Gör nästa bindebåge bredare eller smalare med angivet värde. Ändringen är relativ till standardvärdet." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/Shape/TieShape.scm:4 msgid "Widen/Narrow" msgstr "Bredda/smalna av" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/Shape/TieShape.scm:5 msgid "Flatten/Bend More" msgstr "Platta ut/böj mer" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/Shape/TieShape.scm:6 msgid "Raise/Lower" msgstr "Höj/sänk" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/Shape/TieShape.xml.h:2 msgid "Gives a choice of modifications to make to the following tie." msgstr "Ger ett val av ändringar att göra på följande bindebåge." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/TieStyle.xml.h:2 msgid "Make the tie on this note dashed or dotted." msgstr "Gör bindebågen på noten streckad eller prickad." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/ToggleNoteDownTie.scm:16 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/ToggleNoteTie.scm:15 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/ToggleNoteUpTie.scm:16 msgid "Individual Ties only apply to notes within chords." msgstr "Individuella bindebågar gäller endast noter i ackord." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/ToggleNoteDownTie.xml.h:1 msgid "Individual Note Down-Tie (Off/On)" msgstr "Individuell nedåtriktad bindebåge för not (av/på)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/ToggleNoteDownTie.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:195 msgid "Ties the individual note at the cursor the tie going down; repeat to remove." msgstr "Binder den enskilda noten vid markören nedåt. Upprepa för att ta bort." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/ToggleNoteTie.xml.h:1 msgid "Individual Note Tie (Off/On)" msgstr "Individuell bindebåge för not (av/på)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/ToggleNoteTie.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:193 msgid "Ties the note at the cursor leaving other notes in the current chord unchanged." msgstr "Binder noten vid markören och låter andra noter i det aktuella ackordet vara oförändrade." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/ToggleNoteUpTie.xml.h:1 msgid "Individual Note Up-Tie (Off/On)" msgstr "Individuell uppåtriktad bindebåge för not (av/på)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/ToggleNoteUpTie.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:194 msgid "Ties the individual note in a chord the tie being above; repeat command to remove." msgstr "Binder den enskilda noten i ett ackord uppåt. Upprepa kommandot för att ta bort." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/ToggleTieDown.xml.h:1 msgid "Down Tie (Off/On)" msgstr "Nedåtriktad bindebåge (av/på)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/ToggleTieDown.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:192 msgid "Ties to the following note/chord with tie downwards." msgstr "Binder till följande not eller ackord med bindebåge nedåt." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/ToggleTieUp.xml.h:1 msgid "Up Tie (Off/On)" msgstr "Uppåtriktad bindebåge (av/på)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/ToggleTieUp.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:191 msgid "Ties to next note, tie upwards, or removes tie." msgstr "Binder till nästa not med bindebåge uppåt eller tar bort bindebågen." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose/ShiftDown.xml.h:1 msgid "Tonal step down" msgstr "Diatoniskt steg nedåt" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose/ShiftDown.xml.h:2 msgid "Transpose/shift the cursor note or selection one step down, stay in the keysignature." msgstr "Transponerar eller förskjuter markörnoten eller markeringen ett steg nedåt inom tonarten." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose/ShiftRealDialogDown.xml.h:1 msgid "Arbitrary transpose down" msgstr "Godtycklig transponering nedåt" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose/ShiftRealDialogDown.xml.h:2 msgid "Transpose/shift the cursor note or selection an arbitrary number of tones down. User can specify interval through a dialog." msgstr "Transponera/förskjuta markörens not eller urval ett godtyckligt antal toner nedåt. Användaren kan ange intervallet via en dialogruta." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose/ShiftRealDialogUp.xml.h:1 msgid "Arbitrary transpose up" msgstr "Godtycklig transponering uppåt" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose/ShiftRealDialogUp.xml.h:2 msgid "Transpose/shift the cursor note or selection an arbitrary number of tones up. User can specify interval through a dialog." msgstr "Transponera/förskjuta markörens not eller urval ett godtyckligt antal toner uppåt. Användaren kan ange intervallet via en dialogruta." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose/ShiftRealHalfDown.xml.h:1 msgid "Half tone down" msgstr "Halvton nedåt" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose/ShiftRealHalfDown.xml.h:2 msgid "Transpose/shift the cursor note or selection one half tone down" msgstr "Transponera/förskjuta markörnoten eller markeringen en halvton nedåt" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose/ShiftRealHalfUp.xml.h:1 msgid "Half tone up" msgstr "Halvton uppåt" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose/ShiftRealHalfUp.xml.h:2 msgid "Transpose/shift the cursor note or selection one half tone up" msgstr "Transponera/förskjuta markörens not eller val en halvton uppåt" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose/ShiftRealOctaveDown.xml.h:2 msgid "Shifts current notes/selection down one octave while preserving accidental status. This means real transposition" msgstr "Flyttar aktuella noter eller markeringen ned en oktav med bibehållna förtecken. Detta är verklig transponering." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose/ShiftRealOctaveUp.xml.h:2 msgid "Shifts current notes/selection up one octave while preserving accidental status. This means real transposition" msgstr "Flyttar aktuella noter eller markeringen upp en oktav med bibehållna förtecken. Detta är verklig transponering." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose/ShiftRealWholeDown.xml.h:1 msgid "Whole tone down" msgstr "Helton nedåt" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose/ShiftRealWholeDown.xml.h:2 msgid "Transpose/shift the cursor note or selection one whole tone down" msgstr "Transponerar eller förskjuter markörnoten eller markeringen en helton nedåt." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose/ShiftRealWholeUp.xml.h:1 msgid "Whole tone up" msgstr "Helton uppåt" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose/ShiftRealWholeUp.xml.h:2 msgid "Transpose/shift the cursor note or selection one whole tone up" msgstr "Transponerar eller förskjuter markörnoten eller markeringen en helton uppåt." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose/ShiftUp.xml.h:1 msgid "Tonal step up" msgstr "Diatoniskt steg uppåt" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose/ShiftUp.xml.h:2 msgid "Transpose/shift the cursor note or selection one step up, stay in the keysignature." msgstr "Transponera/förskjut markörnoten eller markeringen ett steg uppåt, håll dig inom nyckelteckningen." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TremoloDownward.xml.h:1 msgid "Tremolo Downward" msgstr "Tremolo nedåt" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TremoloDownward.xml.h:2 msgid "Slopes the tremolo slash downwards instead of upwards." msgstr "Lutar tremolostrecket nedåt i stället för uppåt." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tremolo.scm:21 msgid "divide 𝅘𝅥𝅮 1/8" msgstr "dela upp 𝅘𝅥𝅮 1/8" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tremolo.scm:22 msgid "divide𝅘𝅥𝅯 1/16" msgstr "dela upp𝅘𝅥𝅯 1/16" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tremolo.scm:23 msgid "divide 𝅘𝅥𝅱 1/32 " msgstr "dela upp 𝅘𝅥𝅱 1/32 " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tremolo.scm:24 msgid "divide 𝅘𝅥𝅱 1/64" msgstr "dela upp 𝅘𝅥𝅱 1/64" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tremolo.scm:25 msgid "divide 𝅘𝅥𝅱 1/128" msgstr "dela upp 𝅘𝅥𝅱 1/128" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tremolo.scm:43 msgid "Cursor must be on a note or chord for tremolo" msgstr "Markören måste vara på en not eller ett ackord för tremolo" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TremoloUpward.xml.h:1 msgid "Tremolo Upward" msgstr "Tremolo uppåt" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TremoloUpward.xml.h:2 msgid "Slopes tremolo mark on stem upward." msgstr "Tremolomarkeringen på notskaftet lutar uppåt." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tremolo.xml.h:1 msgid "Tremolo" msgstr "Tremolo" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tremolo.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints the note at the cursor with the tremolo marking for the subdivisions specified." msgstr "Skriver ut noten vid markören med tremolomarkering för angivna underindelningar." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/CreateTripletSlurred.xml.h:1 msgid "Create Slurred Triplet" msgstr "Skapa triol med legatobåge" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/CreateTripletSlurred.xml.h:2 msgid "If a MIDI controller is active duplicates the current note twice making a triplet and slurring all three notes, otherwise same as Toggle Tripleting command." msgstr "Om en MIDI-styrenhet är aktiv dupliceras den aktuella noten två gånger till en triol med legatobåge över alla tre noter. Annars fungerar kommandot som Växla triolinmatning." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/CreateTriplet.xml.h:1 msgid "Create Triplet" msgstr "Skapa triol" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/CreateTriplet.xml.h:2 msgid "If a MIDI controller is active takes the current note and appends two more making all three a triplet, otherwise same as Toggle Tripleting command." msgstr "Om en MIDI-controller är aktiv tar den aktuella noten och lägger till ytterligare två, vilket gör alla tre till en triol, annars samma sak som kommandot Toggle Tripleting." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/CurvedTupletBrackets.scm:57 msgid "Square Tuplet Brackets re-instated" msgstr "Kvadratiska tuplettfästen återinförda" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/CurvedTupletBrackets.scm:60 msgid "Tuplet Brackets Curved" msgstr "Böjda tuplettfästen" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/CurvedTupletBrackets.xml.h:1 msgid "Curved Tuplet Brackets (Off/On)" msgstr "Böjda tuplettfästen (av/på)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/CurvedTupletBrackets.xml.h:2 msgid "Tuplet brackets will have a curved shape (like a slur) with the tuplet number inside. Note these cannot be re-shaped like slurs, so turn tuplet brackets off and place slurs manually if you need to reshape them." msgstr "Tuplettfästen får en böjd form, som en legatobåge, med tuplettnumret inuti. De kan inte omformas som legatobågar. Stäng därför av tuplettfästen och placera legatobågar manuellt om du behöver omforma dem." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/NoTupletNumbers.xml.h:1 msgid "No Tuplet Numbers" msgstr "Inga tuplettnummer" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/NoTupletNumbers.xml.h:2 msgid "Stop the printing of tuplet numbers from this point." msgstr "Stoppa utskrift av tuplettnummer från denna punkt." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/StartTuplet.scm:7 msgid "Enter tuplet numerator " msgstr "Ange täljare för tuplett " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/StartTuplet.scm:8 msgid "" "Enter the fraction to multiply the duration by,\n" "numerator first. E.g., for triplets, enter 2, then 3. \n" "Numerator:" msgstr "" "Ange det bråk som varaktigheten ska multipliceras med,\n" "täljaren först. T.ex. för trillingar, ange 2, sedan 3.\n" "Täljare:" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/StartTuplet.scm:11 msgid "Enter tuplet denominator" msgstr "Ange tuplettens nämnare" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/StartTuplet.scm:11 msgid "Enter the fraction's denominator:" msgstr "Ange bråkets nämnare:" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/StartTuplet.xml.h:1 msgid "Start Arbitrary Tuplet" msgstr "Starta godtycklig tuplett" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/StartTuplet.xml.h:2 msgid "Asks for ratio of tuplet and then puts in a start for that. Use EndTuplet command after entering tuplet notes. Note that the Denemo display will not automatically group the tuplet, but it will print with expected beaming etc." msgstr "Frågar efter tuplettens förhållande och infogar sedan en start. Använd kommandot Avsluta tuplett efter att tuplettnoterna har angetts. Denemo-visningen grupperar inte automatiskt tupletten, men den typsätts med förväntad balkning." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/ToggleTripleting.xml.h:1 msgid "Toggle Triplet Entry (Off/On)" msgstr "Växla triolinmatning (av/på)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/ToggleTripleting.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a start triplet or end tuplet alternately." msgstr "Infogar växelvis start på triol eller slut på tuplett." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/ToggleTupletBracketsIfBeamed.xml.h:1 msgid "Tuplet Brackets if not Beamed" msgstr "Tuplet Brackets om inte Beamed" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/ToggleTupletBracketsIfBeamed.xml.h:2 msgid "Turns tuplet brackets off for beamed notes. Affects tuplets from the cursor onwards." msgstr "Stänger av tuplet-parenteser för beamed-noter. Påverkar tuplets från markören och framåt." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/ToggleTupletBrackets.xml.h:1 msgid "Tuplet Brackets On/Off" msgstr "Tuplettfästen av/på" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/ToggleTupletBrackets.xml.h:2 msgid "Turns tuplet brackets off or on." msgstr "Slår av eller på tuplettfästen." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/ToggleTupletNumbering.xml.h:1 msgid "Tuplet Numbering On/Off" msgstr "Tuplettnumrering av/på" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/ToggleTupletNumbering.xml.h:2 msgid "Control whether tuplet numbers will be printed over tuplets." msgstr "Styr om tuplettnummer skrivs ut över tupletter." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/Tripletize.scm:14 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/TripletizeSlurred.scm:17 msgid "This command needs a note or chord to turn into a triplet" msgstr "Detta kommando behöver en not eller ett ackord för att bli en triol" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/TripletizeSlurred.xml.h:1 msgid "Triplet-ize (Slurred)" msgstr "Gör till triol med legatobåge" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/TripletizeSlurred.xml.h:2 msgid "Turns the note at or before the cursor into a triplet of the same total duration, slurring the triplet." msgstr "Gör noten vid eller före markören till en triol med samma totala längd och lägger legatobåge över triolen." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/Tripletize.xml.h:1 msgid "Triplet-ize" msgstr "Gör till triol" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/Tripletize.xml.h:2 msgid "Turns the note on or before the cursor into a triplet of notes with the same total duration." msgstr "Gör noten vid eller före markören till en triol av noter med samma totala längd." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/TupletBrackets.scm:3 msgid "No Brackets" msgstr "Inga fästen" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/TupletBrackets.scm:4 msgid "Always Brackets" msgstr "Alltid fästen" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/TupletBrackets.scm:5 msgid "Bracket if not beamed" msgstr "Fäste om inte balk" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/TupletBrackets.xml.h:1 msgid "Tuplet Brackets" msgstr "Tuplettfästen" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/TupletBrackets.xml.h:2 msgid "Choose whether tuplets should have brackets. Affects tuplets from the cursor onwards." msgstr "Välj om tupletter ska ha fästen. Påverkar tupletter från markören och framåt." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/TupletPosition.xml.h:1 msgid "Tuplet Position" msgstr "Tuplettposition" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/TupletPosition.xml.h:2 msgid "Sets the positioning of the following tuplet (up/down/auto) to your choice." msgstr "Anger positionen för följande tuplett, upp, ned eller auto, enligt ditt val." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TwoNoteTremolo.scm:4 msgid "This Denemo Directive is part of a set of four creating a \"Two note (or chord) tremolo\". Be sure to delete them all if you delete one of them." msgstr "Detta Denemo-direktiv är en del av en uppsättning om fyra som skapar ett \"Tremolo med två toner (eller ackord)\". Var noga med att radera dem alla om du raderar en av dem." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TwoNoteTremolo.scm:6 msgid "Tremolo Repeat" msgstr "Tremolo upprepning" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TwoNoteTremolo.scm:6 msgid "" "Give number of times the two notes/chords should be sounded 2,4... \n" "(must total up to proper note duration)" msgstr "" "Ange antal gånger de två tonerna/ackorden ska ljuda 2,4…\n" "(måste summeras till rätt notlängd)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TwoNoteTremolo.scm:49 msgid "The selection must comprise two notes/chords which will sound alternately as a tremolo. The display will show and sound out repetitions, while LilyPond will typeset them using the tremolo notation." msgstr "Urvalet måste bestå av två noter/ackord som låter omväxlande som ett tremolo. Displayen visar och ljudar repetitioner, medan LilyPond skriver dem med tremolo-notationen." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TwoNoteTremolo.xml.h:1 msgid "Two Note (or Chord) Tremolo" msgstr "Tremolo med två toner (eller ackord)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TwoNoteTremolo.xml.h:2 msgid "Takes the selected two notes or chords and repeats them to make up the duration of a longer note. This will then be typeset using the tremolo notation (beaming placed between notes), while the Denemo Display will show and sound the repetitions." msgstr "Tar de valda två tonerna eller ackorden och upprepar dem för att skapa varaktigheten av en längre ton. Detta kommer sedan att sättas med tremolo-notationen (strålen placeras mellan tonerna), medan Denemo Display visar och låter repetitionerna." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/CheckScore.scm:28 msgid "Parts in movement " msgstr "Delar i sats " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/CheckScore.scm:29 msgid "" " differ from those in opening movement.\n" "While this is not an error, be aware that trying to print a part that does not appear in each movement will result in empty movements." msgstr "" " skiljer sig från dem i öppningssatsen.\n" "Även om detta inte är ett fel, bör du vara medveten om att försök att skriva ut en del som inte förekommer i varje sats kommer att resultera i tomma satser." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/CheckScore.scm:101 msgid "Incorrect measure duration; If you are trying to create an upbeat (pickup/'anacrusis) use the Anacrusis command" msgstr "Felaktig taktlängd; Om du försöker skapa en upbeat (pickup/'anacrusis) använd kommandot Anacrusis" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/CheckScore.scm:102 msgid "Incorrect measure duration" msgstr "Felaktig taktlängd" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/CheckScore.scm:127 msgid "Final Measures not all equal duration" msgstr "Slutgiltiga takter inte alla lika långa" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/CheckScore.scm:142 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/CheckScoreSkipping.scm:22 msgid "No problem detected in this score" msgstr "Inga problem upptäcktes i detta partitur" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/CheckScoreSkipping.scm:4 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/CheckScoreSkipping.xml.h:1 msgid "Check Score Skipping Some Errors" msgstr "Kontrollera partitur och hoppa över vissa fel" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/CheckScoreSkipping.scm:4 msgid "Give number of errors to skip" msgstr "Ange antal fel att hoppa över" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/CheckScoreSkipping.scm:19 msgid "Error number: " msgstr "Felnummer: " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/CheckScoreSkipping.xml.h:2 msgid "Checks the score ignoring the first so many errors. Use this to skip errors that are ok to leave in." msgstr "Kontrollerar partituret och ignorerar de första angivna felen. Använd för att hoppa över fel som är godtagbara att lämna kvar." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/CheckScore.xml.h:1 msgid "Check Score" msgstr "Kontrollera partitur" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/CheckScore.xml.h:2 msgid "Checks score for wrong measure durations, unterminated tuplets, slurs, wrong ties etc." msgstr "Kontrollerar partituret för felaktiga taktlängder, oavslutade tupletter, legatobågar, felaktiga bindebågar osv." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/CompareWithNextScore.scm:9 msgid "Only one tab is open" msgstr "Endast en flik är öppen" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/CompareWithNextScore.xml.h:1 msgid "Compare With Next" msgstr "Jämför med nästa" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/CompareWithNextScore.xml.h:2 msgid "Compares the current score with the score in the next tab, reporting any differences." msgstr "Jämför den aktuella poängen med poängen i nästa flik och rapporterar eventuella skillnader." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/EditProlog.scm:5 msgid "Edit Score Prolog" msgstr "Redigera poäng Prolog" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/EditProlog.scm:6 msgid "Edit LilyPond to apply to whole score" msgstr "Redigera LilyPond för att gälla hela poängen" #. #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/EditProlog.xml.h:1 msgid "Edit Prolog" msgstr "Redigera Prolog" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/EditProlog.xml.h:2 msgid "Allows you to edit the LilyPond score prolog; here you can set transposition for the printed version and much more." msgstr "Gör det möjligt att redigera LilyPond-partiturets prolog; här kan du ställa in transposition för den tryckta versionen och mycket mer." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/GenerateMusicSignatureSearchScript.scm:45 msgid "Search for Similar" msgstr "Sök efter liknande" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/GenerateMusicSignatureSearchScript.scm:45 msgid "Which movement to search in?" msgstr "Vilken sats ska du söka i?" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/GenerateMusicSignatureSearchScript.xml.h:1 msgid "Search for Similar Scores" msgstr "Sök efter liknande resultat" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/GenerateMusicSignatureSearchScript.xml.h:2 msgid "Creates a music signature from the opening intervals of the current score then searches all the scores below a given folder for one starting with the same intervals as this score. Any score found is opened in a new tab. Use to seek out a lost score in your collection by entering the first few notes of the lost score and invoking this command." msgstr "Skapar en musiksignatur från öppningsintervallen i det aktuella partituret och söker sedan i alla partitur under en viss mapp efter ett partitur som börjar med samma intervall som detta partitur. Varje partitur som hittas öppnas i en ny flik. Används för att söka efter ett borttappat partitur i din samling genom att ange de första noterna i det borttappade partituret och anropa detta kommando." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/LilyPondDefinition.scm:8 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/LilyPondDefinition.scm:10 msgid "Creating LilyPond Definition" msgstr "Skapa LilyPond Definition" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/LilyPondDefinition.scm:8 msgid "Give name (alphabetical only): " msgstr "Ange namn (endast i alfabetisk ordning): " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/LilyPondDefinition.scm:10 msgid "Give valid LilyPond syntax for this definition: " msgstr "Ange giltig LilyPond-syntax för denna definition: " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/LilyPondDefinition.xml.h:1 msgid "LilyPond Definition" msgstr "LilyPond Definition" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/LilyPondDefinition.xml.h:2 msgid "Create a definition at the head of the LilyPond text. This can then be referenced in the music. See LilyPond documentation." msgstr "Skapa en definition i början av LilyPond-texten. Denna kan sedan refereras till i musiken. Se LilyPond dokumentation." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/LilyPondInclude.scm:6 msgid "Included LilyPond Files" msgstr "Inkluderade LilyPond-filer" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/LilyPondInclude.scm:50 msgid "Include LilyPond File" msgstr "Inkludera LilyPond-fil" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/LilyPondInclude.scm:55 msgid "LilyPond include files unchanged" msgstr "LilyPond include files oförändrade" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/LilyPondInclude.xml.h:1 msgid "LilyPond Include File" msgstr "LilyPond inkludera fil" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/LilyPondInclude.xml.h:2 msgid "Allows specification of a LilyPond include file from the Denemo provided include files." msgstr "Gör det möjligt att specificera en LilyPond-inkluderingsfil från de inkluderingsfiler som tillhandahålls av Denemo." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Playback/TransposeScoreOnPlayback.scm:5 msgid "Give semitones (+/-): " msgstr "Ge halvtoner (+/-): " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Playback/TransposeScoreOnPlayback.xml.h:1 msgid "Transpose Score On Playback" msgstr "Transponera partitur vid uppspelning" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Playback/TransposeScoreOnPlayback.xml.h:2 msgid "Asks for a number of semitones (+/-). Each staff will have its current MIDI transposition value incremented by this amount. This means the whole score will playback transposed with any transposing instruments maintaining their relative transposition." msgstr "Frågar efter ett antal halvtoner (+/-). Varje notsystem kommer att få sitt aktuella MIDI-transponeringsvärde ökat med detta värde. Det innebär att hela partituret spelas upp transponerat och att alla transponeringar behåller sin relativa transposition." #. FIXME there are 13 other types of directive to refresh ,,, #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/RefreshDynamicDirectives.xml.h:1 msgid "Refresh Dynamic Directives" msgstr "Uppdatera dynamiska direktiv" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/RefreshDynamicDirectives.xml.h:2 msgid "Re-runs any directives that may have become stale." msgstr "Kör om alla direktiv som kan ha blivit inaktuella." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/ScoreBlockProlog.xml.h:1 msgid "LilyPond Score Block Prolog" msgstr "LilyPond partitur Block Prolog" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/ScoreBlockProlog.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts LilyPond at the start of every score block (movement)." msgstr "Infogar LilyPond i början av varje poängblock (sats)." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/ScoreComment.scm:6 msgid "Type any notes about the score you are working on here" msgstr "Skriv eventuella noter om det partitur du arbetar med här" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/ScoreComment.xml.h:2 msgid "Stores any textual commentary you may have for this score." msgstr "Spara eventuella textkommentarer som du kan ha för detta partitur." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/ScoreHeader.scm:6 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/ScoreHeader.xml.h:1 msgid "LilyPond Score Header" msgstr "LilyPond partitur Rubrik" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/ScoreHeader.scm:6 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/ScoreProlog.scm:7 msgid "Give LilyPond:" msgstr "Ge LilyPond:" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/ScoreHeader.scm:13 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/ScoreProlog.scm:13 msgid "Prolog unchanged" msgstr "Prolog oförändrad" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/ScoreHeader.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts LilyPond syntax at the head of the output." msgstr "Infogar LilyPond-syntax i början av utskriften." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/ScoreProlog.scm:7 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/ScoreProlog.xml.h:1 msgid "LilyPond Score Prolog" msgstr "LilyPond partitur Prolog" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/ScoreProlog.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts LilyPond syntax for include files etc at head of score." msgstr "Infogar LilyPond-syntax för include-filer etc i början av scoret." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookArranger.scm:5 msgid "My Arranger" msgstr "Min arrangör" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookArranger.scm:5 msgid "Give name for arranger etc or blank out to delete: " msgstr "Ange namn för arrangör etc eller blankt för att radera: " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookArranger.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreArranger.xml.h:1 msgid "Arranger" msgstr "Arrangör" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookArranger.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints the arranger name on title page" msgstr "Skriver ut arrangörens namn på titelsidan" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookComposer.scm:5 msgid "My Composer" msgstr "Min kompositör" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookComposer.scm:5 msgid "Give name for composer etc or blank out to delete: " msgstr "Ange namn på kompositör etc. eller utelämna för att radera: " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookComposer.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints a composer name on title page" msgstr "Skriver ut kompositörens namn på titelsidan" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookCopyright.scm:5 msgid "My Copyright" msgstr "Min upphovsrätt" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookCopyright.scm:5 msgid "Give name for copyright etc or blank out to delete: " msgstr "Ange namn för copyright etc. eller blankt för att radera: " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookCopyright.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreCopyright.xml.h:1 msgid "Copyright" msgstr "Upphovsrätt" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookCopyright.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints a copyright notice on title page" msgstr "Skriver ut en copyrightnotis på titelsidan" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookDate.scm:5 msgid "My Date" msgstr "Min dejt" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookDate.scm:5 msgid "Give name for date/opus number etc or blank out to delete: " msgstr "Ge namn för datum/opusnummer etc eller bläddra bort för att radera: " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookDate.xml.h:1 msgid "Date" msgstr "Datum" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookDate.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints a date on the title page." msgstr "Skriver ut ett datum på titelsidan." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookInstrumentation.scm:5 msgid "Give instrumentation for the default layout or blank out to delete: " msgstr "Ge instrumentering för standardlayouten eller bläddra bort för att radera: " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookInstrumentation.xml.h:1 msgid "Instrumentation" msgstr "Instrumentering" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookInstrumentation.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints the instrumentation on the title page. This can be edited for layouts that print just one part or section." msgstr "Skriver ut instrumenteringen på titelsidan. Detta kan redigeras för layouter som bara skriver ut en del eller ett avsnitt." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookPoet.scm:5 msgid "My Poet" msgstr "Min poet" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookPoet.scm:5 msgid "Give name for poet/lyricist/librettist etc or blank out to delete: " msgstr "Ange namn på poet/lyriker/librettist etc. eller blankt för att radera: " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookPoet.xml.h:1 msgid "Poet/Lyricist" msgstr "Poet/textförfattare" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookPoet.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints the poet or lyricist name on title page" msgstr "Skriver ut poetens eller textförfattarens namn på titelsidan" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookTitle.scm:9 msgid "My Title" msgstr "Min titel" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookTitle.scm:9 msgid "Give a title for the whole score or blank out to delete: " msgstr "Ge en titel för hela partituret eller bläddra ut för att radera: " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookTitle.scm:13 msgid "Space Above Title" msgstr "Utrymme ovanför titel" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookTitle.scm:13 msgid "Give amount of space at top of title page" msgstr "Ange hur mycket utrymme som ska finnas överst på titelsidan" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookTitle.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints a title on title page" msgstr "Skriver ut en titel på titelsidan" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/Epilog/CriticalCommentaryIntro.xml.h:1 msgid "Title and Introduction" msgstr "Titel och inledning" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/Epilog/CriticalCommentaryIntro.xml.h:2 msgid "A button is created for putting a title and introductory text for a critical commentary at the end of the score." msgstr "En knapp har skapats för att lägga in en titel och en inledande text för en kritisk kommentar i slutet av partituret." #. (if (equal? (string-ref thecomment 0) #\\) #. (begin #. (set! thecomment (substring thecomment 19)) #. (set! thecomment (string-drop-right thecomment 1)))) #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/Epilog/CriticalCommentary.scm:54 msgid "At m" msgstr "På m" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/Epilog/CriticalCommentary.scm:54 msgid " v" msgstr " v" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/Epilog/CriticalCommentary.scm:55 msgid " b" msgstr " b" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/Epilog/CriticalCommentary.xml.h:1 msgid "(Re)Create Epilog - Critical Commentary" msgstr "(Re)Create Epilog - Kritisk kommentar" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/Epilog/CriticalCommentary.xml.h:2 msgid "Collects together any critical comments from the score and places them in an epilog at the end of the music. The Title and text of the Epilog are created with the CriticalCommentaryIntro command, and critical comments are added with the CriticalComment command." msgstr "Samlar ihop alla kritiska kommentarer från partituret och placerar dem i en epilog i slutet av musiken. Epilogens titel och text skapas med kommandot CriticalCommentaryIntro och kritiska kommentarer läggs till med kommandot CriticalComment." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/GraphicTitlePage.scm:4 msgid "" "Wait for your vector graphics editor to start.\n" "It will open an SVG file of the same name, if available,\n" "but be sure to save as encapsulated postscript (eps).\n" "When saving your eps it is good to save as SVG file format as well, \n" "as this will give better editing later. \n" "Quit your graphics editor before quitting this dialog\n" "to return to work in Denemo.\n" "If you are saving to a new file you will be asked to open it later." msgstr "" "Vänta tills din vektorgrafikredigerare startar.\n" "Den kommer att öppna en SVG-fil med samma namn, om den finns tillgänglig,\n" "men var noga med att spara som inkapslad postscript (eps).\n" "När du sparar din eps är det bra att spara som SVG-filformat också,\n" "eftersom detta kommer att ge bättre redigering senare. \n" "Avsluta din grafikredigerare innan du avslutar denna dialog\n" "för att återgå till arbetet i Denemo.\n" "Om du sparar till en ny fil kommer du att bli ombedd att öppna den senare." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/GraphicTitlePage.scm:90 msgid "Now dismiss this dialog and select the .eps file you have just saved in the graphics editor program." msgstr "Stäng nu denna dialogruta och välj den .eps-fil som du just har sparat i grafikredigeringsprogrammet." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/GraphicTitlePage.scm:106 msgid "Delete Graphic Title Page?" msgstr "Ta bort grafisk titelsida?" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/GraphicTitlePage.scm:109 msgid "Graphic Title Page Deleted" msgstr "Grafisk titelsida borttagen" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/GraphicTitlePage.xml.h:1 msgid "Create or Edit Graphic Title Page" msgstr "Skapa eller redigera grafisk titelsida" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/GraphicTitlePage.xml.h:2 msgid "Places text/graphics from an encapsulated postscript file at the start of the score. Use this for a title page prepared in your vector graphics editor." msgstr "Placerar text eller grafik från en inkapslad PostScript-fil i början av partituret. Använd detta för en titelsida skapad i vektorgrafikredigeraren." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/IncipitFromSelection.scm:30 msgid "Incipit" msgstr "Incipit" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/IncipitFromSelection.xml.h:1 msgid "Incipit from Selection" msgstr "Incipit från markering" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/IncipitFromSelection.xml.h:2 msgid "Creates an incipit from the selection. This music will be printed on the title page. Only one voice is supported." msgstr "Skapar ett incipit från urvalet. Denna musik kommer att skrivas ut på titelsidan. Endast en stämma stöds." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/TocTitle.scm:8 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/TocTitle.xml.h:1 msgid "Table of Contents Title" msgstr "Innehållsförteckning: rubrik" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/TocTitle.scm:8 msgid "" "Give title for the table of contents\n" "Blank to delete" msgstr "" "Ange titel för innehållsförteckningen\n" "Tomt tar bort" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/TocTitle.scm:11 msgid "Page Break before Table of Contents" msgstr "Sidbrytning före innehållsförteckningen" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/TocTitle.scm:12 msgid "Page Break after Table of Contents" msgstr "Sidbrytning efter innehållsförteckningen" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/TocTitle.scm:13 msgid "Page Break before and after" msgstr "Sidbrytning före och efter" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/TocTitle.scm:14 msgid "No page breaks" msgstr "Inga sidbrytningar" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/TocTitle.xml.h:2 msgid "Gives a heading for a table of contents, inserting the table in the book." msgstr "Ger en rubrik till en innehållsförteckning och infogar förteckningen i boken." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/FilledTitleLine.scm:8 msgid "Extra space above this line: " msgstr "Extra utrymme ovanför denna rad: " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/FilledTitleLine.scm:36 msgid "" "Give text to appear at the left\n" "LilyPond syntax can be included." msgstr "" "Ange text som ska visas till vänster\n" "LilyPond-syntax kan inkluderas." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/FilledTitleLine.scm:39 msgid "" "Give text to appear in the center\n" "LilyPond syntax can be included." msgstr "" "Ange text som ska visas i mitten\n" "LilyPond-syntax kan inkluderas." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/FilledTitleLine.scm:42 msgid "" "Give text to appear at the right\n" "LilyPond syntax can be included." msgstr "" "Ange text som ska visas till höger\n" "LilyPond-syntax kan inkluderas." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/FilledTitleLine.xml.h:1 msgid "Filled Title Line" msgstr "Fylld titelrad" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/FilledTitleLine.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints three pieces of text left, right and centered on a single line. Each field can be a different size etc." msgstr "Skriver ut tre textstycken, till vänster, höger och centrerat, på en rad. Varje fält kan ha olika storlek osv." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/ScoreTagline.xml.h:1 msgid "Tagline" msgstr "Slogan" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/ScoreTagline.xml.h:2 msgid "Centered at the bottom of the last page." msgstr "Centrerad längst ner på sista sidan." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/ScoreVersion.scm:4 msgid "v 1.0" msgstr "v 1.0" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/ScoreVersion.scm:5 msgid "Version" msgstr "Version" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/ScoreVersion.scm:5 msgid "Give a version for this edition:" msgstr "Ge en version för denna utgåva:" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/ScoreVersion.scm:11 msgid "Version number only on first page" msgstr "Versionsnummer endast på första sidan" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/ScoreVersion.scm:12 msgid "Version number on every page" msgstr "Versionsnummer på varje sida" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/ScoreVersion.scm:13 msgid "Delete Version Numbering" msgstr "Ta bort versionsnumrering" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/ScoreVersion.scm:18 msgid "Include Layout Name" msgstr "Inkludera layoutnamn" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/ScoreVersion.scm:20 msgid "Do not include Layout Name" msgstr "Inkludera inte layoutnamn" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/ScoreVersion.xml.h:1 msgid "Score Version" msgstr "Partiturversion" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/ScoreVersion.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints a tiny text in top left corner of the first page and optionally on subsequent pages. The score layout name can also be optionally included. If only on first page it comes below the title." msgstr "Skriver ut liten text i övre vänstra hörnet på första sidan och vid behov på följande sidor. Partiturlayoutens namn kan också inkluderas. Om texten bara finns på första sidan placeras den under titeln." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreArranger.xml.h:2 msgid "Name of the arranger, flush-right below the composer." msgstr "Arrangörens namn, högerjusterat under kompositörens namn." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreBreakbefore.xml.h:1 msgid "Breakbefore" msgstr "Bryt innan" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreBreakbefore.xml.h:2 msgid "This forces the title to start on a new page (set to ##t or ##f)." msgstr "Tvingar titeln att börja på en ny sida (ange ##t eller ##f)." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreComposer.xml.h:2 msgid "Name of the composer, flush-right below the subsubtitle." msgstr "Kompositörens namn, högerjusterat under underundertiteln." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreCopyright.xml.h:2 msgid "Copyright notice, centered at the bottom of the first page. To insert the copyright symbol, see Lilypond Text encoding." msgstr "Upphovsrättsmeddelande, centrerat längst ned på första sidan. Se LilyPond-textkodning för att infoga upphovsrättssymbolen." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreDedication.xml.h:1 msgid "Dedication" msgstr "Dedikation" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreDedication.xml.h:2 msgid "The dedicatee of the music, centered at the top of the first page." msgstr "Personen som verket tillägnas, centrerad högst upp på första sidan." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreInstrument.xml.h:1 msgid "Instrument" msgstr "Instrument" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreInstrument.xml.h:2 msgid "Name of the instrument, centered below the score title. Also centered at the top of pages (other than the first page)." msgstr "Instrumentets namn, centrerat under partiturtiteln. Även centrerat högst upp på sidorna (utom första sidan)." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreMeter.xml.h:1 msgid "Meter" msgstr "Metrum" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreMeter.xml.h:2 msgid "Meter string, flush-left below the poet." msgstr "Metrumsträng, vänsterjusterad under poetens namn." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScorePoet.xml.h:1 msgid "Poet" msgstr "Poet" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScorePoet.xml.h:2 msgid "Name of the poet, flush-left below the subsubtitle." msgstr "Poetens namn, vänsterjusterat under underundertiteln." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreSubsubtitle.xml.h:1 msgid "Subsubtitle" msgstr "Underundertitel" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreSubsubtitle.xml.h:2 msgid "Subsubtitle, centered below the subtitle." msgstr "Underundertitel, centrerad under undertiteln." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreSubtitle.xml.h:2 msgid "Subtitle, centered below the title." msgstr "Undertitel, centrerad under titeln." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreTitles.xml.h:2 msgid "Set titles for whole score." msgstr "Ställ in titlar för hela partituret." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreTitle.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints the name given as a title centered at the start of the score." msgstr "Skriver ut det angivna namnet som en titel, centrerad i början av partituret." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/SimpleChapter.scm:4 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/SimpleChapter.scm:26 msgid "Chapter" msgstr "Kapitel" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/SimpleChapter.scm:4 msgid "Give chapter title::" msgstr "Ange kapiteltitel:" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/SimpleChapter.scm:35 msgid "Setting End Chapter at last movement" msgstr "Anger kapitelavslut vid sista satsen" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/SimpleChapter.scm:39 msgid "A Chapter start/end is already present at movement #" msgstr "En kapitelstart/slut finns redan vid sats #" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/SimpleChapter.scm:43 msgid "End Chapter" msgstr "Avsluta kapitel" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/SimpleChapter.scm:55 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/SimpleChapter.scm:60 msgid "Miss-matched Chapter Start/End, use Movement Properties Editor to fix this" msgstr "Kapitelstart och -slut matchar inte. Använd redigeraren för satsegenskaper för att åtgärda detta." #. procedure starts here #. already at a chapter start #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/SimpleChapter.scm:67 msgid "Re-title" msgstr "Ny titel" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/SimpleChapter.scm:82 msgid "This is the end of a Chapter, start the next chapter on the next movement" msgstr "Det här är slutet på ett kapitel. Nästa kapitel börjar vid nästa sats." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/SimpleChapter.scm:86 msgid "Chapter Title" msgstr "Kapitlets titel" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/SimpleChapter.xml.h:1 msgid "Book Chapter" msgstr "Bokkapitel" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/SimpleChapter.xml.h:2 msgid "Asks for a Chapter Title and end movement number. Makes the current movement the start of a chapter which ends at a later movement." msgstr "Frågar efter kapiteltitel och nummer på slutsatsen. Gör den aktuella satsen till början av ett kapitel som slutar vid en senare sats." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/TaglineLink.scm:9 msgid "Source file at http://denemo.org" msgstr "Källfil på http://denemo.org" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/TaglineLink.scm:12 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/TaglineLink.scm:13 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/TaglineLink.xml.h:1 msgid "Tagline with Link" msgstr "Slogan med länk" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/TaglineLink.scm:12 msgid "Give URL to link to" msgstr "Ange URL för att länka till" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/TaglineLink.scm:13 msgid "Give text for tagline" msgstr "Ange text för slogan" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/TaglineLink.scm:20 msgid "Tagline deleted" msgstr "Tagline borttagen" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/TaglineLink.xml.h:2 msgid "Creates a tagline with a link in PDF output." msgstr "Skapar en slogan med en länk i PDF-utdata." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/AccidentalStyle.scm:12 msgid "Modern Voice" msgstr "Modern stämma" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/AccidentalStyle.scm:13 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/PianoStaff.scm:11 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/PianoStaff.scm:16 msgid "Piano" msgstr "Piano" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/AccidentalStyle.scm:14 msgid "Piano Cautionary" msgstr "Piano med varningsförtecken" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/AccidentalStyle.scm:16 msgid "Neo-Modern Cautionary" msgstr "Nymodern med varningsförtecken" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/AccidentalStyle.scm:17 msgid "Neo-Modern Voice Cautionary" msgstr "Nymodern stämma med varningsförtecken" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/AccidentalStyle.scm:18 msgid "Dodecaphonic" msgstr "Dodekafonisk" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/AccidentalStyle.scm:20 msgid "No Reset" msgstr "Ingen återställning" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/AccidentalStyle.xml.h:1 msgid "Accidental Style" msgstr "Förteckenstil" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/AccidentalStyle.xml.h:2 msgid "Choose the style for typesetting accidentals. Determines whether or not an accidental is printed in particular circumstances (such as repeated notes in different measures, octaves, voices etc)." msgstr "Välj stil för typsättning av förtecken. Den avgör om ett förtecken skrivs ut i särskilda fall, som upprepade noter i olika takter, oktaver eller stämmor." #. AccompanistsScore #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/AccompanistsScore.xml.h:1 msgid "Accompanist's Score (Off/On)" msgstr "Ackompanjatörens partitur (av/på)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/AccompanistsScore.xml.h:2 msgid "Sets/Unsets the top staff of each movement to a tiny font, with the lower staffs - the accompaniment - at the normal font. Print effect only." msgstr "Anger eller tar bort mycket liten stil för översta notsystemet i varje sats medan de lägre notsystemen, ackompanjemanget, behåller normal stil. Påverkar endast utskrift." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/AllowAmbitus.xml.h:2 msgid "Typesets the Ambitus of each staff at the start of the first system. This can then be turned off by the Inclusion Criterion Ambitus in the Print View." msgstr "Typsätter ambitus för varje notsystem i början av första systemet. Detta kan sedan stängas av med inkluderingskriteriet Ambitus i utskriftsvyn." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/AllowVoltaHook.scm:4 msgid "Ending a Repeat Alternative" msgstr "Avsluta upprepningsalternativ" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/AllowVoltaHook.scm:4 msgid "Give barline to end at: " msgstr "Ge taktstreck att sluta på: " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/AllowVoltaHook.xml.h:1 msgid "Barline to end Repeat Alternative" msgstr "taktstreck till slut Upprepa Alternativ" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/AllowVoltaHook.xml.h:2 msgid "Choose an additional type of barline to close a second (or n'th) time bar with a downward tick." msgstr "Välj ytterligare en typ av taktstreck för att avsluta andra eller n:te volta med ett nedåtriktat streck." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ConnectArpeggios.scm:11 msgid "Connect Arpeggios" msgstr "Koppla samman arpeggion" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ConnectArpeggios.xml.h:1 msgid "Connect Arpeggios (Off/On)" msgstr "Koppla samman arpeggion (av/på)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ConnectArpeggios.xml.h:2 msgid "Any arpeggios inserted on chords in different voices will be drawn across the voices." msgstr "Arpeggion på ackord i olika stämmor ritas över stämmorna." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/CustomBarline.scm:8 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/ChordChartStaff.scm:51 msgid "Custom Barlines" msgstr "Anpassade taktstreck" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/CustomBarline.scm:38 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/CustomBarline.scm:39 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/CustomBarline.scm:40 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/CustomBarline.scm:41 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/CustomBarline.scm:42 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/CustomBarline.xml.h:1 msgid "Custom Barline" msgstr "Anpassat taktstreck" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/CustomBarline.scm:38 msgid "Give name (blank to re-define a standard barline)" msgstr "Ange namn (tomt för att omdefiniera ett standardtaktstreck)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/CustomBarline.scm:39 msgid "Give barline char(s) - | : . [ ] ; etc, for the normal appearance of the barline" msgstr "Ange tecken för taktstreckets normala utseende: | : . [ ] ; osv." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/CustomBarline.scm:40 msgid "Give char(s) for line start appearance" msgstr "Ge char(s) för linjestart utseende" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/CustomBarline.scm:41 msgid "Give char(s) for line end appearance" msgstr "Ge char(s) för utseende i slutet av linjen" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/CustomBarline.scm:42 msgid "Give char(s) for appearance when spanning staffs" msgstr "Ge char(s) för utseende när du spänner notsystem" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/CustomBarline.scm:57 msgid "Custom Bar Lines unchanged" msgstr "Anpassade taktstreck oförändrade" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/CustomBarline.xml.h:2 msgid "Create a custom barline. These can be named, or can simply override a standard LilyPond bar line type. A bar line is defined by four forms, which describe 1) the appearance normally (during a line), 2) appearance when the barline is at the beginning or 3) end of a line , and 4) what to show when joining staffs together as with a Piano Staff. Barline forms are made of characters including |,:,.,[,],: and others in the LilyPond documentation." msgstr "Skapa en anpassad taktstreck. Dessa kan namnges, eller helt enkelt åsidosätta en standard LilyPond barlinjetyp. En strecklinje definieras av fyra former, som beskriver 1) utseendet normalt (under en linje), 2) utseendet när strecklinjen är i början eller 3) slutet av en linje, och 4) vad som ska visas när man sammanfogar notsystem som med en pianostav. taktstreck-former består av tecken som |,:,.,[,],: och andra i LilyPond-dokumentationen." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/DeactivateTimeSignatureStencil.scm:10 msgid "Time Signatures will not be typeset for this score" msgstr "Taktarter typsätts inte för detta partitur" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/DeactivateTimeSignatureStencil.xml.h:1 msgid "(Print) Don't Engrave Time Signatures" msgstr "(Skriv ut) Typsätt inte taktarter" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/DeactivateTimeSignatureStencil.xml.h:2 msgid "Deactivates the stencil for Time Signatures for the whole score, which prevents them from getting drawn and taking space. But the logic is still active." msgstr "Inaktiverar stencilen för taktarter i hela partituret så att de inte ritas eller tar plats. Logiken är fortfarande aktiv." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/DenemoBar.scm:5 msgid "Automatic barlines and beaming rules re-instated" msgstr "Regler för automatiska taktstreck och balkning återinförda" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/DenemoBar.scm:9 msgid "Literal Barlines now ON. Execute the command a second time to turn it off. This command is for un-metered music. You will have to manually beam the music. Do not use this for an upbeat (pickup, anacrusis), there is a proper command for that." msgstr "Bokstavliga barlinjer är nu PÅ. Utför kommandot en andra gång för att stänga av det. Detta kommando är för musik som inte är uppmätt. Du måste stråla musiken manuellt. Använd inte detta för en upbeat (pickup, anacrusis), det finns ett eget kommando för det." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/DenemoBar.xml.h:1 msgid "Typeset Barlines Literally (Off/On)" msgstr "Typsätt taktstreck bokstavligt (av/på)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/DenemoBar.xml.h:2 msgid "Advanced: Typesets the Denemo barlines, regardless of the timing. Turns off automatic beaming." msgstr "Avancerat: Typsätter Denemos taktstreck oavsett tidsindelning och stänger av automatisk balkning." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/NormalBeamEndings.xml.h:1 msgid "Use Normal Beam Endings" msgstr "Använd normala balkavslut" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/NormalBeamEndings.xml.h:2 msgid "Ends beams in the expected places (print)." msgstr "Avslutar balkar på förväntade platser vid utskrift." #. BarNumberingAlignment #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/BarNumberAlignment.scm:2 msgid "Center on barline" msgstr "Centrera vid taktstreck" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/BarNumberAlignment.scm:2 msgid "Align to right" msgstr "Justera till höger" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/BarNumberAlignment.scm:2 msgid "Align to left" msgstr "Justera till vänster" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/BarNumberAlignment.scm:7 msgid "Default bar number alignment restored" msgstr "Standardjustering av taktnummer återställd" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/BarNumberAlignment.xml.h:1 msgid "Bar Number Alignment" msgstr "Justering av taktnummer" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/BarNumberAlignment.xml.h:2 msgid "Allow choice of alignment of bar numbers with the barline." msgstr "Tillåter val av taktnumrens justering i förhållande till taktstrecket." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/BarNumberingInterval.scm:15 msgid "Regular Bar Numbering" msgstr "Regelbunden taktnumrering" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/BarNumberingInterval.scm:16 msgid "Give interval at which to place bar numbers: " msgstr "Ange intervall för placering av taktnummer: " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/BarNumberingInterval.scm:19 msgid "Default bar numbering restored" msgstr "Standardtaktnumrering återställd" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/BarNumberingInterval.xml.h:1 msgid "Bar Numbering Interval" msgstr "Intervall för taktnumrering" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/BarNumberingInterval.xml.h:2 msgid "Sets the interval at which bar numbers will be printed on typesetting." msgstr "Anger intervallet för när taktnummer skrivs ut vid typsättning." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/BarNumbers.xml.h:1 msgid "Bar Numbers On/Off" msgstr "Taktnummer på/av" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/BarNumbers.xml.h:2 msgid "Turns bar numbering on/off in print out." msgstr "Slår på eller av taktnumrering vid utskrift." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/CenterPageNumber.scm:6 msgid "Default page number position reinstated" msgstr "Standardposition för sidnummer återinförd" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/CenterPageNumber.xml.h:1 msgid "Center Page Numbers" msgstr "Centrera sidnummer" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/CenterPageNumber.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints page numbers at center bottom of the page, or revert to default positioning." msgstr "Skriver ut sidnummer mitt på sidan, eller återställer till standardpositionering." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/FirstPageNumber.scm:16 msgid "Default First Page Number" msgstr "Standard första sidnummer" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/FirstPageNumber.scm:18 msgid "First Page Number" msgstr "Första sidans nummer" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/FirstPageNumber.scm:18 msgid "Give number for first page" msgstr "Ange nummer för första sidan" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/FirstPageNumber.xml.h:1 msgid "Set/Unset First Page Number" msgstr "Ange/inte ange första sidans nummer" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/FirstPageNumber.xml.h:2 msgid "Allows setting the first page number." msgstr "Gör det möjligt att ställa in första sidans nummer." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/PageNumbersWithInstrument.scm:6 msgid "Default Page Numbering Restored" msgstr "Standardnumrering av sidor återställd" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/PageNumbersWithInstrument.xml.h:1 msgid "Bold Page Numbers" msgstr "Sidnummer med fet stil" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/PageNumbersWithInstrument.xml.h:2 msgid "Page numbers typeset in a distinct font. The instrumentation is printed too, centered above each page after the first." msgstr "Sidnumren satta i ett tydligt typsnitt. Instrumenteringen är också tryckt, centrerad ovanför varje sida efter den första." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/PrintFirstPageNumber.scm:7 msgid "No number will be printed on the first page" msgstr "Inget nummer kommer att skrivas ut på första sidan" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/PrintFirstPageNumber.scm:11 msgid "Page number will be printed on the first page" msgstr "Sidnumret kommer att skrivas ut på första sidan" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/PrintFirstPageNumber.xml.h:1 msgid "Print First Page Number (Off/On)" msgstr "Skriv ut första sidnumret (Av/An)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/PrintFirstPageNumber.xml.h:2 msgid "Control if the first page number is typeset." msgstr "Kontrollerar om det första sidnumret ska sättas." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PaperSize.scm:11 msgid "Paper Size =" msgstr "Pappersstorlek =" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PaperSize.xml.h:1 msgid "Paper Size and Orientation" msgstr "Pappersstorlek och orientering" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PaperSize.xml.h:2 msgid "Specifies how the printed page should be." msgstr "Anger hur den utskrivna sidan ska se ut." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PointAndClick.scm:5 msgid "" "Point-and-click is now On.\n" "This means that you will be able to click on the typeset score to move the cursor to a given note, or do editing etc.\n" "Generated PDF files will be larger though." msgstr "" "Peka-och-klicka är nu aktiverat.\n" "Det innebär att du kommer att kunna klicka på det maskinskrivna partituret för att flytta markören till en viss not, eller göra redigeringar etc.\n" "De genererade PDF-filerna blir dock större." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PointAndClick.scm:7 msgid "" "Point-and-click is now Off.\n" "This means that you will be not able to click on the typeset score to move the cursor to a given note, or do editing etc.\n" "Generated PDF files will be smaller. Use this for pdf export" msgstr "" "Peka-och-klicka är nu avstängt.\n" "Det innebär att du inte kan klicka på det maskinskrivna partituret för att flytta markören till en viss not, eller göra redigeringar etc.\n" "Genererade PDF-filer kommer att vara mindre. Använd detta för pdf-export" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PointAndClick.xml.h:1 msgid "Point and Click (Off/On)" msgstr "Peka och klicka (av/på)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PointAndClick.xml.h:2 msgid "When on, clicking on a note in the Print Preview window takes the cursor to that note. This works also for Rehearsal Marks and many other objects in the score. The only reason to turn it off is for export to PDF file via the Export menu or the PDF button in the Print View. However, using print to file is a better way of doing this (if your operating system supports it) as then it is not needed." msgstr "När du klickar på en not i fönstret Print Preview flyttas markören till den noten. Detta fungerar även för repetitionsmarkeringar och många andra objekt i partituret. Den enda anledningen att stänga av funktionen är för export till PDF-fil via Export-menyn eller PDF-knappen i utskriftsvyn. Att använda utskrift till fil är dock ett bättre sätt att göra detta (om ditt operativsystem stöder det) eftersom det då inte behövs." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/MeasuresPerLine.scm:4 msgid "Revert to Optimal" msgstr "Återgå till optimala värden" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/MeasuresPerLine.scm:13 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/MeasuresPerLine.scm:17 msgid "Measures per line" msgstr "Mått per rad" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/MeasuresPerLine.scm:13 msgid "Give required measures per line: " msgstr "Ange erforderliga mått per rad: " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/MeasuresPerLine.xml.h:1 msgid "Measures Per Line" msgstr "Mått per rad" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/MeasuresPerLine.xml.h:2 msgid "Forces a fixed number of measures per line." msgstr "Forcerar ett fast antal takter per rad." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/MinimumSystemsPerPage.xml.h:1 msgid "Minimum Number of Systems Per Page" msgstr "Minsta antal system per sida" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/MinimumSystemsPerPage.xml.h:2 msgid "The LilyPond typesetter will not typeset less than the given number of systems per page. Use to prevent the last page having an \\\"orphan\\\" line of music, for example." msgstr "LilyPonds sättmaskin sätter inte mindre än det angivna antalet system per sida. Används t.ex. för att förhindra att sista sidan har en \"orphan\"-rad med musik." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/PageBreaksBeforeMovements.xml.h:1 msgid "Page Breaks (On/Off)" msgstr "Sidbrytningar (På/Av)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/PageBreaksBeforeMovements.xml.h:2 msgid "Movements will start on a new page (Off/On)" msgstr "Satserna börjar på en ny sida (Av/På)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/ProportionalNotation.scm:6 msgid "Proportional Notation" msgstr "Proportionell notation" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/ProportionalNotation.scm:6 msgid "Give base duration: " msgstr "Ange bastid: " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/ProportionalNotation.scm:10 msgid "Default music spacing restored." msgstr "Standardavstånd för musik återställt." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/ProportionalNotation.xml.h:1 msgid "Proportional Note Spacing" msgstr "Proportionellt notavstånd" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/ProportionalNotation.xml.h:2 msgid "Spaces notes in proportion to duration, based on the duration given." msgstr "Avdelar noter i proportion till varaktighet, baserat på den angivna varaktigheten." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/RaggedLast.xml.h:1 msgid "Ragged Last" msgstr "Ragged Last" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/RaggedLast.xml.h:2 msgid "When set the last line will not be stretched to fill the line." msgstr "När den är inställd kommer den sista raden inte att sträckas ut för att fylla ut raden." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/ScoreIndent.scm:8 msgid "Choose indent of first system" msgstr "Välj indrag för första systemet" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/ScoreIndent.scm:8 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/ScoreShortIndent.scm:8 msgid "Give amount in decimal" msgstr "Ange värde i decimal" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/ScoreIndent.scm:15 msgid "indent=" msgstr "indrag=" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/ScoreIndent.xml.h:2 msgid "Indent the first system of every movement by the given amount." msgstr "Indra det första systemet i varje sats med den angivna mängden." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/ScoreShortIndent.scm:8 msgid "Choose indent of subsequent systems" msgstr "Välj strecksats för efterföljande system" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/ScoreShortIndent.scm:16 msgid "short indent=" msgstr "kort indrag=" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/ScoreShortIndent.xml.h:1 msgid "Short Indent" msgstr "Kort indrag" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/ScoreShortIndent.xml.h:2 msgid "Sets the indent to be used on systems after the first." msgstr "Ställer in det indrag som ska användas på system efter det första." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetFontSize.scm:16 msgid "Overall Score Sizing" msgstr "Övergripande poäng Storlek" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetFontSize.scm:16 msgid "Give font size to use" msgstr "Ange vilken teckenstorlek som ska användas" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetFontSize.xml.h:1 msgid "(Print)Set Overall Score Size" msgstr "(Skriv ut) Ange övergripande poäng Storlek" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetFontSize.xml.h:2 msgid "Choose the font size of for the score, and hence how much space it takes up." msgstr "Välj teckenstorlek på för poängen, och därmed hur mycket utrymme den tar upp." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetFonts.scm:36 msgid "Titles, Lyrics etc." msgstr "Titlar, texter etc." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetFonts.scm:37 msgid "Chord Names, etc. (sans serif)" msgstr "Ackordnamn etc. (sans serif)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetFonts.scm:38 msgid "Mono-spaced font" msgstr "Monospaced typsnitt" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetFonts.xml.h:1 msgid "Set Fonts" msgstr "Ange teckensnitt" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetFonts.xml.h:2 msgid "Select the default fonts used for titles, chord names etc. for the whole score." msgstr "Välj de standardteckensnitt som ska användas för titlar, ackordnamn etc. för hela partituret." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetMargin.scm:39 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetMargin.scm:50 msgid "Left Margin" msgstr "Vänster marginal" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetMargin.scm:40 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetMargin.scm:49 msgid "Inner Margin" msgstr "Inre marginal" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetMargin.scm:41 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetMargin.scm:51 msgid "Outer Margin" msgstr "Yttre marginalen" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetMargin.scm:42 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetMargin.scm:52 msgid "Right Margin" msgstr "Höger marginal" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetMargin.scm:43 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetMargin.scm:53 msgid "Top Margin" msgstr "Marginal topp" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetMargin.scm:44 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetMargin.scm:54 msgid "Bottom Margin" msgstr "Marginal botten" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetMargin.xml.h:1 msgid "Adjust Margins" msgstr "Justera marginalerna" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetMargin.xml.h:2 msgid "Allows the left, right, top and bottom margins to be set to a value in millimeters." msgstr "Gör att vänster-, höger-, topp- och bottenmarginalerna kan ställas in på ett värde i millimeter." #. SetPageCount #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetPageCount.scm:2 msgid "Total Page Count" msgstr "Totalt antal sidor" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetPageCount.scm:2 msgid "" "Give Pages Required\n" "(0 for optimal): " msgstr "" "Ge sidor som krävs\n" "(0 för optimal): " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetPageCount.scm:6 msgid "Page Count" msgstr "Sidantal" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetPageCount.scm:12 msgid "Optimal page count restored" msgstr "Optimalt sidantal återställt" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetPageCount.xml.h:1 msgid "Set Total Number of Pages" msgstr "Ange totalt antal sidor" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetPageCount.xml.h:2 msgid "Forces the score to be typeset onto the number of pages you choose." msgstr "Tvingar partituret att sättas på det antal sidor du väljer." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetPageSize.scm:10 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetPageSize.scm:13 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetPageSize.xml.h:1 msgid "Page Size" msgstr "Visas" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetPageSize.scm:10 msgid "Give page width in cm " msgstr "Ange sidbredd i cm " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetPageSize.scm:13 msgid "Give page height in cm " msgstr "Ange sidans höjd i cm " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetPageSize.scm:25 msgid "Revert to Default" msgstr "Återgå till standard" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetPageSize.scm:25 msgid "Re-size" msgstr "Ändra storlek" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetPageSize.xml.h:2 msgid "Set the page size - this overrides the default page size set in score properties." msgstr "Ställ in sidstorleken - detta åsidosätter den standardstorlek som ställts in i partitur properties." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/TwoSidedMargins.scm:6 msgid "Single-sided margins will be used" msgstr "Enkelsidiga marginaler kommer att användas" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/TwoSidedMargins.xml.h:1 msgid "Two Sided Margins" msgstr "Marginaler för två sidor" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/TwoSidedMargins.xml.h:2 msgid "Uses different margins for left and right hand pages." msgstr "Använder olika marginaler för vänster- och högersidor." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/LastBottomSpacingDist.scm:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/LastBottomSpacingDist.xml.h:1 msgid "Last System to Bottom Spacing" msgstr "Avstånd mellan sista system och botten" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/LastBottomSpacingDist.xml.h:2 msgid "Set the distance from the last system or top-level markup on a page to the bottom of the printable area (i.e. the top of the bottom margin)." msgstr "Ange avståndet från den sista system- eller toppnivåmarkeringen på en sida till botten av det utskrivbara området (dvs. toppen av den nedre marginalen)." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/LimitInterSystemSpace.scm:12 msgid "Spacing Between Systems" msgstr "Avstånd mellan system" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/LimitInterSystemSpace.scm:13 msgid "Give spacing limit (1=no extra space)" msgstr "Ange gräns för mellanslag (1=inget extra mellanslag)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/LimitInterSystemSpace.scm:16 msgid "Customized spacing limit removed" msgstr "Anpassad avståndsgräns borttagen" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/LimitInterSystemSpace.xml.h:1 msgid "Limit Space Between Systems" msgstr "Begränsa utrymmet mellan systemen" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/LimitInterSystemSpace.xml.h:2 msgid "Limits the extent to which the lines are spaced apart to fill the page." msgstr "Begränsar i vilken utsträckning linjerna är åtskilda för att fylla sidan." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/MarkupMarkupSpacingDist.scm:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/MarkupMarkupSpacingDist.xml.h:1 msgid "Title to Title Spacing" msgstr "Mellanrum mellan titlar" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/MarkupMarkupSpacingDist.xml.h:2 msgid "Set the distance between two (title or top-level) markups." msgstr "Ställ in avståndet mellan två (titel- eller toppnivå-) markeringar." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/MarkupSystemSpacingDist.scm:1 msgid "Markup to System Spacing" msgstr "Markup till systemavstånd" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/MarkupSystemSpacingDist.xml.h:1 msgid "Titling Markup to System Spacing" msgstr "Titling Markup till systemavstånd" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/MarkupSystemSpacingDist.xml.h:2 msgid "Sets the basic distance between a (title or top-level) markup and the system that follows it." msgstr "Ställer in det grundläggande avståndet mellan en (titel eller toppnivå) markering och det system som följer den." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/RaggedBottom.xml.h:1 msgid "Ragged Bottom" msgstr "Trasig botten" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/RaggedBottom.xml.h:2 msgid "This turns ragged bottom off/on. If set, systems will not spread vertically down the page. This does not affect the last page. This should be set for pieces that have only two or three systems per page, for example orchestral scores." msgstr "Detta aktiverar/inaktiverar ojämn botten. Om detta är inställt kommer systemen inte att spridas vertikalt nedåt på sidan. Detta påverkar inte den sista sidan. Detta bör ställas in för verk som bara har två eller tre system per sida, t.ex. orkesterpartitur." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/ScoreMarkupSpacingDist.scm:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/ScoreMarkupSpacingDist.xml.h:1 msgid "Score to Title Spacing" msgstr "Avstånd från partitur till titel" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/ScoreMarkupSpacingDist.xml.h:2 msgid "Set the distance between the last system of a score and the (title or top-level) markup that follows it." msgstr "Ställ in avståndet mellan det sista systemet i ett partitur och den markup (titel eller toppnivå) som följer." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/ScoreSystemSpacingDist.scm:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/ScoreSystemSpacingDist.xml.h:1 msgid "Movement to First System Spacing" msgstr "Avstånd från sats till första system" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/ScoreSystemSpacingDist.xml.h:2 msgid "Set the distance between the last system of a movement and the first system of the movement that follows it, when no (title or top-level) markup exists between them." msgstr "Ange avståndet mellan det sista systemet i en sats och det första systemet i den sats som följer efter, när det inte finns någon (titel- eller toppnivå-) markering mellan dem." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/SpacingParameters.scm:3 msgid "Last title to start of movement" msgstr "Från sista titel till satsens början" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/SpacingParameters.scm:4 msgid "End of movement to next title" msgstr "Från satsens slut till nästa titel" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/SpacingParameters.scm:5 msgid "End of movement to next (untitled) movement" msgstr "Slut på sats till nästa (obetitlade) sats" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/SpacingParameters.scm:6 msgid "System to system" msgstr "System till system" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/SpacingParameters.scm:7 msgid "Title to title" msgstr "Titel till titel" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/SpacingParameters.scm:8 msgid "Movement to bottom margin" msgstr "Sats till nedre marginal" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/SpacingParameters.scm:9 msgid "Top margin to (untitled) movement" msgstr "Övre marginal till (obetitlad) sats" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/SpacingParameters.scm:10 msgid "Top margin to first title" msgstr "Toppmarginal till första titeln" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/SpacingParameters.scm:12 msgid "Basic Distance" msgstr "Grundläggande avstånd" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/SpacingParameters.scm:13 msgid "Minimum Distance" msgstr "Minsta avstånd" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/SpacingParameters.scm:15 msgid "Stretchability" msgstr "Töjbarhet" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/SpacingParameters.xml.h:1 msgid "Choose Titles and Systems Spacing" msgstr "Välj titlar och systemavstånd" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/SpacingParameters.xml.h:2 msgid "Lets you choose parameters to control the vertical spacing between titles, systems and margins." msgstr "Här kan du välja parametrar för att styra det vertikala avståndet mellan titlar, system och marginaler." #. StaffToSpacing #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/Staff-Spacing/StaffToStaffSpacing.scm:2 msgid "Spacing for Un-grouped staffs (no braces)" msgstr "Avstånd för ogrupperade notsystem (utan klammer)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/Staff-Spacing/StaffToStaffSpacing.scm:3 msgid "Spacing for Piano Staff" msgstr "Avstånd för pianonotsystem" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/Staff-Spacing/StaffToStaffSpacing.scm:4 msgid "Spacing for Staff Group" msgstr "Avstånd för notsystemgrupp" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/Staff-Spacing/StaffToStaffSpacing.scm:5 msgid "Spacing for Choir Staff" msgstr "Avstånd för körens notsystem" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/Staff-Spacing/StaffToStaffSpacing.scm:6 msgid "Spacing for Grand Staff" msgstr "Avstånd för Grand Staff" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/Staff-Spacing/StaffToStaffSpacing.scm:10 msgid "Basic Distance Apart" msgstr "Grundläggande avstånd från varandra" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/Staff-Spacing/StaffToStaffSpacing.scm:11 msgid "Minimum Distance Apart" msgstr "Minsta avstånd från varandra" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/Staff-Spacing/StaffToStaffSpacing.scm:13 msgid "Stretchabilty" msgstr "Sträckbarhet" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/Staff-Spacing/StaffToStaffSpacing.scm:18 msgid "Staff Spacing" msgstr "Avstånd mellan notsystem" #. grouped staff spacing #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/Staff-Spacing/StaffToStaffSpacing.scm:37 msgid "Spacing between group and other" msgstr "Avstånd mellan grupp och andra" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/Staff-Spacing/StaffToStaffSpacing.scm:38 msgid "Spacing within group" msgstr "Avstånd inom grupp" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/Staff-Spacing/StaffToStaffSpacing.xml.h:1 msgid "Spacing between Staffs" msgstr "Avstånd mellan notsystem" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/Staff-Spacing/StaffToStaffSpacing.xml.h:2 msgid "Allows setting of various parameters controlling the space between staffs and between and within staffs grouped with braces." msgstr "Gör det möjligt att ställa in olika parametrar som styr avståndet mellan notsystem samt mellan och inom notsystem som grupperats med klammer." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/SystemsPerPage.scm:5 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/SystemsPerPage.scm:8 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/SystemsPerPage.xml.h:1 msgid "Systems Per Page" msgstr "System per sida" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/SystemsPerPage.scm:5 msgid "Give required systems (lines) per page: " msgstr "Ange erforderliga system (rader) per sida: " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/SystemsPerPage.xml.h:2 msgid "Forces a specific number of systems (lines of music) per page." msgstr "Tvingar fram ett visst antal system (musikrader) per sida." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/SystemSystemPadding.scm:17 msgid "Padding Between Systems" msgstr "Utfyllnad mellan system" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/SystemSystemPadding.scm:17 msgid "Give extra padding (1=no extra space, staff units)" msgstr "Ange extra utfyllnad (1 = inget extra avstånd, i notsystemutrymmen)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/SystemSystemPadding.xml.h:2 msgid "Allows control over the padding between successive systems down the page. (A system is all the staffs representing the music at one time, sometimes called a \"line\" of music)." msgstr "Gör det möjligt att styra utfyllnaden mellan efterföljande system på sidan. (Ett system är alla notsystem som representerar musiken samtidigt, ibland kallat en musikrad.)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/SystemSystemSpacingDist.scm:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/SystemSystemSpacingDist.xml.h:1 msgid "System to System Spacing" msgstr "Avstånd mellan system" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/SystemSystemSpacingDist.xml.h:2 msgid "Set the distance between systems." msgstr "Ställ in avståndet mellan systemen." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/TopMarkupSpacingDist.scm:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/TopMarkupSpacingDist.xml.h:1 msgid "Top to Title Spacing" msgstr "Avstånd mellan topp och titel" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/TopMarkupSpacingDist.xml.h:2 msgid "Set the distance from the top of the printable area (i.e. the bottom of the top margin) to the first (title or top-level) markup on a page, when there is no system between the two." msgstr "Ställ in avståndet från toppen av det utskrivbara området (dvs. botten av den övre marginalen) till den första markeringen (titel eller toppnivå) på en sida, när det inte finns något system mellan de två." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/TopSystemSpacingDist.scm:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/TopSystemSpacingDist.xml.h:1 msgid "Top to System Spacing" msgstr "Avstånd mellan topp och system" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/TopSystemSpacingDist.xml.h:2 msgid "Set the distance from the top of the printable area (i.e. the bottom of the top margin) to the first system on a page, when there is no (title or top-level) markup between the two." msgstr "Ställ in avståndet från toppen av det utskrivbara området (dvs. botten av den övre marginalen) till det första systemet på en sida, när det inte finns någon markering (titel eller toppnivå) mellan de två." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ScoreChooseNotehead.xml.h:1 msgid "Set Notehead Style" msgstr "Ställ in stil för nothuvud" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ScoreChooseNotehead.xml.h:2 msgid "Sets the type of notehead to be used score-wide." msgstr "Anger vilken typ av nothuvud som ska användas för hela partituret." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ScoreRehearsalMarkFormat.scm:5 msgid "Alphabetic" msgstr "Alfabetisk" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ScoreRehearsalMarkFormat.scm:6 msgid "Numeric" msgstr "Numerisk" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ScoreRehearsalMarkFormat.scm:7 msgid "Boxed alphabetic" msgstr "Boxad alfabetisk" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ScoreRehearsalMarkFormat.scm:8 msgid "Boxed numeric" msgstr "Boxad numerisk" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ScoreRehearsalMarkFormat.scm:9 msgid "Circled alphabetic" msgstr "Cirklad alfabetisk" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ScoreRehearsalMarkFormat.scm:10 msgid "Circled numeric" msgstr "Inringad numerisk" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ScoreRehearsalMarkFormat.xml.h:1 msgid "(Print) Format of rehearsal marks" msgstr "(Print) Format för repetitionsmärken" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ScoreRehearsalMarkFormat.xml.h:2 msgid "Select the format of rehearsal marks (alphabetic, numeric, boxed, etc.)" msgstr "Välj format för repetitionsmärken (alfabetiska, numeriska, boxade etc.)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/SetBeamExceptions.scm:101 msgid "Add to current rules" msgstr "Lägg till nuvarande regler" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/SetBeamExceptions.scm:102 msgid "Replace current rules" msgstr "Ersätta nuvarande regler" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/SetBeamExceptions.scm:103 msgid "Delete (and revert to default rules)" msgstr "Ta bort (och återgå till standardregler)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/SetBeamExceptions.scm:125 msgid "Beaming Rules added from the selection" msgstr "Balkningsregler har lagts till från markeringen" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/SetBeamExceptions.scm:131 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/SetBeamExceptions.scm:152 msgid "Beaming Rules replaced with ones from the selection" msgstr "Balkningsreglerna har ersatts med regler från markeringen" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/SetBeamExceptions.scm:136 msgid "Beaming Rules added from the selections have been dropped" msgstr "Balkningsregler som lagts till från markeringarna har tagits bort" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/SetBeamExceptions.scm:154 msgid "Set Beaming rule for " msgstr "Ställ in balkningsregel för " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/SetBeamExceptions.scm:155 msgid "Delete Beaming rule for " msgstr "Ta bort balkningsregel för " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/SetBeamExceptions.scm:156 msgid "Delete All (and revert to default rules)" msgstr "Radera alla (och återgå till standardregler)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/SetBeamExceptions.scm:162 msgid "Give beat" msgstr "Ge takt" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/SetBeamExceptions.scm:168 msgid "Chosen duration does not fit time signature" msgstr "Den valda varaktigheten passar inte taktarten" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/SetBeamExceptions.scm:172 msgid "Beat Structure" msgstr "Taktslagsstruktur" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/SetBeamExceptions.scm:172 msgid "Give groupings for " msgstr "Ange grupperingar för " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/SetBeamExceptions.scm:172 msgid " beats: " msgstr " slag: " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/SetBeamExceptions.xml.h:1 msgid "Set Beaming Rules" msgstr "Ställ in balkningsregler" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/SetBeamExceptions.xml.h:2 msgid "Sets the rules to be used for beaming. With no selection gets the beat for beams to be divided for the prevailing time signature at the cursor. If a there is a selection this will be used as the set of rules. In this case indicate the beaming desired using the manual beam commands [ and ], giving all the beaming rules wanted using several measures if needed (no other rules are used). Repeat with different selections to add further rules." msgstr "Ställer in de regler som ska användas för beaming. Utan något val får takten för strålar som ska delas upp för den rådande taktarten vid markören. Om det finns ett val kommer detta att användas som regeluppsättning. I detta fall anger du önskad strålindelning med de manuella strålkommandona [ och ], och anger alla önskade strålregler med flera takter om det behövs (inga andra regler används). Upprepa med olika val för att lägga till ytterligare regler." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/StaccatoStaccatissimo.xml.h:1 msgid "Staccato as '" msgstr "Staccato som '" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/StaccatoStaccatissimo.xml.h:2 msgid "Typesets staccato in 18th c. style, similar to modern stacattissimo. Applies to whole score." msgstr "Sätter staccato i 18:e århundradets stil, liknande modern stacattissimo. Gäller för hela partituret." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/TieWaitForNote.xml.h:1 msgid "Ties Extend to Matching Note" msgstr "Bindebågar utvidgas till motsvarande not" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/TieWaitForNote.xml.h:2 msgid "Ties will extend over intermediate notes until the note tied to occurs. Use for written-out arpeggio styles." msgstr "Bindebågar sträcker sig över mellanliggande noter tills den bundna noten nås. Använd för utskrivna arpeggion." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/TinyStaffAllMovements.xml.h:1 msgid "Tiny Staff in All Movements" msgstr "Litet notsystem i alla satser" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/TinyStaffAllMovements.xml.h:2 msgid "Gets a staff number 1 ... n from user and makes that staff tiny in all movements." msgstr "Hämtar en notsystem nummer 1 … n från användaren och gör den staven liten i alla satser." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ToggleCurveControl.scm:15 msgid "Curve Control Points On" msgstr "Kurvkontrollpunkter på" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ToggleCurveControl.scm:16 msgid "" "Typeset score will have curves marked with control points\n" "Use these for accurate reshaping of curves via wysiwyg operations on the typeset score with mouse" msgstr "" "Det typsatta partituret får kurvor markerade med kontrollpunkter\n" "Använd dem för att noggrant forma om kurvor genom WYSIWYG-åtgärder med musen i det typsatta partituret" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ToggleCurveControl.xml.h:1 msgid "Typeset Curve Control Points (Off/On)" msgstr "Kontrollpunkter för typsättningskurva (av/på)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ToggleCurveControl.xml.h:2 msgid "Typesets with curve control points marked. Use these for accurate tweaking of shape via clicking and dragging with mouse on final typeset score." msgstr "Typsätter med markerade kurvkontrollpunkter. Använd dem för att noggrant justera formen genom att klicka och dra med musen i det slutligt typsatta partituret." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ToggleFigures.scm:6 msgid "Bass Figures will be typeset" msgstr "Generalbassiffror typsätts" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ToggleFigures.scm:12 msgid "Bass Figures will not be typeset" msgstr "Generalbassiffror typsätts inte" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ToggleFigures.xml.h:1 msgid "Bass Figures (Off/On)" msgstr "Basfigurer (av/på)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ToggleFigures.xml.h:2 msgid "Turns on/off visibility of figured bass on typesetting for whole score." msgstr "Slår på eller av visning av generalbas vid typsättning av hela partituret." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ToggleFingeringVisibilityInScore.scm:6 msgid "Fingerings will be typeset" msgstr "Fingersättningar typsätts" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ToggleFingeringVisibilityInScore.scm:9 msgid "Fingerings will be not typeset" msgstr "Fingersättningar typsätts inte" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ToggleFingeringVisibilityInScore.xml.h:1 msgid "Fingerings (Off/On)" msgstr "Fingersättningar (av/på)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ToggleFingeringVisibilityInScore.xml.h:2 msgid "Turns on/off visibility of fingerings on typesetting for whole score." msgstr "Slår på eller av visning av fingersättningar vid typsättning av hela partituret." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ToggleWysiwygMarks.scm:16 msgid "Wysiwyg Marks On" msgstr "Wysiwyg markerar på" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ToggleWysiwygMarks.scm:17 msgid "" "Typeset score will have graphical objects marked with red dots\n" "Use these for accurate tweaking of positions via wysiwyg operations on the typeset score with mouse" msgstr "" "Det typsatta partituret får grafiska objekt markerade med röda punkter\n" "Använd dem för att noggrant justera positioner genom WYSIWYG-åtgärder med musen i det typsatta partituret" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ToggleWysiwygMarks.xml.h:1 msgid "Typeset Red Dots (Off/On)" msgstr "Röda punkter vid typsättning (av/på)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ToggleWysiwygMarks.xml.h:2 msgid "Typesets with red dots on the graphical objects. Use these for accurate tweaking of positions via clicking and dragging with mouse on final typeset score." msgstr "Typsätter med röda punkter på de grafiska objekten. Använd dem för att noggrant justera positioner genom att klicka och dra med musen i det slutligt typsatta partituret." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/TransposeOctaveUp.scm:2 msgid "Print out 8va up" msgstr "Skriv ut 8va upp" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/TransposeOctaveUp.xml.h:1 msgid "(Print) Transpose Octave Up" msgstr "(Print) Transponera oktav upp" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/TransposeOctaveUp.xml.h:2 msgid "Instructs the LilyPond Engraver to transpose this score one octave up." msgstr "Instruerar LilyPonds typsättare att transponera detta partitur en oktav upp." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/TransposeOnPrint.scm:3 msgid "Transpose Score" msgstr "Transponera partitur" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/TransposeOnPrint.scm:3 msgid "Transpose Staff" msgstr "Transponera notsystem" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/TransposeOnPrint.scm:5 msgid "--- Transpose to -->" msgstr "--- Transponera till -->" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/TransposeOnPrint.xml.h:1 msgid "Transpose on Print (Graphical Interface)" msgstr "Transponera på utskrift (grafiskt gränssnitt)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/TransposeOnPrint.xml.h:2 msgid "Gets an interval from the user: the entire score is transposed by this interval on typesetting - key signatures are transposed as well as notes and chord symbols." msgstr "Hämtar ett intervall från användaren: hela partituret transponeras med intervallet vid typsättning. Tonarter, noter och ackordsymboler transponeras." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/TransposeScorePrint.scm:51 msgid "" "Give Interval to transpose by as two note names, \n" " for example \"c g\" means transpose 5th up.\n" " Note names are in Dutch!!! a,b,c ... are the same but\n" " \"es\" = flat, so e.g. bes means b-flat\n" " \"is\" = sharp so e.g fis means f-sharp\n" " Use commas for octave(s) down, \n" " single-quotes for octave(s) up\n" " e.g. c c' means octave up.\n" " You do not have to start with c\n" " e.g. d e means a tone higher.\n" " " msgstr "Ange transponeringsintervallet som två notnamn. Till exempel betyder \"c g\" att du transponerar upp en kvint. Notnamnen använder nederländsk notation: a,b,c … är desamma, men \"es\" = ♭, så t.ex. betyder bes b♭ \"is\" = ♯, så t.ex. betyder cis c♯." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/TransposeScorePrint.scm:61 msgid "Will be transposed to:" msgstr "Kommer att transponeras till:" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/TransposeScorePrint.xml.h:1 msgid "Transpose on Print (Text Input)" msgstr "Transponera på utskrift (textinmatning)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/TransposeScorePrint.xml.h:2 msgid "Typesets the score transposed by the interval you give - key signatures are transposed as well as notes and chord symbols." msgstr "Skriver ut partituret transponerat med det intervall du anger - nyckelsignaturer transponeras liksom noter och ackordsymboler." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/TrillIsPlus.xml.h:1 msgid "Set Trill Style as +" msgstr "Ställ in Trill Style som +" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/TrillIsPlus.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints trills with the common 18th c. notation: a plus sign." msgstr "Skriver ut trillor med den vanliga 18:e c. notationen: ett plustecken." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/CaptureScore/CaptureMeasuresForStaff.xml.h:1 msgid "Capture Measures (one staff)" msgstr "Fånga takter (ett notsystem)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/CaptureScore/CaptureMeasuresForStaff.xml.h:2 msgid "Creates blank measures one for each measure captured as a screenshot from one of a set of parts. Display the source score on the screen using any program. Click on opposite corners of each measure in turn to capture that measure as an image into Denemo. Right-click or scroll-wheel to switch corners to adjust. Press any key to finish. This command is for capturing in parts form; to capture in full score use CaptureMeasures command" msgstr "Skapar tomma takter, en för varje takt som fångats som en skärmdump från en av en uppsättning stämmor. Visa källpartituret på skärmen med hjälp av valfritt program. Klicka på motsatta hörn av varje takt i tur och ordning för att fånga den takten som en bild i Denemo. Högerklicka eller skrolla med hjulet för att byta hörn att justera. Tryck på valfri tangent för att avsluta. Detta kommando är för att fånga i stämmor; för att fånga i hela partituret använd kommandot CaptureMeasures" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/CaptureScore/DeleteCapturedMeasureForStaff.xml.h:1 msgid "Delete Captured Measure." msgstr "Ta bort infångad takt." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/CaptureScore/DeleteCapturedMeasureForStaff.xml.h:2 msgid "Deletes the captured measure image for the current measure of the current staff." msgstr "Tar bort bilden av den fångade takten för den aktuella takten i det aktuella notsystemet." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/CaptureScore/InsertCaptureMeasureForStaff.xml.h:2 msgid "Capture the image of a single measure (as screenshot) inserting at the current measure in the current staff." msgstr "Fånga bilden av en enskild takt (som skärmbild) och infoga den vid den aktuella takten i det aktuella notsystemet." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/ChangeStaff.xml.h:1 msgid "Change Staff" msgstr "Byt notsystem" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/ChangeStaff.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:36 msgid "(Print) the current voice moves to the staff you name." msgstr "(Skriv ut) Flyttar den aktuella stämman till det notsystem du anger." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/CheckTiesInStaff.scm:20 msgid "Tied notes not the same" msgstr "Bundna noter är inte samma sak" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/CheckTiesInStaff.scm:41 msgid "All ties in this staff are correctly placed" msgstr "Alla bindebågar i detta notsystem är korrekt placerade" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/CheckTiesInStaff.xml.h:1 msgid "Check Ties" msgstr "Kontrollera bindebågar" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/CheckTiesInStaff.xml.h:2 msgid "Checks for wrongly tied notes in the current voice/staff." msgstr "Kontrollerar om det finns felaktigt bundna noter i den aktuella stämman/notsystemet." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/CreateCuesForStaff.xml.h:1 msgid "Create Cues" msgstr "Skapa cue-noter" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/CreateCuesForStaff.xml.h:2 msgid "Goes through the staff looking for long rests. Creates a cue in the whole measure rest." msgstr "Går igenom notsystemet och söker efter långa pauser. Skapar en cue-not i heltaktspausen." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/CrossStaffArpeggio.scm:7 msgid "Arpeggios will not cross staffs" msgstr "Arpeggion korsar inte notsystem" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/CrossStaffArpeggio.scm:9 msgid "Arpeggios will cross staffs" msgstr "Arpeggion korsar notsystem" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/CrossStaffArpeggio.scm:10 msgid " Cross Staff Arpeggios " msgstr " Arpeggion över notsystem " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/CrossStaffArpeggio.xml.h:1 msgid "Cross Staff Arpeggio" msgstr "Arpeggio över notsystem" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/CrossStaffArpeggio.xml.h:2 msgid "(Print) Allow arpeggio sign to extend across staffs. Piano staffs obey this by default, other staff groups need the Span_arpeggio_engraver including in the Score context for it to work." msgstr "(Skriv ut) Tillåt att arpeggiotecknet sträcker sig över notsystem. Pianonotsystem följer detta som standard; andra notsystemgrupper behöver Span_arpeggio_engraver i partiturkontexten för att det ska fungera." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DeleteCurrentStaff.xml.h:1 msgid "Delete Current Staff/Voice" msgstr "Ta bort aktuellt notsystem/aktuell stämma" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DeleteCurrentStaff.xml.h:2 msgid "Deletes current staff (if the action is confirmed by the user)." msgstr "Tar bort aktuellt notsystem (om användaren bekräftar åtgärden)." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DeleteFromCursorToEnd.scm:4 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DeleteMeasuresBeforeCursor.scm:4 msgid "All Staffs - Delete all measures from cursor?" msgstr "All Staffs - Ta bort alla takter från markören?" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DeleteFromCursorToEnd.scm:4 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DeleteMeasuresBeforeCursor.scm:4 msgid "This Staff/Voice only?" msgstr "Endast detta notsystem/stämma?" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DeleteFromCursorToEnd.xml.h:1 msgid "Delete Measures From Cursor" msgstr "Ta bort takter från markören" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DeleteFromCursorToEnd.xml.h:2 msgid "Deletes all measures from the cursor to the end, either in one or all staffs." msgstr "Raderar alla takter från markören till slutet, antingen i en eller alla takter." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DeleteMeasuresBeforeCursor.xml.h:1 msgid "Delete Measures Before Cursor" msgstr "Ta bort takter före markören" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DeleteMeasuresBeforeCursor.xml.h:2 msgid "Deletes all the measures before the measure containing the cursor, either current staff or all staffs as chosen by user." msgstr "Tar bort alla takter före takten som innehåller markören, antingen i aktuellt notsystem eller i alla notsystem enligt användarens val." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DeleteTextAnnotationsFromCursor.xml.h:1 msgid "Delete Text Annotations" msgstr "Ta bort textkommentarer" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DeleteTextAnnotationsFromCursor.xml.h:2 msgid "Deletes standalone text annotations from the cursor to the end of the staff." msgstr "Tar bort fristående textannotationer från markören till slutet av notsystemet." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DisplayEffects/HideNotSelectedStaffs.xml.h:1 msgid "Hide Non-Selected Staffs." msgstr "Dölj omarkerade notsystem" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DisplayEffects/HideNotSelectedStaffs.xml.h:2 msgid "Hides staffs that are not selected in the Denemo Display. Does not affect the typesetting." msgstr "Döljer notsystem som inte är markerade i Denemo-visningen. Påverkar inte typsättningen." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DisplayEffects/HideSelectedStaffs.xml.h:1 msgid "Hides Selected Staffs" msgstr "Dölj markerade notsystem" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DisplayEffects/HideSelectedStaffs.xml.h:2 msgid "Hides the selected staffs in the Denemo Display. Does not affect the Typesetting." msgstr "Döljer de markerade notsystemen i Denemo-visningen. Påverkar inte typsättningen." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DisplayEffects/ToggleCurrentStaffDisplay.xml.h:1 msgid "Staff Hidden (Off/On)" msgstr "Notsystem dolt (av/på)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DisplayEffects/ToggleCurrentStaffDisplay.xml.h:2 msgid "Shows/Hides the current staff in the Denemo Display. Does not affect the typesetting." msgstr "Visar eller döljer det aktuella notsystemet i Denemo-visningen. Påverkar inte typsättningen." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DisplayEffects/ToggleDisplayAllStaffs.xml.h:1 msgid "Display All (Other) Staffs (Off/On)" msgstr "Visa alla (övriga) anställda (av/på)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DisplayEffects/ToggleDisplayAllStaffs.xml.h:2 msgid "Show the current staff in the display and hide/show all other staffs. Typesetting is not affected." msgstr "Visa den aktuella staven i displayen och dölj/visa alla andra notsystem. Typsättningen påverkas inte." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/FillEmptyMeasures.xml.h:1 msgid "Fill Empty Measures" msgstr "Fyll tomma takter" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/FillEmptyMeasures.xml.h:2 msgid "Replaces empty measures from the cursor position onwards with non-printing whole measure rests." msgstr "Ersätter tomma takter från markörens position och framåt med icke-utskrivna heltaktspauser." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/FixSlursInStaff.xml.h:1 msgid "Fix Slurs" msgstr "Rätta legatobågar" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/FixSlursInStaff.xml.h:2 msgid "Removes incorrectly placed slur start/end markers on current voice/staff." msgstr "Tar bort felaktigt placerade start- och slutmarkörer för legatobågar i aktuell stämma eller aktuellt notsystem." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/AddInstrumentStaff.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Staff for Instrument" msgstr "Lägg till notsystem för instrument" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/AddInstrumentStaff.xml.h:2 msgid "Adds a staff at the bottom for the instrument selected from the templates/instruments directory. The name and range of the instrument is set with any transposition for playback if needed." msgstr "Lägger till ett notsystem längst ned för instrumentet som väljs från katalogen templates/instruments. Instrumentets namn och omfång ställs in, liksom transponering för uppspelning vid behov." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/AddMirrorStaff.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Staff (Borrowed/Mirrored Music)" msgstr "Lägg till notsystem (lånad/speglad musik)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/AddMirrorStaff.xml.h:2 msgid "Adds a staff whose music is automatically mirrored from another staff of your choice. Use this e.g. to create a staff with two divisi parts, while keeping the second part as a separate staff, or to typeset both Fret Diagrams and Chord Symbols from the same music. Note that initial clef/key/time are copied not mirrored. Staff number to mirror is chosen interactively or passed as a parameter to the command." msgstr "Lägger till ett notsystem vars musik automatiskt speglas från ett annat valfritt notsystem. Använd detta t.ex. för att skapa ett notsystem med två divisi-stämmor, medan den andra stämman behålls som ett separat notsystem, eller för att sätta både Fret-diagram och ackordsymboler från samma musik. Observera att initial nyckel/nyckel/tid kopieras, inte speglas. Notnumret som ska speglas väljs interaktivt eller skickas som en parameter till kommandot." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/CouleStaff.scm:4 msgid "This staff creates notes drawn as a diagonal line. Use these to create a coule between two notes another part." msgstr "Detta notsystem skapar noter som ritas som en diagonal linje. Använd dessa för att skapa en koppling mellan två noter i en annan stämma." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/CouleStaff.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Staff for Coulés" msgstr "Lägg till notsystem för coulés" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/CouleStaff.xml.h:2 msgid "Adds a voice to the current staff which typesets notes as a slanting line - a coulé. The main voice provides the chord notes, and this provides the coulé between them." msgstr "Lägger till en stämma till det aktuella notsystemet som sätter noter som en sned linje - en coulé. Huvudstämman ger ackordnoterna, och detta ger coulé mellan dem." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/CreateClickStaff.scm:8 msgid "Fill in the upbeat in the click track before playing" msgstr "Fyll i upptakten i klickspåret före uppspelning" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/CreateClickStaff.scm:51 msgid "Populate with these clicks" msgstr "Fyll med dessa klick" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/CreateClickStaff.scm:51 msgid "Play clicks again" msgstr "Spela upp klick igen" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/CreateClickStaff.scm:51 msgid "Edit clicks" msgstr "Redigera klick" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/CreateClickStaff.scm:61 msgid "Edit the clicks and then re-run this command to populate the subsequent empty measures up to any time signature change. Then repeat for each change of time signature." msgstr "Redigera klicken och kör sedan kommandot igen för att fylla i de efterföljande tomma måtten fram till varje ändring av taktart. Upprepa sedan för varje ändring av tidssignatur." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/CreateClickStaff.xml.h:1 msgid "Create/Populate Click Staff" msgstr "Skapa/fyll klickspår" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/CreateClickStaff.xml.h:2 msgid "Creates a staff at the top as a click track. Suggests a pattern of drum beats for the first bar, and offers to copy these to the following bars. The cursor height determines which drum sounds are suggested from the General MIDI set. Invoked in a click track it will copy your own set of drum beats to subsequent (empty) measures." msgstr "Skapar ett notsystem högst upp som klickspår. Föreslår ett mönster av trumslag för den första takten och erbjuder att kopiera det till följande takter. Markörens höjd avgör vilka trumljud från General MIDI-uppsättningen som föreslås. När kommandot körs i ett klickspår kopierar det dina trumslag till efterföljande tomma takter." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/DynamicsStaff.scm:32 msgid "" "This line (\"staff\") is for holding cresc. dim hairpins and dynamic markings so that they can be positioned (using dummy notes, colored blue) and will align with each other. Create this between the staffs for a piano work or on any staff where alignment of hairpins and dynamic marks is needed.\n" "WARNING: Do not place clef changes or other non-duration items in this staff - it may trigger the creation of a separate staff on typesetting!\n" "This Dynamics \"staff\" must have the same part name as the staff the dynamics should appear on." msgstr "" "Den här linjen (\"noten\") är till för att hålla hårnålar och dynamiska markeringar för cresc. dim så att de kan positioneras (med hjälp av dummy-noter, blåfärgade) och kommer i linje med varandra. Skapa detta mellan notbladen i ett pianoverk eller på något annat notblad där hårnålar och dynamiska markeringar behöver justeras.\n" "VARNING: Placera inte nyckelbyten eller andra icke-durationsobjekt i detta notsystem - det kan leda till att ett separat notsystem skapas vid sättningen!\n" "Detta dynamik-\"notsystem\" måste ha samma partnamn som det notsystem som dynamiken ska visas på." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/DynamicsStaff.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Staff for Dynamics" msgstr "Lägg till notsystem för dynamik" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/DynamicsStaff.xml.h:2 msgid "This line (\"staff\") is for holding cresc. dim hairpins and dynamic markings so that they can be positioned (using dummy notes, colored blue) and will align with each other.\\nCreate this between the staffs for a piano work or on any staff where alignment of hairpins and dynamic marks is needed. WARNING: Do not start/end staff-groupings on this staff. Do not place clef changes or other non-duration items in this staff - it may trigger the creation of a separate staff on typesetting! This Dynamics \"staff\" must have the same part name as the staff the dynamics should appear on." msgstr "Den här linjen (\"noten\") är till för att hålla hårnålar och dynamiska markeringar så att de kan placeras (med hjälp av dummy-noter, blåfärgade) och kommer i linje med varandra.\\nSkapa den här mellan noterna i ett pianoverk eller på vilken not som helst där hårnålar och dynamiska markeringar behöver placeras i linje med varandra. VARNING: Börja/avsluta inte notgrupperingar på denna notbild. Placera inte nyckelbyten eller andra icke-durativa objekt i detta notsystem - det kan leda till att ett separat notsystem skapas vid sättningen! Denna Dynamics \"notbild\" måste ha samma partnamn som den notbild som dynamiken ska visas på." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MarksStaff.scm:22 msgid "" "This staff is purely for holding marks that should appear once at the top of the system - avoiding having to put the marks in each part. It must have a blank part name, so that it is typeset with every part. The marks should be spaced using either dummy notes or spacers.\n" " WARNING: Do not place clef changes or other non-duration items in this staff - it may trigger the creation of a separate staff on typesetting!" msgstr "" "Detta fält är endast till för att hålla markeringar som ska visas en gång högst upp i systemet - så att man slipper sätta markeringarna i varje del. Den måste ha ett tomt partnamn, så att den sätts med varje stämma. Markeringarna ska placeras ut med hjälp av antingen dummy-noter eller distanser.\n" " VARNING: Placera inte clefändringar eller andra icke-durationsobjekt i denna notbild - det kan leda till att en separat notbild skapas vid sättningen!" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MarksStaff.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Staff for Marks" msgstr "Lägg till notsystem för markeringar" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MarksStaff.xml.h:2 msgid "This staff is purely for holding marks that should appear once at the top of the system - avoiding having to put the marks in each part. It must have a blank part name, so that it is typeset with every part. The marks should be spaced using either dummy notes or spacers.\\nWARNING: Do not start/end staff-groupings on this staff. Do not place clef changes etc in this staff - they may trigger the creation of a separate staff on typesetting!" msgstr "" "Detta notsystem är enbart till för markeringar som ska visas en gång högst upp i systemet, så att de inte behöver placeras i varje stämma. Det måste ha ett tomt stämnamn så att det typsätts med varje stämma. Placera markeringarna med dummy-noter eller mellanrum.\n" "VARNING: Börja eller avsluta inte notsystemgrupperingar i detta notsystem. Placera inte klavändringar eller liknande här; det kan leda till att ett separat notsystem skapas vid typsättning!" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MIDI/CreateClickStaffForMidi.scm:80 msgid "Click Track Creation" msgstr "Skapande av klickspår" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MIDI/CreateClickStaffForMidi.scm:80 msgid "Give number of measures required: " msgstr "Ange antal takter som krävs: " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MIDI/CreateClickStaffForMidi.xml.h:1 msgid "Create Click Track Staff" msgstr "Skapa notsystem för klickspår" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MIDI/CreateClickStaffForMidi.xml.h:2 msgid "Creates a staff (a click track) at the top of this score from the imported MIDI file, using tempo and time signature information (if present). The measures are filled with drum beats so that pitches in the MIDI tracks can be displayed above them. When you have finished the import you can delete this staff." msgstr "Skapar ett notsystem (ett klickspår) högst upp i partituret från den importerade MIDI-filen med information om tempo och taktart, om sådan finns. Takter fylls med trumslag så att tonhöjder i MIDI-spåren kan visas ovanför dem. När importen är klar kan du ta bort notsystemet." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MIDI/LoadMidiTrack.scm:11 msgid "MIDI Track Selection" msgstr "Val av MIDI-spår" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MIDI/LoadMidiTrack.scm:12 msgid "Select track to import" msgstr "Välj spår att importera" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MIDI/LoadMidiTrack.scm:23 msgid "Out of range" msgstr "Utanför intervallet" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MIDI/LoadMidiTrack.scm:25 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MIDI/NextMidiTrack.scm:7 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MIDI/PreviousMidiTrack.scm:7 msgid "No MIDI file loaded" msgstr "Ingen MIDI-fil laddad" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MIDI/LoadMidiTrack.xml.h:1 msgid "Insert Staff for MIDI Track" msgstr "Infoga notsystem för MIDI-spår" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MIDI/LoadMidiTrack.xml.h:2 msgid "Creates a staff below the click track for the MIDI track selected. The staff is empty except for time signature and tempo changes. The MIDI pitches from the track are displayed above the click track and notes can be inserted by double-clicking on a MIDI pitch and entering the rhythm." msgstr "Skapar ett notsystem under klickspåret för det valda MIDI-spåret. Notsystemet är tomt förutom ändringar av taktart och tempo. MIDI-tonhöjder från spåret visas ovanför klickspåret och noter kan infogas genom att dubbelklicka på en MIDI-tonhöjd och ange rytmen." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MIDI/NextMidiTrack.scm:6 msgid "This is the last track" msgstr "Detta är det sista spåret" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MIDI/NextMidiTrack.xml.h:1 msgid "Load Next Midi Track" msgstr "Ladda nästa MIDI-spår" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MIDI/NextMidiTrack.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:181 msgid "Creates a staff for the next MIDI track after the current one, making that the current one." msgstr "Skapar ett notsystem för nästa MIDI-spår efter det aktuella och gör det till det aktuella." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MIDI/PreviousMidiTrack.scm:6 msgid "This is the first track" msgstr "Detta är det första spåret" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MIDI/PreviousMidiTrack.xml.h:1 msgid "Load Previous MIDI Track" msgstr "Ladda föregående MIDI-spår" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MIDI/PreviousMidiTrack.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:180 msgid "Creates a staff for the imported MIDI track previous to the current one, making that the current one." msgstr "Skapar ett notsystem för det importerade MIDI-spåret före det aktuella och gör det till det aktuella." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/NewStaffAfter.xml.h:1 msgid "New Staff After Current" msgstr "Nytt notsystem efter aktuellt" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/NewStaffAfter.xml.h:2 msgid "Creates a new staff with the given name, after the current staff. Use the staff to voice command if you want to make this staff a voice on the previous staff." msgstr "Skapar ett nytt notsystem med det angivna namnet efter det aktuella notsystemet. Använd kommandot staff to voice om du vill göra notsystemet till en stämma i föregående notsystem." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/NewStaffAllMovements.xml.h:1 msgid "Add in All Movements" msgstr "Lägg till i alla satser" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/NewStaffAllMovements.xml.h:2 msgid "Adds a new structured staff after the current staff in this and succeeding movments." msgstr "Lägger till ett nytt strukturerat notsystem efter det aktuella notsystemet i denna och följande satser." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/NewStaffBefore.xml.h:1 msgid "New Staff Before Current" msgstr "Nytt notsystem före aktuellt" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/NewStaffBefore.xml.h:2 msgid "Creates a new staff with the given name, before the current staff." msgstr "Skapar ett nytt notsystem med det angivna namnet före det aktuella notsystemet." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/NewStructuredStaff.xml.h:1 msgid "New Structured Staff" msgstr "Nytt strukturerat notsystem" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/NewStructuredStaff.xml.h:2 msgid "Creates a new staff below the current staff with the same time signature changes inserted." msgstr "Skapar ett nytt notsystem under det aktuella med samma ändringar av taktart." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/PianoStaff.scm:8 msgid "Replace Current Staff?" msgstr "Ersätta nuvarande notsystem?" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/PianoStaff.scm:9 msgid "Keep Current Staff" msgstr "Behåll nuvarande notsystem" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/PianoStaff.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Piano Staff" msgstr "Lägg till pianonotsystem" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/PianoStaff.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:34 msgid "Adds two staff braced together for keyboard instrument." msgstr "Lägger till två notsystem sammanbundna med klammer för ett klaviaturinstrument." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/MoveStaffToBottom.xml.h:1 msgid "Staff to Bottom" msgstr "Notsystem längst ned" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/MoveStaffToBottom.xml.h:2 msgid "Moves the current staff to become the bottom most staff." msgstr "Flyttar det aktuella notsystemet så att det blir det nedersta." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/MoveStaffToTop.xml.h:1 msgid "Staff to Top" msgstr "Notsystem längst upp" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/MoveStaffToTop.xml.h:2 msgid "Moves the current staff to become the topmost staff." msgstr "Flyttar det aktuella notsystemet så att det blir det översta." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Ossia/CreateOssiaStaff.xml.h:1 msgid "Create Ossia Staff" msgstr "Skapa ossia-notsystem" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Ossia/CreateOssiaStaff.xml.h:2 msgid "Creates a small staff above the current staff for inserting cues, ossia passages etc. Use Show Ossia and Hide Ossia to show specific measures." msgstr "Skapar ett litet notsystem ovanför det aktuella för att infoga cue-noter, ossia-passager med mera. Använd Visa ossia och Dölj ossia för att visa särskilda takter." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Ossia/HideOssia.scm:4 msgid "This marks the end of the passage to be shown on the ossia staff" msgstr "Detta markerar slutet på passagen som ska visas i ossia-notsystemet" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Ossia/HideOssia.xml.h:1 msgid "Hide Ossia" msgstr "Dölj ossia" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Ossia/HideOssia.xml.h:2 msgid "Place this at the end of the music to be printed from the Ossia staff" msgstr "Placera detta i slutet av musiken som ska skrivas ut från ossia-notsystemet" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Ossia/ShowOssia.scm:4 msgid "This marks the start of a passage to be shown on the ossia staff" msgstr "Detta markerar början på en passage som ska visas i ossia-notsystemet" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Ossia/ShowOssia.scm:8 msgid "Show" msgstr "Visa" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Ossia/ShowOssia.xml.h:1 msgid "Show Ossia" msgstr "Visa ossia" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Ossia/ShowOssia.xml.h:2 msgid "Place this at the start of the music to be printed from the Ossia staff" msgstr "Placera detta i början av musiken som ska skrivas ut från ossia-notsystemet" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Playback/MuteStaff.scm:30 msgid "" "The volume set on this staff is very low, you may not hear it.\n" "See Staff->Staff Properties->Built-in Staff Properties, MIDI tab." msgstr "" "Volymen som är inställd på detta notsystem är mycket låg, du kanske inte hör det.\n" "Se Notapparat-> Egenskaper för notapparat-> Egenskaper för inbyggd notapparat, fliken MIDI." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Playback/MuteStaff.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Playback/SetInitialVolumeToZero.xml.h:1 msgid "Mute" msgstr "Tysta" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Playback/MuteStaff.xml.h:2 msgid "Mutes the current staff. Affects only playback." msgstr "Dämpar det aktuella notsystemet. Påverkar endast uppspelning." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Playback/SetInitialVolumeToZero.xml.h:2 msgid "Mutes playback on this staff by placing a volume=zero directive at the start." msgstr "Dämpar uppspelningen i detta notsystem genom att placera ett volym=noll-direktiv i början." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Playback/StaffRemoveCustomDurations.xml.h:1 msgid "Remove Custom Durations (Swing/Graces)" msgstr "Ta bort anpassade varaktigheter (swing/förslagstoner)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Playback/StaffRemoveCustomDurations.xml.h:2 msgid "Removes the special durations applied by swing and sounding grace notes." msgstr "Tar bort de särskilda varaktigheter som tillämpats av swing och klingande förslagstoner." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Playback/StaffSoundGraceNotes.xml.h:1 msgid "Sound Grace Notes" msgstr "Spela förslagstoner" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Playback/StaffSoundGraceNotes.xml.h:2 msgid "Grace notes will be played back as appogiature, stealing time from the following note. Not for Playback View which uses LilyPond's MIDI to play back." msgstr "Grace-noter kommer att spelas upp som appogiature, vilket stjäl tid från den följande noten. Inte för Playback View som använder LilyPonds MIDI för att spela upp." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Playback/SwingStaff.scm:31 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Playback/SwingStaff.xml.h:1 msgid "Swing Staff" msgstr "Swing-notsystem" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Playback/SwingStaff.scm:31 msgid "Give percentage swing: " msgstr "Ange swing i procent: " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Playback/SwingStaff.xml.h:2 msgid "Changes the playback duration of pairs of 𝅘𝅥𝅮 notes for swing or notes inègales. Does not affect typesetting." msgstr "Ändrar uppspelningstiden för par av 𝅘𝅥𝅮 noter för swing eller noter inègales. Påverkar inte sättning." #. clears any extras in the staff-prolog #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/PrintEffects/ClearStaffProlog.xml.h:1 msgid "Normal Staff" msgstr "Normalt notsystem" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/PrintEffects/ClearStaffProlog.xml.h:2 msgid "Deletes the extra staff prolog - restoring the normal staff settings." msgstr "Tar bort den extra notsystemprologen och återställer de normala notsystemsinställningarna." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/PrintEffects/TransposeStaffOutput.scm:7 msgid "No Transposition Interval" msgstr "Inget transponeringsintervall" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/PrintEffects/TransposeStaffOutput.scm:7 msgid "" "To use this function you need to place the cursor\n" "on the first of two notes which define\n" "the transposition required" msgstr "" "För att använda denna funktion måste du placera markören\n" "på den första av två noter som definierar\n" "den transposition som krävs" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/PrintEffects/TransposeStaffOutput.scm:7 msgid "Ok" msgstr "Ok" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/PrintEffects/TransposeStaffOutput.xml.h:1 msgid "Transpose Output" msgstr "Transponera utdata" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/PrintEffects/TransposeStaffOutput.xml.h:2 msgid "Transpose this staff in the print out. The cursor must be on the first of two notes that define the interval to use." msgstr "Transponera detta notsystem i utskriften. Markören måste stå på den första av två noter som definierar intervallet som ska användas." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/SimplifyTies.xml.h:1 msgid "Simplify Ties" msgstr "Förenkla bindebågar" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/SimplifyTies.xml.h:2 msgid "Converts tied notes to longer notes and removes spurious ties." msgstr "Omvandlar bundna noter till längre noter och tar bort felaktiga bindebågar." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffDeleteEmptyMeasures.xml.h:2 msgid "Deletes any measures that are empty from the measure after the cursor to end of staff." msgstr "Tar bort alla tomma takter från takten efter markören till slutet av notsystemet." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/BraceEnd.scm:5 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/BraceEnd.xml.h:1 msgid "Brace End" msgstr "Stagets ände" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/BraceEnd.scm:10 msgid "Add an End Brace Marker" msgstr "Lägg till markör för klammerns slut" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/BraceEnd.scm:11 msgid "Delete an End Brace Marker" msgstr "Ta bort markör för klammerns slut" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/BraceEnd.scm:12 msgid "Move End Brace Marker Up" msgstr "Flytta upp markör för klammerns slut" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/BraceEnd.scm:13 msgid "Move End Brace MarkerDown" msgstr "Flytta ned markör för klammerns slut" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/BraceEnd.scm:34 msgid "No staff above" msgstr "Inget notsystem ovanför" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/BraceEnd.scm:46 msgid "No staff below" msgstr "Inget notsystem nedanför" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/BraceEnd.xml.h:2 msgid "Add or remove end of staff group marks, or move them to an adjacent staff." msgstr "Lägg till eller ta bort slutmarkeringar för notsystemgrupper, eller flytta dem till ett intilliggande notsystem." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/CheckBraces.scm:39 msgid "Too few staff braces open at staff number " msgstr "För få notsystemklämmor öppna vid notsystemantal " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/CheckBraces.scm:41 msgid "More staff braces started than are ended." msgstr "Fler notsystembraces påbörjas än avslutas." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/CheckBraces.scm:43 msgid "More staff braces ended than are started." msgstr "Fler notsystemstöd avslutas än påbörjas." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/CheckBraces.xml.h:1 msgid "Check Braces" msgstr "Kontrollera klamrar" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/CheckBraces.xml.h:2 msgid "Checks the braces (staff groupings) for this movement." msgstr "Kontrollerar klamrarna (notsystemgrupperingarna) i denna sats." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/ChoirStaffStart.xml.h:1 msgid "ChoirStaff Start" msgstr "Starta körnotsystem" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/ChoirStaffStart.xml.h:2 msgid "Start grouping single staves together in order to form multi-stave systems. In a ChoirStaff, the group starts with a bracket, but bar lines are not connected." msgstr "Börja gruppera ihop enstaka notsystem för att bilda flerstaviga system. I en ChoirStaff börjar gruppen med en parentes, men taktstrecken är inte sammankopplade." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/DeleteStaffGroupings.xml.h:1 msgid "Delete all staff groupings" msgstr "Ta bort alla notsystemgrupperingar" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/DeleteStaffGroupings.xml.h:2 msgid "Clear the staff from all groupings" msgstr "Ta bort notsystemet från alla grupperingar" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/GrandStaffStart.xml.h:1 msgid "GrandStaff Start" msgstr "GrandStaff Start" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/GrandStaffStart.xml.h:2 msgid "Start grouping single staves together in order to form multi-stave systems. In a GrandStaff, the group begins with a brace, and bar lines are connected between the staves." msgstr "Börja med att gruppera ihop enstaka notsystem för att bilda flerstaviga system. I en GrandStaff inleds gruppen med en hängslen och mellan stavarna kopplas barrlinjer." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/GroupStaffStart.xml.h:1 msgid "GroupStaff Start" msgstr "Starta gruppnotsystem" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/GroupStaffStart.xml.h:2 msgid "Start grouping single staves together in order to form multi-stave systems. In the GroupStaff context, the group is started with a bracket and bar lines are drawn through all the staves." msgstr "Börja gruppera ihop enstaka notsystem för att bilda flerstaviga system. I GroupStaff-kontexten startas gruppen med en parentes och streck dras genom alla notsystem." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/PianoStaffStart.xml.h:1 msgid "PianoStaff Start" msgstr "Starta pianonotsystem" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/PianoStaffStart.xml.h:2 msgid "Start grouping single staves together in order to form multi-stave systems. The PianoStaff is identical to a GrandStaff, except that it supports printing the instrument name directly." msgstr "Börja gruppera ihop enstaka notsystem för att bilda system med flera notsystem. PianoStaff är identisk med GrandStaff, förutom att den stöder utskrift av instrumentnamnet direkt." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffMultiMeasureRests.xml.h:2 msgid "Groups of whole measure rests of two or more are changed to multi-measure rests for the whole staff." msgstr "Grupper med två eller fler heltaktspauser ändras till flertaktspauser för hela notsystemet." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/Ambitus.xml.h:1 msgid "(Print) Ambitus On/Off" msgstr "(Print) Ambitus på/av" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/Ambitus.xml.h:2 msgid "Toggle the ambitus engraver for this staff on or off" msgstr "Slår på eller av ambitus-typsättaren för detta notsystem" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/AssignInstrument.scm:7 msgid "Copy and Paste the music from the old staffs to the new, and then delete the old staffs" msgstr "Kopiera och klistra in musiken från de gamla notsystemen till de nya och ta sedan bort de gamla notsystemen" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/AssignInstrument.scm:16 msgid "Copy and Paste the music from the old staff to the new, and then delete the old staff" msgstr "Kopiera och klistra in musiken från det gamla notsystemet till det nya och ta sedan bort det gamla notsystemet" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/AssignInstrument.xml.h:1 msgid "Assign Instrument" msgstr "Tilldela instrument" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/AssignInstrument.xml.h:2 msgid "Assigns the current staff to an instrument selected by the user." msgstr "Tilldelar det aktuella notsystemet ett instrument som användaren valt." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/ChordChartStaff.scm:23 msgid "Chord Chart" msgstr "Ackordschema" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/ChordChartStaff.scm:56 msgid "Double" msgstr "Dubbel" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/ChordChartStaff.scm:57 msgid "RepeatStart" msgstr "UpprepaStart" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/ChordChartStaff.scm:58 msgid "RepeatEnd" msgstr "RepeatEnd" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/ChordChartStaff.scm:59 msgid "RepeatEndFirstTime" msgstr "UpprepaEndFörstaTiden" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/ChordChartStaff.scm:117 msgid "Compact Chord Chart Marker" msgstr "Kompakt markör för ackordtabell" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/ChordChartStaff.scm:126 msgid "Compact Chord Chart" msgstr "Kompakt ackordtabell" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/ChordChartStaff.scm:126 msgid "Paper Chord Chart" msgstr "Ackordschema i papper" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/ChordChartStaff.scm:126 msgid "Convert Staff" msgstr "Konvertera notsystem" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/ChordChartStaff.scm:126 msgid "Customizable Chord Chart" msgstr "Anpassningsbar ackordtabell" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/ChordChartStaff.xml.h:1 msgid "Chord Chart Staff" msgstr "Notsystem med ackordschema" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/ChordChartStaff.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints Chord symbols separated by bar lines. Repeats, time signatures and text are also printed for this staff." msgstr "Skriver ut ackordsymboler åtskilda av taktstreck. Repetitioner, taktarter och text skrivs också ut för detta notsystem." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/ChordStaff.xml.h:1 msgid "Chord Symbols (Off/On)" msgstr "Ackordsymboler (Av/På)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/ChordStaff.xml.h:2 msgid "Typesets the music on this staff as chord symbols (off/on)." msgstr "Typsätter musiken på detta notsystem som ackordsymboler (av/på)." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/FretDiagrams/FretBoards.scm:5 msgid "Guitar" msgstr "Gitarr" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/FretDiagrams/FretBoards.scm:6 msgid "Mandolin" msgstr "Mandolin" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/FretDiagrams/FretBoards.scm:7 msgid "Ukulele" msgstr "Ukulele" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/FretDiagrams/FretBoards.scm:16 msgid "This score cannot be typeset until you have entered some chords in this staff (which will then be typeset as fret diagrams)" msgstr "Partituret kan inte typsättas förrän du har skrivit in några ackord i detta notsystem; de typsätts sedan som ackorddiagram." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/FretDiagrams/FretBoards.xml.h:1 msgid "Fret Diagrams (Off/On)" msgstr "Ackorddiagram (av/på)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/FretDiagrams/FretBoards.xml.h:2 msgid "Chords on this staff will typeset as fret diagrams (off/on). Choose from several instruments." msgstr "Ackord i detta notsystem typsätts som ackorddiagram (av/på). Välj bland flera instrument." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/InstrumentName.scm:8 msgid "Instrument Name should not be set on a Dynamics Line or Chord Symbols" msgstr "Instrumentnamn ska inte ställas in på en Dynamics Line eller ackordsymboler" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/InstrumentName.scm:24 msgid "InstrumentName" msgstr "Instrumentnamn" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/InstrumentName.scm:24 msgid "" "Give name of instrument/voice/part\n" "for current staff:" msgstr "" "Ange namn på instrument, stämma eller del\n" "för aktuellt notsystem:" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/InstrumentName.scm:44 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/InstrumentName.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/PianoStaffName.scm:5 msgid "Instrument Name" msgstr "Instrumentets namn" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/InstrumentName.scm:44 msgid "" "This sets the name in Movement 1\n" "Set this name for the same staff in other movements?" msgstr "" "Detta sätter namnet i sats 1\n" "Sätta detta namn för samma notsystem i andra satser?" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/InstrumentName.xml.h:2 msgid "Print Instrument name before staff at start of score," msgstr "Skriv ut instrumentets namn före notsystemet i början av partituret," #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/MidiInstrumentName.scm:11 msgid "MIDI Instrument Name" msgstr "MIDI-instrumentets namn" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/MidiInstrumentName.scm:11 msgid "Give name of MIDI instrument for current staff:" msgstr "Ange namn på MIDI-instrumentet för aktuellt notsystem:" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/MidiInstrumentName.xml.h:1 msgid "MIDI Instrument" msgstr "MIDI-instrument" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/MidiInstrumentName.xml.h:2 msgid "Sets the MIDI instrument for this staff for use in the Playback View" msgstr "Ställer in MIDI-instrumentet för detta notsystem för användning i uppspelningsvyn" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/NonPrintingStaff.scm:12 msgid "Staff will be printed" msgstr "Notsystemet kommer att skrivas ut" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/NonPrintingStaff.xml.h:1 msgid "Non Printing Staff" msgstr "Notsystem som inte skrivs ut" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/NonPrintingStaff.xml.h:2 msgid "Turns the on/off whether this staff will be typeset. The staff still displays normally but will be dropped for the print view." msgstr "Slår på eller av om notsystemet ska typsättas. Notsystemet visas fortfarande normalt men utelämnas i utskriftsvyn." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/PianoStaffName.scm:5 msgid "Give name of instrument for staff group starting here:" msgstr "Ange namn på instrument för notsystemgrupp som börjar här:" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/PianoStaffName.xml.h:1 msgid "Piano Staff Name" msgstr "Namn på pianonotsystem" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/PianoStaffName.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints the name given at the start of the Piano staff which must be where the cursor is. Remove instrument names on the individual staffs by setting them blank." msgstr "Skriver ut det namn som anges i början av Piano-numret, vilket måste vara där markören är. Ta bort instrumentnamn på de enskilda notbladen genom att ange dem som tomma." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/RhythmicStaff.xml.h:1 msgid "Rhythmic Staff" msgstr "Rytmiskt notsystem" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/RhythmicStaff.xml.h:2 msgid "The staff will display as rhythm only, with pitches being ignored." msgstr "Notsystemet visar enbart rytm och ignorerar tonhöjder." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/SetStaffLines.scm:3 msgid "Staff Lines" msgstr "Notsystemslinjer" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/SetStaffLines.scm:3 msgid "Give Number of Staff Lines for current staff" msgstr "Ange antal notsystemlinjer för nuvarande notsystem" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/SetStaffLines.xml.h:1 msgid "Set Staff Lines" msgstr "Ställ in notsystemslinjer" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/SetStaffLines.xml.h:2 msgid "Sets the number of lines for the current staff." msgstr "Ställer in antalet linjer för det aktuella notsystemet." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/SetStaffRangeFromChord.scm:4 msgid "The cursor must be on a chord with the highest note and lowest note set to the range desired." msgstr "Markören måste vara på ett ackord med den högsta och lägsta tonen inställda på det önskade intervallet." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/SetStaffRangeFromChord.xml.h:1 msgid "Set Staff Range" msgstr "Ställ in notsystemets omfång" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/SetStaffRangeFromChord.xml.h:2 msgid "Sets the highest and lowest notes valid for the current staff to the highest and lowest pitches of the chord at the cursor. Notes outside that range will be typeset but will display as red notes to warn you that you are outside the range of the current instrument." msgstr "Ställer in de högsta och lägsta tonerna som gäller för det aktuella notsystemet till de högsta och lägsta tonerna i ackordet vid markören. Noter utanför detta intervall skrivs ut men visas som röda noter för att varna dig om att du befinner dig utanför det aktuella instrumentets intervall." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/ShortInstrumentName.scm:5 msgid "Instrument Name should not be set on a Dynamics Line" msgstr "Instrumentnamn ska inte anges på en Dynamics Line" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/ShortInstrumentName.scm:16 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/ShortInstrumentName.xml.h:1 msgid "Short Instrument Name" msgstr "Kort instrumentnamn" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/ShortInstrumentName.scm:16 msgid "Give Short Instrument Name:" msgstr "Ange kort namn på instrumentet:" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/ShortInstrumentName.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints shortened form of instrument name before this staff for second and subsequent systems" msgstr "Skriver ut instrumentets förkortade namn före detta notsystem i andra och efterföljande system" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/SmallerStaff.xml.h:1 msgid "Smaller Staff" msgstr "Mindre notsystem" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/SmallerStaff.xml.h:2 msgid "The current staff will print in a smaller size. Use this for the solo part above a piano accompaniment" msgstr "Det aktuella notsystemet kommer att skrivas ut i mindre storlek. Använd detta för solostämman över ett pianoackompanjemang" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/StaffComment.scm:4 msgid "comment for this staff" msgstr "kommentar för detta notsystem" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/StaffComment.scm:5 msgid "Staff Comment" msgstr "Kommentar från notsystemet" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/StaffComment.scm:5 msgid "Give comment text for current staff " msgstr "Ge kommentarstext för nuvarande notsystem " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/StaffComment.xml.h:2 msgid "Saves textual comments for this staff" msgstr "Sparar textkommentarer för detta notsystem" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/StaffOctaveUp.xml.h:1 msgid "(Print) Octave Up" msgstr "(Skriv ut) Oktav upp" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/StaffOctaveUp.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints out the music of this staff one octave higher." msgstr "Skriver ut musiken i detta notsystem en oktav högre." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/StaffSize.scm:4 msgid "Setting Staff Size" msgstr "Inställning av notsystemets storlek" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/StaffSize.scm:4 msgid "Give Staff Size (for printing), 0 for default" msgstr "Ange notsystemstorlek (för utskrift), 0 som standard" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/StaffSize.xml.h:1 msgid "Set Staff Size" msgstr "Ställ in notsystemets storlek" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/StaffSize.xml.h:2 msgid "Sets the size of the staff on printing relative to the default 0. Value -3 is tiny 3 is large." msgstr "Ställer in staffens storlek vid utskrift i förhållande till standardvärdet 0. Värde -3 är liten 3 är stor." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/SubstituteMusic.scm:37 msgid "There are no other staffs for this one to mirror." msgstr "Det finns inga andra staber som den här kan spegla." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/SubstituteMusic.scm:60 msgid "Right click to update clef/time/key" msgstr "Högerklicka för att uppdatera klav/tid/nyckel" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/SubstituteMusic.scm:65 msgid "Music here is mirrored from " msgstr "Musiken här är speglad från " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/SubstituteMusic.xml.h:1 msgid "Substitute Music (Borrowed/Mirrored)" msgstr "Vikarierande musik (lånad/spegelvänd)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/SubstituteMusic.xml.h:2 msgid "Typesets this staff with the music from another staff, ignoring any music entered on this staff. Use this e.g. to create a staff with two divisi parts, while keeping the second part as a separate staff, or to typeset both Fret Diagrams and Chord Symbols from the same music. Note that initial clef/key/time are copied not mirrored. Staff number to mirror is chosen interactively or passed as a parameter to the command." msgstr "Sätter detta notsystem med musiken från ett annat notsystem och ignorerar all musik som skrivits in på detta notsystem. Använd detta t.ex. för att skapa ett notsystem med två divisi-stämmor, samtidigt som den andra stämman behålls som ett separat notsystem, eller för att sätta både Fret-diagram och ackordsymboler från samma musik. Observera att initial nyckel/nyckel/tid kopieras, inte speglas. Notnumret som ska speglas väljs interaktivt eller skickas som en parameter till kommandot." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/Tablature/SetTabStrings.xml.h:1 msgid "Set Open Strings" msgstr "Ange lösa strängar" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/Tablature/SetTabStrings.xml.h:2 msgid "Sets the open strings for tablature to the notes of the current chord." msgstr "Ställer in de öppna strängarna för tabulatur till tonerna i det aktuella ackordet." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/Tablature/TabStaff.xml.h:1 msgid "Tablature" msgstr "Tabulatur" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/Tablature/TabStaff.xml.h:2 msgid "Converts to tablature notation (print only)" msgstr "Konverterar till tabulaturnotation (endast utskrift)" #. TinyStaff #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/TinyStaff.xml.h:1 msgid "Tiny Staff" msgstr "Liten notsystem" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/TinyStaff.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints current staff in a tiny font." msgstr "Skriver ut aktuell notsystem i ett litet typsnitt." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/TransposeStaffPrint.scm:8 msgid "--> Transpose to -->" msgstr "--> transponera till -->" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/TransposeStaffPrint.scm:12 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/TransposeVoices.scm:10 msgid "Print transposed: " msgstr "Trycket har förflyttats: " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/TransposeStaffPrint.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/TransposeVoices.xml.h:1 msgid "(Print) Transpose" msgstr "(Skriv ut) Transponera" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/TransposeStaffPrint.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints this staff (only) transposed. This is in addition to any score-wide transposition" msgstr "Skriver ut detta notblad (endast) transponerat. Detta är utöver eventuell transposition över hela partituret" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/UndotRests.xml.h:1 msgid "Un-dot Rests" msgstr "Un-dot pauser" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/UndotRests.xml.h:2 msgid "Changes dotted rests into the equivalent sequence of un-dotted rests in the current staff. Use e.g. in 6/8 time to replace 𝅘𝅥. with 𝄽 𝄾" msgstr "Ändrar prickade vilopauser till motsvarande sekvens av oprickade vilopauser i det aktuella notsystemet. Använd t.ex. i 6/8-takt för att ersätta 𝅘𝅥. med 𝄽 𝄾" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/AddMirrorVoice.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Voice (Borrowed/Mirrored Music)" msgstr "Add Voice (lånad/spegelvänd musik)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/AddMirrorVoice.xml.h:2 msgid "Adds a voice whose music is automatically mirrored from another staff of your choice. Use this e.g. to create a staff with two divisi parts, while keeping the second part as a separate staff, or to typeset both Fret Diagrams and Chord Symbols from the same music. Note that initial clef/key/time are copied not mirrored." msgstr "Lägger till en stämma vars musik automatiskt speglas från ett annat valfritt notsystem. Använd detta t.ex. för att skapa en notbild med två divisi-stämmor, medan den andra stämman behålls som en separat notbild, eller för att sätta både Fret-diagram och ackordsymboler från samma musik. Observera att initial klav/key/time kopieras, inte speglas." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/CreatePartsFromTop.xml.h:1 msgid "Create Parts (Treble First)" msgstr "Skapa delar (diskant först)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/CreatePartsFromTop.xml.h:2 msgid "Creates a set of parts extracting the highest part first." msgstr "Skapar en uppsättning delar och extraherar den högsta delen först." #. CreateParts #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/CreateParts.scm:2 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/CreateParts.xml.h:1 msgid "Create Parts" msgstr "Skapa delar" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/CreateParts.xml.h:2 msgid "Create a number of parts from the current staff which should have chords with that number of notes per chord." msgstr "Skapa ett antal stämmor från den aktuella noten som ska ha ackord med det antalet toner per ackord." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoiceAuto.xml.h:1 msgid "Initial Automatic Voice" msgstr "Initial automatisk stämma" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoiceAuto.xml.h:2 msgid "Undoes the effect of the InitialVoiceOne, Two ... commands. The voice has variable stem direction, slur placement etc." msgstr "Ångrar effekten av kommandona InitialVoiceOne, Two … Stämman har variabel riktning på stammen, placering av legatobåge etc." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoiceFour.scm:4 msgid "Voice Four" msgstr "Stämma fyra" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoiceFour.xml.h:1 msgid "Initial Voice Four" msgstr "Inledande stämma fyra" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoiceFour.xml.h:2 msgid "Sets the (initial) voice of the staff to be voice four (this affects stems down, slurs etc on printing)" msgstr "Ställer in (första) stämman i notsystemet till att vara stämma fyra (detta påverkar notskaft down, legatobågar etc vid utskrift)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoiceOne.scm:4 msgid "Voice One" msgstr "Voice One" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoiceOne.xml.h:1 msgid "Initial Voice One" msgstr "Inledande stämma ett" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoiceOne.xml.h:2 msgid "Sets the (initial) voice of the staff to be voice one (this affects stems up, slurs etc on printing)" msgstr "Ställer in (initial) stämma för notsystemet till att vara stämma ett (detta påverkar notskaft up, legatobågar etc vid utskrift)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoiceThree.scm:4 msgid "Voice Three" msgstr "Stämma tre" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoiceThree.xml.h:1 msgid "Initial Voice Three" msgstr "Initial stämma tre" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoiceThree.xml.h:2 msgid "Sets the (initial) voice of the staff to be voice three (this affects stems up, slurs etc on printing)" msgstr "Ställer in (första) stämman i notsystemet till stämma tre (detta påverkar stämmor upp, snedstreck etc vid utskrift)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoiceTwo.scm:4 msgid "Voice Two" msgstr "Stämma två" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoiceTwo.xml.h:1 msgid "Initial Voice Two" msgstr "Inledande stämma två" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoiceTwo.xml.h:2 msgid "Sets the (initial) voice of the staff to be voice two (this affects stems down, slurs etc on printing)" msgstr "Ställer in (första) stämman i notsystemet till att vara stämma två (detta påverkar notskaft down, legatobågar etc vid utskrift)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoice.xml.h:1 msgid "Choose Initial Voice" msgstr "Välj initial stämma" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoice.xml.h:2 msgid "Choose which voice this staff will initially be set to. To change voice during music see the Directives->Voices menu." msgstr "Välj vilken stämma detta notsystem initialt ska vara inställt på. För att ändra stämma under musik, se menyn Directives->Voices." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/MergeDifferentlyDottedOff.xml.h:1 msgid "Merge Differently Dotted Off" msgstr "Sammanfoga olika prickade av" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/MergeDifferentlyDottedOff.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:111 msgid "From this point notes in different voices that begin at the same time will not be merged onto the same stem if they differ in the dotting." msgstr "Från och med denna punkt kommer noter i olika stämmor som börjar samtidigt inte att sammanfogas till samma stam om de skiljer sig åt i prickningen." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/MergeDifferentlyDottedOn.xml.h:1 msgid "Differently Dotted Merge On" msgstr "Sammanfoga med olika punktering på" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/MergeDifferentlyDottedOn.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:110 msgid "From this point in the music notes in different voices beginning at the same time will be merged onto the same stem even if they differ in the dotting." msgstr "Från och med nu kommer noter i olika stämmor som börjar samtidigt att sammanföras på samma stam även om de skiljer sig åt i prickningen." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/MergeRests.scm:6 msgid "Turning off merging of rests, use Merge Rests command to turn it on" msgstr "Slår av sammanslagning av pauser; använd kommandot Sammanfoga pauser för att slå på den." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/MergeRests.xml.h:1 msgid "Merge Rests" msgstr "Sammanfoga pauser" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/MergeRests.xml.h:2 msgid "Merges rests where two voices have a common rest. Applies to the whole movement. For multi-measure rests you need to additionally suppress one of the multi-measure rest counts." msgstr "Sammanfogar vilor där två stämmor har en gemensam vila. Gäller för hela satsen. För vilor i flera takter måste du dessutom undertrycka en av räkningarna för vilor i flera takter." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/NewVoice.xml.h:2 msgid "Adds a voice to the current staff, initially displayed on a staff of its own, for readability. It will print on the staff above, and can be displayed there using Join Voices command if desired." msgstr "Lägger till en stämma i det aktuella notsystemet, som först visas på ett eget notsystem för läsbarhetens skull. Den skrivs ut på notsystemet ovanför och kan visas där med kommandot Sammanfoga stämmor." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/NoteColumnShift.scm:5 msgid "Horizontal Shift" msgstr "Horisontell förskjutning" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/NoteColumnShift.scm:5 msgid "Give amount (staff spaces)" msgstr "Ange värde (notsystemutrymmen)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/NoteColumnShift.xml.h:1 msgid "Change Note Shift" msgstr "Ändra notförskjutning" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/NoteColumnShift.xml.h:2 msgid "On printing the current note/chord will be shifted from notes in other voices by the amount you give. Use this to alter which voice is shifted leftwards/rightwards." msgstr "Vid utskrift kommer den aktuella noten/ackordet att förskjutas från noter i andra stämmor med det värde du anger. Använd denna funktion för att ändra vilken stämma som förskjuts åt vänster/höger." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/Part-Combining/IgnoreClashingNoteColumns.scm:6 msgid "Clashing Note Columns will generate a warning from the LilyPond typesetter" msgstr "Krockande notkolumner ger en varning från LilyPonds typsättare" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/Part-Combining/IgnoreClashingNoteColumns.scm:10 msgid "Ignore Clashing Columns" msgstr "Ignorera kolumner som krockar" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/Part-Combining/IgnoreClashingNoteColumns.xml.h:1 msgid "Clashing Note Column Warnings (Off/On)" msgstr "Varningar för krockande notkolumner (av/på)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/Part-Combining/IgnoreClashingNoteColumns.xml.h:2 msgid "Turns warnings from the LilyPond typesetter about clashing note columns off or on. These can be harmless but can cause a warning to check the score." msgstr "Slår på eller av varningar från LilyPonds typsättare om krockande notkolumner. De kan vara ofarliga men varnar för att partituret bör kontrolleras." #. partcombineApart #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/Part-Combining/PartCombineApart.scm:2 msgid "" "This directive instructs the LilyPond typesetter not to combine notes from the voices when part combining has been set..\n" "Use with the Part Combine command.\n" "You can delete the directive as any other object." msgstr "" "Detta direktiv instruerar LilyPonds typsättare att inte kombinera noter från stämmorna när kombination av stämmor har ställts in.\n" "Använd det med kommandot Kombinera stämmor.\n" "Du kan ta bort direktivet som vilket annat objekt som helst." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/Part-Combining/PartCombineApart.xml.h:1 msgid "Keep Voices Apart" msgstr "Håll stämmorna isär" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/Part-Combining/PartCombineApart.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:115 msgid "When part combining, from this point the parts will be kept apart even though they could be combined." msgstr "Vid kombination av stämmor hålls stämmorna från och med denna punkt isär, även om de skulle kunna kombineras." #. partcombineAutomatic #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/Part-Combining/PartCombineAutomatic.scm:2 msgid "" "This directive instructs the LilyPond typesetter to combine notes from the voices using the default part combining.\n" "Use with the Part Combine command.\n" "You can delete the directive as any other object." msgstr "" "Detta direktiv instruerar LilyPonds typsättare att kombinera noter från stämmorna enligt standardreglerna för kombination av stämmor.\n" "Använd det med kommandot Kombinera stämmor.\n" "Du kan ta bort direktivet som vilket annat objekt som helst." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/Part-Combining/PartCombineAutomatic.xml.h:1 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "Automatiskt" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/Part-Combining/PartCombineAutomatic.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:114 msgid "Reverts to the default part combining." msgstr "Återställer standardkombinationen av stämmor." #. partcombineChords #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/Part-Combining/PartCombineChords.scm:2 msgid "" "This directive instructs the LilyPond typesetter to combine notes from the voices into chords.\n" "Use with the Part Combine command.\n" "You can delete the directive as any other object." msgstr "" "Detta direktiv instruerar LilyPonds typsättare att kombinera noter från stämmorna till ackord.\n" "Använd det med kommandot Kombinera stämmor.\n" "Du kan ta bort direktivet som vilket annat objekt som helst." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/Part-Combining/PartCombineChords.xml.h:1 msgid "Part Combine Chords" msgstr "Kombinera stämmor till ackord" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/Part-Combining/PartCombineChords.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:112 msgid "From the cursor onwards chords will be combined from the parts included in the part combine command." msgstr "Från markören och framåt kombineras ackord från stämmorna som ingår i kommandot Kombinera stämmor." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/Part-Combining/PartCombine.scm:9 msgid "Parts are now uncombined" msgstr "Stämmorna är nu uppdelade" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/Part-Combining/PartCombine.scm:14 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/Part-Combining/PartCombine.scm:21 msgid "Part Combine " msgstr "Kombinera stämmor " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/Part-Combining/PartCombine.scm:30 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/Part-Combining/PartCombine.scm:36 msgid "Can only part-combine two voices" msgstr "Det går bara att kombinera två stämmor" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/Part-Combining/PartCombine.scm:38 msgid "Must be on a staff with two voices" msgstr "Måste vara i ett notsystem med två stämmor" #. partcombineUnisono #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/Part-Combining/PartCombineUnisono.scm:2 msgid "" "This directive instructs the LilyPond typesetter to combine notes from the voices as unison.\n" "Use with the Part Combine command.\n" "You can delete the directive as any other object." msgstr "" "Detta direktiv instruerar LilyPonds typsättare att kombinera noter från stämmorna till unisono.\n" "Använd det med kommandot Kombinera stämmor.\n" "Du kan ta bort direktivet som vilket annat objekt som helst." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/Part-Combining/PartCombineUnisono.xml.h:1 msgid "Unisono" msgstr "Unisono" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/Part-Combining/PartCombineUnisono.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:113 msgid "Combine parts as unison." msgstr "Kombinera stämmor som unisono." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/Part-Combining/PartCombine.xml.h:1 msgid "Part Combine Two Voices" msgstr "Kombinera två stämmor" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/Part-Combining/PartCombine.xml.h:2 msgid "The two voices will be printed only once when they are the same, otherwise they will be printed as parts. (Off/On)" msgstr "De två stämmorna skrivs ut endast en gång om de är identiska, annars skrivs de ut som delar. (Av/På)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/SetCurrentStaffAsVoice.scm:4 msgid "Current staff is already a voice or not suitable" msgstr "Nuvarande notsystem är redan en stämma eller inte lämplig" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/SetCurrentStaffAsVoice.xml.h:1 msgid "Staff to Voice" msgstr "Notsystem till stämma" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/SetCurrentStaffAsVoice.xml.h:2 msgid "The current staff will be typeset as a voice on the staff above." msgstr "Det aktuella notsystemet typsätts som en stämma i notsystemet ovanför." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/SetCurrentVoiceAsStaff.scm:4 msgid "The current staff is not voice" msgstr "Det aktuella notsystemet är ingen stämma" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/SetCurrentVoiceAsStaff.xml.h:1 msgid "Voice to Staff" msgstr "Stämma till notsystem" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/SetCurrentVoiceAsStaff.xml.h:2 msgid "The current voice will be typeset on its own staff." msgstr "Den aktuella stämman typsätts i ett eget notsystem." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/ShiftOff.scm:6 msgid "No Shift" msgstr "Ingen förskjutning" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/ShiftOff.xml.h:1 msgid "No Horizontal Shifts" msgstr "Inga horisontella förskjutningar" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/ShiftOff.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:106 msgid "Turns off horizontal displacement of notes (which avoid collisions between parts)" msgstr "Slår av horisontell förskjutning av noter som undviker kollisioner mellan stämmor." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/ShiftOn.scm:6 msgid "Shift" msgstr "Förskjutning" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/ShiftOn.xml.h:1 msgid "Use Horizontal Shifts" msgstr "Använd horisontella förskjutningar" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/ShiftOn.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:107 msgid "Turns on horizontal displacements of notes where needed." msgstr "Slår på horisontella förskjutningar av noter där det behövs." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/TransposeVoices.scm:6 msgid "<-- Transpose to -->" msgstr "<-- Transpose to -->" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/TransposeVoices.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints the voices transposed by the interval given. This is in addition to any score-wide transposition and any staff-wide transposition" msgstr "Skriver ut stämmorna transponerade med det angivna intervallet. Detta gäller utöver transponering av hela partituret och av hela notsystemet." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/ApparentTimeSignature.xml.h:1 msgid "Apparent Time Signature" msgstr "Synlig taktart" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/ApparentTimeSignature.xml.h:2 msgid "Typesets a time signature which is not the one actually being used. This is used in polymetric music, often in conjunction with a tuplet spanning the whole staff." msgstr "Typsätter en taktart som skiljer sig från den som faktiskt används. Detta används i polymetrisk musik, ofta tillsammans med en tuplet som sträcker sig över hela notsystemet." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/BeamHalfMeasure.scm:5 msgid "Beaming at half measure allowed" msgstr "Balkning över halvtakt tillåts" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/BeamHalfMeasure.scm:8 msgid "Beaming breaks at half-measure" msgstr "Balkningen bryts vid halvtakt" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/BeamHalfMeasure.xml.h:1 msgid "Beam at Half Measure (Off/On)" msgstr "Balkning vid halvtakt (av/på)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/BeamHalfMeasure.xml.h:2 msgid "In time signatures 3/N prevent beaming across the beat. Repeat the command to allow such beaming." msgstr "I taktarter av typen 3/N hindras balkning över taktslaget. Upprepa kommandot för att tillåta sådan balkning." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/CadenzaTime.scm:6 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/CadenzaTime.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a non-printing timesignature to indicate a cadenza follows. You must insert any barlines and beaming you require (otherwise none will typeset). End the cadenza by inserting an End Cadenza Time in a new Denemo bar." msgstr "Infogar en icke-utskriven taktart som anger att en kadens följer. Du måste infoga de taktstreck och den balkning som behövs, annars typsätts inga. Avsluta kadensen genom att infoga en slutkadens i en ny Denemo-takt." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/CadenzaTime.scm:14 msgid "Cadenza" msgstr "Cadenza" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/CadenzaTime.xml.h:1 msgid "Start Cadenza Time" msgstr "Starta kadens" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/ChooseTimeSignature.xml.h:1 msgid "Choose Typical Time Signature" msgstr "Välj vanlig taktart" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/ChooseTimeSignature.xml.h:2 msgid "Choose from a set of typical time signatures" msgstr "Välj bland en uppsättning typiska tidssignaturer" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/ChordChartTimeSignature.xml.h:1 msgid "Chord Chart Time Signature" msgstr "Taktart för ackordschema" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/ChordChartTimeSignature.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a time signature (for use in Chord Charts)" msgstr "Infogar en taktart för användning i ackordscheman" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/EndCadenzaTime.scm:10 msgid "End Cad." msgstr "End Cad." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/EndCadenzaTime.scm:13 msgid "Inserts a time signature to resume normal measured music." msgstr "Infogar en taktart för att återgå till normalt uppmätt musik." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/EndCadenzaTime.xml.h:1 msgid "End Cadenza Time" msgstr "Sluta kadens" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/EndCadenzaTime.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a non-printing time signature to resume normal measured music." msgstr "Infogar en icke-utskriven taktart för att återgå till normal taktindelad musik." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/HideTimesig.xml.h:2 msgid "On printing, omit the time signature change at the cursor, or the initial time signature if the cursor is not on a time signature change." msgstr "Vid utskrift utelämnas ändringen av taktart vid markören, eller den ursprungliga taktarten om markören inte är på en ändring av taktart." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/InsertBeamingRule.scm:17 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/TimesigWithBeatStructure.scm:15 msgid "Beam" msgstr "Balk" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/InsertBeamingRule.xml.h:1 msgid "Beaming Rule Change" msgstr "Ändra balkningsregel" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/InsertBeamingRule.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a (hidden) time signature with rules to be used for beaming. With no selection gets the beat for beams to be divided for the prevailing time signature at the cursor. If a there is a selection this will be used as the set of rules. In this case indicate the beaming desired using the manual beam commands [ and ], giving all the beaming rules wanted using several measures if needed (no other rules are used). Repeat with different selections to add further rules." msgstr "Infogar en dold taktart med regler för balkning. Utan markering hämtas taktslaget där balkar ska delas för taktarten vid markören. Med en markering används den som regeluppsättning. Ange då önskad balkning med de manuella balkkommandona [ och ] och använd flera takter vid behov. Upprepa med andra markeringar för att lägga till fler regler." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/NumericTimeSig.xml.h:1 msgid "Numeric Time Signature" msgstr "Numerisk taktart" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/NumericTimeSig.xml.h:2 msgid "Typesets common and cut time numerically rather than the traditional C and C cut." msgstr "Typsätter vanlig takt och alla breve-takt numeriskt i stället för traditionella C respektive genomstruket C." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/SingleDigitTimeSig.scm:4 msgid "Inspect/Edit Single Digit Directive" msgstr "Granska eller redigera ensiffrigt direktiv" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/SingleDigitTimeSig.xml.h:1 msgid "(Print) Single Digit" msgstr "(Skriv ut) Enstaka siffra" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/SingleDigitTimeSig.xml.h:2 msgid "Makes the time signature at the cursor typeset as a single digit; if no time signature at cursor this applies to initial timesig of staff. Run the command again to delete/inspect the time signature directive." msgstr "Gör att taktarten vid markören skrivs som en enda siffra; om ingen taktart finns vid markören gäller detta för den första taktarten i notsystemet. Kör kommandot igen för att ta bort/inspektera direktivet om taktart." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/TimesigWithBeatStructure.xml.h:1 msgid "Time Signature with Beaming Rule" msgstr "Taktart med balkningsregel" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/TimesigWithBeatStructure.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a time signature with indication for how to beam the notes. Insert at beginning of staff in order to replace the initial time signature." msgstr "Infogar en taktart med angivelse av hur noterna ska balkas. Infoga den i början av notsystemet för att ersätta den ursprungliga taktarten." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/TwoTimeSignatures.scm:9 msgid "Double time signature removed" msgstr "Dubbel taktart borttagen" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/TwoTimeSignatures.xml.h:1 msgid "Two Time Signatures" msgstr "Två taktarter" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/TwoTimeSignatures.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints two time-signatures, the second is active." msgstr "Typsätter två taktarter; den andra är aktiv." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/Unmeasured.xml.h:1 msgid "Unmeasured Staffs (Off/On)" msgstr "Otaktade notsystem (av/på)" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/Unmeasured.xml.h:2 msgid "Makes the staffs accept any duration per Denemo measure and typesets as a cadenza. Equivalent to Cadenza Time from the first bar." msgstr "Gör att notsystemen accepterar valfri varaktighet per Denemo-takt och typsätts som en kadens. Motsvarar Kadens från första takten." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:2 msgid "Selects 𝅝 as the duration for inserting notes or rests" msgstr "Väljer 𝅝 som varaktighet för att infoga noter eller pauser" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:3 msgid "Selects 𝅗𝅥 as the duration for inserting notes or rests" msgstr "Väljer 𝅗𝅥 som varaktighet för att infoga noter eller pauser" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:4 msgid "Selects 𝅘𝅥 as the duration for inserting notes or rests" msgstr "Väljer 𝅘𝅥 som varaktighet för att infoga noter eller pauser" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:5 msgid "Selects 𝅘𝅥𝅮 as the duration for inserting notes or rests" msgstr "Väljer 𝅘𝅥𝅮 som varaktighet för att infoga noter eller pauser" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:6 msgid "Selects 𝅘𝅥𝅯 as the duration for inserting notes or rests" msgstr "Väljer 𝅘𝅥𝅯 som varaktighet för att infoga noter eller pauser" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:7 msgid "Selects 𝅘𝅥𝅱 as the duration for inserting notes or rests" msgstr "Väljer 𝅘𝅥𝅱 som varaktighet för att infoga noter eller pauser" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:8 msgid "Alternates inserting start triplet and end triplet markers" msgstr "Omväxlande infogning av starttriplett- och sluttriplettmarkörer" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:9 msgid "General" msgstr "Allmänt" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:10 msgid "Choose any sort of clef. If the cursor is at the start change initial clef, else insert chosen clef." msgstr "" "Välj valfri klav.\n" "Om markören är i början byter du initial klav, annars infogar du vald klav." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:13 msgid "Add a note to the current chord The cursor position determines which note to add" msgstr "" "Lägg till en not i aktuellt ackord\n" "Markörens position avgör vilken not som ska läggas till" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:14 msgid "Begin Slur from note/chord at cursor, or remove a Begin Slur" msgstr "Starta legatobåge från noten eller ackordet vid markören, eller ta bort en startad legatobåge" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:15 msgid "End Slur at note/chord at cursor, or remove an End Slur" msgstr "Avsluta legatobåge vid noten eller ackordet vid markören, eller ta bort en avslutad legatobåge" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:16 msgid "Tie/Untie from the note/chord at the cursor - will be ignored by the LilyPond typesetter if next note is not at the same pitch" msgstr "Bind eller lossa noten eller ackordet vid markören. LilyPonds typsättare ignorerar åtgärden om nästa not inte har samma tonhöjd." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:17 msgid "Insert a tempo change at cursor" msgstr "Infoga en tempoändring vid markören" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:18 msgid "Insert a Dynamic Marking at the cursor" msgstr "Infoga en dynamisk markering vid markören" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:19 msgid "Start Crescendo from note/chord at cursor" msgstr "Starta crescendo från noten eller ackordet vid markören" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:20 msgid "End Crescendo on note/chord at cursor" msgstr "Avsluta crescendo vid noten eller ackordet vid markören" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:21 msgid "Start Diminuendo from note/chord at cursor " msgstr "Starta diminuendo från noten eller ackordet vid markören " #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:22 msgid "End Diminuendo from note/chord at cursor" msgstr "Avsluta diminuendo vid noten eller ackordet vid markören" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:24 msgid "Choose more palettes of buttons." msgstr "Välj fler knappaletter." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:26 msgid "Help with chord symbol entry methods." msgstr "Hjälp med inmatningsmetoder för ackordsymboler." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:27 msgid "Start Crescrendo from note/chord at cursor" msgstr "Starta crescendo från noten eller ackordet vid markören" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:28 msgid "Adds a staff to be used purely for dynamic markings, insert after right hand piano staff" msgstr "Lägger till ett notsystem enbart för dynamiska markeringar. Infoga det efter pianots högra notsystem." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:29 msgid "Prints text to start or continue a crescendo extending over a passage. Use for cresc. poco a poco, for example. Terminate with End Crescendo marking or a dynamic mark, else nothing will be printed. LilyPond markup, such as \\\\bold can be used." msgstr "" "Skriver ut text för att starta eller fortsätta ett crescendo över en passage.\n" "Använd exempelvis cresc. eller poco a poco.\n" "Avsluta med markeringen Avsluta crescendo eller en dynamisk markering, annars skrivs inget ut.\n" "LilyPond-markeringar som \\\\bold kan användas." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:30 msgid "Prints text to start or continue a diminuendo extending over a passage. Use for dim. poco a poco, for example. Terminate with End Diminuendo marking or a dynamic mark, else nothing will be printed. LilyPond markup, such as \\\\bold can be used." msgstr "" "Skriver ut text för att starta eller fortsätta ett diminuendo över en passage.\n" "Använd exempelvis dim. eller poco a poco.\n" "Avsluta med markeringen Avsluta diminuendo eller en dynamisk markering, annars skrivs inget ut.\n" "LilyPond-markeringar som \\\\bold kan användas." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:31 msgid "Music is spaced out by the extra amount given to avoid textual dynamic markings colliding. Not for hairpins." msgstr "" "Ger musiken extra avstånd för att undvika att dynamiska textmarkeringar krockar.\n" "Gäller inte hårnålar." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:32 msgid "Pianoforte" msgstr "Pianoforte" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:37 msgid "Inserts an 8va mark (transposing the notes accordingly) or terminates one already started." msgstr "Infogar ett 8va-tecken och transponerar noterna enligt det, eller avslutar ett redan påbörjat tecken." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:38 msgid "Insert or Append Duration" msgstr "Infoga eller lägg till varaktighet" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:39 msgid "When appending, appends a 𝅝 With the cursor on a note inserts a 𝅝 before the current note If MIDI-in is active, the note will be pitchless (displays yellow, percussion-sounding) - the MIDI keyboard will provide the pitch. Changes prevailing duration." msgstr "" "När du lägger till, lägger du till en 𝅝\n" "När markören står på en not infogas en 𝅝 före den aktuella noten\n" "Om MIDI-in är aktiv kommer noten att vara tonhöjdslös (visas gul och låter som slagverk)\n" " - mIDI-keyboardet ger tonhöjden.\n" "Ändrar den rådande varaktigheten." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:40 msgid "When appending, appends a 𝅗𝅥 With the cursor on a note inserts a 𝅗𝅥 before the current note If MIDI-in is active, the note will be pitchless (displays yellow, percussion-sounding) - the MIDI keyboard will provide the pitch. Changes prevailing duration." msgstr "" "När du lägger till, lägger du till en 𝅗𝅥\n" "När markören står på en not infogas en 𝅗𝅥 före den aktuella noten\n" "Om MIDI-in är aktiv kommer noten att vara tonhöjdslös (visas gult, låter som slagverk)\n" " - mIDI-keyboardet ger tonhöjden.\n" "Ändrar rådande varaktighet." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:41 msgid "When appending, appends a 𝅘𝅥 With the cursor on a note inserts a 𝅘𝅥 before the current note If MIDI-in is active, the note will be pitchless (displays yellow, percussion-sounding) - the MIDI keyboard will provide the pitch. Changes prevailing duration." msgstr "" "När du lägger till, lägger du till en 𝅘𝅥\n" "När markören står på en not infogas en 𝅘𝅥 före den aktuella noten\n" "Om MIDI-in är aktiv kommer noten att vara tonhöjdslös (visas gult, låter som slagverk)\n" " - mIDI-keyboardet ger tonhöjden.\n" "Ändrar rådande varaktighet." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:42 msgid "When appending, appends a 𝅘𝅥𝅮 With the cursor on a note inserts a 𝅘𝅥𝅮 before the current note If MIDI-in is active, the note will be pitchless (displays yellow, percussion-sounding) - the MIDI keyboard will provide the pitch. Changes prevailing duration." msgstr "" "När du lägger till, lägger du till en 𝅘𝅥𝅮\n" "När markören står på en not infogas en 𝅘𝅥𝅮 före den aktuella noten\n" "Om MIDI-in är aktiv kommer noten att vara tonhöjdslös (visas gult, låter som slagverk)\n" " - mIDI-keyboardet ger tonhöjden.\n" "Ändrar rådande varaktighet." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:43 msgid "When appending, appends a 𝅘𝅥𝅯 With the cursor on a note inserts a 𝅘𝅥𝅯 before the current note If MIDI-in is active, the note will be pitchless (displays yellow, percussion-sounding) - the MIDI keyboard will provide the pitch. Changes prevailing duration." msgstr "" "När du lägger till, lägger du till en 𝅘𝅥𝅯\n" "Med markören på en not infogas en 𝅘𝅥𝅯 före den aktuella noten\n" "Om MIDI-in är aktiv kommer noten att vara tonhöjdslös (visas gult, låter som slagverk)\n" " - mIDI-keyboardet ger tonhöjden.\n" "Ändrar rådande varaktighet." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:44 msgid "When appending, appends a 𝅘𝅥𝅰 With the cursor on a note inserts a 𝅘𝅥𝅰 before the current note If MIDI-in is active, the note will be pitchless (displays yellow, percussion-sounding) - the MIDI keyboard will provide the pitch. Changes prevailing duration." msgstr "" "När du lägger till, lägger du till en 𝅘𝅥𝅰\n" "Med markören på en not infogas en 𝅘𝅥𝅰 före den aktuella noten\n" "Om MIDI-in är aktiv kommer noten att vara tonhöjdslös (visas gult, låter som slagverk)\n" " - mIDI-keyboardet ger tonhöjden.\n" "Ändrar rådande varaktighet." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:45 msgid "Insert 𝄻 rest" msgstr "Infoga 𝄻 vila" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:46 msgid "Insert 𝄼 rest" msgstr "Infoga 𝄼 vila" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:47 msgid "Insert 𝄽 rest" msgstr "Infoga 𝄽 vila" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:48 msgid "Insert 𝄾 rest" msgstr "Infoga 𝄾 vila" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:49 msgid "Insert 𝄿 rest" msgstr "Infoga 𝄿 vila" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:50 msgid "Insert 𝅀 rest" msgstr "Infoga 𝅀 vila" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:51 msgid "Dot, double dot or undot the note at the cursor" msgstr "Punktera, dubbelpunktera eller ta bort punktering från noten vid markören" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:53 msgid "Change the current note to a 𝅝" msgstr "Ändra den aktuella noten till en 𝅝" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:54 msgid "Change the current note to a 𝅗𝅥" msgstr "Ändra den aktuella noten till en 𝅗𝅥" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:55 msgid "Change the current note to a 𝅘𝅥" msgstr "Ändra den aktuella noten till en 𝅘𝅥" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:56 msgid "Change the current note to a 𝅘𝅥𝅮" msgstr "Ändra den aktuella noten till en 𝅘𝅥𝅮" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:57 msgid "Change the current note to a 𝅘𝅥𝅯" msgstr "Ändra den aktuella noten till en 𝅘𝅥𝅯" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:58 msgid "Change the current note to a 𝅘𝅥𝅰" msgstr "Ändra den aktuella noten till en 𝅘𝅥𝅰" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:59 msgid "Halves the duration of the note/chord/rest at the cursor or the selection. E.g. Quarter Note becomes Eighth Note. " msgstr "Halverar längden på noten/ackordet/vilan vid markören eller markeringen. T.ex. Kvartsnot blir åttondelsnot. " #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:60 msgid "Doubles the duration of the note/chord/rest at the cursor or the selection. E.g. Quarter Note becomes Half Note." msgstr "" "Fördubblar varaktigheten för noten, ackordet eller pausen vid markören eller i markeringen.\n" "T.ex.\n" "Kvartsnot blir halvnot." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:61 msgid "Change or Append Notes" msgstr "Ändra eller lägg till noter" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:62 msgid "Changes the note the cursor is on to the note A. If the cursor is in the appending position, appends a note using the prevailing duration." msgstr "" "Ändrar den not som markören står på till noten A.\n" "Om markören är i tilläggsläget läggs en not till med den aktuella durationen." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:63 msgid "Changes the note the cursor is on to the note B. If the cursor is in the appending position, appends a note using the prevailing duration." msgstr "" "Ändrar den not som markören står på till noten B.\n" "Om markören är i tilläggspositionen, lägger du till en not med den aktuella durationen." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:64 msgid "Changes the note the cursor is on to the note C. If the cursor is in the appending position, appends a note using the prevailing duration." msgstr "" "Ändrar den not som markören står på till noten C.\n" "Om markören är i tilläggspositionen, lägger du till en not med den aktuella durationen." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:65 msgid "Changes the note the cursor is on to the note D. If the cursor is in the appending position, appends a note using the prevailing duration." msgstr "" "Ändrar den not som markören står på till noten D.\n" "Om markören är i tilläggspositionen, lägger du till en not med den aktuella durationen." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:66 msgid "Changes the note the cursor is on to the note E. If the cursor is in the appending position, appends a note using the prevailing duration." msgstr "" "Ändrar den not som markören står på till noten E.\n" "Om markören är i tilläggspositionen, lägger du till en not med den aktuella durationen." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:67 msgid "Changes the note the cursor is on to the note F. If the cursor is in the appending position, appends a note using the prevailing duration." msgstr "" "Ändrar den not som markören står på till noten F.\n" "Om markören är i tilläggspositionen, lägger du till en not med den aktuella durationen." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:68 msgid "Changes the note the cursor is on to the note G. If the cursor is in the appending position, appends a note using the prevailing duration." msgstr "" "Ändrar den not som markören står på till noten G.\n" "Om markören är i tilläggspositionen läggs en not till med den rådande durationen." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:73 msgid "Sharpen the note at the cursor or next entered note if the cursor is in the appending position" msgstr "Höj tonen vid markören eller nästa inmatade ton om markören står i tilläggspositionen" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:74 msgid "Flatten the note at the cursor or next entered note if the cursor is in the appending position" msgstr "Sänk tonen vid markören eller nästa inmatade ton om markören står i tilläggspositionen" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:83 msgid "Stringed Instruments" msgstr "Stränginstrument" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:98 msgid "The given number as right hand fingering, using the conventional p,m,i indicators. Use Cancel to delete" msgstr "" "Anger numret som fingersättning för höger hand med de vanliga beteckningarna p, m och i.\n" "Använd Avbryt för att ta bort." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:99 msgid "Asks for a finger number and typesets p,m,i as appropriate. Use cancel to delete." msgstr "" "Frågar efter ett fingernummer och typsätter p, m eller i efter behov.\n" "Använd Avbryt för att ta bort." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:100 msgid "Places a diamond shape notehead at the cursor. Invoke this command with the cursor above the note to be fingered/fretted to notate an artificial harmonic." msgstr "" "Placerar ett diamantformat nothuvud vid markören.\n" "Använd detta kommando med markören ovanför noten som ska fingras/fretas för att notera en konstgjord harmonisk." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:101 msgid "Polyphony" msgstr "Polyfoni" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:102 msgid "Adds a voice to the current staff, initially displayed on a staff of its own, for readability. It will print on the staff above, and can be displayed there using Join Voices command if desired." msgstr "" "Lägger till en stämma i det aktuella notsystemet, som först visas på ett eget notsystem för läsbarhetens skull.\n" "Den skrivs ut på notsystemet ovanför och kan visas där med kommandot Sammanfoga stämmor." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:103 msgid "Select a voice for the music following the cursor position. The Voice 1,2,3,4 choices set up the voices so that first and third voices get stems up, second and fourth voices get stems down, third and fourth voice note heads are horizontally shifted, and rests in the respective voices are automatically moved to avoid collisions. The Automatic Voice setting returns all the voice settings to the neutral default directions" msgstr "" "Välj en stämma för musiken efter markörens position.\n" "Valen Stämma 1, 2, 3 och 4 ställer in stämmorna så att första och tredje stämman får notskaft upp, andra och fjärde får notskaft ned, tredje och fjärde stämmans nothuvuden förskjuts horisontellt och pauser flyttas automatiskt för att undvika kollisioner.\n" "Inställningen Automatisk stämma återställer alla stämmainställningar till neutrala standardriktningar." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:104 msgid "The two voices will be printed only once when they are the same, otherwise they will be printed as parts. (Off/On)" msgstr "" "De två stämmorna skrivs ut endast en gång om de är identiska, annars skrivs de ut som delar.\n" "(Av/På)" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:105 msgid "(Print) Merges rests where two voices have a common rest. Not for whole measure or multi-measure rests." msgstr "" "(Print) Sammanfogar vilor där två stämmor har en gemensam vila.\n" "Inte för vilor i hela takter eller flera takter." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:108 msgid "On printing the current note/chord will be shifted from notes in other voices by the amount you give. Use with Voice Presets to ensure this chord is in a different voice." msgstr "" "Vid utskrift förskjuts den aktuella noten eller ackordet från noter i andra stämmor med det värde du anger.\n" "Använd med stämförinställningar för att se till att ackordet ligger i en annan stämma." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:109 msgid "Choose which voice this staff will initially be set to. To change voice during music see the Directives->Voices menu." msgstr "" "Välj vilken stämma notsystemet initialt ska ställas in på.\n" "För att ändra stämma under musik, se menyn Direktiv → Stämmor." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:116 msgid "Turns warnings from the LilyPond typesetter about clashing note columns off or on. These can be harmless but can cause a warning to check the score." msgstr "" "Slår av eller på varningar från LilyPond-sättaren om krockande notkolumner.\n" "Dessa kan vara harmlösa men kan orsaka en varning om att kontrollera partituret." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:122 msgid "Adds the > accent" msgstr "Lägger till accenttecknet >" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:124 msgid "The articulation(s) on this note will be placed outside the slur (furthest from the note). Repeat the command to return the slur to the outside." msgstr "Artikulationen eller artikulationerna på noten placeras utanför legatobågen, längst från noten. Upprepa kommandot för att återföra legatobågen till utsidan." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:125 msgid "Barlines" msgstr "Taktstreck" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:132 msgid "Choose a barline " msgstr "Välj ett taktstreck " #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:133 msgid "Create a custom barline. These can be named, or can simply override a standard LilyPond bar line type. A bar line is defined by four forms, which describe 1) the appearance normally (during a line), 2) appearance when the barline is at the beginning or 3) end of a line , and 4) what to show when joining staffs together as with a Piano Staff. Barline forms are made of characters including |,:,.,[,],: and others in the LilyPond documentation." msgstr "" "Skapa ett anpassat taktstreck.\n" "Det kan få ett namn eller åsidosätta en standardtyp av taktstreck i LilyPond.\n" "Ett taktstreck definieras av fyra former: 1) normalt utseende mitt på en rad,\n" "2) utseende när taktstrecket står i början,\n" "3) i slutet av en rad och\n" "4) vad som visas när notsystem sammanfogas, som i ett pianonotsystem.\n" "Taktstrecksformer består av tecken som |, :, ., [, ] och andra i LilyPonds dokumentation." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:134 msgid "Repeats" msgstr "Upprepningar" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:135 msgid "(Print) start a first time bar, must be followed by EndVolta." msgstr "(Skriv ut) Starta en förstavolt; måste följas av EndVolta." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:136 msgid "(Print) start a second time bar, must be followed by EndVolta" msgstr "(Skriv ut) Starta en andravolt; måste följas av EndVolta" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:137 msgid "Ends a volta, that is a n'th time bar" msgstr "Avslutar en volta, det vill säga en n:te volt" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:138 msgid "Inserts first and second time bars each with a whole measure rest. You can then edit this to suit your music, e.g by inserting extra bars, deleting the repeat start etc." msgstr "" "Infogar första och andra volter, vardera med en heltaktspaus.\n" "Du kan sedan redigera dem så att de passar musiken, exempelvis genom att infoga fler takter eller ta bort upprepningsstarten." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:139 msgid "Start passage to be played on one or more of the repeats as indicated by the text given by the user (e.g. 3 for third time bar). Finish the passage by placing the End ... time bar command." msgstr "" "Starta en passage som ska spelas vid en eller flera upprepningar enligt texten användaren anger, exempelvis\n" "3 för tredje volt.\n" "Avsluta passagen genom att placera kommandot End … volta." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:140 msgid "Allow too few notes/rests in this measure. LilyPond will engrave this measure (in all staffs) with the short duration given by notes already present when this command was issued." msgstr "" "Tillåt för få noter eller pauser i denna takt.\n" "LilyPond typsätter takten i alla notsystem med den korta varaktighet som de befintliga noterna gav när kommandot utfärdades." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:141 msgid "Enter a number to change the lilypond bar number. The printout will continue to count up from there." msgstr "" "Ange ett nummer för att ändra LilyPonds taktnummer.\n" "Utskriften fortsätter sedan att räkna upp från det numret." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:143 msgid "Help with beaming commands." msgstr "Hjälp om balkningskommandon." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:144 msgid "Instructs the LilyPond engraver to start a beam here. (Print effect only)" msgstr "" "Instruerar LilyPonds typsättare att starta en balk här.\n" "(Gäller bara utskriften)" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:145 msgid "Instructs LilyPond engraver to stop previously started manual beaming. Print effect only." msgstr "" "Instruerar LilyPonds typsättare att avsluta tidigare startad manuell balkning.\n" "Gäller bara utskriften." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:155 msgid "Inserts a time signature with indication for how to beam the notes. Insert at beginning of staff in order to replace the initial time signature. Time Signature can be hidden on printing - see Time Signatures menu." msgstr "" "Infogar en taktart med angivelse av hur noterna ska balkas.\n" "Infoga den i början av notsystemet för att ersätta den ursprungliga taktarten.\n" "Taktarten kan döljas vid utskrift; se menyn Taktarter." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:156 msgid "Sets the rules to be used for beaming. With no selection gets the beat for beams to be divided for the prevailing time signature at the cursor. If a there is a selection this will set exceptions to the regular rule. In this case indicate the beaming desired using the manual beam commands [ and ]." msgstr "" "Ställer in reglerna för balkning.\n" "Utan markering hämtas taktslaget där balkar ska delas för taktarten vid markören.\n" "Med en markering anges undantag från den vanliga regeln.\n" "Ange då önskad balkning med de manuella balkkommandona [ och ]." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:157 msgid "Add/Replace rules to be used for beaming in the current movement. With no selection gets the beat for beams to be divided for the prevailing time signature at the cursor. If a there is a selection this will be used as the set of rules. In this case indicate the beaming desired using the manual beam commands [ and ], giving all the beaming rules wanted using several measures if needed (no other rules are used). Repeat with different selections to add further rules." msgstr "" "Lägg till eller ersätt regler för balkning i den aktuella satsen.\n" "Utan markering hämtas taktslaget där balkar ska delas för taktarten vid markören.\n" "Med en markering används den som regeluppsättning.\n" "Ange då önskad balkning med de manuella balkkommandona [ och ] och använd flera takter vid behov. Upprepa med andra markeringar för att lägga till fler regler." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:158 msgid "Inserts a time signature with indication for how to beam the notes. Insert at beginning of staff in order to replace the initial time signature." msgstr "" "Infogar en taktart med angivelse av hur noterna ska balkas.\n" "Infoga den i början av notsystemet för att ersätta den ursprungliga taktarten." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:160 msgid "Add a bass figure to the current note. Use | sign to split the duration of a note so as to have multiple figures on one note. See Lilypond docs for other notation" msgstr "" "Lägg till en generalbasfigur vid den aktuella noten.\n" "Använd tecknet | för att dela notens varaktighet så att flera figurer kan anges för samma not.\n" "Se LilyPonds dokumentation för annan notation." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:161 msgid "Sets the height of the bass figure above the note. The unit is the distance between adjacent lines in the staff." msgstr "" "Ställer in generalbasfigurens höjd över noten.\n" "Enheten är avståndet mellan intilliggande linjer i notsystemet." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:163 msgid "Start filtering MIDI events, First note is bass, hold this down while entering notes for figures. Pedal changes harmony on same bass." msgstr "" "Börja filtrera MIDI-händelser. Första tonen är bas; håll den nedtryckt medan du anger toner för figurer.\n" "Pedalen ändrar harmonin över samma baston." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:167 msgid "Mensural Notation" msgstr "Mensuralnotation" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:168 msgid "Set this staff to use mensural notation (on/off)" msgstr "Ställ in notsystemet för mensuralnotation (på/av)" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:169 msgid "Inserts a whole measure rest in mensural notation." msgstr "Infogar en heltaktspaus i mensuralnotation." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:170 msgid "Hides dots on the current chord/rest. Makes it conditional on the current layout." msgstr "" "Döljer prickar på aktuellt ackord/vila.\n" "Gör det villkorat av den aktuella layouten." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:171 msgid "Chord Symbols or Fake Chords" msgstr "Ackordsymboler eller falska ackord" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:172 msgid "Attach a chord symbol to the note at the cursor position. E.G.cis:dim7 for c-sharp diminished 7th. See Lilypond docs for notation" msgstr "" "Koppla en ackordsymbol till noten vid markören.\n" "Exempel: cis:dim7 för cis-förminskat septimackord.\n" "Se LilyPonds dokumentation för notation." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:173 msgid "The current staff becomes a chord symbol staff. The music on this staff will be typeset as chord symbols. Normally you will make this staff a voice on the melody staff, so that the chord symbols print on the melody staff." msgstr "" "Det aktuella notsystemet blir ett notsystem med ackordsymboler.\n" "Musiken i notsystemet typsätts som ackordsymboler.\n" "Vanligen gör du notsystemet till en stämma i melodinotsystemet, så att ackordsymbolerna skrivs ut där." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:174 msgid "Midi Import" msgstr "MIDI-import" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:175 msgid "Opens a MIDI file for transcribing. Load each track in turn and insert the MIDI notes by playing the durations." msgstr "" "Öppnar en MIDI-fil för transkribering.\n" "Ladda varje spår i tur och ordning och infoga MIDI-noterna genom att spela upp durationerna." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:176 msgid "Starts playing the score from the playhead start (green marker bar) and simultaneously records your playing from MIDI in. You can stop the playback at any time and then the first MIDI note you entered is marked. Entering duration keys now enters the notes you played into the score. If you have no click track at the top one is created." msgstr "" "Börjar spela partituret från uppspelningshuvudets startpunkt, den gröna markören, och spelar samtidigt in från MIDI-in.\n" " Du kan stoppa uppspelningen när som helst; då markeras den första MIDI-noten du angav.\n" "\n" " När du nu anger varaktighetstangenter förs noterna du spelat in in i partituret.\n" "\n" " Om inget klickspår finns högst upp skapas ett." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:178 msgid "Creates a staff (a click track) at the top of this score from the imported MIDI using tempo and time signature information (if present). The measures are filled with drum beats so that pitches in the MIDI tracks can be displayed above them. When you have finished the import you can delete this staff." msgstr "" "Skapar ett notsystem, ett klickspår, högst upp i partituret från den importerade MIDI-filen med information om tempo och taktart, om sådan finns.\n" "Takter fylls med trumslag så att tonhöjder i MIDI-spåren kan visas ovanför dem.\n" "När importen är klar kan du ta bort notsystemet." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:179 msgid "Creates a staff below the click track for the MIDI track selected. The staff is empty except for time signature and tempo changes. The MIDI pitches from the track are displayed above the click track and notes can be inserted by double-clicking on a MIDI pitch and entering the rhythm." msgstr "" "Skapar ett notsystem under klickspåret för det valda MIDI-spåret.\n" "Notsystemet är tomt förutom ändringar av taktart och tempo.\n" "MIDI-tonhöjderna från spåret visas ovanför klickspåret och noter kan infogas genom att dubbelklicka på en MIDI-tonhöjd och ange rytmen." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:185 msgid "Moves to the next MIDI note onset in the current recorded or imported MIDI track. Inserted durations will take their pitch from this note." msgstr "" "Flyttar till nästa MIDI-notansats i det aktuella inspelade eller importerade MIDI-spåret.\n" "Infogade varaktigheter får tonhöjd från den noten." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:186 msgid "Inserts the marked MIDI note from the current track, using the duration suggested. Use duration keys to insert the same note with a different duration." msgstr "" "Infogar den markerade MIDI-noten från det aktuella spåret med den föreslagna varaktigheten.\n" "Använd varaktighetstangenterna för att infoga samma not med en annan varaktighet." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:187 msgid "Ties" msgstr "Bindebågar" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:188 msgid "Gives a choice of shape modifications to make to the following tie." msgstr "Ger ett val av formändringar för nästa bindebåge." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:189 msgid "The note at the cursor ends a tie that has begun elsewhere, usually in a first time bar. That is it is a repeat of the tie ending." msgstr "" "Noten vid markören avslutar en bindebåge som börjar någon annanstans, vanligen i en förstavolt.\n" "Det vill säga den upprepar slutet på bindebågen." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:190 msgid "Places a tie after the note at the cursor, tying to nothing. Use for laissez vibrer or when a tie comes at a final repeat." msgstr "" "Placerar en bindebåge efter noten vid markören utan följande not.\n" "Används för laissez vibrer eller när en bindebåge kommer vid en sista upprepning." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:196 msgid "Corrects for the slur/tie error common in imported scores. Scans entire score for pairs of identical notes slurred together as a pair. Changes these to a tied note. Do not use in the unusual case of identical notes slurred (e.g. across strings)." msgstr "" "Rättar felet med förväxlade legatobågar och bindebågar som är vanligt i importerade partitur.\n" "Söker igenom hela partituret efter par av identiska noter som förbundits med legatobåge.\n" "Ändrar dem till bundna noter.\n" "Använd inte i det ovanliga fallet där identiska noter har legatobåge, exempelvis över strängar." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:197 msgid "Custom Ornaments" msgstr "Anpassade ornament" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:198 msgid "Allows the user to create a customized ornament (or load one previously created) into this score's definitions. Ornament names should be start in lower case and have no numerals. If a standard ornament is used, e.g. trill, then this will replace the standard ornament throughout the score." msgstr "" "Gör det möjligt för användaren att skapa ett anpassat ornament (eller ladda ett tidigare skapat)\n" "till detta partiturs definitioner.\n" "Namnen på ornamenten ska inledas med gemener\n" "och inte innehålla några siffror.\n" "Om ett standardornament används, t.ex.\n" "trill,\n" "så kommer detta att ersätta standardornamentet i hela partituret." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:199 msgid "Edit the definition (size or appearance) of a custom ornament definition. The definition must already have been created in this score." msgstr "" "Redigera definitionen, storlek eller utseende, för ett anpassat ornament.\n" "Definitionen måste redan ha skapats i partituret." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:200 msgid "Typesets a custom ornament on the current note/chord. Removes that ornament if already present." msgstr "" "Typsätter ett anpassat ornament vid den aktuella noten eller ackordet.\n" "Tar bort ornamentet om det redan finns." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:201 msgid "Inserts an ornament (or other LilyPond Definition) as a separate object (it will appear on the previous note)" msgstr "Infogar ett ornament eller en annan LilyPond-definition som ett separat objekt. Det visas vid föregående not." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:202 msgid "Chord Charts" msgstr "Ackordscheman" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:203 msgid "Prints Chord symbols separated by bar lines. Repeats, time signatures and text are also printed for this staff." msgstr "" "Skriver ut ackordsymboler åtskilda av taktstreck.\n" "Repetitioner, taktarter och text skrivs också ut för detta notsystem." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:204 msgid "Insert a previously created barline. (Any other LilyPond definitions - see Score->LilyPond Definition - are here too)." msgstr "" "Infoga ett tidigare skapat taktstreck.\n" "Andra LilyPond-definitioner, se Partitur → LilyPond-definition, finns också här." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:205 msgid "Start a new line at this measure." msgstr "Starta en ny rad vid denna takt." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:207 msgid "Typeset the chord at the cursor larger or smaller than normal." msgstr "Typsätt ackordet vid markören större eller mindre än normalt." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:209 msgid "Adds a bass note to a chord, while keeping the current lowest note as the root of the chord. Use this on Chord Symbol staffs to create an inversion of the chord entered." msgstr "" "Lägger till en baston i ett ackord samtidigt som den nuvarande lägsta tonen behålls som ackordets grundton.\n" "Använd detta i notsystem med ackordsymboler för att skapa en omvändning av det angivna ackordet." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:210 msgid "Use in appending position to flatten the bass note of the next chord (extra to what it would be)." msgstr "Använd i tilläggsposition för att sänka bastonen i nästa ackord." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:211 msgid "Use in appending position to sharpen the bass note of the next chord (extra to what it would be)." msgstr "Använd i tilläggsposition för att höja bastonen i nästa ackord." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:212 msgid "Set the prevailing duration to 𝅝 (subsequent chords entered will have this duration)" msgstr "Ställ in aktuell varaktighet till 𝅝. Efterföljande inmatade ackord får denna varaktighet." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:213 msgid "Set the prevailing duration to 𝅗𝅥 (subsequent chords entered will have this duration)" msgstr "Ställ in den rådande varaktigheten till 𝅗𝅥 (efterföljande ackord som matas in kommer att ha denna varaktighet)" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:214 msgid "Set the prevailing duration to 𝅘𝅥 (subsequent chords entered will have this duration)" msgstr "Ställ in aktuell varaktighet till 𝅘𝅥. Efterföljande inmatade ackord får denna varaktighet." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:215 msgid "Insert a repeated chord sign." msgstr "Infoga ett upprepat ackordtecken." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:216 msgid "Inserts an arbitrary mark in the score at the cursor. Any size, font, effect can be chosen. The text position can be dragged in the print view if needed. Avoid placing one at the start as it clashes with the time signature - place it after the first note and drag it into position." msgstr "" "Infogar en godtycklig markering i partituret vid markören.\n" "Storlek, typsnitt och effekt kan väljas.\n" "Textpositionen kan dras i utskriftsvyn om det behövs.\n" "Undvik att placera en i början eftersom den krockar med taktarten - placera den efter första noten och dra den på plats." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:217 msgid "Specify the number of lines you want on the page." msgstr "Ange det antal rader som du vill ha på sidan." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:218 msgid "Inserts a non-printing whole measure after the current measure with a directive to omit the barline. This gives a one measure spacer." msgstr "" "Infogar en icke-utskriven heltakt efter den aktuella takten med ett direktiv som utelämnar taktstrecket.\n" "Detta ger en tom takt som mellanrum." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:220 msgid "Turn the chord at the cursor into an alternate chord, typeset above and colored. This appears in the display as small notes (a grace note). Edit the position with the offset chord button." msgstr "" "Gör ackordet vid markören till ett alternativt ackord som typsätts ovanför och färgat.\n" "Det visas som små noter, en förslagsnot, i visningen.\n" "Redigera positionen med knappen Förskjut ackord." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:223 msgid "Mutes the current staff. Affects only playback." msgstr "" "Dämpar det aktuella notsystemet.\n" "Påverkar endast uppspelning." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:224 msgid "Playback from start marker to end marker (Set these markers in the playback controls)" msgstr "Uppspelning från startmarkör till slutmarkör. Ställ in markörerna i uppspelningskontrollerna." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:226 msgid "Plays all staffs for the duration of the selection or from the current cursor position to the end of the movement if no selection." msgstr "Spelar alla notsystem under hela valet eller från markörens position till slutet av satsen om inget val gjorts." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:227 msgid "Gregorian Chant" msgstr "Gregoriansk sång" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:228 msgid "Starts a new Gregorian score." msgstr "Startar ett nytt gregorianskt partitur." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:229 msgid "Inserts a Do1 clef." msgstr "Infogar en Do1-klav." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:230 msgid "Inserts a Do2 clef." msgstr "Lägger in en Do2-klav." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:231 msgid "Inserts a Do3 clef." msgstr "Infogar en Do3-klav." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:232 msgid "Inserts a Fa1 clef." msgstr "Lägger in en Fa1-klav." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:233 msgid "Inserts a Fa2 clef." msgstr "Lägger in en Fa2-klav." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:234 msgid "Inserts (or deletes) a melisma start." msgstr "Infogar eller tar bort början av en melisma." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:235 msgid "Inserts (or deletes) a melisma end." msgstr "Infogar eller tar bort slutet av en melisma." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:236 msgid "Starts a ligature." msgstr "Startar en ligatur." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:237 msgid "Ends a ligature." msgstr "Avslutar en ligatur." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:238 msgid "Inserts (or deletes) a flexa." msgstr "Infogar (eller tar bort) en flexa." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:239 msgid "Inserts (or deletes) a pes." msgstr "Infogar (eller tar bort) en pes." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:240 msgid "Inserts (or deletes) an ictus." msgstr "Infogar (eller tar bort) en ictus." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:241 msgid "Inserts (or deletes) an episem initium." msgstr "Lägger till (eller tar bort) en episem initium." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:242 msgid "Inserts (or deletes) an episem finis." msgstr "Lägger till (eller tar bort) en episem finis." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:243 msgid "Inserts (or deletes) an augmentum dot." msgstr "Infogar (eller tar bort) en augmentum-punkt." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:244 msgid "Inserts a Divisio Minor." msgstr "Infogar en divisio minor." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:245 msgid "Inserts a Divisio Maior." msgstr "Infogar en divisio maior." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:246 msgid "Inserts a Divisio Maxima." msgstr "Infogar en divisio maxima." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:247 msgid "Inserts a finalis." msgstr "Sätter in en finalis." #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:248 msgid "Insert or Append Chords" msgstr "Infoga eller lägg till ackord" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:249 msgid "c e g" msgstr "c e g" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:250 msgid "c e♭ g" msgstr "c e♭ g" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:251 msgid "c e g a" msgstr "c e g a" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:252 msgid "c e g b♭" msgstr "c e g b♭" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:253 msgid "c e g b" msgstr "c e g b" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:254 msgid "c e g♭ b♭" msgstr "c e g♭ b♭" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:255 msgid "c e♭ g a" msgstr "c e♭ g a" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:256 msgid "c e♭ g b♭" msgstr "c e♭ g b♭" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:257 msgid "c e♭ g♭ b𝄫" msgstr "c e♭ g♭ b𝄫" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:258 msgid "c e♭ g♭ b♭" msgstr "c e♭ g♭ b♭" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:259 msgid "c e a d'" msgstr "c e a d'" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:260 msgid "c e g b♭ d'" msgstr "c e g b♭ d'" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:261 msgid "c e g b♭ d♭'" msgstr "c e g b♭ d♭'" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:262 msgid "c e g b♭ d♯'" msgstr "c e g b♭ d♯'" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:263 msgid "c e g b♭ d' f'" msgstr "c e g b♭ d' f'" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:264 msgid "c e g b♭ d' f♯'" msgstr "c e g b♭ d' f♯'" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:265 msgid "c e g b♭ d' f' a'" msgstr "c e g b♭ d' f' a'" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:266 msgid "c e g b♭ d' f' a♭'" msgstr "c e g b♭ d' f' a♭'" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:267 msgid "c e g♯ b♭" msgstr "c e g♯ b♭" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:268 msgid "c f b♭" msgstr "c f b♭" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:269 msgid "c e♭ b♭ d'" msgstr "c e♭ b♭ d'" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:270 msgid "c e♭ g b♭ d' f'" msgstr "c e♭ g b♭ d' f'" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:271 msgid "c e♭ g b♭ d' f' a'" msgstr "c e♭ g b♭ d' f' a'" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:272 msgid "c e♭ g b♭ d♭'" msgstr "c e♭ g b♭ d♭'" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:273 msgid "c e♭ g b" msgstr "c e♭ g b" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:274 msgid "c e♭ g♭" msgstr "c e♭ g♭" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:275 msgid "c e g♯" msgstr "c e g♯" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:276 msgid "c e g d'" msgstr "c e g d'" #: ../actions/Simple.scm:8 msgid "Score Check: Error in this measure" msgstr "Partiturkontroll: Fel i denna takt" #: ../actions/Simple.scm:9 msgid "Print Anyway" msgstr "Skriv ut hur som helst" #: ../org.denemo.Denemo.appdata.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Create Music Scores" msgstr "Skapa musikpartitur" #: ../org.denemo.Denemo.appdata.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Denemo is a music notation program that lets you rapidly enter notation. Music can be typed in at the PC-Keyboard, or played in via MIDI controller. The typesetting is done in the background by LilyPond while you work, and is generally flawless publication quality. Any final tweaks to can be done on the final typeset score with the mouse if needed. This represents an enormous practical improvement over the most programs which require you to re-position colliding notation constantly as you enter the music." msgstr "Denemo är ett notskrivningsprogram som låter dig snabbt mata in musiknotation. Musiken kan skrivas in med datorns tangentbord eller spelas in via en MIDI-styrenhet. LilyPond sköter typsättningen i bakgrunden medan du arbetar och resultatet håller i allmänhet felfri publiceringskvalitet. Vid behov kan de sista justeringarna göras med musen i det färdiga typsatta partituret. Detta är en stor praktisk förbättring jämfört med de flesta program, där du ständigt måste flytta kolliderande nottecken medan du matar in musiken." #: ../org.denemo.Denemo.appdata.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Unique to Denemo are methods to enter music in a musical, rather than mechanical, manner. You play in a phrase or two of the music using the number keys to indicate the note durations. Audible feedback lets you hear what you have entered; playing the phrase a second time on a real instrument adds the pitches to the rhythm. Again, Denemo gives you audible feedback so that you don’t enter E-flat when you meant D-sharp etc." msgstr "Utmärkande för Denemo är metoderna för att mata in musik på ett musikaliskt snarare än mekaniskt sätt. Du spelar in en eller två musikfraser och använder siffertangenterna för att ange noternas varaktighet. Ljudåterkopplingen låter dig höra det du matat in; när du spelar frasen en andra gång på ett verkligt instrument läggs tonhöjderna till rytmen. Denemo ger åter ljudåterkoppling så att du inte matar in ess när du avsåg diss och så vidare." #: ../org.denemo.Denemo.appdata.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Another great feature is the ability to put links in the score to the original source document that you transcribed from. Clicking on such a link opens the document for you and highlights the bar you are looking at. You can use this to continue work from where you left off, or for looking back at the source to check a doubtful bar." msgstr "En annan användbar funktion är att lägga länkar i partituret till källdokumentet som du transkriberade. Ett klick på länken öppnar dokumentet och markerar takten du tittar på. Du kan fortsätta där du slutade eller gå tillbaka till källan och kontrollera en tveksam takt."